SMM - Sor - Me - Vol 2 - 2018

FIXED SCHEDULE OF RATES
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS

VOLUME II
(VERSION 2018)
CONTENTS
Volume II Page
Technical Specification
General Specification and Preambles S-1 to S-10
Air-Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation Works S-11 to S-22
Pumping S-23 to S-59
Electrical Installation S-60 to S-127
Communication Installation S-128 to S-130
Security System S-131 to S-132
. Fire Protection System S-133 to S-136
Gas Installation S-137 to S-154
Preambles P-1 to P-10
Fixed Schedule of Rates
Air-Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation A1 A215–
Pumping B1 B34–
Electrical Installation C1 C1 60
–
. Lift Installation D1 D3 –
Communication Installation E1 E8 –
Security System F1 F6 –
. Fire Protection System G1 G27 –
Gas Installation H1 H8 –
Carpark and Auto-Barrier System J1 J3

–
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1.0 GENER AL
1.1 The following preambles shall be read in conjunction with their respective work
sections in the the Fixed Schedule of Rates. All rates contained in the Fixed Schedule
of Rates shall be held to include allowances for complying with the Preliminaries,
the Conditions of Contract, Specification and Preambles where applicable. Where
temporary works are required, e.g. planking and strutting, hoardings, etc the
Contractor shall be fully responsible for the design and adequacy of the system
installed and for ensuring that the system conforms to all existing regulations. All
rates in the Fixed Schedule of Rates are deemed to include allowances for
complying with the above requirements.
1.2 Before any works commence, the Contractor must inform the SO or his
representative and tenants of the premises. Failure to do so will render the
Contractor liable for all costs and consequences arising.
1.3 Unless otherwise specified in this Schedule of Rates, all measurement shall base
on the Standard Method of Measurement (SMM) of Building Works (Second Edition)
published by the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers. If there are any
discrepancies between the SMM and this Fixed Schedule of Rates, the latter shall
take precedence.
2.1 GENERAL FACILITIES
2.2 All rates in the Fixed Schedule of Rates are deemed to include provisions for general
facilities, transportation attending upon and making good after in all trades as may be
required to complete the works.
2.3 The items in connection with such facilities and attendances are for example, the
supply of water and electricity, locked up storage, security, lighting, temporary tracks
and access, tools and equipment, screens, ladders, trestles, safe custody of
materials, protection of the work, supervision, transportation, parking fees and
everything as stated in the Preliminaries.
S-1
2.0 GENERAL FACILITIES (CONT’D)
2.3 Allowance has also been made in the Fixed Schedule of Rates for extending the
Contractor’s facilities to contractors or persons directly employed by the Government
within the same premises. There is also allowance in the Fixed Schedule of Rates for
pre-inspection of the works by the Contractor or his representatives including
scheduling and organisation of the work and bringing to the attention of the SO any
defects or white ants detected or found within the same premises of work.
3.1 SCAFFOLDING, STAGING, HYDRAULIC PLATFORM, GONDOLAS, HEAVY

MACHINERIES, ETC
3.2 All necessary access in the form of temporary scaffolding, staging, etc for works up to
3.50m high shall be deemed to be provided by the Contractor at his own costs. For
works exceeding 3.50m high which require the usage of scaffolding, staging,
hydraulic platform, gondola, etc, these facilities shall be measured and paid
separately in accordance to the Fixed Schedule of Rates, Volume I, 2010 hereof
including the percentage adjustment tendered by the Contractor.
3.3 Where works require heavy machineries such as cranes, bulldozers etc, except
those specified and included in the respective works or rates and those that have
already been paid for, these machineries shall be measured and paid separately in
accordance to the Fixed Schedule of Rates hereof including the percentage
adjustment tendered by the Contractor.
3.4 Use of scaffolding, etc already provided for the works shall be permitted to all other
authorised sub-contractors, suppliers, specialists, artists and other tradesmen
whether directly employed by the Government or by the Contractor and to such
persons as the SO may direct.
3.5 No scaffolding, staging, etc shall be dismantled and removed away from the site
without the written permission by the SO. Should the Contractor strike any of his
scaffolding or removal of heavy machineries before ascertaining whether it is
required by any of his sub-contractor or persons or by any Public Authority, he must
re-erect it if so required at his own cost and expense.
3.6 Scaffolding, staging, gondolas and heavy machineries, etc used for the work shall
be of good quality and approved by the SO. Scaffolders and operators employed for
the works must be competent.
3.7 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the design and safety of scaffolding,
staging, gondolas, heavy machines, etc which must conform to all existing
regulations and to obtain approval from the relevant authorities. Rates for
scaffoldings, gondolas, heavy machineries etc shall deem to include the above
requirements including preparation and submission of design details and structural
calculations and the Professional Engineer's fees where necessary.
S-2
3.0 SCAFFOLDING, STAGING, HYDRAULIC PLATFORM, GONDOLAS, HEAVY
MACHINERIES. ETC (CONT'D)
3.7 Rates for scaffolding, staging, gondolas, etc shall be deemed also to include for the
supply and installation of the system including work platform, temporary access,
base plates, anchorages, ladders, warning lights and signs, barricades, supervision,
maintenance, testing, shifting or manoeuvring plant over sites where applicable,
operators, fuel, insurances, etc and where applicable, dismantling and removal of the
system and making good work disturbed to match existing.
3.8 In the execution of works to external surfaces or part of the buildings or structure of
five storeys or above, the Contractor shall use travelling cradles, hanging platform,
gondola or other approved less labour-intensive or mechanised methods.
3.9 When requested, the Contractor must be able to furnish to the SO relevant
brochures, details and reports or certificates of any tests that have been carried out
to the access system or plant installed. It is the duty of the Contractor to ensure that
the whole of the access system installed or plant employed has been duly inspected,
tested and certified as safe by the Engineer before the system is actually put into use.
He shall also ensure that the access system installed or plant used are properly
maintained and regularly checked by the Engineer during the duration of the work
and that the mounting positions are shifted with care where applicable.
3.10 For gondola system and the like, he is required to complete the schedule (see
sample copy in the appendix) for each job.
3.11 All rates in the Fixed Schedule of Rates shall be held to include allowances for
complying the above requirements.
4.1 CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DUTIES
4.2 The Contractor shall pay all the customs and excise duties on the materials and
equipment supplied under the Contract and will be deemed to have allowed for all
payable duties at the time of tender.
5.1 WORKS TO CONFIRM WITH REGULATIONS
5.2 The Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the Specification in the
best workmanlike manner and commercial practice and shall comply with the
following: -
a. All local regulations, safety codes and other relevant acts in force in
Singapore.
b. The latest edition of Singapore Standards and the appropriate British

Standards.
S-3
6.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
6.2 The Contractor shall furnish four (4) bound copies of Operation and Maintenance
Manuals in English for all equipment supplied under this Contract. The Manual shall
be compiled on paper of A4 size and bound in hard covers appropriately labelled.
Information shall be organised in a neat and concise manner. It shall be properly
indexed and contain dividers with tabs between each section.
6.3 If the Operation and Maintenance Manual is found to be inadequate or inaccurate

during the execution of the work or defects liability period, the Contractor shall carry
out and provide the necessary corrections and supplements. All amendments shall
be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Government.
6.4 Binding Details
6.4.1 All pages shall be standard A4 size or multiples thereof. Any reduced size
pages shall be clearly legible at their reduced size.
6.4.2 All drawings, plans, electrical single line and circuit drawings shall be folded
and inserted in individual A4 size transparent plastic pockets which shall have
standard 3 hole (reinforced) side punching for insertion into binders. The
drawing number and drawing title shall be written on adhesive labels on the
face of each container pocket.
6.4.3 Binders shall be light blue (imitation leather-covered) hard covers with
standard (5mm high) gold block lettering of the O&M manual title embossed
on the bound edge and the front cover. Binders should have 75mm maximum
capacity with 50mm free extendibility, a centre locking post and 3 binding
copper screws and shall be approximately (not exceeding) 228mm by 300mm
in size.
6.5 G e ne r a l
6.5.1 The Operation and Maintenance Manual shall comprise the following: -
a Introduction
i A brief description of the installation.
ii A general description of the operation of the installation.
b Operating Instructions
6.5.2 The instructions shall provide sufficient information for personnel unfamiliar
with the installation to understand and operate the system in accordance with
proper-procedures, operating techniques, precautions and limitations. The
information shall as a minimum contain the following items: -
i Detailed description of all controls and displays and their functional

role in systems operations;
S-4
6.0 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS (CONT’D)
6.4 General (Cont’d)
ii Detailed description of all operation procedures including start up, shut
down, mode changing, etc;

i Procedures which affect system and personnel safety shall be
specifically identified;
iv All emergency procedures relating to equipment breakdown, power

failure, etc.
c Maintenance Instructions
The instructions shall provide sufficient information to enable a trained

technician to service, trouble shoot, repair and to remove and replace any
parts. It shall include sufficient pictorial, photographic, schematic and drawing
materials to explain and delineate all descriptive matters and to properly
identify all components and parts. It shall as a minimum contain the following
items in addition to general information;
i Preventive maintenance schedule to indicate the inspection required at

regular intervals, the inspection procedure, the routine cleaning and
lubricating operation, the regular safety checks and similar steps;
ii Lubrication list containing locations, type of lubricant, method and

frequency of application;
iii Fully detailed trouble-shooting guide to assist maintenance staff in

rapid analysis and correction of malfunctions;
iv The entire testing and adjustment procedure for the installation of

individual component which have to be done after maintenance and
during operation;
v Detailed description of special test equipment operation and

procedures for correct use in maintenance;
vi List of recommended spare parts, special tools, etc;
vii A complete list of materials and equipment, type, rating and associated
information.
S-5
6.0 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS (Cont’d)
6.4 General (Cont’d)
d Recommended Spare Parts List

Included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual shall be a detailed
part lists with references locating each item in the installation. This list
shall include recommended inventory and replacement levels as well
as part description and identification, quantities in system, delivery
times, manufacturers and suppliers, local agents (their addresses, part
or ordering numbers).
e Contents and indexing
The arrangement of information in the Operation and Maintenance

Manuals shall contain all items.
All materials in the" Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be

arranged different sections in sequence. All pages shall be numbered
with volume no., section no. and page nos e.g. (1-1-18) to denote
volume 1 section 1 page 18.
All materials shall be labelled with sequentially numbered index tabs to

designate the various sections.
For those Operation and Maintenance Manuals which comprise more

than one volume, each of the volume shall contain a complete Table of
Contents covering the contents of all volumes making up the Operation
and Maintenance Manual.
f Subsequent Submission of Date
Project changes and variation works made after the distribution of the
Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall make it necessary to submit
the data as and when they are finished. In this case, 4 sets of the data
shall be submitted to the S.O. and they are to be segregated and each
document is to be clearly marked (Operation and Maintenance Manual
title, volume, section and page) for ease of proper insertion into the
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. New Table of Content, index
tables, plastic drawing pockets and/or additional binders are to be
prepared and distributed if deemed necessary.
For modification and improvement works carried out during the Defects
Liability Period (DLP), similar arrangements as detailed in above
paragraph shall be followed.
S-6
7.1 REOUIREMENTS FOR HAND-OVER
7.2 Handover To User Department
The Contractor shall be required to attend the handing over of the whole installation
to the User Department. He shall be responsible for starting-up the system at least
one hour before the appointed time of handover and shall ensure that the system
operation is satisfactory. He shall note and rectify as soon as possible all faults and
defects pointed out to him during this handover inspection.
7.3 Handover To The Government
7.3.1 After the handover to the User Department, the installation shall be subjected
to a trial run period of 20 days during which the system will be operated in the
manner for which it is designed. The trial run shall proceed without essential
trouble. Minor adjustments carried out during the trial run will not be
considered as disturbance. If more than two (2) shutdown per iods are
required during the otherwise normal operation of the system, or if any one
shutdown occurs for more than 24 hours, the trial run shall be considered as
interrupted and be repeated from the beginning.
7.3.2 The trial run shall begin on the date of handover or any other date thereafter
which is mutually agreed upon between the Contractor and the SO.
7.3.3 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to record, and inform the SO of
all adjustments and repairs carried out during the trial run, failing which the
trial would be considered as unsuccessful.
7.3.4 After a successful trial run, the Contractor shall arrange a date with the SO for
an official handover inspection of the installation. The installation will only be
accepted if all defects are rectified, all test results and as-fitted drawings and
documents are submitted to the SO. The twelve (12) months guarantee and
maintenance period will commence on the day of acceptance by the SO.
S-7
8.1 LICENSED SUB-CONTRACTORS
8.2 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS
8.2.1 If in the sole opinion of the SO, the Sub-Contractor's performance fails to
satisfy him or commits an act of bankruptcy or cheating or any other serious
offences, the Contractor when so directed by the SO in writing shall at once
remove such sub-contractor from the works and he shall not again be
employed on the works without the written permission of the SO. Immediately
upon the removal of such sub-contractor, the Contractor shall replace him with
another subject to the SO's approval. The Contractor is not entitled for any
consequences caused by the removal of such Sub-Contractor. The work shall
be carried out strictly in accordance with the relevant by-laws and regulations
including new by-laws and regulations being introduced during the contract
period and, if the work fails to satisfy the local authority concerned, the
Contractor must rectify all faults at his own expense.
8.3 GAS SERVICES
8.3.1 If the Contractor is not either licensed to carry out the gas services or
registered by the Building Control Authority (BCA) under the respective Head
for gas services, then the gas services must be sub-let to a Contractor who is
so registered under the same Head and the name of such Sub-Contractor
must be sent to the SO for approval within two (2) weeks from the date of site
possession. After the approval of the SO, such Sub-Contractor will be
regarded as an authorised Sub-Contractor under the Conditions of Contract.
The Sub-Contractor must employ licensed gas service worker to carry out any
gas works. The Contractor shall not change the name of such sub-contractor
without the approval of the SO.
8.3.2 If in the sole opinion of the SO, the Sub-Contractor's performance fails to
satisfy him or commits an act of bankruptcy or cheating or any other serious
offences, the Contractor when so directed by the SO in writing shall at once
remove such Sub-Contractor from the works and he shall not again be
employed on the works without the written permission of the SO. Immediately
upon the removal of such sub-contractor, the Contractor shall replace him with
another subject to the SO's approval. The work shall be carried out strictly in
accordance with the relevant by-laws and regulations including new by-laws
and regulations being introduced during the contract period and, if the work
fails to satisfy the local authority concerned, the Contractor must rectify all
faults at his own expenses.
S-8
9.1 TESTS AT MANUFACTURER'S WORKSHOP
9.2 All equipment shall be tested at the manufacturer's workshop before shipme nt or
transportation to site. All inspection, examination and testing shall be carried out
strictly in accordance with the latest Singapore Standards or such other Standards as
approved by the SO.
9.3 Before shipment or transportation to site of any equipment, the Contractor shall
submit four (4) copies of the Test Certificate for approval. The Test Certificate shall
give full details of the test, readings obtained, performance calculations, details
calibration, together with characteristics curves, etc. If the SO witnesses a test, he
shall be given a copy of the test certificate immediately. No materials or item of
equipment shall be sent to site until its test certificate has been approved by the SO.
9.4 The Contractor shall provide facilities for SO or his representative to witness tests at
manufacturer's workshop and shall bear the cost of all incidental, labour, materials,
facilities, etc. necessary to conduct the tests. In the event that the tests are to take
place outside Singapore, the Government will bear the cost of the return air
passages and subsistence allowances of the Officers.
10.1 TESTING ON COMPLETION
10.2 Upon completion of the works and prior to handing over of the installation to the User
Department and the Government, the Contractor shall test the whole installation as
well as sub-systems and make good any defects to the approval and satisfaction of
the SO.
10.3 The types and methods of testing shall include but not necessarily be restricted to
those prescribed by the SO.
10.4 All test results shall be recorded and the cost of all test instruments and labour shall
be borne by the Contractor.
11.1 PREAMBLES FOR ALL TRADES
11.2 GENERAL
11.2.1 The following preambles shall be read in conjunction with their respective
trades in the Fixed Schedule of Rates. All rates contained in the Fixed
Schedule of Rates shall be held to include allowances for complying with the
following preambles where applicable.
11.3 FIXED SCHEDULE OF RATES
11.3.1 All rates shown against every item are fixed basic rates and no amendments
whatsover shall be made to such rates.
S-9
11.0 PREAMBLES FOR ALL TRADES (CONT’D)
11.2 FIXED SCHEDULE OF RATES (Cont’d)
11.2.2 The rates so set against each and every item shall be held to include the
supply, delivery and installation as specified, all labour and materials
establishment charges, profit preliminaries and generally and all other
consequential requirements unless otherwise stated.
11.2.3 The rates shall be used as the basis for progress payments and as the basis
for calculating the cost of any variation which may be ordered in accordance
with the terms of this Contract.
11.2.4 The Contractor shall be deemed to have made a close study of the rates, and
duly understood the concept of BASE RATES and their implication in this
Contract.
11 .2.5 The term "as specified" shall mean all that is written in this Specification.
11.2.6 Where the range of sizes is provided under the same item, the flexibility to
provide the required size shall be on the SO's instruction.
11.2.7 The Contractor is required to fill in the "Offered Make" whenever requested in
the rates. Failure to do so may render the tender incomplete and therefore
subject to rejection.
11.2.8All rates pertaining to labour and building works shall be referred to Fixed–
Schedule of Rates, Volume I, 2010, unless otherwise specified herein.
11.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
11.3.1 All supply and installation of electrical works, air-conditioning and mechanical
ventilation works, pumping system works, and piped gas installation shall be
based on the following specifications described in the contract documents.
11.4 LABOUR RATES
11.4.1 If labour rates are used for Mechanical and Electrical works, it shall be based
on the labour rates in the Fixed Schedule of Rates, Volume I, 2010. The
Mechanical and Electrical works refer herein are air-conditioning and
mechanical ventilation works, pumping system, electrical works, lift
installation, communication, security system, fire protection system, gas
installation, carpark and auto-barrier system.
S-10
AIR-CONDITIONING AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION WORK
PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
1.1 The works embraced in this Contract comprise the supply and installation of
new, modification and repairing of existing air-conditioning and mechanical
ventilation works. These works shall include air conditioning equipments, fans,
dampers, ductworks, electrical and control panels, accessories, brackets and
supports, etc.
1.2 The Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the Specification in
the best workmanship like manner and commercial practice and shall comply
with the following:
a All current local regulations, safety codes and other relevant statutes in
force in Singapore.
b The latest edition of lEE regulations and appropriate British Standards.
c The standard of construction of ductwork and grilles set out by
the
American Sheet Metal and Air-conditioning Contractors' National
Association (SMACNA).
1.3 The works shall be executed to the satisfaction of the SO. The SO reserves the
right to instruct the Contractor to carry out the installation, cleaning and/or
repair works in any Government Buildings anywhere in Singapore including
off-shore islands of Singapore under SECTOR IV as may be required from time
to time.
1.4 The Contractor shall ensure that he is clear of the actual extent and nature of
works required under this Contract and shall clarify any doubt of the same with
the SO before the submission of tender. No claim arising out of the lack of
clarity or availability of information will be entertained.
1.5 Notwithstanding the Technical Specification to be fully complied with, the

specifications described under this document in the latter sections shall be fully
complied with. It shall be deemed that the more stringent requirements of the
two shall prevail. It shall be deemed that the Contractor has allowed for this
provision in his tender price.
S-11
AIR-CONDITIONING AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION WORKS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1 T E C H N I C AL S P E C I F I C AT I O N F O R AI R - C O N D I T I O N I N G AN D
MECHANICAL VENTILATION INSTALLATION
1.1 The Technical Specification shall be read in conjunction with this Tender
Document, the Conditions of Contract and all other documents in respect of this
contract.
2 SPECIFICATION FOR OTHER MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
2.1 Extractor Fans
'The Contractor shall supply, deliver and install extractor fans where directed by
the Engineer including the provision of all necessary material, labour, mounting
support/brackets, anti vibration mounting and electrical wiring run in surface
conduits up to the fan points provided by others. The extractor fans shall
comply with the following specifications: -
2.1.1 Window/Wall Extract Fans
Fans shall be window/wall mounted type suitable for operation on 230V/1

Ph/50Hz supply. The fans shall consist of impellers, shutters and outer grilles
moulded in plastic. All fan impellers shall be well balanced and capable of
continuous operation for long period. The shutter operation shall be by means
of electric - on/off switch or cord switch for 150mm and 230mm fans only).
Resilient mountings shall be provided. All fan motors shall fully comply with
BS261 3 or BS1 70 and with IEC publication 34-1. Motor insulation shall comply
with Class E of BS2725 and IEC Publication 85. All motors shall be totally
enclosed in aluminium alloy and suitable for continuous operation in ambient
temperatures of up to 40°C. The motor bearings shall be of self-aligning 'sealed
for life' oil reservoir. The sound level of the fans shall be in the region of 50 to 60
dBA or below. Two options shall be provided and both must comply with the
above specification.
S-12
2 SPECIFICATION FOR OTHER MECHANICAL SYSTEMS (CONT’D)
2.1.2 Ceiling Extract Fans
Ceiling extract fans shall be selected suitable for operation on 230V/1 Ph/50Hz
supply. The fans shall consist of impellers, fan duct and grille moulded in
plastic. In addition, a back draught prevention shutter shall be provided and
installed as and when required by the Engineer at no price increase over the
contracted price for the fan. Resilient mountings shall also be provided for the
fan. All fan motors shall fully comply with BS2613 or BS170 and with IEC
publication 34-1. Motor insulation shall comply with Class E of BS2725 and IEC
Publication 85. All motors shall be totally enclosed in aluminium alloy and
suitable for continuous operation in ambient temperatures up to 40°C. The
motor bearings shall be self-aligning "Sealed for life" oil impregnated porous
bronze bushes with an ample oil reservoir. The sound level of the fans shall be
in the region of 50 to 60 dBA or below.
2.2 Fume Handling Fans
2.2.1 For larger fume extraction systems, corrosion resistant aerofoil axial-flow type,
Fume Handling fans shall be provided. Such fans shall have resistance to the
corrosive gases/reagents/chemicals and suitable for temperatures of up to
40°C.
2.2.2 Casing
The fan casing shall be of heavy gauge steel with a 3mm thick PVC lining over
all metal parts, including the flange facings. The outside of the casing is painted
with epoxy polyamide enamel. A sealed terminal box shall be fitted on the
casing and with a breather tube for the motor to breath.
2.2.3 Impeller
This shall be of glass fibre material and aerofoil section in construction to

ensure non-loading characteristic. It shall be directly coupled to the fan motor.
S-13
2.2.4 Motor
It shall also be manufactured by the fan manufacturer to ensure integrity of

design, airstreams rated and matched, electrically, in terms of power, to fan
duties, giving higher factors and efficiency. The motor and mountings shall be
protected by a sealing coating of polyurethane compound. The motor shall be
of squirrel-cage induction design, complying fully with BS 2613 or BS 170 and
with IEC Publication No 34-1. Insulation shall be to Class E specification, BS
2757 and IEC Publication No 85. For duties below 1kW, single phase motors
are preferred and shall be of the capacitor-start-and-run type having a power
factor generally above 0.85. From 1kW - 3kW , motors shall be for
400V/3ph/50Hz operation and suitable for direct-on-line starting. Motor
bearings shall be the sealed type which will run for 10,000 hours over a 5-year
period without attention. .
2.2.5 Mounting/Installation
The fans may be mounted vertically, horizontally or at an inclined angle. When

mounted horizontally, they should be given a slight inclination to prevent
moisture, due to condensation, from collecting in the casing. The fans must be
mounted away from direct radiant heat which might cause excessive heating of
the casing and motor coating. Prior to commencement of work the
manufacturer's installation and maintenance leaflet shall be submitted for
reference.
2.3 F u m e Cu pbo a rd Fa ns
2.3.1 Such fans shall have high resistance to the corrosive gases as listed below and
suitable for temperatures to 40°C. Smaller sizes up to 300mm diameter shall
have spigotted end for direct connection to fume cupboard, or PVC circular duct
by means of neoprene flexible connectors end hose clips.
2.3.2 Casing
Fan casing shall be of rigid PVC and have two extended ribs along its length,
pre-drilled to allow for fixing support brackets. The ends of the casing shall be
spigotted for attachment of neoprene (corrosion resistant) connectors. Such
duct/pipe connector together with the cupboard piece and sufficient hose clips
shall be provided for direct mounting of the fan to the circular PVC pipe and roof
of the fume cupboard respectively.
S-14
2.3.3 Impeller
This shall be of moulded phenolic resin material and preferably aerofoil section
in construction to ensure non-leading characteristic. It shall be directly coupled
to the fan motor.
2.3.4 Motor
It shall also be manufactured by the fan manufacturer to ensure integrity of

design, airstreams rated and matched, electrically, in terms of power, to fan
duties giving higher power factors and efficiency. It shall comply with BS 170
and with IEC Publication No 34-1 Insulation shall be of Class E specification,
BS 2757 and IEC Publication No 85. The motor and mounting shall be
protected by a sealing coat of polyurethane compound. Motor shall be suitable
f o r 2 3 0 V / 1 p h / 5 0 H z o p e ra t io n a n d b e e i t h e r o f s h a d e d p o l e o r capacitor-
start-and-run type construction. Fan motor bearings shall be of sealed
type which will run for 10,000 hours over a 5-year period without
replacements. The motor terminal box shall be fitted with a breather pipe to
allow the motor to breathe.
2.3.5 Mounting/lnstallation
The fans may be mounted vertically, horizontally or at an inclined angle. When

mounted horizontally, they should be given a slight inclination to prevent
moisture, due to condensation, from collecting in the casing. On no account
should a PVC fan support be connected to piping or ductwork. Prior to
commencing work, the manufacturer's installation and maintenance leaflet
shall be submitted for reference.
S-15
2.3.6 PVC Duct
2.3.6.1 The Contractor shall supply and install round PVC ducts including elbows,
sockets, tees, etc for connection to fume cupboard/fume handling fans or
where directed by the Engineer.
2.3.6.2 The round PVC ducts shall have the following dimensions and thickness:
Minimum
Nominal Diameter Outer Diameter Thickness
102 mm (4 in) 114 mm 3.5 mm
152 mm (6 in) 165 mm 5.5 mm
203 mm (8 in) 216 mm 7.0 mm
254 mm (10 in) 267 mm 8.5 mm
305 mm (12 in) 318 mm 10.0 mm
2.4 Roof Extract Fans

2.4.1 Roof extract fans shall be of the low profile type. The fan shall consist of an
impeller, motor, low profile glass fibre reinforced polyester/aluminium weather
cap, safety bracket, mounting bracket, roof unit body and weather skirt. In
addition the Contractor shall also supply and install the necessary supporting
wood sill and waterproof flashing.
2.4.2 The impellers shall be of steel construction comprising of four blades for 355 to
500mm diameter fans and three blades for 630 to 800mm diameter fans. Hubs
shall be of steel construction for 355 to 500mm diameter fans and of aluminium
construction for 630 to 800mm diameter fans. Hubs shall be secured to the
motor shaft with taper lock or equivalent.
2.4.3 Motors shall be totally enclosed, squirrel-cage induction type, of short length,
aluminium construction designed for efficient cooling and generously rated to
ensure reliability in service. Motors shall be rated for handling saturated air at
ambient temperatures up to 40°C. Insulation and rating is to BS 170 or BS 2613
and IEC 34-1 with protection to IEC 34-5, Group IP44. Single phase motors
shall be of the start-and-run type. All three phase motors shall be suitable for
direct-on-line starting. When motor exceeds 3.6 Kw, it shall be of star delta
type.
S-16
2.5 Speed Controllers
2.5.1 Speed controllers for single phase and three phase motors shall be of the same
make as the extractor fans and suitable for operation on 50Hz power supply.
2.5.2 Single phase speed controllers shall have an autotransformer controller

suitable for the smaller regulatable single phase fans. The controller shall also
have a rotary switch giving full speed, off, and six stepped speed reductions
down to 20-30% of full speed. The regulator shall be totally enclosed and
housed in a dust-proof steel casing. For larger single phase extractor fans,
manual speed controllers of appropriate rating shall be provided. The current
rating of the speed controller for each extractor fan shall be as recommended
by the manufacturer of the fan.
2.5.3 Three speed controller shall have a rotary switch giving full-speed and off, and
four stepped speed reductions down to 20-30% of full speed. The controller
shall be housed in a die-cast aluminium alloy or pressed steel casing. The
current rating for each extractor fan shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer of the fan.
2.6 PVC T ru n k in g
2.6.1 The PVC trunking shall be PSB approved, of flame retardant and of adequate
mechanical strength. The covers shall be snap-lock and shall be so constructed
that they remain secure without deflection even when the maximum allowance
number of cables are accommodated.
2.6.2 Approved purpose-made adaptors shall be provided at joints with metal

trunking. Openings in trunking at these joints shall be totally enclosed and fitted
with suitable bushes to prevent the abrasion of cables.
2.7 Regulating Units
Regulating unit shall operate on 24/230 VAC power supply and of the reversible
motor type incorporating built-in positioner. The fitting of the end positions of the
motor drives, the zero point and the span shall be available and adjustable on
the positioner.
S-17
2.8 Control Valves
The control modulating valves shall be sized for a pressure drop of not more
than 42 kPa at full capacity. Valve shall be rated for a minimum pressure of
1600 kPa. The valves shall have single seated stainless steel plug wit h
travel position indicator and provide equal percentage characteristic of flow.
The flow through the 3-way valve shall remain constant regardless of valve
position. Valve body shall be bronze screwed for sizes 75mm and below
and cast iron flanged for six 100mm and above. The control valve shall be
quiet in operation.
2.9 Programmable Logic Control (PLC)
2.9.1 The PLC control system shall consists of a master control station (located in
the General Office) and remote local stations. Failure of any PLC stations
shall not affect the manual operation of all equipment. Every PLC shall have
additional slots for future expansions (30% spare).
2.9.2 Hardwire link-ups from equipment to the PLC exceeding 10m are not
allowed. Instead, terminal devices which allow high -speed signal
transmission shall be used.
2.9.3 The central monitoring shall be a 10” active-control colour touch screen
programmable terminals located in the General Office.
2.9.4 The following points are to be monitored and controlled by the remote local
station.
Equipment Run/Start Run/Start Fault Power Low High High

Control Status Trip Supply Water Water Temp
Alarm Status Level Level Status
Alarm Alarm
Per Booster Pump 1 2 1 3
Per Hosereel Pump 1 2 1 3
Per Storage Tank 1 1
Toilet Exhaust Fan 1 2 1 3
Kitchen Exhaust Fan 1 2 1 3
Per VRV Air-conditioner 2 1 3 1
Per Air-Cooled Package 1 2 1 3
Unit
S-18
2.9.5 The following points are to be monitored and controlled by the master
control station.
Equipment Run/Start Run/Start Fault Power Low High High
Control Status Trip Supply Water Water Temp
Alarm Status Level Level Status
Alarm Alarm
Per Booster Pump 2 1
Per Hosereel Pump 2 1
Per Storage Tank 1 1
Toilet Exhaust Fan 1 2 1
Kitchen Exhaust Fan 1 2 1
Per VRV Air-conditioner 2 1 1
Per Air-Cooled Package 1 2 1
Unit
2.10 Digital Data/Direct -Digital Controllers (DDC)
2.10.1 The Controllers shall be of modular and compact type suitable for panel
mounting. Controllers shall be multi-range function with integral digital
indicator. Selection of sensor input type and range shall be selectable
through dip switches. Adjustment of the zero point and the span range shall
not be acceptable.
2.10.2 The Controllers shall operate on 24VAC power supply and have a
continuous DC output of 2 to 1 0V. The single DC output shall be capable of
several regulating units tied together to obtain different control sequences.
2.10.3 Each controller shall be equipped with local or remote one-touch shift of 3
set- point values to make over-ride changes of set point from the controllers.
2.10.4 The facilities for set-point, room temperature set-point compensation range
and integral action time are to be included and capable of adjustment on the
front panel without opening the control panel. Digital indicator shall be
4-digit 7-segment LED type or equivalent, integral with the controller.
S-19
2.11 Programmable Digital Timer
The Contractor shall supply and install Programmable Timer as the Central
Control Console for the automatic start/stop of the refrigeration plant and all
air-handling units. The Programmable Timer shall have the following
functions and features: -
a) 7 day p ro gramming.
b) 365 days calendar with leap year automatic adjustment. (Correction up
to the year of 2100 AD).
c) 32 holidays duration per year
d) 20 On/Off event per unit circuit (Total of 240 events)
e) 12/24 hour clock
f) Repeat Pro gramming
g) Ma n u a l Ove rride
h) Duty Cycle Programming
i) Battery powered carryover of minimum four (4) months accumulated
outages.
2.12 Cleaning
The items to be cleaned include all air-conditioning and ventilation diffusers,

supply, return and exhaust grilles and extractor fans. The Contractor shall
supply necessary labour and materials for the cleaning of grilles, extractor
fans etc in accordance with the following procedures:
2.12.1 Grilles and Diffusers
The entire grille and diffuser surfaces, adjustable vanes and louvers shall be
wiped clean with damp cloth and then wiped with dry cloth. Care must be
taken not to scratch and scrape off the paintwork. Volume control damper
adjustment shall not be tampered with.
2.12.2 Extractor Fans
Extractor fans shall be completely removed from its mounting for proper
cleaning. The fan impellers and motors shall be wiped clean with damp cloth
and then wiped with dry "cloth. The shutters, outside louvres and brackets
shall be washed in soapy water, thoroughly rinsed and then wiped dry. The
Contractor shall then assemble and install back the extractor fan to its
original position including connection of wires. Care must be taken to ensure
that the direction of rotation is correct in the case of three-phase motors.
The Contractor shall not tamper with the pitch angle adjustment, if any, of
the fan or attempt to remove the impellers from the motors. The Contractor
shall also ensure that the fans are properly fixed back with original
anti-vibration mounting.
S-20
2.13 Smoke Detectors
2.13.1 Duct mounted smoke detector shall have adjustable sensitivity setting and
be completed with integral power supply unit suitable for 230V 50Hz
operation and relay contacts for alarm and trouble condition monitoring and
control. Alarm status and power supply indicating lights shall be visible on
the front of the detector. All duct mounted smoke detectors shall be
furnished with air sampling tubes extending through the width of the air duct.
The smoke detectors shall be of either ionisation type or photoelectric type.
2.13.2 The Contractor shall supply and install smoke detectors for air - cooled
ducted packaged units. Where the return air is brought to the unit by a return
air duct, a duct mounted smoke detector is to be used. Where there are two
or more return air ducts entering the air-conditioning plant room, a duct
mounted smoke detector shall be installed for each duct.
2.13.3 On activation of the smoke detector, the unit shall be shut down and an
alarm light shall appear on its local control panel. The unit shall only be
restarted with a manual reset button.
2.14 Drawings
2.14.1 As and when instructed by the SO the Contractor shall undertake the
followings:
a Prepare As Fitted Drawings for air-conditioning and ventilation

equipment installed by him.
b Reproduce drawings prepared by others.
c Attending site inspections and necessary measurements of the

system.
2.14.2 Drawings shall be made on paper prints, negatives (polyester type) or

linen-backed prints in any quantity as instructed by the Engineer.
S-21
2.14.3 The Contractor shall ensure that, as far as possible, the drawing can fill up
most of the space on the paper/negative/print leaving only adequate space
for the boundary. Determination of the drawing format shall lie as tabulated
below:
Format to be used in conjunction

Contractor’s Drawing Size with Drawing Schedule of Rates
less than A3 A3
between A3 and A2 A2
more than AO A0
E.g. To provide 1 negative and 2 linen-backed A1 size drawings for a

kitchen ventilation system.
Service Charge $ 55.00
1 Negative $ 25.00
2 Linen-backed Prints $ 50.00
$130.00
2.15 Ladders Scaffolding Elevated Platform and Hiring of Truck Crane
2.15.1 Where the height of work using step ladders/extension ladders or tower
ladders exceed more than 3.5 metres, the Contractor shall make use of
scaffolding, staging and elevated platform. The Contractor shall claim for
work that is 3.5m and above, but not less.
2.15.2 The Contractor shall seek the approval of the SO if the access of high
places requires the hiring of truck crane. The Contractor shall hire the
telescopic boom range truck crane which is capable of reaching distance in
the range of about 30m to 50m.
S-22
PUMPING
PARTICULAR REOUIREMENTS
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
1.1 The scope of work for the pumping system shall include but not limited to the
following equipment: -
a. E le c t ric m o t o r d ri v e n p u mp s e t s ;
b. Air pressure tanks, all necessary pipe work, pipefittings, valves,

strainers, pipe supports, gauges, flexible connections etc within
pump room;
c. All electrical equipment, pump controls, control panel, water level

switches, pressure switches, motor starters, power and control wiring
between electrical equipment, underground armoured control cable
where applicable and all necessary electrical actuation devices;
d. Consolidated indicating lamps and alarm panel for the pumping

system(s);
e. Conduits and control wirings from the various control panels in the
pump rooms to the consolidated indicating lamps and alarm panel;
f. Maintenance and servicing of the pumping installation during the

defects liability period.
1.2 T he Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the
Specification in the best workmanlike manner and commercial practice and
shall comply with the following:
a. All current local regulations, safety codes and other relevant statutes in
force in Singapore.
b. The latest edition of IEE regulations and appropriate British Standards
c. Any other relevant codes as specified by the Engineer
d. Any other relevant codes as specified under the Technical

Specifications in this document
1.3 The works shall be executed to the satisfaction of the SO.
S-23
1 SCOPE OF WORKS (CONT’D)
1.4 The tenderer shall ensure that he is clear of the actual extent and nature of
works required under this Contract and shall clarify any doubt of the same
with the SO before the submission of tender. No claims arising out of the
lack of clarity or availability of information will be entertained.

specifications described under this document in the latter sections shall be
fully complied with. It shall be deemed that the more stringent requirements
of the two shall prevail. It shall be deemed that the Contractor has allowed
for this provision in his tender price.
2 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS
The Contractor shall mount in glazed frames permanently fixed in suitable

positions at all plants that are required to be operated, the fol lowing
instructions: -
a. Safety precautions to be observed before start up;
b. S t a rt u p s e qu e n c e o f o p e ra t io n ;
c. Shut do wn se quenc e of operation;
d. Instructions on emergency shut down;
e. Safety precautions to be observed if any equipment is to be shut

down for any extended periods;
f. Programme for alternating the operation of parallel or standby

equipment to even out wear;
g. Functional diagrams or mimic display to explain graphically operating

instructions; and
h. Steps to be taken in case of plant failure.
3 CONTROL PANELS
The Contractor shall ensure that only weatherproof control panels shall be
used if the panels are located outdoors.
S-24
1 GENERAL
1.1 Standards and Regulations
All pumping systems unless stipulated otherwise shall conform to the

following standards and regulations and any amendments thereto:
a Public utilities Board (Water Supply) Regulations of the Public Utilities

Act for water service installation.
b CP48: Water Services, Singapore Standard
c Sewerage Procedures and Requirements (National Environment

Agency) for all sewerage and drainage pumps.
d ENV's Code of Practice for Sanitary Plumbing and Drainage.
e CP5: Wiring of Electrical Equipment of Buildings, Singapore Standard.
1.2 Materials and Workmanship
All materials and equipment supplied shall be new and of best quality in
design and manufacture.
Only PSB approved fittings, appliances and pipes shall be used for the
water pumping installations.
All drainage and sewerage pumps including accessories shall be of ENV

approved brands and types and shall be installed in the approved manner.
All works shall be carried out to the best accepted engineering practice by
fully competent tradesmen.
All pumps offered shall be tested at the factory to confirm performance data
and hydrostatically tested for at least 5 minutes at 17 bars (250 psi) or 1.5
times the maximum working pressure, whichever is greater. Certified shop
test results shall be submitted to the SO.
The Contractor shall supply all materials and equipment and shall perform
any work which is necessary to the effective functioning of the installation
even though such materials or works may not be explicitly mentioned in the
specifications.
S-25
2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
2..1 All pumping systems shall meet the minimum performance requirements spelled
out below. All components shall comply to the clauses in the Technical
Specification with regards to the design, construction and materials used.
2.2 All pumps and motors shall be suitably selected such that the maximum
noise level during operation shall not exceed 65 dBA at 1 m distance.
2.3 Every pump shall be provided with an automatic relief valve (20mm
diameter) set below the shut-off pressure at minimum expected discharge
pressure. It shall provide circulation of sufficient water to prevent the pump
from overheating when operating with no discharge. The relief valve shall
come with two gate valves and 50mm diameter discharge pipe leading back
to the suction tanks.
2.4 Efficiency of each pump at the operating flow rate and pump discharge need
shall not be less than 55%.
2.5 The speed of each pump shall be less than 2,900 rpm.
3 COLD WATER PRESSURE BOOSTER SYSTEM FOR FLUSH WATER

AND POTABLE WATER
3.1 Each water pressure booster system shall consist of two (2) units
automatically controlled electric pump sets, two units pressure control
switch providing operating control, automatic/manual reset limit protection.
3.2 Booster Pumps
a The pumps shall be suitable for pumping potable water and flush
water.
b Each pump shall have stable characteristics and the operating point
shall fall within the acceptable range on the pump curve.
c Pumps shall be either horizontal split casing or end-suction, centrifugal

type with back pull-out design which allows for removal of rotating
parts without disturbing the pump mounting and pipe work.
d Pumps shall have cast iron casings, bronze impellers and BS 316
stainless steel shafts.
S-26
AND POTABLE WATER (CONT’D)
3.2 Booster Pumps (Cont'd)
e The rotating parts of the pumps shall be carefully balanced to prevent

undue vibration and shall be supported by bearings. Rotating shaft
shall not be sealed against leakage by conventional stuffing box
design. Mechanical seals with tungsten carbide faces shall be
provided.
f Each pump shall be of balanced flow design, space saving and shall
operate near its maximum efficiency over the specified range of
operation and be designed to give minimum noise, no vibration and no
pitting.
3.3 Electric Motors
a Each pump shall be driven by an electric motor operating on a

400V/3ph/50 Hz supply.
b The electric motor shall be drip-proof, squirrel cage, TEFC, induction

motor to BS 2960 and BS 2613, or approved equivalent standards
continuously rated and fully tropicalised with Class E insulation.
c The electric motor shall be suitably chosen to have non-overloading

characteristics throughout the operating range of the pump.
d A thermostat shall be built into the motor windings to provide positive

protection against overheating.
3.4 Mounting of Pump set
a Each pump and motor shall be coupled through flexible coupling and
mounted on to a mild steel base plate.
b The base plate shall be supported with two mild steel channel sections
welded lengthwise on the sides of the plate in such a way as to
facilitate easy installation on to foundation bolts.
c There must be provisions on the base plate for adjustment of the

electric motor to effect proper alignment with the pump.
d The pumps and motors shall be mounted on anti-vibration mountings

to prevent transmission of vibration to the foundation.
S-27
3.5 Pipeline Pressure Unit
a The pipeline pressure unit shall consist of pressure tanks, two

pressure switches and pressure gauge. The units shall be designed to
operate from zero bar to at least the maximum delivery head of the
pumps.
b The tanks shall be mounted parallel with the pump sets. Each tank
consists essentially of a pre-pressurized tank with a sealed-in
diaphragm that prevent contact of the water with air. The tank shall
have a capacity that shall provide smooth discharge of water to the
water service installation as well as to limit the number of start/stop of
the pumps to no more than six per hour. The pressure rating of the tank
and the sealed in diaphragm shall be able to withstand at least 1 1/2
times of the maximum pressure of the pump sets supplied.
c The pressure tank shall be designed and constructed in accordance to

the relevant codes and shall conform to the necessary statutory
requirements, where applicable.
d The Contractor shall submit a copy of the test certificates of the

pressure tank to the SO for acceptance of the model offered.
3.6 System Operations and Control
Each pump shall have an AUTO/OFF/MANUAL mode selector switch at the

control panel to provide the control functions required below: -
i Manual Mode
Each pump shall be capable of being operated independently through

START/STOP push buttons. An audio and visual alarm in the form of a
buzzer and indicator lights shall be provided on the control panel when
the pump is on this mode.
i. Automatic Mode
a. A fall in water pressure in the air pressure tank caused by cold

water drawn off through the cold water fittings shall activate the
pressure switches located in the cold water feed pipe and shall
start the duty cold water pump to maintain the pressure. Further
fall in pressure shall start the standby cold water pump.
S-28
3.6 System Operation and Control (Cont'd)
i. Automatic Mode (Cont'd)
b. At the same time, a timer relay shall be energised and shall

commence its timing sequence. If at the end of the time delay, the
duty pump is not started, the standby pump shall start
automatically.
c. An alternating relay shall be incorporated to enable one pump to

alternate automatically as the duty pump with the other as
standby.
4 DIRECT TRANSFER PUMP SYSTEM
4.1 The direct transfer pumping system shall pump water from the low level
tanks to the high level tanks.
Unless otherwise specified elsewhere, the system shall comprise of: -
a. Two (2) units of identical electric-motor-driven pump sets each capable

of supplying 100 percent of the maximum demand;
b. Level switches mounted on high level tanks for control and low level
tanks for automatic shutdown.
c. One control panel complete with control cabling from the control panel
to all level switches;
d. Pipe work, including valves, fittings, gauges, flexible connections, etc

necessary to complete the system in accordance with the relevant
drawings.
4.2 Direct transfer pump sets
a. The pumps shall be suitable for pumping potable water.
b. Pumps shall be vertical multi-stage centrifugal type.
c. Pumps shall have cast iron casings bronze impellers and BS 316
d. Rotating shaft shall not be sealed against leakage by conventional

stuffing box designs. Mechanical seals with tungsten carbide faces
shall be used instead.
S-29
4 DIRECT TRANSFER PUMP SYSTEM (CONT’D)
4.2 Direct transfer pump sets (Cont'd)
e. The pump and motor shall be mounted on a common base plate of

adequate rigidity and supported on anti-vibration mounting.
f. Each pump set shall operate under all conditions. Pump body shall be
of robust construction, corrosion and wear resistant. The pumps shall
have minimum rotating assembly
g. Each pump set shall operate near its maximum efficiency over the
specified range of operation and be designed to give minimum noise,
no vibration, no cavitations and pitting.
4.3 Electric Motors
a Each pump shall be driven by an electric motor operating on a 400V/3

Ph/50 Hz supply.
b. The electric motor shall be drip-proof, squirrel cage, TEFC, induction

motor to BS 2960 and BS 2613, continuously rated and fully
tropicalised with Class E insulation.
c. Pump motor shall be of sufficient power rating specially designed for

water pressure system with minimum electric switchgear and
maintenance. A thermostat built into the motor windings to provide
positive protection against overheating.
4.4 Pumps Operation and Control
a. The pump sets are designated as follows: -
i. Lead duty pump (100% capacity);

ii. Standby pump (100% capacity).
b. Each pump shall be capable of delivering the specified flow rate and
head subject to variable positive suction head.
c. The high level tanks shall have four pre-determined control levels
serving the following functions: -
Level l - stop all pumps
L e ve l 2 - s t a rt d u t y p u m p L e ve l
3 - s t a rt b o t h p um p Level 4 -
activate low-water alarm
S-30
4 DIRECT TRANSFER PUMP SYSTEM (CONT’D)
4.4 Pumps Operation and Control (Cont'd)
The low level tank (suction) shall have two predetermined control levels
serving the following functions: -
Level l - stop all pumps and activate low-water alarm
Level 2 - reset
d. Approved electrode level switches shall provide the necessary level

controls.
e. The two duty pumps shall alternate as Duty and Standby units using an
automatic changeover relay.
f. Manual selector switch shall be incorporated to select any of the
pumps as the standby unit.
g. In the event that anyone duty pump failed to start, or trip while in
operation, the standby pump shall take over automatically after a
pre-set time delay.
h. In addition, anyone pump may be isolated without affecting the

performance of the system in the automatic mode.
4.5 Alarms
An audio-visual alarm shall be incorporated in the control panel and shall be

activated in the following events: -
a low water level in the high level tanks
b pump fault
c low water level in the suction tank.
The alarm will be manually reset.
4.6 Remote - Indicator Panel
An indication panel shall be supplied and installed in the general office, at a

height of about 1 .5m from the floor. The purpose of which is to give warning
signals when the pump is in operation.
The panel shall consist of but not limited to 2 "pump-running" indicator
lamps, a power supply indicator lamp, a warning alarm and a Normal/
Isolation switch for stopping the alarm.
S-31
5 HOSEREEL PUMPING SYSTEM
5.1 The hosereel pumping system shall consist of two (2) units automatically
controlled electric pump sets, one pipeline pressure unit and two (2) units
pressure control switch providing operating control, automatic/manual reset
limit protection.
5.2 Hosereel pumps
a. The pumps shall be suitable for pumping potable water.
b. Pumps shall be end-suction centrifugal type.
c. Pumps shall have cast iron casings, bronze impellers and BS 316
d. Rotating shaft shall not be sealed against leakage by conventional

stuffing box designs. Mechanical seals with tungsten carbide faces
shall be used instead.
e. The pump and motor shall be mounted on a common base plate of

adequate rigidity and supported on anti-vibration mounting.
f. Each pump set shall operate under all conditions. Pump body shall
be of robust construction, corrosion and wear resistant. The pump
shall have minimum rotating assembly.
g. Each pump set shall operate near its maximum efficiency over the
no vibration, no cavitations and pitting.
5.3 Electric Motors
a. Each pump shall be driven by an electric motor operating on a

400V/3ph/50Hz supply.
b. The electric motor shall be drip-proof, squirrel cage, TEFC, induction

motor to BS 2960 and BS 2613, or approved equivalent standards
continuously rated and fully tropicalised with Class E insulation.
c. Pump motor shall be of sufficient power rating specially designed for

water pressure system with minimum electric switchgear and
maintenance. A thermostat built into the motor windings to provide
positive protection against overheating.
d. A protective system shall be provided to cut off the power supply

should the water level in the tank reach a critical level which might
cause damage to the operation of the pump sets.
S-32
5 HOSEREEL PUMPING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
5.4 Pipeline Pressure Unit
a. A pipeline pressure unit shall be provided and shall consist of a

pressure tank, two pressure switches and pressure gauge. The unit
shall be designed to operate from zero bar to at least the maximum
delivery head of the pumps.
b. The air pressure tank shall be mounted parallel with the pump sets. It
shall consist of a pre-pressurized tank with a sealed-in diaphragm
that prevent contact of the water with air. The tank shall have a
capacity that shall provide smooth discharge of water to the
hosereels of the system. The pressure rating of the tank and the
sealed-in diaphragm shall be able to withstand at least 1 1/2 times
the maximum pressure of the pump sets supplied.
c. The pressure tank shall be designed and constructed in accordance

with the relevant codes and shall conform to the necessary statutory
requirements, where applicable.
5.5 Pumps Operation and Control
Each pump shall have an AUTO/OFF/MANUAL mode selector switch at the

control panel to provide the control functions required below: -
i.Manual Mode
Each pump shall be capable of being operated independently

through START/STOP push buttons. An audio and visual alarm in
the form of a buzzer and indicator lights shall be provided on the
control panel when the pump is in this mode.
ii.Automatic Mode
a. A fall in water pressure in the air pressure tank caused by

opening of a hose reel or hosereels shall activate the pressure
switches in the hosereel feed pipe and shall start the duty
hosereel pump to maintain the pressure;
b. The first pressure switch, of the pipeline pressure unit shall

start the duty pump when the pressure at the pressure switch
position drops to the cut-in pressure as specified;
S-33
5 HOSEREEL PUMPING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
4.6 Pumps Operation and Control (Cont'd)
i. Automatic Mode (Cont'd)
c. If the duty pump does not raise the pressure in the pipeline
after the call in from the first pressure switch, the standby
pump shall be started by the second pressure switch after a
time period;
d. A timer switch shall be wired to the starters to provide a

minimum run of one minute to overcome any 'hunting' of the
pressure switches;
e. The pump shall continue to provide the necessary pressure

while any reel remains in use, and shall finally stop when all
reels are closed and the timing period has expired;
f. Automatically after this ON/OFF cycle the duty pump shall

become a standby pump and the original standby pump shall
be a duty pump in the next cycle.
6 SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMPING SYSTEM
6.1 General
The submersible pumps are to be installed in the pump sump for pumping
drainage water from the sump into the discharge chamber. The system shall
comprise of two (2) units pump sets, stainless steel float switches, electrical
and control wiring and all associated pipe work.
6.2 Pump sets
a. Each pump set shall be suitable for pumping drainage water. A

certain amount of foreign matter is expected.
b. The submersible pumps shall be approved by the National

Environment Agency (NEA).
c. Each pump shall be selected to operate near its maximum efficiency

over the specified range of operation and shall be designed to give
minimum noise and vibration.
d. Pump body shall be of robust construction and corrosion resistant.
S-34
6 SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMPING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
6.3 Pump Controls
a. The pump sets are designated as follows:
i Duty pump - 100% capacity

i. Standby pump - 100% capacity
b. The two pumps will alternate as Duty and Standby automatically.
c. In the event that the duty pump fails to start or is tripped, the standby
pump shall take over as the Duty pump automatically.
d. When the water level exceeds the design top water level, both pumps
shall operate at the same time.
e. Stainless steel float switches shall be used to control the pump

stop/start operations.
6.4 Pipe work
The discharge pipe shall be galvanised steel class B to SS 17 complete with

pipe support. The discharge pipe shall be connected to the pump discharge
via a quick-release coupling and a flexible connector. The discharge pipe
shall have all necessary fittings and valves.
6.5 Control Panel
a. A suitable size control panel fitted with an approved lock shall be

provided to house all the electrical components necessary for the
operation of the pump sets. This shall be mounted near the sump at
about 1200 mm above floor level.
b. The control panel housing shall be fabricated from galvanised steel

of thickness, not thinner than SWG 16. The housing shall be painted
with one (1) coat quality etch primer and two (2) coats quality paint.
6.6 Approval
The Contractor shall engage a Professional Engineer to seek approval from

the Sewerage Department of the Ministry of the Environment (ENV) as
regard to the type, make, capacities, etc of the recommended equipment
before installation.
S-35
6 SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMPING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
6.6 Approval (Cont'd)
The Contractor shall arrange with ENV to carry out inspection and test and
to approve the whole installation before the whole project is completed. All
fees involved shall be borne by the successful contractor, including the
Professional Engineer's fee.
6.7 Compliance with regulations
The whole work shall be carried out in accordance with the Sewerage
Procedures and Requirements (Ministry of the Environment) and to the full
satisfaction of the relevant authority (Sewerage Department) and the SO,
who reserves the right to reject wholly or partly the work if in their, opinion
the materials used and workmanship are unsatisfactory.
7 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPING SYSTEM
7.1 The submersible pumps are to be installed in the pump sum for pumping
sewage water from the sump into the discharge chamber. The system shall
comprise of two (2) units pump sets, stainless steel float switches, electrical
and control wiring and all associated pipe work.
7.2 Submersible pumps
a. Each submersible pump shall be suitable for pumping waste of raw

sewage of diameter between 64mm to 75mm inclusive (depending
on wattage) and wastewater discharged from the sewer. A certain
amount of foreign matter is expected.
b. Submersible pumps shall be approved by ENV.
c. The estimated capacity and total head of each pump shall be about
as stated in the performance requirements. These performances
shall be checked and verified by the registered Professional
Engineer employed by the Contractor.
d. Each pump shall be capable of being operated independently, under

all conditions. Pump body shall be of robust construction, corrosion
and wear resistant. The impeller and casing shall be cast iron and the
shaft shall be stainless steel.
e. Each pump shall operate near its maximum efficiency over the
vibration and pitting.
S-36
7 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
7.2 Submersible Pumps (Cont'd)
f. The impellers shall be of non-clogging type design for the greatest

possible efficiency with a semi-open or open impeller.
g. The discharge diameter of pumps shall be at least 64mm for pump

sets not greater than 2 kW and 75mm for pump sets greater than 2
kW.
h. The pumps are to be operated on a 41 5V/3Ph/50Hz electrical supply.
i. Each pump shall be able to cope with 100% of the design inflow rate.
j. The complete pumping installation shall be provided with vibration

and acoustic isolation.
7.3 Pump Operation and Controls
a. The duty pump shall be capable of being started alternately each

time the water reaches a pre-determined “start” level and continue
pumping until the water falls to a pre-selected "stop" level and the
pump motor is stopped. When the water goes up to exceptionally
high level, both pumps shall operate at the same time.
b. Each pump's START/STOP shall be activated automatically by

stainless steel float level control switches. Separate float controls
shall be used for starting and stopping of each pump.
c. A separate high level alarm stainless steel float switch shall be

provided in sump chamber to indicate pump's failure. A warning
light-cum-buzzer shall be provided to alert the plant operator when
the crude sewage level exceed this design Top Water Level (TWL).
The actual position of the warning device shall be decided by the so.
A manual reset button shall be provided to silence the buzzer.
d. An alternating relay shall be incorporated to enable one submersible

pump to alternate automatically as the duty pump and the other
standby.
S-37
7 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
7.3 Pump Operation and Controls (Cont’d)
e. Each pump shall be provided with a starter with suitable over-load

protection relays and hand reset. The pump sets shall be provided
with a separate fused switch each with a main isolating fused switch.
7.4 Control Panel
A suitably sized control panel shall be provided in the Pump House 1500mm
above floor level, facing outwards and provided with a padlock. Its
construction and contents shall be as specified.
7.5 Pipe work
One (1) lot cast-iron inlet, discharge and vent pipe work complete with all
necessary fittings and valves shall be provided and installed as shown in the
tender drawing. Flexible rubber sleeve and hose clamps shall also be
provided for the inlet and outlet pipe.
The discharge main shall be sized to provide a minimum velocity of 1 .0m/s

to comply with the Sewerage Department's requirement.
Check valve shall be mounted directly on the transition piece on the

discharge outlet of the pumps to avoid the possibility of incorrect operation
of the automatic level control. The cover of the inspection opening should be
easily assessable for maintenance work.
7.6 Compliance with regulations
The whole work shall be carried out in accordance with the Sewerage
Procedures and Requirements. (Ministry of the Environment) and to the full
satisfaction of the relevant authority (Sewerage Department) and the SO,
who reserve the right to reject wholly or partly the work if in their opinion the
materials used and workmanship are unsatisfactory.
7.7 Approval
The Contractor shall engage a Professional Engineer to seek approval from

the Sewerage Department of the Ministry of the Environment as regard to
the type, make, capacities, etc of the recommended equipment before
installation.
The Contractor shall arrange with ENV to carry out inspection and test and
to approve the whole installation before the whole project is completed. All
fees involved shall be borne by the successful contractor, including the
Professional Engineer's fee.
S-38
8 CONSOLIDATED INDICATING LAMPS AND ALARM PANEL
The consolidated panel shall be fabricated from mild steel sheets of 14

gauge. It shall be designed for wall mounting with an access door which is
hinged and fitted with an approved lock. It shall be rigid, damp proof and
weather proof.
The following twin-filament indicator lamps shall be provided.
a. Incoming mains supply (one per phase)
b. Pump 'run' and 'fault' condition (one set for each pump)
c. Low and high water level alarm (for all water sumps and water tanks)
An alarm shall be incorporated in the panel and shall be activated in the

event when the pump 'fault'.
The panel shall be installed as directed by SO.
In addition, an instruction sheet bearing the following phrases shall be

pasted at the side of the panel with plastic cover.
Instructions
a. Healthy Conditions
i. 'Main Supply Healthy' Indicator Bulb is 'ON' at all time
ii. 'Bell Isolator' switch is at 'Normal' position.
b. A c t i o n s
If you hear an 'Alarm'
i. Check any break out of Fire or Foul Play with Hosereel(s).
ii. To cancel the 'Alarm' set the 'Bell Isolator' switch to 'OFF'
position.
..
S-39
8 CONSOLIDATED INDICATING LAMPS AND ALARM PANEL
(Cont'd)
Instructions (Cont'd)
c. Contact : Name of Supplier,

Telephone No.
Should any of the following phenomena occur
i. 'Main Supply Healthy' Indicator Bulb blown out

ii. Constant Disturbances from the Alarm
iii. 'Trip' is 'ON’
All electrical wiring from the control panel inside the pump room to the
indication panel shall be run in 20mm concealed conduit.
9 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT
9.1 General
All electrical installation works shall meet the requirement of the Singapore
Standard CP5: Wiring of Electrical Equipment of Buildings and the
Electricity Regulations of the Public Utilities Act.
All cables used shall be of 600/1 000V grade. The minimum cross-sections
of cables for power circuits shall be 2.5 sq mm and for control circuits shall
be 1.5 sq mm. The conductor of the cable shall be of high conductivity
annealed copper to BS 6360 or approved equivalent standard.
The power and control cables shall be segregated and run in separate cable
trays/trunki ng/conduits.
9.2 PVC Insulated Cables
All cables drawn into conduit systems or laid in trunking shall be PVC
insulated cables conforming to SS 358 and BS 6231 or approved
equivalent.
9.3 Trunking
All cable trunking shall be manufactured and tested to SS249: steel surface
cable trunking and accessories.
Trunking shall be manufactured from good quality hot dipped galvanised

steel of not less than 1 .25mm thickness (18 SWG) for sizes up to 1 00rnrn x
1 00rnrn and not less than 1 .60mm thickness (16 SWG) for sizes up to
150mm x 150mm and not less than 2.0mm thickness (14 SWG) for longer
sizes.
S-40
9. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT (CONT’D)
9.3 Trunking (Cont'd)
Trunking and fittings shall have removable lids extending over their entire
lengths. The lids shall be of the same material, thickness of sheet and finish
as that of the trun king.
Trunking shall be run neatly on the surface of the building and truly vertical,
horizontal or parallel with the features of the building and at least 150mm
clear of plumbing and mechanical services.
Connections between trunking and apparatus shall be by a screwed coupler

and bush or a standard flanged coupling or an adaptor neck, fabricated or
cast. Direct attachment of trunking to apparatus will only be permitted if
cable entries are provided with smooth bore bushes and the return edge of
the lid of the trunking is left intact.
9.4 Conduit
All conduit, fitting and accessories shall be galvanised and comply to SS

100: Rigid Steel Conduits for electrical installations. Conduit shall be
screwed and welded Class 'B' and fittings shall be manufactured from steel
or malleable cast iron.
Conduit runs shall not obstruct equipment and shall be run neatly and truly
vertical, horizontal or parallel with the features of the building. Written
approval of the positioning of trunking and conduit runs shall be obtained
from the SO before the installation of any trunking or conduit commences.
No cable shall be drawn into the conduit system until all conduits including
the draw-in boxes have been fixed in place.
Joints in cables run in conduit are not permitted.
9.5 Flexible Conduits
Where connections are made to motors or other components whose

position is required to be adjustable or subject to vibration, flexible conduit
and adaptors to BS 731 Part 1 or approved equivalent standard shall be
used. The adaptors (threaded type) shall be fitted with external earthing
screws. The earth continuity conductor between the adaptors shall be run
external to the flexible conduit and so fitted that it does not take any
mechanical strain.
S-41
9 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENT (CONT’D)
9.6 Motor Starters
Starters shall be of the following types: -
a. Motors up to and : Direct-on-line starter.

including 3.7kW
b. Motors above 3.7kW : Star-delta starter of

closed transition type
Other requirements include: -
a. Type : Automatic
b. Enclosure : IP 54 according to IEC Publication 144 or

approved equivalent standards (Dust proof,
splash proof)
Motor Starters shall be constructed for intermitted duty in accordance with

BS 587 or approved equivalent standards and shall be equipped with: -
a. Under voltage protection for each phase of the supply.
b. A magnetic or thermal overload device in each phase with hand reset

and visual inspection to show that the starter has released due to an
overload.
c. No volt re lease and sin gle phasin g p ro tection. The starter
shall be rated to break the stalled current of the motor it controls.
Motors shall not automatically restart on the restoration of failed supplies or

phases.
All motors above 4 kW shall be equipped with anti-condensation heaters.

The heaters shall be connected up such that when the motor is on, the
heater is switched off and vice-versa.
S-42
9.7 Fuses
All fuses used on power circuits and directly connected control circuit shall
be of the general purpose, cartridge type with high rupturing capacity (HRC)
and shall fully comply with BS 88 or approved equivalent.
Separate fuse protection shall be provided for each circuit and fuse ways
shall be clearly marked to show the circuit that is protected and the rating of
the cartridge fuse link fitted.
9.8 Contactors
All contactors shall be of the fail-safe electromagnetic pattern, designed and

constructed in accordance with IEC publication 158 -1 or approved
equivalent and rated at utilization category AC-3 or approved equivalent.
They shall be designed for heavy duty service with a mechanical endurance
of 10 million operations.
Contactor coils shall be fully tropicalised and design for continuous

operation at phase voltage with class E insulation.
9.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lamps
Pushbuttons and indicating lamps shall be of matching design arranged for

single pole fixing and of small body size to allow close grounding.
Terminals shall be of the screw type.
Start and stop pushbuttons shall be of the shrouded type.
Emergency stop pushbuttons shall be of the mushroom push type with

stop/lock action.
Pushbuttons for use outdoors shall have watertight bezels which

incorporate rubber membranes.
Indicating lamps shall normally be of the 12V type.
Indicating lamps shall be arranged so that the bulbs may be replaced from
the front. They shall have shallow bezels which incorporate plastic lenses of
the specified colour.
Engraved legend plates shall be fitted with all pushbuttons, indicating lamps
and key switches. The minimum character height shall be 5mm.
They shall be made from black white black traffolyte.
S-43
9.10 Lamp Testing Facility
On control consoles and mimic diagrams a lamp testing facility shall be

provided whereby all the panel lamps or sections of panel lamps can be
illuminated by operating a non-locking pushbutton or pushbuttons for those
sections. The button shall be engraved LAMP TEST.
9.11 Selector Switches
Selector switches shall be of the positive action rotary cam type

incorporating double break contacts of hard silver alloy. They shall have a
minimum continuous rating of 1 0A and be of high breaking capacity.
Operating knobs shall be of the type which positively indicate the position of
the switch. The switch positions shall be clearly marked on engraved legend
plates.
9.12 Alarm Bells and Buzzers
They shall be of a totally enclosed type and their operation shall not be
impaired or prevented by external interference.
9.13 Meters
Meters and relays for external panel mounting shall be of the flush pattern,
with square escutcheon plates finished matt black and pressed steel cases.
Indicating instruments shall be to BS 89 1st grade or approved equivalent
standards moving iron spring controlled with 100mm diameter dials (240
scale) with external zero adjustment, integrating meters shall be to BS 37
Parts 1 and 2 and Part 4 or approved equivalent standards with cyclometer
registers and protective relays to BS 142 or approved equivalent standards.
All the measuring meter shall be calibrated by the relevant local testing
authority before installation, testing certificates from the relevant authority
on the calibration shall be submitted to the SO. All cost associated with the
calibration by local authority shall be deemed to be included in the contract.
9.14 Relays
Relays are to be approved types complying with BS 142 or approved

equivalent standards and shall have approved characteristics and be flush
mounted in dust proof cases. Relay cases shall generally be finished in
black enamel.
S-44
9.14 Relays (Cont'd)
Relays shall be of approved construction and shall be arranged so that

adjustments, testing and replacements can be affected with the minimum of
time and labour. Relays of the hand reset type shall be capable of being
reset without opening the case.
Electrically reset tripping relays shall be provided where necessitated by the

system of control.
Relays contacts shall be suitable for making and breaking the maximum
current which they may be required to control in normal service but where
the contacts of the protective relays are unable to deal directly with the
tripping current, approved auxiliary contractors relays or auxiliary switches
shall be provided. Separate contacts shall be provided for alarm and tripping
functions. Relays contacts shall make firmly without bounce and the whole
of the relay mechanisms shall be as far as possible unaffected by vibration
or external magnetic fields.
Relays, where appropriate shall be provided with flag indicators of approved

type, phase coloured where applicable. Flag indicators shall be of the hand
reset pattern and shall be capable of being reset without opening the case.
Where two or more phase elements are included in one case separate
indicator shall be provided with each element.
Relays with provision of manual operation from outside the case, other than
resetting, will not be accepted, and time delay relays shall not be of the
dashpot type.
Relays whether mounted on panels or not, shall be provided with clearly

inscribed labels describing their application and rating in addition to the
general purpose labels.
Approved means shall be provided on the relay panels for the testing of
protective relays and associated circuits, withdrawable type cases and
plug-in type test facilities being preferred.
Attention is particularly drawn to the humid tropical climate and relay

designs should be entirely suitable for duty under these conditions.
To minimise the effect of electrolysis, relay coils operating on DC shall be so

connected that the coils are not continuously energised from the positive
pole of the battery.
S-45
9.14 Relays (Cont'd)
Instruments, meters and relays located on the front of the switchboards

shall be so positioned that as far as possible, each instrument, meter and
relay is adjacent to the unit with which it is associated. Other relays more
suitable for mounting inside the cubicle such as those required for back
indication and tripping etc shall be grouped conveniently in dust proof cases
with removable covers to provide easy access for cleaning and adjustment
without dismantling.
All relays shall be heavy duty pattern, unaffected by external vibration and
capable of operation in any position. Meter panels shall be hinged to
provide ready access to connections and small wiring shall be enclosed in
flexible plastic conduit. All meters and relays shall be fully tropicalised. All
terminals shall be completely insulated and potential circuits shall be
suitably fused.
9.15 Current and Voltage Transformer
Current transformer shall have short circuit rating not less than those of the
circuits with which they are concerned. They shall be of the air-cooled type
and encapsulated in case epoxy resin. Current transformers supplied with
measuring instruments shall have Class 1 accuracy in BS 3938 or approved
equivalent and all protective current transformers Class SP or Class 10P
accuracy in BS 3939 or approved equivalent according to the requirements
of the associated protective systems and relays. Each current transformer
shall be capable of supplying the necessary energy to operate the
correlated instruments and protective functions.
Voltage transformers shall be encapsulated in case epoxy resin . All

measuring voltage transformers shall be designed for class 1 accuracy in
BS 3941 or approved equivalent and all protective voltage transformers
Class 3P and 6P accuracy in BS 3941 or approved equivalent. The
characteristics and temperature rise of the voltage transformers shall
comply with BS 3941 or approved equivalent.
9.16 Motor Control Panel
The control panel shall be fabricated from mild steel sheets of 14 gauge and
be adequately braced to form a rigid housing and be damp-proof and
rustproof. Cubicles shall be of Hanger-make or approved equivalent.
S-46
9.16 Motor Control Panel (Cont'd)
It shall incorporate all the electrical components necessary for the automatic
operation of the system, including motor starting equipment, control
transformer and programmable controllers etc.
It shall be designed for wall mounting with an access door which is hinged
and fitted with an approved lock.
The following twin-filament indicator lamps shall be provided: -
a. Incoming mains supply (one per phase)
b. Pump 'run' and 'fault' condition (one set for each pump)
c. Low water level alarm
d. High water level alarm
The following meters/switches shall be provided: -
a. Hour-run meter (one for each pump)
b. a three-phase kilowatt-hour meter (common), hermetically sealed

(except hosereel pumping system)
c. a voltmeter (common), hermetically sealed complete with phase

selector switch and ammeter (common), hermetically sealed with
maximum demand indicator
d. Lamp test button
Every motor shall be provided with: -
a. An 'automatic/off/manual' selector swi tch
b. A start push button switch
c. A stop push button s witch
d. One (1) unit separate fuse switch
The motor starters shall be approved reputable make, suitably rated for the
motor.
Each and every motor shall be protected using suitably rated rupturing
capacity Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB). Every control circuit shall
be protected using Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB).
S-47
9.16 Motor Control Panel (Cont'd)
Each pair of wirings in the control panels shall be labelled with identification
tags of at least 25mm x l0mm in size. All wiring shall be neatly arranged and
tied together in small bundles.
All instruments, indicating lights, switches on the front of the control panel
shall be labelled with engraved lettering of at least 12mm high letterings.
Each cable compartment shall have sufficient space for cable terminations.
Blank gland plates for top entry incoming cables shall be provided for drilling
to suit incoming cables at site. Where single conductors cables are used,
means shall be provided to reduce eddy-current heating in plates.
Instruments, indicating lights, rotary switches and similar equipment shall be

mounted directly on a fixed fascia panel suitably stiffened to hold such items
firmly in position under all conditions of operation.
Busbars and electrical connections shall be electrolytic copper and comply

with the requirements of BS 158 and 159 or approved equivalent.
Fuse switches shall comply with BS 3185 or approved equivalent. They

shall be capable of carrying continuously their rated current without over
heating or damage. Switches shall be heavy duty double air break, quick
made and break pattern with phase contacts. Mechanical interlock shall be
provided to prevent switch covers being opened with switch closed and
switch closure with the cover open. Fuses shall be bolted on to the moving
contacts and shall be of HRC type, class 'R' to BS 88 or approved
equivalent.
Before commencing manufacture of the motor control board the Contractor

shall submit to the SO for approval the following details in triplicate: -
a. Plan showing the general arrangement and construction details
b. W iring diagram of the motor control board
c. Schematic wiring diagram of the complete system.
S-48
9.17 Licensed Electrical Worker
All electrical installation shall be certified by a licensed electrical worker

(LEW). A copy of the certificate shall be submitted to the SO.
10 CONTROL EQUIPMENT
10.1 General
a All control equipment shall be furnished and installed as indicated on

the drawings and in specification as required for the correct operation
of all items and pumping systems as a whole.
b. All control equipment shall be located in positions that are readily

accessible for service and maintenance.
10.2 Pressure Electric Switches (PES)
Pressure Electric Switches shall be of approved type suitable for panel

mounting and shall be used to energise equipment such as pumps etc.
10.3 Water Level Switches
Water level switches shall be of stainless steel electrode type for all
pumping systems except for drainage water pumping system where
stainless steel mercury float level switches of approved type and
manufacture shall be used.
11 PIPEWORK
11.1 Rules and Regulations
The water piping installation shall be executed by a licensed water service

plumber and in accordance with the Public Utilities Board (Water Supply)
Regulations and Singapore Standard CP48 Code of Practice for water
services and all amendments thereof.
11.2 Materials
a. Marking
All parts, where applicable, shall be legibly marked with the following:
i. manufacturer's name or trademark

ii. reference number of the conformed standard
S-49
11 PIPEWORK (CONT’D)
11.2 Materials (Cont'd)
iii. quality class reference

iv. nominal size
b. Only approved fittings, appliances and pipes shall be used for the
water service installation.
c. Ductile Iron Pipes
Ductile iron pipes used in the installation shall conform to BS 4772 or

approved equivalent.
d. Valves
All isolating valves shall be of gate design and bronze construction.

They shall conform to BS 5183 or approved equivalent and rated at
16 Bars.
All non-return (check) valves shall be of non-slam design and shall

be of bronze construction. Swing check valves shall not be used.
e. Flexible Connection
Approved type flexible connections shall be provided at the suction

and discharge connections of every pump to isolate vibration from
the pipe work.
f. Pressure Gauge
Approved type pressure gauges shall be provided at the discharge

line of every pump to measure the discharge pressure. Each
pressure gauge shall be complete with stopcock. A drainpipe with a
stopcock shall be provided for each pressure gauge.
g. Galvanised Steel Pipes
Galvanised steel pipes used in the installation shall conform to SS17

with approved PVC internal lining of approved equivalent. Joints shall
be screw-threaded.
S-50
11 PIPEWORK (CONT’D)
11.2 Materials (Cont'd)
h. Copper Pipes
Copper pipes shall conform to BS 2871 Table X or approved

equivalent with capillary fittings complying to BS 864 Pt 2 or
approved equivalent.
i. Joints Between Dissimilar Materials
1) Copper piping of small diameter should be jointed to cast-iron,

spun-iron or steel piping by the use of copper-alloy unions or
union ferrules.
2) For joints between steel piping and ductile-iron piping,

copper-alloy unions or union ferrules shall be used, and for
large diameters the joints shall be made by flanged
connecting pieces.
3) Small diameter plastics pipes shall be jointed to metal piping

by means of union adaptors. For PVC pipes of 75 mm bore
and upwards, flexible joints or flange joints shall be used.
S-51
11
PIPEWORK (CONT’D)
11.3
Table for maximum distance between supports
Unless otherwise specified, piping shall be approved clips, hangers or

rollers at intervals not exceeding those given in Table below: -
Ductile-Iron
Galvanised Pipe or cast
Pipe Steel Pipe Iron Pipe Copper Pipe
Nominal Hori- Hori- Hori-
Size zontal Vertical zontal Vertical zontal Vertical
(mm) Run(m) Run(m) Run(m) Run(m) Run(m) Run(m)
15 1.0 2.5 1.25 1.75
20 2.5 3.0 1.75 2.5
25 2.5 3.0 1.75 2.5
32 2.7 3.0 1.75 2.5
40 3.0 3.5 2.5 3.0
50 3.0 3.5 2.5 3.0
65 3.5 4.5 3.0 4.0 2.75 3.0
75 2.7 2.7
100 2.7 2.7
125 3.5 3.5
150 3.5 3.5
a. The supports shall permit appropriate movement for expansion and

contraction in the desired direction and prevent transmission of vibration.
b. Clips, rollers, hangers and supports shall be fabricated from mild steel or
approved material and have sufficient strength to support the pipes and
its contents. They shall conform to BS 3974 or approved equivalent and
as approved by the SO.
S-52
11.4 Clearance for maintenance
Pipe work shall be installed with a minimum 80 mm clearance from all

electrical conduits, trays and troughs and from finished floor, and 40 mm
clearance from other parts of the building structure and any adjacent pipe
work.
12 INSTALLATIONS AND VIBRATION ISOLATION
12.1 The entire pumping systems shall be installed in accordance with good and
sound engineering practice:
a. The Contractor shall undertake to completely install the pump sets in

accordance with good and sound engineering practice.
b. The Contractor shall install vibration isolation mountings between the

foundation plinths and the channel sections of the pump-motor
assembly to damp out vibrations.
c. All valves, junctions and bends in pipe work shall be securely

supported to withstand the hydraulic thrust generated during
operation.
d. All pipe work in the plant room shall be vibration isolated.
13 PAINTING, COLOUR CODING AND LABELLING
13.1 The work specified in this section includes the painting and identification of
all the Works in this Contract, including but not limited to: -
a. p a in t in g o f e qu ip me n t a n d p ip in g
b. pipe markers
c. e qu ip m e n t n a me p la t e s a n d la b e ls
d. va l ve id ent if ic at ion
e. le a t h e r s t ra p s wit h lo c k s / k e ys
f. c h a in s wit h p a d lo c k s / k e y s
S-53
13 PAINTING, COLOUR CODING AND LABELLING (CONT’D)
13.2 Painting/Labelling/Securing of Valves
Except where otherwise specified herein, the external surfaces of all

equipment, fittings, tanks, vessels and pipes including supports, hangers
and brackets shall be painted.
All surfaces to be painted shall be properly prepared, primer coated and

then finished with two finishing coat. All surfaces shall be thoroughly dried,
cleared down, free from weld splatter, burrs, dust, rust, cement and grease
and prepared in a proper manner all to the satisfaction of the SO. Each
coating shall be allowed to dry and shall be rubbed down before the next
coating is applied.
All paint and other preparations shall be of best quality, non-poisonous,

lead-free prepared synthetic products of approved brand, and brought on to
the site ready mixed in the manufacturer's sealed containers and used to
the manufacturer's recommendation.
All valves on the fire-fighting pipelines including those valves which affect
the performance of the fire-fighting installations shall be padlocked open or
closed as appropriate using leather straps.
All equipment, measuring devices, pumps etc shall be provided with

appropriately sized identification plates indicating the performance
characteristics, if any. The size of the tags and plates shall be decided by
the SO.
All valves shall be labelled by painting the valve with identification numbers
or fixed with identification tags. The size of the letterings and tags is to be
decided by the SO.
13.3 Colour coding and labelling
The piping systems shall be painted for identification purposes in

accordance with British Standard 1710 - Identification of Pipelines or
approved equivalent standard.
14 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to carry out testing of the pump sets
after installation is completed and shall supply all the necessary testing
equipment and measuring instruments required for the testing and for the
recording of test results.
S-54
14 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING (CONT’D)
14.2 When all the necessary tests on the pump sets have been completed to the
entire satisfaction of the SO, the I Contractor shall commission the pump
sets for official handover to the user department in the presence of the SO.
The pumps are expected to be in perfect operational condition by then.
14.3 The Contractor shall ensure that the installation is commissioned in the
presence of the relevant authority's representative (Fire Service Bureau for
fire-fighting pumps) and the SO.
14.4 The testing and commissioning procedure shall include, but shall not be
limited to the following operational tests: -
a. Electrical Insulation tests for all electrical equipment including motors

as in accordance to the relevant codes.
b. All water service and distribution pipes and pumps shall be subjected
to a hydrostatic test pressure of 12 bars or 11/2 times the maximum
working pressure, whichever is greater. The test period shall be two
(2) hours during which no leakage is allowed.
c. All pumps shall be tested to confirm that the operating head and flow
rates are in accordance with the operating characteristics as
submitted. The pump speed, suction pressure and discharge
pressure of each test point shall also be recorded. Flow meters and
pressure gauges shall be provided and installed temporarily to record
the test results.
d. Additional site tests shall be conducted on all fire-fighting pumps to

confirm that they are capable of sustaining the pressure and water
flow requirements at the outlets of the fire hosereel system and wet
riser systems as stipulated by the relevant codes of practice.
Adjustments shall be made to the pumps to comply with the
requirements.
e. All pumps controls shall be tested for correct oper ation and
sequencing. Pump 'cut in' and 'cut out' pressures and water levels
shall be adjusted and recorded.
f. All fire pumps shall be tested in accordance with the test procedure
as spelled out in NFPA 20 Standard For Installation Of Centrifugal
Pumps or approved equivalent.
g. Motor draw-off current, voltage and power consumption figures at the

operating point shall also be recorded.
S-55
14 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING (CONT’D)
h. Noise level readings of the pumps and motors while in operation at 1

metre distance away. The Contractor is to provide the necessary test
equipment at his own cost.
15 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING
This section sets out the Contractor's responsibility for the. maintenance
and servicing of the pumping installation during the maintenance period.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the entire installation in

first class running condition.
During the maintenance period, the Contractor shall carry out servicing and
maintenance of the entire pumping installation.
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed inspection and service report form
showing the functions to be carried out and the intervals between each
function to enable records of servicing to be maintained. The functions shall
include all the maintenance responsibilities outlined herein for each specific
system plus any other special maintenance requirements recommended by
the equipment manufacturers. The inspection and servicing report duly
signed by the user department shall be submitted to the SO every quarter of
the year during DLP.
The Contractor shall inform the SO within the last week of the quarter, the
date and time for the next quarterly, servicing of the installation.
Routine servicing to the installation shall be carried out during normal

working hours.
During the maintenance period, the Contractor shall attend to any complaint
calls promptly at no expense to the Government. After the attendance to a
complaint call and the completion of the necessary repair work, a copy of
the fault report or service chit duly signed by the user department shall be
forwarded to the SO for information and record.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the conduct and behaviour of his
workmen. Upon arrival at the user department for servicing or repair works,
the workmen shall inform the officer-in-charge or duty officer in the
department of the purpose of their visit. The Contractor shall ensure that
minimal inconvenience is caused to the user department in the course of
their work.
S-56
WATER PUMPS, HOSEREEL PUMPS, TRANSFER PUMPS, SUBMERSIBLE
DRAINAGE PUMPS & SEWERAGE PUMPS
Frequency
Points to be checked and serviced Every Every Every
3 months 6 months 12 months
1. T e s t ru n of pu m p s x
2. Check and grease all bearings
3. Check all flexible couplings x
4. Check a ll mechan ic al seals
5. Replace mechanical seals x x

6. Check pump alignment x
Read just if necessary
7. x
Check anti-vibration mountings and
tighten all holding down bolts,
clamps
8. x
Check operating pressures and flow
rates
9. Clean strainers x
10. Inspect impellers and casing x
11. Replace bearings, shafts x

(if necessary)
12. Check all flexible connections on x
piping and rectify
13. Check noise levels during pumps x
operation
14. x
Check correct operation of control
circuits in control panel and alarm
devices
15. x
Complete testing of pumps to
re-confirm performance
characteristics as spelled out in the
Testing & Commissioning
S-57
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
Frequency
Check Item/Maintenance Requirement Every Every Every
1. Check, clean contacts and tighten x

connection of electrical starters
2. Check and replace (if necessary) all x

indicator lamps
3. Check relay of water level switches x
4. Check the functioning of the water x

level controls system
5. C h e c k t h e s y s t e m o p e r a t io n a n d x
control
6. Check all electrical relays, circuit x

breakers, timers, contactors, fuses
and rectify
7. Record readings of all hour-run x

meters, voltmeters and ammeters
8. Check all change sequence x

switches, all test switches and
adjust
9. Check security of all electrical x

connections and rectify
10. Check and rectify phase within 5% x

variation for each motor installed
under this sub-contract
11. C h e c k c u r r e n t / v o l t a g e r e a d i n g s x
during pump operation
12. I n s p e c t a l l a m m e t e r s , v o l t m e t e r s x
and re-calibrate
13. Check condition of all exposed cable x

insulation
14. Test all starters x
15. Conduct electrical insulation test x
S-58
OTHER COMPONENTS
Frequency
Check Item/Maintenance Requirement Every Every Every
1. Level Switches x
Check operation of all level switches

and rectify (if necessary)
2. P r e s s u r e T a n k s
a. Check the setting of the pressure x

relief valves
b. Re-set all pressure relief valves x
3. Pressure Switches x
Check the setting of all the pressure

switches
4. Isolating valves and Check Valves,

Relief Valves, Air Release Valves
Check the operation of all valves and x

for leaks
S-59
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
The works embraced in this Contract comprises the supply and installation of
new, modification and repairing of existing electrical works. These works
shall include equipments, devices, fittings, accessories, electrical and control
panels and devices, brackets and supports, etc
The Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the Specification
in the best workmanlike manner and commercial practice and shall
comply with the following:
force in Singapore.

The works shall be executed to the satisfaction of the SO.
The tenderer shall ensure that he is clear of the actual extent and nature of
with the SO before the submission of tender. No Claim arising out of the lack
of clarity or availability of information will be entertained.

specifications described under this document in the latter sections shall be
fully complied with. It shall be deemed that the more stringent requirements
of the two shall prevail. It shall be deemed that Contractor has allowed for
this provision in his tender price.
S-60
1 MATERIALS
1.1 All materials shall be new and unused. All equipment and materials previously
installed or used shall be rejected. Materials and equipment shall be stored in
such a manner as to be in a new condition when installed and to avoid damage
from weather and site conditions. Damaged, deformed and cracked equipment
or materials shall be rejected. Replacement shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Government.
1.2 Materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Works as called for in this
specification are required to meet the quality/testing standards of designated
institutes, societies and standard associations. However, equivalent materials,
and equipment items meeting other authoritative standards, which ensure an
equal or higher quality than the standards mentioned may also be accepted, if
the SO gives his approval.
1.3 Should the Contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than
those specified, as permitted by the "or approved equivalent" clause, he shall
submit a written request for any such substitution. Such requests shall be
accompanied by complete descriptive (manufacturers, brand name, catalogue
number, etc) and technical data for all items, samples of both the specified and
the proposed substitute items.
1.4 Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirement indicated on
the plans, the Contractor shall include all items of cost in the revised design and
construction including the cost of all allied trades involved.
1.5 Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to the

approval of the SO.
1.6 The expenses incurred by any such exercise shall be borne in full by the
Contractor.
2 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EOUIPMENT
2.1 Distribution Boards
2.1.1 The Contractor shall supply and install distribution boards at the location as
instructed on site or on the sketches or drawings. Drawings detailing the
essential dimensions and layout of the switchgears and bus bars together with
component list shall be approved by the SO before fabrication.
S-61
2 ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EOUIPMENT (CONT’D)
2.1 Distribution Boards (Cont’d)
2.1.2 The Contractor shall be required to take site measurements and take note of all
constraints affecting the actual dimensions of the Distribution Board and any
difficulties involved.
2.1.3 Distribution boards shall be of wall mounted, totally enclosed, front connected,
cabinet type. Knockouts shall be provided for cable entries. The front shall be
covered by a metal door with hidden hinges and chrome-plated lockable
handle. Approved type gaskets shall be provided between all doors and covers
and the cabinets. They shall be constructed of the stove enamel or epoxy
powder coated GI sheet of not smaller than 16 gauge, welded to form a rigid
and robust unit capable of withstanding, without any deformation or warping the
electrical and mechanical stresses which they are likely to experience in normal
service and under short-circuit conditions.
2.1.4 All isolators, fuse switches or MCCBs, etc used as switchgears for the boards
shall form part of the distribution boards and busbars of all distribution boards
shall have a rating of not less than their incoming gear. No cables shall be used
in lieu of busbar without the approval of the SO.
2.1.5 Miscellaneous distribution board wiring shall be carried out using approved
switchboard wiring coloured for easy identification. Adequate lengths of cables
shall be provided to facilitate re-arrangement of circuits within the distribution
board if required. Neutral bars and earth shall be of copper and of square or
rectangular cross-section, and shall be provided with adequate number of
terminal cable lugs and bolts.
2.1.6 The distribution boards shall be constructed in accordance with current Power
Grid regulations and relevant British Standard Specification, and busbar shall
be painted and marked to comply with standard codes and practice.
2.1.7 Each item of equipment shall be clearly labelled with engraved black Perspex
labels with white vertical lettering, and a schedule of circuits is to be mounted
on the back of the board covers. Colour of distribution board shall be semi-glass
grey or other approved colour.
S-62
2.2 Fuse Switchgear
2.2.1 Fuse switches and isolators shall be of totally enclosed, metal-clad, double
break and quick action type. They shall comply fully with BS 3189 and shall
have a breaking capacity of not less than 31 MVA at 415 volt at 50 Hz certified
by ASTA or other recognised testing authority.
2.2.2 The metal boxes shall be made of best quality mild steel sheet of adequate
thickness. They shall be so arranged that the front surface of the unit is flat and
flush with the front face of the switchboard, the only permissible projection
being an operating handle, which, however, should preferable be of a type
which retract into the unit when not in use. Each pole of the switch should be
double break.
2.2.3 An 'On-Off' indicator should be provided preferably operated directly by the

moving contact assembly. Quick break action shall be provided and the units so
arranged as to be accessible from the front of the panel for inspection and
maintenance, with the provision that the box cannot be opened while the switch
is closed, and that the switch cannot be closed with the box open.
2.2.4 Fuse-switchgear or isolators used for changeover purposes should be provided

with an 'on-off' indicator with provision for the additional of 'Mains' and
'Emergency'.
2.3 Fuses
2.3.1 Fuses, when specified for use in mains current L carrying circuits, shall be of
the cartridge type, Type Q1 having a rupturing capacity of not less than 43 KVA
at 41 5V AC, 50 Hz certified by ASTA or other recognised testing authority.
2.3.2 Fuses used in any circuit shall have the correct fusing factor. Fuse units of
rating 100 amps or less shall be of the air insulated, back connecting, black
moulded type, consisting of a base and separate fuse carrier. Fuse units with
rating above 100 amp shall consist of fixed panel contacts (back connecting)
with protecting shrouds and a separate fuse carrier, the later arranged with a
clamping device, operated from the front of the carrier to provide high contact
pressure.
S-63
2.4 Miniature Air-Break Circuit Breaker (MCB)
2.4.1 The MCB shall be arranged for manual closing and opening and for automatic
tripping on over-current. The mechanism shall be fitted with an automatic
release which shall at all times function independently of the means used to
close the circuit breaker.
2.4.2 Both the 'on' and 'off' position of the circuit breaker shall be clearly indicated.
The indication shall be clearly visible to the operator when the circuit breaker is
mounted in the normal manner.
2.4.3 The metallic portions of the mechanism shall be either inherently resistant to or
so treated as to make them resistant to atmospheric corrosion. The operating
mechanism shall be effectively sealed by the manufacturer to prevent access to
the mechanism. The case may be of insulating material or metal and shall be
designed to withstand reasonably rough usage without fracture or permanent
distortion.
2.4.4 The construction shall be such that when the circuit breaker is mounted as in
service, any person operating the circuit breaker shall be safeguarded from
injury.
2.4.5 Live parts shall not be accessible to the standard test finger specified in BS
3042.
2.4.6 Provision shall be made for earthing of exposed metal parts which require
earthing in accordance with the current edition of CP 5 Wiring Regulations.
2.4.7 The maximum breaking capacity of the circuit breaker shall be adequate for the
maximum prospective fault current at the place where the circuit breakers are to
be installed in the supply system or network. The MCB shall comply with BS
3871 Part II and shall have a fixed unadjustable time/current tripping
characteristic with calibration complying with BS 3871 Table 5 and 6 for
operating duties and test currents at ambient temperature of 40°C.
2.5 MCB Distribution Board
2.5.1 The various layout designs are as depicted in the drawings provided. All single
phase lighting and power distribution boards shall be metal-clad with hinged
covers suitable for surface mounting.
2.5.2 A double pole isolating switch shall be incorporated for the purpose of
interrupting the incoming supply. Final sub-circuit circuits shall be protected by
means of single pole MCBs capable of carrying their full rated current without
tripping.
S-64
2.5 MCB Distribution Board (Cont’d)
2.5.3 For three phase loads, triple pole circuit breakers shall be used. 3 numbers of
Single Pole MCB shall not be used.
2.5.4 All miniature circuit breakers shall have a rated breaking capacity of not less
than M6 and shall comply with the requirements of BS 3871 Part II.
2.5.5 The MCB shall incorporate time delay device to ensure that it will tolerate
harmless transient overload unless this is well in excess of 25% of its rated
value for a sustained period.
2.5.6 A short circuit current of the order of six to ten times the full load rating should
cause instantaneous isolation of the faulty circuit by the MCB.
2.5.7 Samples of the MCBs shall be submitted for the approval of the SO prior to their
use.
2.5.8 Phase identification colours shall be provided for all MCB Board and in addition,
the Contractor shall provide a label within the cover of 'each distribution board,
details of the circuits controlled by the circuit breakers.
2.5.9 Distribution boards shall be wall mounted, totally enclosed, front connected for
DIN rail mounting. They shall be constructed of the stove enamel or epoxy
powder coated GI sheet of not smaller than 16 gauges. Polyester type MCB
boards shall only be used on instruction of the SO. Knockouts shall be provided
for cable entries.
3 POWER SOCKET OUTLETS
3.1 All socket outlets shall be of the three-pin rectangular (two-pole and earthing
pin) type.
3.2 All 1 3A power outlets shall conform to SS 145. All power outlets shall be of 13
amps rating, surface-mounted, rectangular, metal-clad, switch-socket type.
Socket outlets should either be installed at 1500mm (eye level) or at a height of
300mm above the finished floor level. Actual mounting position shall be to SO
instruction.
3.3 All 1 5A power outlets for air conditioning and water heating units shall be of 15
amps rating, unless otherwise specified. They shall be used in conjunction with
a fused (15A rating) plug complete with indicator lamp and situated beside the
lighting switches for the room.
3.4 All such outlets shall be located close to the equipment.
S-65
4 SWITCHES
4.1 All switches shall conform to BS 3676. All switches shall be so mounted that the
knob is in the raised position when the switch is 'OFF' and in the depressed
position when 'ON'. They shall be of the silent type conforming to BS 3676.
4.2 No multiple pole switch or circuit breaker which also incorporates a switch in a
neutral control shall connect any live conductor before the neutral conductor is
made, or breaks the neutral conductor before all live conductors have been
opened.
4.3 Switches shall be installed as indicated on the drawings or to SO instruction.

Generally, switches used with surface wiring, conduit wiring or PVC trunking
shall be mounted 1.4 m (4 feet) to the centre line, above the floor, 50mm (2")
away from the door edge and placed such that it is immediately accessible to a
person entering the room. The Contractor shall seek the agreement of the SO
to an alternative location should the site conditions forbid the observance of this
guideline.
4.4 Lighting switches shall be single-pole or 2-way as required, rated for 5 amps,
240V AC and of the quick make, quick break type.
4.5 Multi gang switches shall be used at locations where the number of switches
exceed 4 or as directed by SO. Where more than one phase of supply is
brought into a multi-gang switch box, the switches and accessories and wiring
connected to one phase shall be adequately separated from those connected
to the other phases.
4.6 All switches shall be engraved and the groove painted black with one of the
following words to depict the usage of the switch: LIGHT, FAN, HEATER,
E/FAN.
5 PVC TRUNKING INSTALLATION
5.1 PVC Trunking
5.1.1 Trunking shall be PSB approved.
5.1.2 Trunking shall be flame retardant and of adequate mechanical strength. Covers
shall be snap-lock, and shall be so constructed that they remain secure without
deflection even when the maximum allowable number of cables is
accommodated.
5.1.3 Trunking shall be sized so that a space factor of 45% is not exceeded.
S-66
5 PVC TRUNKING INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
5.1 PVC Trunking (Cont’d)
5.1.4 Approved purpose-made adaptors shall be provided at joints with metal

trunking. Openings in trunking at these joints shall be totally enclosed, and fitted
with suitable bushes to prevent the abrasion of cables.
5.2 Accessories
5.2.1 Boxes shall be white moulded plastic and comply to BS 3676. Boxes shall be
equipped with knockouts at the side points.
5.3 Cables
5.3.1 Cables shall be PVC insulated of approved manufacture 450/750v. Grade

conforming to latest edition of Singapore Standard: 50.
5.3.2 Cables shall be 2.5 mm2 for lighting and circuits and 4 mm2 minimums for
power and 4 mm2 for earth continuity conductor.
5.3.3 All earth continuity conductors shall be PVC insulated green or green/yellow
colour coded.
5.3.4 The cables size shall be selected to ensure that it has adequate current carrying
capacity and that the voltage drop at the apparatus supplied does not exceed
the approved limit. Derating of cables shall also be taken into a ccount for
anticipated adverse conditions.
5.4 Wiring
5.4.1 Continuous runs of cables shall be used wherever possible. Connectors are only
permitted at terminal inspection boxes.
5.4.2 Connection of fixtures shall be by the 'loop-in' method.
5.4.3 Cables shall be fastened by approved means at intervals not exceeding 1 m

apart.
5.4.4 Where cables penetrate walls or floors, approved PVC/metal conduits shall be
used.
5.4.5 At expansion joints, cables shall be threaded through PVC conduits and
provided with adequate slag.
5.4.6 Trunking when mounted shall be free of mechanical stress.
S-67
5 PVC TRUNKING INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
5.4 Wiring (Cont'd)
5.4.7 Trunking shall be secured to walls by means of round-headed brass/wood

screws with raw plugs/wood plugs. Spacing for the screws shall not exceed
800mm on straight runs and additional screws shall be fixed 50mm away from
joints.
5.4.8 Joints between trunking shall be preferably by purpose made PVC joint boxes
for both straight- through and right angle joints. These boxes shall be capable of
accepting all sizes of PVC trunking. PVC trunking terminating onto accessory
boxes shall butt squarely without gaps.
5.4.9 Trunking runs shall be straight along the upper edge of walls or on the ceiling.
Except for branch-offs to ceiling or wall fixtures, all cable runs must be located
within a 75 mm corridor 100 mm away from the ceiling-wall junction. Where an
accessible ceiling space is available, a metallic trunking shall be installed just
above the ceiling with PVC branch trunking below. Branches to switches and
power accessories shall be along a plumb line.
5.4.10 The Contractor shall seek the concurrence of the SO to the location and
direction of all cable routes before the commencement of works.
5.4.11 Continuous runs of trunking shall be of uniform size. No reduction in sizes is

permitted irregardless of the number of cables.
5.4.12 Trunking shall be as inconspicuous as possible and located to minimise risk of

mechanical damage and seepage of water. Trunking emerging through floors
shall be provided with cement curbs.
6 CONCEALED CONDUIT INSTALLATION
6.1 Cables
Cables used shall be PVC insulated 450/750V grade conforming to latest
edition of Singapore Standard 50, 2.5mm 2 minimum for lighting, 4mm 2
minimum for power and earth continuity conductor. For water heaters an d
air-conditioning power points, conductor size shall be 4 mm 2 or larger as
appropriate.
S-68
6 CONCEALED CONDUIT INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
6.2 PVC Conduit
6.2.1 Conduits shall conform to BS 6099 and shall be heavy gauge of wall thickness
of 1.9 mm rigid tubes which are unscrewed without coupling and with plain
ends. All conduits used shall not be less than 25 mm in diameter.
6.2.2 All conduits used shall be of standard white colour, not unless stated otherwise
by the SO.
6.2.3 A protective coat of white enamel paint shall be painted on conduit mounted
outside building exposed to weather.
6. 3 PVC Conduit Accessories
6.3.1 Accessories used for conduit wiring shall be of an approved type complying to
BS 4607.
6.3.2 All accessories used shall be of standard white colour, identical to conduit
used, not unless stated otherwise by the SO.
6.3.3 Plain conduits shall be jointed by slip type of couplers with manufacturer's
standard sealing cement.
6.3.4 All conduit entries to outlet boxes, trunking and switchgear shall be made with
adaptors female thread and male bushes screwed.
6.3.5 White PVC-switch and socket boxes with round knockouts shall be used and
shall be surface mounted.
6.3.6 Standard PVC circular junction boxes shall be used with conduits for
intersection, TEE-junction, angle junction and terminal. For the drawing-in of
cables, standard circular through boxes shall be used.
6.3.7 Samples of accessories shall be forwarded to the SO for approval prior to

installation.
6.4 Steel Conduit
6.4.1 Conduits shall conform to SS 100 and shall be of heavy gauge screwed at both
ends, solid drawn or seamed by welding, show no appreciable unevenness and
free from internal burns, fins and the like which may cause damage to cables.
The internal and external surface of the conduit shall be hot-dip galvanised and
of approved reputable manufacture. All conduit used shall not be less than 25
mm diameter. Except where thickness of floor slab permit conduits used shall
not exceed 30 mm diameter.
S-69
6.4 Steel Conduit (Cont’d)
6.4.2 Conduit mounting outside buildings or underground which will subject to

continual dampness shall have protection against corrosion according with
Class 3 as specified in BS 4568.
6.4.3 The protective coating on conduit and its associated fittings shall be identical.
6.4.4 Steel conduit used for fire alarm system shall be painted with a coat of red
enamel paint over the entire length. For other conduits, they shall be painted
throughout to match existing or as approved by SO.
Conduits shall be heavy gauge welded GI steel complying with SS 100 and
free from internal burrs, fins and the like which may cause damage to cables.
6.5 Accessories
6.5.1 All conduit outlet boxes and junction boxes are to be malleable iron and of
standard circular pattern with spout to BS 31/1 940.
6.5.2 Standard circular pattern boxes are to be used with conduits. For the
drawing-in of cables, standard pattern through boxes are to be used. All
conduit boxes are to be galvanised finish.
6.5.3 All conduit boxes shall be provided with gaskets and lids. Adaptable boxes
are to be of mild steel of not less than 12 swg with galvanised finish. Boxes
are to be not more than 2" deep and of such dimensions as will enable the
largest size cable 50mm for which the conduit run is suitable, to be drawn in
without excessive bending of the cables. Lids of the same gauge with brass
fixing screws are to be provided. All such boxes are to be drilled for holes
according to the conduit entries required.
6.5.4 Socket outlet boxes are to be constructed of sheet steel galvanised finish and
are to comply with BS 1299 and 1363. Socket and switch boxes are to be
recessed into wall and suitable for flush mounting accessories. For sockets
and switches mounted on structural columns, surface mounting type outlet
boxes shall be used.
6.5.5 All conduit entries to adaptable boxes, outlet boxes and switchgear are to be
made with coupling and hexagon male bush.
6.5.6 Samples of accessories shall be forwarded to the SO for approval prior to

installation.
S-70
6.6 Installation - General
6.6.1 Wiring routes will be indicated by the SO or his representative on site and his
instruction shall be strictly adhered to.
6.6.2 For penetrations into walls, slabs, etc suitable battens and blocks shall be
installed in the shuttering before concrete is poured to form chases in the
concrete work where applicable. It is emphasized that the above work needs
close liaison with the Building Contractor and must not interfere with or delay
the progress of the building work.
6.6.3 Prior permission shall be obtained from the SO for hacking and chasing on
RC structures. Any unauthorised hacking and chasing shall render the
Contractor liable for damages for repair to the structure and subsequent
penalty to be determined by the SO.
6.7 Installation Of Conduits And Cables
6.7.1 The whole conduit system shall be installed to comply fully with the relevant
PSB CPs and SSs and Power Grid Regulations and to enable wiring to be
carried out on the loop in system.
6.7.2 All conduits shall be of sufficiently large section and so arranged (with draw-in
boxes) to allow for the easy drawing in or out of any cable through it. No
conduit shall be less than 25mm diameter.
6.7.3 Conduit systems shall be electrically and mechanically continuous and

watertight after installation. They shall be arranged, wherever possible, to be
self-drawing. The conduits when installed and before wiring shall be kept dry
and free of water or debris with approved pipe plugs or caps. Care shall be
given that plugs or caps are installed before pouring of concrete.
6.7.4 All conduits shall be run continuous between outlets with a minimum number
of bends. Where bends are unavoidable, the conduit shall be bent cold,
without altering their sections with standard tools and equipment
manufactured especially for this purpose.
6.7.5 A draw-in box shall be used to limit any pull to 30m. Runs between draw-in
boxes are not to have more than two 90° bends and the length of such runs
shall be limited to 12m to permit easy draw-in of cables.
6.7.6 Conduit runs shall be perpendicular to floor except where they are within
300mm of floor or ceiling, where they may run parallel to the floor.
S-71
6.7 Installation Of Conduits And Cables (Cont’d)
6.7.7 Conduits in structural slabs shall be placed between the upper and the lower
layers of reinforcing steel. This will require bending of conduits.
6.7.8 Conduits embedded in concrete slabs, unless shown otherwise, shall be

spaced not less than 200mm on centres and as widely spaced as possible
where they converge at panels or junction boxes. Conduit run near the outlet
box shall be secured to the wooden former by means of saddles to prevent
dislocation of outlet box during concrete pouring. Adaptor ring of suitable
thickness shall be used when necessary to fix on to.
6.7.9 Conduits running parallel to slab supports, such as beams, columns and
structural walls, shall be installed not less than 300mm from such supporting
elements, the outlet box so that it is flush to the final plastering.
6.7.10 Where conduits are set in column or beams, each end shall be terminated into
a coupling and a threaded metal plug, to permit subsequent joining.
6.7.11 Except where the thickness of the floor slab permit, conduits used shall not
exceed 25mm diameter.
6.7.12 Under no circumstances shall conduits from different distribution boards be

connected to anyone junction box.
6.7.13 Each run of conduit shall be assembled complete with draw -in wires in
position before drawing in cables. Wire and cable shall not be pulled into
conduit until the conduits have been completed, cleaned, and freed from
obstructions and sharp corners. Wire and cable shall be installed in such
manner that there will be no cuts or abrasions in the insulation, protective
braid or jacket. There shall be no chinks in the conductor. The number of
wires installed in any conduit shall not exceed that permitted by CP 5.
S-72
7 SURFACE CONDUIT INSTALLATION
7.1 Cables
Cables used for conduit wiring shall be PVC insulated 450/750V grade
conforming to latest edition of Singapore Standard 50.
7.2 Conduits
As per para 6 of this Section
7.3 Accessories
7.3.1 Accessories used for conduit wiring shall be of an approved type, each
conforming to its appropriate British Standard.
7.3.2 All boxes shall be of the same make conforming to BS 31 and shall be made
of malleable galvanised iron.
7.3.3 No elbows or tees are permitted.
7.4 Installation Of Conduits
7.4.1 The conduit throughout shall be of sufficiently large section and so arranged
with draw in boxes to allow of either easy draw-in or out of anyone or all the
cables which must not exceed the number set in the relevant Regulations and
the whole conduit system shall comply with the Regulation. The conduit shall
be laid as far as possible in straight lines with easy sets or bends. Where
conduits are bent, they must be bent cold without altering their sections with
an approved type of bending machine or bending block to give results
consistent with the best grade of craftsmanship. The conduit shall be run so
as to be self drawing, incorporating as necessary approved means of
drainage.
7.4.2 Galvanised spacer bar double saddles shall be used for securing conduits on
surfaces other than on structural steel members for which an approved type
of clamp shall be devised. Spacing of saddles shall not exceed 1 .2m for
conduit sizes up to and including 25 mm and 1.8 m for sizes 32 mm and
above.
7.4.3 In addition, conduit fixing shall be located not less than 32 mm and 150 mm
and 300 mm respectively from each surface box or switch and shall be one
per conduit to each such box or switch.
7.4.4 All conduits are to be threaded so that the end butts close together in
sockets and when terminating in conduit boxes and other fittings provided with
tapped spouts, the conduit shall be threaded for the correct length to ensure
a light full length connection in the spout.
S-73
7 SURFACE CONDUIT INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
7.4 Installation Of Conduits (Cont'd)
7.4.5 Conduit terminations to loop-in boxes shall consist of a screwed socket and
smooth bore bush. The Contractor shall remove all burrs from the ends by
means of a reamer, filing is not considered sufficient. No exposed threads
shall be visible after erection, other than at running joints, and where such
joints are used, they shall be thoroughly coated after erection with good
quality red lead paint. Lock nuts shall be provided at running joints.
7.4.6 Where the conduit is or maybe in contact with any structural steel work an
efficient and permanent metallic connection shall be made between the
conduit and such metalwork. The conduit shall be in no part under mechanical
stress. Outlet boxes for fittings etc shall be used as draw boxes and other
draw boxes reduced to a minimum except that draw boxes shall be provided
so that the minimum run of conduit without a draw box does not exceed 12m
or more than two right angles bend.
7.4.7 All conduits shall be mechanically and electrically continuous throughout and
is to be efficiently earthed with heavy copper wire or taps and screw on clips.
No conduit shall be less than 20 mm outside diameter and brass screws be
used throughout for fixing. Conduits shall not come into contact with any other
pipes and shall in all cases be at least 150 mm away from gas pipes.
7.4.8 Conduits shall be thoroughly swabbed out after fixing and immediately prior to
the drawing in of cables. Cables shall only be drawn into the conduit after the
conduit installation has been completed.
7.4.9 In no cases shall conduits from different distributions boards be connected to

any junction boxes and likewise cables from different distribution boards shall
not be housed in the same conduit. The lead and return conductors of the
same circuits or circuits shall in all cases be drawn into the same circuit. All
the conduit boxes except loop-in pattern shall be fixed direct to the structure in
addition to the support provided by the conduit.
S-74
8 CABLE TRUNKING INSTALLATION
8.1 Cable trunking shall be fabricated from GI sheet steel stove enamel paint with
18 SWG for trunking of sizes 2500mm2 and below and 16 SWG for sizes
above 2500mm 2 complete with dividing fillet where specified and with
overlapping and removable covers finished off with two coats of stove grey
e n a m e l p a in t af te r p rim in g wit h a n t i - c o rro s i ve p a in t . A l l b e n d s
interconnections at fuse-boards and other trunking runs are to be purpose
made. Lengths of trunking shall be joined together by means of fixed sleeve
type coupling, complete with external copper earth bonding link.
8.2 All trunking shall be mechanically and electrically continuous throughout.
8.3 Conduit entry to trunking shall be by coupling and male bush.
8.4 Appropriate purpose made metal brackets shall be used to support the
trunking, at spacing not exceeding 2m. Where the trunking is suspended, the
installation must not be subjected to any vertical and horizontal forces.
Suspension parts are to be purpose made of suitable length, and facilities
shall be provided for allowing adjustments to be made to the suspension
brackets. The maximum deflection of the suspended trunking must not
exceed 12.5mm when fully loaded between suspension points 5m apart.
Trunking covers shall not face downwards.
8.5 All wall mounting brackets to support trunking shall be secured with approved
metal threaded studs and washer complete with two lock nuts.
8.6 PVC cables shall be used in trunking.
8.7 In instances, where the Contractor elects to use trunking to avoid a multiplicity
of conduits following the same run, cables shall be installed so that a space
factor of 40% is not exceed. Trunking shall be fabricated from the correct
gauge of sheet steel as specified in paragraph one.
8.8 Where the trunking is installed in a vertical position insulated cable supports
shall be provided and packing shall be used at positions where trunking goes
through floors. In the case of horizontal trunking runs, cable retaining straps
and cable separators shall be used respectively where trunking covers are
fixed underneath. Trunking covers shall be fixed with centre and sideways
captive screws or spring-on type, and not self-tapping screws will be
accepted.
8.9 The trunking system shall be erected complete and thoroughly cleaned out
before any cable are drawn in.
S-75
8 CABLE TRUNKING INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
8.10 Under floor Trunking
8.10.1 nder floor trunking shall be fabricated from sheet steel 16 SWG and installed
on the structural slab prior to any screed being poured. Contractor shall liase
with the building Contractor closely and the work must not interfere with or
delay the progress of the building works.
8.10.2 Changes in direction of under floor trunking should be made with square
metal junction boxes which are fitted with removable inspection traps.
9 CABLE TRAYS INSTALLATION
9.1 Cable trays shall be perforated made of 16 SWG mild steel, galvanised finish,
and with returned edges.
9.2 Cable trays shall be supported from the rib of structural slab, beams etc by
mild steel rods, galvanised, and not less than 35 mm diameter with under
slung steel angle supports, or similar fixing methods as described In
paragraph 7.3 and 7.4 above.
9.3 Appropriate purpose made metal brackets shall be used to support the
trunking, at spacing not exceeding 800mm. Where the trunking suspended
the installation must not be subjected to any vertical and horizontal forces.
Suspension parts are to be purpose made of suitable length, and facilities
shall be provided for allowing adjustments to be made to the suspension
brackets. The maximum deflection of the suspended trunking must not
exceed 12.5mm when fully loaded between suspension points apart.
9.4 All wall mounting brackets to support trunking shall be secured with approved
metal threaded studs and washer c/w lock nuts.
10 SURFACE WIRING INSTALLATION
10.1 Cables
10.1.1 Cables shall be PVC insulated and sheathed of approved manufacturer of

450/750V grade conforming to latest edition of Singapore Standard 50.
S-76
10 SURFACE WIRING INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
10.1.2 The cable size shall be selected to ensure that it has adequate current
carrying capacity and that the voltage drop at the apparatus supplied does not
exceed the approved limit. Derating of cables shall also be taken into account
for anticipated adverse conditions.
10.1.3 Cables shall be 1.5mm2 minimum of lighting and 2.5mm2 minimum for power
outlets. Continuous cable runs shall be used wherever possible but if it is
necessary to join cables approved junction boxes shall be used. All junction
boxes containing connectors shall be located in positions readily accessible
for inspection. Wiring connection shall be by the 'loop-in' method and joins
other than within accessories are not permitted.
10.2 Woodblocks
10.2.1 Woodblocks or base blocks for mountin g tumbler switches and other
accessories may be made from properly tantalised teak wood of minimum
25mm thickness.
10.2.2 The dimensions of woodblocks shall depend on the size and number of
cables and accessories to be mounted and shall provide adequate space and
support for connections.
10.3 Cables Protection
10.3.1 Cables exposed to risk of mechanical damage or installed less than 1.8
metres above floor level shall be protected by one of the following methods:
a By wooden skirting/PVC casing with removable cover kept at least 25

mm away from the conductor within. The exposed end of the wooden
skirting/PVC casing shall be suitably closed-up;
b By conduit, in which case the rules for conduit installation shall be

followed;
c Where cables pass through walls, beams or frames, suitable HDPVC

pipes shall be provided;
d At expansion joints, cables shall be threaded through PVC conduits and

provided with adequate slag;
e Where cables pass through floors, suitable HDPVC pipes shall be

provided to protrude at least 150 mm above floor level. In addition the
HDPVC pipes shall be protected by cement haunching shaped
according to the casing or piping protection above.
S-77
10 SURFACE WIRING INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
10.4 Teak Blocks
All woodblocks shall be rigidly fixed to partitions walls, columns etc by means
of brass wood screws.
11 FIRE-RESISTANT WIRING INSTALLATION
11.1 MICC Cables
11.1.1 The wiring shall be carried out in MlCC wiring system and shall comply with
the following:
a Relevant lEE Regulation

b BS 229 & BS Code of Practice (CP 1003)
c Be suitable for Group II gases, unless otherwise specified.
11.1.2 Unless otherwise specified all equipment for flameproof installation shall be
certified by appropriate authorities and bear accredited make for such
articles.
11.1.3 Insulated copper sheathed cable system are to be installed where indicated
on the electrical installation drawings. A copper split plates shall be provided
at termination boxes to reduce eddy currents.
11.1.4 Only electrician trained to be employed on the work.
11.1.5 The current rating of the cables is to be in accordance with the relevant lEE
and local Regulations.
11.1.6 Cables are to be run on GI trays on the surface of walls and ceilings and in
roof spaces.
11.1.7 When sitting MICC cable run, care is to be taken to avoid locations where the
cable would be exposed to damage. Where cables are liable to mechanical
damage they are to be adequately protected.
11.1.8 MICC cables are not to be installed in position where deleterious chemical
action will, for example, certain plastered walls or metals would ensure.
Where necessary, cables are to be protected by the application of bitu mastic
paint, or other approved processes.
S-78
11 FIRE-RESISTANT WIRING INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
11.1.9 MICC cable runs on GI trays shall be screwed by copper saddles. Where a
number of cables are run together single cable saddles will not be permitted
but multiple way saddles are to be used. The maximum number of cables
supported by anyone saddle is to be such that no bulging occurs in the saddle
due to the weight of cables carried. Saddles are to be of the spacer bar type
where directed by the SO or his representative.
11.1.10 Terminal and other jointing connections are to be made in compliance with the
cable manufacturer's instructions.
11.1.11 Where MICC cables are used in flameproof installations, flameproof junction
boxes and end boxes and flameproof glands seals are to be used throughout.
11.2 Fire Resistant Cable
11.2.1 The fire resistant cable shall be of 600/1000 volts grade, suitable for surface
wiring and wiring in conduit or duct. The cable shall be both fire resistant and
flame retardant to IEC 331 and IEC 332 respectively. It shall be approved by
the local authority for use as fire resistant cables in emergency circuits
applications. Test certificates to substantiate the compliance to IEC standards
shall be submitted with the tender.
11.2.2 The conductor shall be made of stranded, soft anneal copper wires to BS
6360. The outer jacket shall be made of fire retardant low chlorine PVC. Core
identification of the cable shall be by colour of the insulation according to CP
5. The maximum resistance of the conductors at 20°C shall not exceed that
specified in BS 6360.
11.2.3 The cable and accessories shall be designed for operation up to a conductor
temperature of 70°C.
11.2.4 The cable shall be suitable for installation by conventional methods without
requiring expensive special tools, seals or terminations. They shall be
non-hygroscopic, maintenance free and insensitive to vibrations.
12 UNDERGROUND CABLE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
12.1 Copper Cored PVC Insulated Armoured Cable
12.1.1 Cables of this type shall be 600/1000 volt grade complying to BS 6346 of
sizes as specified.
S-79
12 UNDERGROUND CABLE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (CONT’D)
12.1.2 PVC insulated cores shall be sheathed with PVC which shall serve as a
bedding for galvanised steel wire armouring. The armouring shall be covered
with an outer PVC sheath.
12.1.3 Cables shall be terminated in a brass gland fitted with armour clamp and
supported by mild steel brackets. The gland body shall be provided with an
internal conical sealing to receive the armour clamping cone and clamping nut
which shall secure the armour clamping cone firmly to the armour cables.
Cables shall be continuous and no joints are permitted.
12.2 Laying Of Underground Cables
12.2.1 Underground cables shall be laid 750 mm below the finished ground level and
protected by cable warning tile manufactured according to details shown in
the relevant drawings. Under no circumstances shall the cables be laid within
450 mm of Power Grid electricity and water mains or Telecom cables.
12.2.2 Only selected soft earth free from stone should be filled and well rammed to a
depth of 150 mm over the cables, above which the necessary warning tiles
shall be laid. Thereafter the trenches shall be filled in layers of not exceeding
300 mm in depth, each layer being thoroughly rammed before the next layer
is placed over. Surplus soil should be filled on the top of the filling to allow for
probable subsidence, after which any excess soil must be removed by the
Contractor, the cost of which shall be included in the relevant Schedule of
Rates. If necessary, mechanical ram shall be used to reinstate the ground. All
surface reinstatement shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the SO. Where
surface has been turfed, the grass shall be carefully removed, kept alive by
watering and replaced as soon as possible after the trench is backfilled.
12.2.3 Upon completion of all cable trenching, the Contractor shall advise the SO in
advance, the date and time when cable laying is to be executed to enable him
or his representative to be present during cable laying and jointing. Any
cables laid in the absence of the officer will have to be exposed for inspection
at the Contractor's own expense.
12.2.4 Where road crossing is necessary, HDPVC pipes shall be provided. The
Contractor shall maintain the road surface until it is premixed by others.
12.2.5 All underground cables shall be tested with a 500 volt insulation tester prior to
laying, after laying and after jointing. Before the underground cable work is
energised, an insulation test shall be carried out in the presence of the SO or
his representative.
S-80
12 UNDERGROUND CABLE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (CONT’D)
12.2.6 Approved cable markers shall be placed above the cable routes to SO's
directions at a distance of 30m on straight runs.
12.2.7 The dimension of each protective cable slab shall be 300 x 225 x 38 mm
with a concrete mixture of 1: 2: 4 reinforced with SW G 8 wire mesh
of approximately 100mm square. A sample of the slab shall be submitted to
the SO for his approval prior to laying of the slabs.
12.2.8 The Contractor shall arrange so that all works shall be adequately watched
outside normal working hours and shall supply all necessary warning signs,
obstruction lights and fencing around excavation, so as to permit the safe
passage of traffic and pedestrians. Any claim for damages arising from
accidents caused by inadequate precaution taken by the Contractor shall be
met by the Contractor.
12.2.9 An underground cable termination must be provided with approved cable

glands or lugs.
12.2.10 Where there are existing cables along the prop osed cable route, the
Contractor must be extremely cautious when excavating the cable trenches
and must make good if any damage occasioned thereto during the excavation
works and shall indemnify government against any claim arising therefrom.
13 LOW TENSION SWITCHBOARDS
13.1 Switchboard Arrangement
i The essence of design of switchboard shall be simplicity and compact

arrangement to facilitate easy installation and maintenance.
ii I imensioned drawings showing the layout and arrangement with

D
reference to the space allocated in the switchroom shall be submitted. A
list of equipment mounted in and on the switchboards shall also be
submitted.
S-81
13 LOW TENSION SWITCHBOARDS (CONT’D)
13.2 2 Cubicle Construction
i Cubicle Structure
a The sections and subsections of the switchboard cubicle shall be

modular in design in accordance to BS 5486 and shall stand rigidly
on top of the floor opening. The cubicle shall be installed on a
framework of channel steel 50 x 50 x 2. 5 mm with flushed cover
and panels made of 2mm thick mild steel plate flanged for added
strength and shall be constructed without any sag, deformation or
warping and be able to withstand the load likely to be experienced
during normal operation, maintenance or under a fault condition of
not less than 36KA for 3 seconds unless otherwise specified in the
single line diagrams.
b Each module of section and subsection of the switchboard cubicle

shall be type tested to withstand a fault level of 36KA for 3 seconds
unless otherwise specified in the single line diagrams. The cubicle
shall have pressure relieving roof and rear panels.
c Full access shall be provided to the control equipment inside the

cubicles by means of suitable door, secured in closed position by
means of recessed key operated catches, which shall be
mechanically interlocked with the controlling switch, to prevent the
door from being opened with the switch in the 'ON' position. The
doors shall be fitted with strengthening strips to give the necessary
rigidity. Rear panel door for every module shall be full height,
hinged and fitted with recessed key operated catches.
d The cubicles shall be constructed to Form 3 of BS 5486 and with

degree of protection IP 42 and shall also meet the special
requirement for use in tropical climates.
e All the doors shall be fitted with neoprene gasket cemented to the
frame.
ii Surface Finishing
a All painted parts of the steel work are to be phosphated and

finished with a rust proof acrylic stove enamel. Non painted steel
parts are to be electrolytically zinc plated and chromate passivated.
S-82
13.2 Cubicle Construction (Cont’d)
b All metal parts exposed by cutting and any part of the painted
surfaces that has been scratched or marked shall be prepared and
finished to match the original paint finish.
iii Labelling
Approved engraved labels shall be installed at the appropriate locations

to explain the operation. The labels shall be of black PVC strip with white
engraved letters.
iv Cable Termination
All cable terminations within the cubicle shall be in a satisfactory manner

in a purpose made terminal. For all underground armoured cables,
arrangement shall be made to have the sheath bonded and earthed
through a special earthing system.
v Ventilation
All switchboard shall be properly ventilated. If necessary forced

ventilation by fan shall be incor porated to ensure the system
performance. All vents shall be covered with a fine mesh net on the
inside.
vi Assembly and wiring
a Assembly of the units shall be in modular form. Air circuit breakers

shall be of drawn out type with controlling switches and indicating
meters mounted on the front panel. Protective relays and other
components within the switchboard shall be arranged to facilitate
easy maintenance and replacement.
b Wiring in the switchboard shall be by 1000 Volt grade PVC

insulated cables arranged in a neat systematic manner using
power wiring retaining straps and cable looms, properly colour
coded with approved alphanumeric ferrules at both ends and shall
be terminated in the labelled termination block which shall conform
to BS 5824. Where practicable, cable looms shall be installed in
PVC trunking.
c The method of termination of all control L8 cables shall be by

clamping of wire end with cable lug under screw head. All hole
openings where control or power cables are threaded through shall
be fitted with plastic grommets.
S-83
13.2 Cubicle Construction (Cont’d)
v Earthing
Switchboard framework shall be provided with facilities for earthing. A 25

x 6.5 mm hard drawn high conductivity copper earthing bar shall be
provided throughout the length of cubicle and connected to the LT main
earth bar by two 70 mm2 PVC insulated copper cable each emanating
from either end of the earthing bar. All earthing cables shall be
terminated to the switchboard earthing bar by appropriate cable lugs and
matched bolts and nuts.
viii Safety Measure
a The switchboards shall incorporate suitable protective measure

such as partitioning between sections, subsections, shutters and
interlock etc for protection against internal arcing, contact with live
parts etc.
b Where insulation are cemented or jointed; to metal parts such

jointing shall be of such a nature that no dangerous stresses are set
up in the insulation by the unequal expansion or contraction of the
insulation and the metal through a range of temperature from 25°C
to 90°C.
c The type of protective measure adopted in switchboards shall be

stated.
d Phase distinguishing colours shall be RED, YELLOW and BLUE

and the phase rotation shall be strictly maintained throughout the
complete LT installation.
S-84
13.3 Busbars and Jumpers
i Busbars shall comprise four (4) air -insulated, hard drawn high
conductivity copper of adequate rectangular cross sections as
determined in accordance to SS CP5: Code of Practice for Wiring of
Electrical Equipment of Buildings, to carry continuously the currents
required or as specified in the drawings. In any case, a current density of
155 amp/ cm2 of cross sectional area shall not be exceeded. The busbar
shall be rigidly supported by means of heavy duty busbar holders of
glass fibre reinforced polyester which are securely bolted to the
framework so as to enable the busbars to withstand the mechanical and
thermal stresses to which they would be subjected under maximum fault
conditions. Busbar clearance to earth and between phases shall be in
accordance to BS 159 or the current edition thereof.
ii Busbar shall be tinned throughout and shall be painted to indicate

phases with two (2) coats of nitrocellulose lacquers. The ends of the
busbar shall be drilled and be ready for future extension. The main
busbars and earthing shall be to the full length of the switchboard.
Access to the busbars shall be via fixed doors and covers; suitable
warning labels shall be fixed to the front of the busbar covers.
iii The busbar shall be provided with facilities for connection to incoming
and outgoing switchgear. All joints in the busbar shall be securely bolted
or clamped, with contact surface suitably prepared to prevent oxidation
in service and shall not cause any deformation or distortion of the busbar
or connection rod.
iv Joints in copper busbar shall have tinned surfaces. Approved washer,

screwed and locknut shall be used. Screw, locknut shall be of cadmium
plated high tensile steel with ISO metric thread in accordance to BS
3643.
v All jumpers from MCCB or fuse switches of 100 amps and above to main
busbars shall be tinned copper busbars. Busbars and cables of all
incoming and outgoing circuits within the switchboards shall be rated not
less than the frame size of the switchgear protecting it or not less than
the outgoing circuit if specified in the drawings whichever is the more
stringent of the two.
S-85
13.3 Busbars and Jumpers (Cont’d)
vi Under no circumsta nces shall step bus bar be allo wed in t he

switchboards.
vii Self adhesive reversible temperature indicators of approved design shall

be placed at all the joints along main busbar vertically or horizontally
run and at the fixed contacts of all the air circuit breaker. The range of the
temperature indicator shall be from 40oC - 70oC and shall be clearly
legible when viewed from the rear panel. The insulation board between
the rear panels and the busbars where the temperature
indicators are placed shall be transparent.
13.4 Tests
i Type Tests
a All parts of the switchboard shall be subjected to type tests to verify

compliance with the requirements laid down in the relevant British
Standard Specification. The type tests shall include the following:
1 Verification of temperature rise limit
2 Verification of dielectric properties
3 Verification of short circuit strength
4 Verification of the continuity of the protective circuit
5 Verification of clearances and creepage distances
6 Verification of mechanical operation
7 Verification of the degree of protection
b Type test certificate issued by independent testing authority which

shall be a member of the Association of Short Circuit Testing
Authority (ASTA) shall be submitted. The type test certificate shall
be accompanied by a complete type test report which shall include
among other information on arrangement and details of
switchboard construction, calibration oscillograms of short circuit
test, and temperature rise measurements.
S-86
13.4 Tests (Cont’d)
ii Routine Tests
Certified test reports/sheets shall be submitted showing details of all

routine tests applied, during manufacture, to the switchboards and the
individual components thereof. Without in any way affecting the
generality of this paragraph - the routine - tests shall include the
following:
a inspection of the switchboards including inspection of wiring and

electrical operation test.
b dielectric test
c checking of protective measures and of the electrical continuity of

the protective circuit.
The performance of the routine tests at the manufacturer's factory shall

not relieve the duty of checking the switchboard after transportation and
installation.
iii Delivery Tests
a After the equipment has been erected on site, and before final
connection to power supply, all necessary adjustment shall be
carried out to comply with the requirements of this specification.
Such test shall include but not limited to the following:
1 Demonstration that all equipment are installed and all

wiring connected, so that the boards function as required.
2 Tests of accuracy of all measuring instruments.
3 Measurement of insulation resistances between phases,

between each phase and neutral and between each
phase, neutral and earth, with circuit breaker closed.
4 Measurement of insulation resistance across breaks in all

circuit breakers, with the breaker open and with all
equipment installed.
S-87
13.4 Tests (Cont’d)
iii Delivery Tests (Cont’d)
5 Checking of protective measures and of the electrical

continuity of the protective circuit.
6 Power - frequency voltage tests in accordance with BS

116.
b Copies of test sheets shall be submitted in duplicate showing the

result of all test carried out in accordance with the Specification.
13.5 Air-Circuit Breakers
13.5.1 Air circuit breakers shall be the draw out type, manually operated with position
'ON' and 'OFF' indication, mechanically trip push button complete with current
transformers and under voltage trip coil. The ACB interrupting capacity shall
be 31 MVA at 415 volts to BS 3659/1 963.
13.5.2 The Contactor shall submit a test certificate from ASTA or any recognised
international testing authority to SO together with one complete set of
operating manual, maintenance manual and spare part list.
13.5.3 Panels for air circuit breakers shall be completely compartmentalised with
free barriers conforming to Power Grid's requirements.
13.6 Over Current Protection
Where IDMTL relays are required, they shall be Power Grid approved type
working in conjunction with 5PI0 type Current Transformers of 30 VA burden.
High set elements for instantaneous tripping shall be provided. Separate
indicating flags shall be provided. For DTL relays continuous adjustable
setting from 0% to 120% shall be provided.
13.7 Earth Leakage Protection
Earth leakage relays shall be DTL type with continuous adjustable current
setting from 5% to 40% Relay operation indicator and reset facilities shall be
provided. Relays shall be in dust-proof casing provided with viewing glass.
S-88
13.8 Single-Line Diagram
The scheduled rates for switchboard shall include the cost of 2 sets as-fitted
single line drawing, one for the SO's retention and one laminated and fixed to
the switchroom wall with 4 numbers expansion bolts.
13.9 Danger Sign And Electric Shock Treatment Chart
The successful contractor shall display "Danger" signs in four official

languages and electric shock treatment charts in the switch room.
13.10 Rubber Mat
The successful contractor shall provide 5 mm thick rubber mats for the full
length of the main switchboard and sub-switchboards complying with the
relevant Power Supply and/or Power Grid requirements.
14 OUTDOORS LIGHTING SYSTEM
14.1 Design
Lighting poles shall present good visual appearance acceptable to the SO.
The pole shall have a circular cross section, dimensions and design of which
are detailed in the relevant drawings. All poles shall be manufactured in
accordance with the requirements of BS 1840 and the following
specifications.
14.2 Labelling
All lighting poles/masts and bollards shall be conspicuously numbered in

25mm high lettering, in the same sequence as shown in the relevant
drawings, with suitable non-washable paint.
14.3 Baseboard
14.3.1 Unless otherwise stated, a baseboard, made of non-hygroscopic material for

mounting of the MCB or fuse-cutout and cable looping connectors shall be
provided in all poles.
14.3.2 All necessary brackets for mounting the basebo ard and cable gland
terminations shall be provided at the internal surface of every poles/masts.
S-89
14 OUTDOORS LIGHTING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
14.4 Tolerances
14.4.1 The cross-section of all poles and bracket arm shall be as circular as possible
except at the door opening. The tolerance on the outside diameter of the
poles shall be +1.5% of the specified diameter. The tolerance on thickness of
the material shall be +1.5% of the thickness as indicated on the drawings. The
complete pole shall not deviate from the straightness by more than the
amount calculated at a rate of 2mm per meter.
14.5 10m/12m Road Lighting Poles
14.5.1 Materials and Construction
i The poles shall be continuously tapered hot dip galvanised steel poles or
centrifugalise reinforced concrete pole of circular cross section as
specified.
ii Concrete pole shall be constructed with reinforced frame work of steel

bars to appropriate grade as in SS2 and concrete with cement content of
400kg/m cu centrifuged to give a smooth and uniform colour finish. They
shall be at least 20mm to concrete on top of the steel reinforcement.
iii Hot dipped galvanised steel pole, base plate and bracket arm shall be
constructed from mild steel complied to BS 4360. The whole pole shall
be manufactured in one section, formed either by the continuous weld or
one of the seamless processes. The pole so formed shall be free from all
injurious defects. The pole shall penetrate into the full depth of the base
plate and shall be welded above and below. No welding on site is
permitted. All welding shall comply to BS 938, BS 1856 and BS 2642. All
welds shall be neatly finished off and acceptable to the SO.
14.5.2 Spigot
The dimension of spigot for the bracket arm is indicated on the drawing. The
spigot shall not be swaged to the steel pole and for concrete pole, it shall be
cast with the pole.
14.5.3 Bracket Arm
Bracket arms (single or double) shall be made of heavy duty galvanised steel
pipes as detailed on the drawing. It shall be manufactured as separate unit
suitable for mounting on to the pole in any of the four 90° position in relation to
the door. Bracket arm shall be secured to the pole with stainless steel screws
and has an integral anti-rotation device.
S-90
14.5.4 Door and Door Opening
A heavy duty, weatherproof shall be provided at the base of the pole as

shown in the drawing. The door when fixed on shall be flushed with the outer
surface of the pole. The door shall be complete with silicon rubber gasket,
allen screws, allen key and heavy duty tampered proof lock for locking the
door to the pole.
14.5.5 Earthing Terminal
A corrosion resistant electrical earthing terminal in the form of a bolt of not

less than 6mm in diameter and 20mm long having substantial contact
surfaces for the attachment of an earthing lead shall be provided close to the
door opening of each pole and inside the pole in the position as shown in the
drawing. Two suitably sized washers and two nuts shall be provided.
14.6 Car Park Lighting Poles
14.6.1 Materials and Construction
Car park lighting poles shall be straight, seamless, extended aluminium poles
of circular cross section with dimension as indicated on the drawings. The
poles shall be welded to a piece of cast aluminium base plate.
14.6.2 Luminaire and support
A cast aluminium luminaire support shall be internally fastened to the pole to

provide a hardware-free appearance. The luminaire shall be of the required
shape for use with one 70W high pressure sodium vapour lamp. The housing
shall be made of cast aluminium which supports on piece, seamless, impact
resistant, clear acrylic enclosure and formed aluminium dome. The enclosure
shall be gasketed for dust tight, insect-tight and weather tight operation to BS
4533 Class I, IP55. The lamp shall be held in proper focal position within cast
aluminium housing once it is fixed on. Internal reflectors shall be made of
anodised aluminium and optically engineered for glare -free, cutoff and
asymmetrical distribution with more light throw on the driveway of the car
park.
14.6.3 Earthing Terminal
A corrosion resistant electrical earthing terminal in the form of a bolt of not

less than 6mm in diameter and 20mm long having substantial contact
surfaces for attachment of an earthing lead shall be provided at the base of
the pole. Two suitably sized washers and two nuts shall be provided.
S-91
14.6.4 Control Gear Box
A weatherproof box shall be provided at the base of the pole diameter, to

house MCB or fuse cutout, cable looping connects and lamp control gears.
All cable entry to this box shall be suitably sealed to watertight. Alternatively, if
condition permits, the control gears can be housed in the pole.
14.6.5 Cover Plate
A one-piece aluminium cover plate shall be secured to the pole to completely

hide all welds, control gear box, anchor bolts and etc.
14.6.6 Finish
The complete assembly shall be satin anodised to dark bronze colour to blend
with the luminaire finish.
14.7 Hot Dip Galvanisation For Steel Pole
14.7.1 The protective coating of the steel poles shall comply with BS 5493, ‘Code of
Practice for Protective Coating of Iron and Steel Structures a gainst
Corrosion'. Welding and drilling shall be completed before galvanising. The
entire mast shall be grit blasted before hot dip galvanised internally and
externally to a minimum thickness of 8 5 microns (610g/m sq). Reference
shall be made to BS 2451 for pickling process. The surface shall be pickled to
the requirement of BS 2451 before galvanising. The hot dip galvanising shall
comply with BS 729.
14.7.2 All instruments and facilities shall be provided for checking of coating
thickness. All necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the galvanised
surface during transportation. All defects to the coating shall be remedied at
all stages of transportation, fabrication and erection. The galvaniser shall
submit test reports and certificates to certify the galvanising, procedure,
surface preparation, coating thickness, etc. A schedule including galvanising
procedure, checking procedure, protection during transportation, handling,
storage and erection shall be submitted for SO's approval. A maintenance
schedule shall be submitted for the galvanised coating.
S-92
14.8 Foundation
14.8.1 Construction of foundation of all poles shall be included. Detail design

including all data, calculations, imposed loads and forces and dimensional
drawings for the foundation required (piling if necessary) for the poles shall be
submitted. The drawings shall bear the signature of the Contractor and a
professional qualified, registered engineer.
14.8.2 The soil bearing capacity at the site shall be ascertained so that its foundation
is correctly designed in the first place and without alteration at the later stage.
15 INDOORS LIGHTING SYSTEM
15.1 Light Fittings - Indoor
15.1.1 The Contractor shall provide an architectural reflected ceiling plan drawing
with the details of exact sizes, mounting and locations before ordering of
fitting and installation. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to
ensure through site measurements or co- ordination with the SO or main
contractor on the appropriate Imperial or Metric size fittings to be installed.
15.2 Components
15.2.1 All fittings shall have metal housing and shall be designed for grounding and
shall be securely grounded (earthed) to the electrical system grounding (earth
continuity) conductor by screws, bolts or position clips provided by the fitting
manufacturer for that purpose. All fluorescent ballasts shall be positively
grounded to the metal fitting housing and to ground (earth) and shall make
good thermal contact with the housing to ensure adequate heat transfer.
15.2.2 All fluorescent ballasts shall be power-factor corrected, 240V, 50Hz, internally
protected; and certified by PSB to conform to the relevant BS.
15.2.3 All fluorescent fittings shall incorporate moulded fuse holders, complete with
2A fuses, leading caps and spring fixing clips and facilities for looping. The
moulded leading clips with fuses shall be easily accessible.
S-93
15 INDOORS LIGHTING SYSTEM (CONT’D)
15.3 Installation
15.3.1 The location of the lighting points shown on the drawings, if any, are
approximate only. It shall be understood that any lighting fixture may be
relocated 1.5 meter from the position shown on the drawings if so directed by
the SO and such provision shall be made in the installation work. All lighting
fixtures shall be securely hung or mounted as follows:
15.3.2 Surface mounted fittings (pendant, suspension and ceiling types) shall be
secured with expansion bolts with washer and two lock nuts. The expansion
bolts shall penetrate into hard concrete to a depth of not less than 32mm. For
the pendant fittings, the down rods shall be securely fixed to the ceiling with
conduit terminating boxes (and not teak boxes). The conduit boxes should
likewise be secured to the slab as above.
15.3.3 Recessed fittings shall be supported directly from the structural ceiling and
independent of the suspended ceiling grid work. There should be no
noticeable ceiling deflection when the fittings are installed. The fittings shall
be directly secured to the floor slab above with by means of GI wires tied to
metal studs penetrated into the concrete at a depth of not less than 32mm. All
the high bay recessed fittings shall be further supported by a chain threaded
around nearby structural truss. The lighting control gears of these high bay
fittings shall be remotely mounted on supporting brackets located around the
fittings.
15.3.4 All light fitting shall be wired from a light point. For recessed fittings, the points
(metallic junction boxes) shall be sited above the suspended ceiling at a
distance of 300 - 450 mm from the respective fittings.
15.3.5 For surface ceiling mounted fittings; the points (ceiling roses) shall be
mounted not more than 300mm for the respective fittings.
15.3.6 Recessed fittings shall be connected to the junction box by means of flexible
conduit, of length not less than 1200 mm or more than 1800mm. The flexible
conduit shall be of 20 mm diameter minimum.
15.3.7 Wiring from the light points to the lamp holders shall be by means of 2.5mm2
asbestos insulated, heat-resistant, 250V, 105 degrees C fitting wire.
S-94
15.3.8 Each fitting shall contain a permanent marking on the inside of the lamp
housing where it is clearly visible to anyone changing a lamp, stating the
type and wattage of lamp recommended. This must be legible and
permanent.
15.3.9 Conduit stems, rods and strong backed supports for light fittings shall be
painted with one coat of primer and two coats of exterior synthetic enamel,
alkyd resin type, or approved equal, coloured to match the fitting body.
15.3.10 The supply, packing, handling, storage, cartage, delivery to site, installation
and commissioning of all the lighting fittings as indicated on the drawings,
where applicable, shall be allowed for together with all tubes and lamps. The
compatibility of the ceiling and light fitting shall be closely coordinated. All
light fittings shall be delivered to the site completely equipped with ballasts,
capacitors, starters, lamp holders or sockets, diffusing materials, refractors,
reflectors, fuse holders, brackets, stems, plates and the like (with the
exception of lamps) , wired, assembled and tested by the fitting
manufacturer.
15.3.11 After the delivery of the lighting fixtures to site the adequate storage and
protection for the lighting fixtures shall be provided. The replacement or
satisfactory repair of any damaged or defective fitting, including paint finish,
metal work, lenses, diffusers etc up to the time of final acceptance shall be
allowed for. All lighting fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall be free
from dirt, grease etc before being installed into the final position.
15.3.12 The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement or satisfactory

repair of any damaged or defective fitting, including paint finish, metal work,
lenses, diffusers, etc up to the time of final acceptance. Any deterioration or
discoloration of painted or plated finishes or lenses or diffusers apparent
upon close inspection within the overall six month Contractor's guarantee
shall be reason for requiring the Contractor's replacement of the fitting
without charges of any kind.
15.3.13 Samples of light fittings shall be submitted to the SO for approval prior to
installation. When the SO has approved all the samples, they shall be so
tagged and left on site to be used as a guide to the standard of all other light
fittings of similar type delivered to site.
15.3.14 Light fittings used in conjunction with the pre-wired trunking system shall
come with power plug for plugging onto sockets on the trunking.
S-95
15.4 Lamp Holders
15.4.1 Fluorescent Lamp Holders
Moulded plastic type non-flammable with quick connect sockets for the
connection of wiring shall be suitable for bipin lamp caps with a rotary twist
back pin contact. When installed, the lamp-holders shall be adjustable to
allow for manufacturing tolerance (within the manufacturer's specification)
in the length of lamps.
15.4.2 High Pressure Mercury Vapour Lamp Holders
Lamp holders for HPMV lamps shall generally be GES or ES as required by

the lighting manufacturer. Where the emergency lighting is incorporated in
the fluorescent fitting it shall comprise an Edison screw holder and 250 V
DC 25 watt lamps.
15.4.3 Incandescent Lamp Holders
High temperature (180oC) bakelite or porcelain ES type as required by the

lamp manufacturer.
15.5 Internal Wiring
15.5.1 Fluorescent Fittings
15.5.1.1 Internal wiring shall be carried out in suitable heat resistant insulated flexible
cable. Terminations for connection to quick connect terminals shall be
machine made, and shall be covered with insulated shrouds. Bared cable
ends for insertion in lamp holder sockets shall be sweated before insertion
to prevent spread or breaking of strands.
15.5.1.2 Wiring shall be grouped and tied into looms within the fitting and clipped to
the housing adjacent to each terminal and at maximum 230 mm centres.
Wiring shall be kept well clear of ballasts.
15.5.1.3 Wiring shall be brought to a 3 or 4 way fused terminal block in each fitting for
the connection of external switch wire and dimmer lead and neutral and
earth conductors. Terminals shall be large enough to connect 2 x 2.5 mm2
conductors per terminal. Live metal in terminals shall be separated by at
least 25 mm in all directions from earthed metal, measuring around any
insulating barriers. A cartridge type fuse of appropriate rating shall be
provided in the active conductor connection to the fittings.
S-96
15.5 Internal Wiring (Cont' d)
15.5.1 Fluorescent Fittings (Cont'd)
15.5.1.4 Where wiring passes through or past the edge of any metal section of the
fitting, it shall be protected by an approved grommet or be doubly insulated
in an approved manner. All connection of wires to terminals shall be of
approved type. All wiring shall be concealed from view with the fitting
installed.
15.5.1.5 Two amperes fuse and holder shall be provided for all luminaires.
15.5.2 Incandescent fittings
15.5.2.1 Incandescent fittings and HPMV fittings shall incorporate a wiring chamber
in a cool zone of the fitting to enclose the circuit connection. Heat resisting
cables terminal blocks shall be provided for the connection of circuit wiring.
15.5.3 Provision shall be made for the connection of earthing conductors.
15.6 Fabrication Of Fluorescent Fittings
15.6.1 The body of the luminaires shall be pressed or rolled from panel quality steel
sheet to form a rigid, robust, first quality body as a basis for the complete
unit. The gauge and metalwork and material to be used shall be stated in the
tender, however it shall not be less than 20 BG zinc coated sheet steel. Any
metalwork, which in the opinion of the SO is flimsy, inadequate and not of
good quality shall be rejected and replaced in the gauge as requested by the
SO.
15.6.2 Metalwork and other components shall be jig or die formed to ensure
uniformity. Particular attention shall be paid to the finish of welds which shall
be ground off and filled. Fittings shall have no sharp edges likely to cause
injury during handling and special care shall be taken to ensure that
deformation does not take place during assembly.
15.6.3 After fabrication, fittings shall be thoroughly degreased and cleaned, given a
rust inhibiting treatment, etc primed and given two coats (wet on wet) of
white stove enamel. Finish coat shall be with an acrylic based paint using a
Titanium Dioxide pigment.
S-97
15.6 Fabrication Of Fluorescent Fittings (Cont'd)
15.6.4 All screws used in assembly of fittings shall be of the cadmium plated type
and shall engage in nuts or taped holes. Self tapping screws are not
permitted. Screw heads on the outside of fittings shall be countersunk to
preserve a smooth finish. Mounting screws etc shall be spot welded to the
toffer.
15.6.5 Fittings shall have separate enclosures for lamps and control gear and shall
be so designed that the maximum operating temperature of each in service
shall not exceed the limits laid down in AS 3137.
15.6.6 Cable entry knock-outs shall be provided in the back of the fittings adjacent
to the terminal blocks and also in each end of those fittings to be in-line
mounted. Any cables used for through wiring of in-line mounted fittings shall
be suitable for use in ambient temperatu res equal to the operating
temperature within the fitting.
15.6.7 Control gear shall be fixed hard against the main body of each fitting and all
bolts for this purpose shall be fixed to prevent turning when nuts are
tightened so that all control gear may be dismantled and reinstalled while
the body of the fitting remains in situ. Where possible, capacitors shall be
mounted at least 150 mm clear of ballasts.
15.6.8 A brass threaded terminal post, not less than 5 mm (3/16") diameter and
12.5 mm (1/2") long, complete with an approved brass solderless lug shall be
secured to the metal body of the luminaire as closely as possible to the
terminal block. The metal portions of all components shall be in effective
electrical contact with the earth terminal.
15.6.9 Fittings shall be fitted with diffusers as specified. Design of fittings and trims
shall be such that no light leaks are visible either above or below the ceiling.
Particular care in this regard shall be paid to joints in the trim and to the
fixing of the trim to the fitting particularly at the ends. Recessed fittings with
diffusers shall be complete with hinged aluminium frames with at least two
numbers of lock-catch to hold frames in place.
15.7 Light Diffusers
15.7.1 Light diffusers shall be of the carolite type of diffusers and shall be 5.5 mm
thick whereas K-lite type of diffuser shall be 3.8mrn thick.
15.7.2 Information pertaining to diffusion, refraction, transmission and translucency

of diffuser shall be supplied and polar diagrams of light distributio n
submitted.
S-98
15.7 Light Diffusers (Cont’d)
15.7.3 Each diffuser shall be mounted in an aluminium frame hinged from the fitting
to provide ready access to tubes and auxiliaries. The diffuser shall be
accurately manufactured with regard to dimensions and shape and any
warped or twisted diffusers shall be rejected. The diffusers shall be free from
cracks or graze marks and any visible evidence of stress concentration at
corners or bends.
15.7.4 Diffusers shall be generally of the size, shape and length to suit the supplied
fittings. They shall not exceed 2 metres in length, being butted together
when necessary to form longer lengths. The butted joints so formed shall be
provided with a cover strip to prevent light leaks.
15.7.5 All fixings shall allow for expansion of the diffuser by using elongated holes
in the diffuser and cup washers with cork pads under the screw heads. All
fixing clips, etc. shall be fabricated from steel or aluminium and painted
white.
15.7.6 Fixing clips shall be fixed to the structure with No 6 wood screws and shall
contain tapped holes for the fixing of diffusers with 5/32 in BSF chrome
plated bolts.
15.7.7 Where angle diffusers meet at a corner they shall be mitred in a factory
made glued joint with a butt joint being provided on either side of the corner.
15.8 Fluorescent Lamp
15.8.1 Fluorescent Lamp (Conventional Type)
The fluorescent lamp shall be white with 4,000oK colour temperature and
with a minimum Colour Rendering Index of 85 and shall be of approved
manufacture fitted with standard bi-pin caps. The lamp shall be rated at
18W, 36W or 58W and shall have a minimum efficacy of 90 1m/watt. The
guaranteed minimum life expectancy of the lamp shall be 5,000 hours. The
lamp shall conform to BS 1853 and SS 122/1 979.
S-99
15.8 Fluorescent Lamp (Cont’d)
15.8.2 Fluorescent Lamp (High Frequency or HF Type)
The fluorescent lamp shall be white with 4,000oK colour temperature and
with a minimum Colour Rendering Index of 85 and shall be of approved
manufacture fitted with standard bi-pin caps. The lamp shall be rated at
18W, 32W or 50W and shall have a minimum efficacy of 100 1m/watt. The
guaranteed minimum life expectancy of the lamp shall be 10,000 hours. The
lamp shall conform to BS 1853. With the grid of high frequency ballast, the
lighting shall be regulated either manually or automatically over a range of
25 - 100%.
15.8.3 Performance Characteristics
15.8.3.1 The performance characteristics of fluorescent lamps offered shall be stated

and substantiated with all relevant and necessary supporting documents
such as manufacturer's catalogue, and testing reports from independent
testing laboratory to the satisfaction of the SO.
15.8.3.2 Notwithstanding clause 15.8.3.1, the following characteristic curve shall be

submitted on demand:
a A lamp mortality curve for 10 hours per start and for continuous
operation.
b A curve of lumen output plotted against hours of operation.
c A graph showing the spectral energy distribution of the offered

lamps.
d Graphs showing the effect of the variation of mains voltage between

+ 20% on output lumen, efficiency, power and current consumption.
S-100
15.9 Fluorescent Control Gear (Conventional Type)
15.9.1 General
15.9.1.1 All fluorescent ballasts shall be power -factor corrected, 230V, 50Hz
internally protected, and certified by PSB to Singapore Standards.
15.9.1.2 Lamp control gears of fluorescent tubes shall be designed to reliably start
and operate the lamp in the ambient conditions and within the limit specified
by the lamp manufacturer.
15.9.2 Capacitors
15.9.2.1 Power factor correction capacitors shall be metalised polypropylene type

and shall be of a type designed for continuous operation in an ambient
temperature of 70oC and in addition shall comply with the relevant Clauses
of BS 2818, Part 2. Power factor capacitors shall effect power factor
correction not less than 0.9 lagging two hours after the luminaire has
operated continuously in site. In any case, the capacitor shall be not less
than 3.25 microfarad per 36 watt tube, 4.0 microfarad per 18 watt tube, and
4.5 microfarad per 58 watt tube. Oil filled type capacitors are not acceptable.
15.9.2.2 Capacitors shall be fitted with leads in lieu of terminals so that no live metal
is exposed when a fitting is opened. A discharging resistor shall be provided
across the terminals of the capacitor.
15.9.2.3 Power factor capacitors shall be located as far as practicable from the
ballast, and in no case closer than 80 mm.
15.9.3 Lamp Holders
Shall be standard for two pin lamps unbreakable plastic, end compression
type of HPM Pierlite or other approved manufacture.
15.9.4 Ballasts
Ballasts shall be polyester resin impregnated, air-cooled and suitable for

switch start operations at 230V AC. The maximum hot watt loss shall be
6.8W, 6.5W and 10W for the 18W, 36Wand 58W rated fluorescent tubes.
Ballasts supplied shall be rated for maximum operating temperature (tw)
130 oC and of rated temperature rise not exceeding 40°C. Ballasts
construction shall comply with the current edition of SS: 24.
S-101
15.9.5 Starters
Shall be with non inflammable case, and with ceramic enclosed type radio
interference suppression capacitor, rapid start. Holders shall allow two-third
of starters to be exposed for easy replacement.
15.9.6 Wiring
Where specified as plug-in type, light fittings shall be provided with a 3 pin
plug and 1050 mm of 24/.02 mm (23/.0076") flex, terminated and secured
within the light fitting. Heat resistant flexible cables shall be used for internal
wiring in luminaires.
15.10 High Frequency Electronic Fluorescent Control Gear
15.10.1 General
15.10.1.1 Electronic high frequency control gear shall be designed to reliably start and
operate the lamp in the ambient conditions and within the limit specified by
the lamp manufacturer.
15.10.1.2 The lamp and dimming ballasts shall be of a single manufacturer.
15.10.1.3 Each fluorescent fitting shall be provided with electronic high frequency twin
lamp ballast i.e. one ballast for two lamps within the same fitting.
15.10.2 High frequency electronic ballast
15.10.2.1 The control gear shall come with a low-pass filter AC/DC rectifier HF power
oscillator which is used for light regulation via dimming equipment. The HF
voltage generated shall be such that the frequency will be well within the
limit set by VDE 0871 on electromagnetic interference (EMI).
15.10.2.2 The HF ballast shall be fitted with a fuse, situated immediately after the
low-pass filter.
15.10.2.3 The HF ballast shall be provided with additional circuit to receive input for
light regulation achieved through a change in frequency. The control voltage
variation shall be between 1 and 10 volt. A control voltage of 1 0V or an open
control input shall correspond to the 100% position. A control voltage of 1V
or a short-circuited control input shall correspond to the minimum position.
In the undimmed state the HF ballast shall operate at 28 KHz.
S-102
15.10 High Frequency Electronic Fluorescent Control Gear (Cont ' d)
15.10.2 High frequency electronic ballast (Cont'd)
15.10.2.4 The electronic ballast shall be guaranteed for a service life of 10 years under
the operating and temperature conditions specified. If there is any failure of
electronic ballast it shall be replaced free of charge.
15.10.2.5 Fluorescent fittings shall be provided with high frequency electronic ballasts
with dimming module where specified.
15.10.2.6 Ballasts shall be minimum loss type and comply with relevant IEC and BS
requirements.
15.10.2.7 Control gear together with power factor correction equipment shall not
generate excessive third harmonic current flow in the natural conductors.
Maximum fundamental natural current flow shall be limited to 25% of all
lighting loads on any one phase. Total harmonic current flow in the neutral of
each balanced 3 phase lighting distribution system shall be less than 25% of
each phase conductor load current.
15.10.3 Dimming Electronic High Frequency Lighting
15.10.3.1 Dimming of high frequency ballasts and lamps shall be continuous from
25% to 100%.
15.10.3.2 The complete dimming control system where specified shall be of proven
type and fully compatible with the high frequency electronic ballasts.
Dimming control system for individual offices and conference rooms shall be
equipped with light sensor combined with an amplifier unit which can
automatically control up to 50 HF ballasts. In this case it shall also be
possible to connect the amplifier with a control potentiometer and switch by
means of which the light sensor control can be manually overridden, if
required.
15.11 High Pressure Discharge Lamp
15.11.1 High Pressure Mercury Vapour Lamp
15.11.1.1 The high pressure mercury vapour lamp shall be ellipsoidal in shape and
shall be fitted with standard E40 nickel plated cap and suitable for use on
230V mains supply. The lamp shall be rated at 250V and shall have a
minimum efficacy of 55 1m/watt. The apparent colour temperature shall be
3300oK. The lamp shall conform to BS 3677.
S-103
15.11 High Pressure Discharge Lamp (Cont’d)
15.11.1 High Pressure Mercury Vapour Lamp (Cont'd)
15.11.1.2 The start-up time for the lamp to start from cold to reach its 80% of full light
output shall be within 3 to 4 minutes and the maximum restrike time of the
lamp shall not exceed 5 minutes.
15.11.1.3 The rated average lamp life at 10 hours per start at which 50% of the lamps
fail shall be greater than 15,000 hours. The guaranteed minimum life
expectancy of the lamp shall be 10,000 hours. The lumen depreciation
factor at rated average life shall be 0.9.
15.11.2 Pressure Sodium Vapour Lamp
15.11.2.1 The high pressure sodium vapour lamp shall be ellipsoidal in shape (except
for SON/T which shall be tubular in shape) and shall be fitted with standard
E40 nickel plated cap (except for 70W SON lamp which shall have a E27
cap) and suitable for use on 230V mains supply. The lamp shall have a
minimum efficacy of 90 1m/watt. The apparent colour temperature shall be
2,1 00oK.
output shall be within 3 to 4 minutes and the maximum restrike time of the
lamp shall not exceed 1 minute.
fail shall be greater than 15,000 hours. The guaranteed minimum life
expectancy of the lamp shall be 10,000 hours. The lumen depreciation
factor at rated average life shall be 0.9.
15.11.3.1 The performance characteristics of the high pressure discharge lamps

offered shall be stated and substantiated with all relevant and necessary
supporting documents such as manufacturer's catalogue, and testin g
reports from independent testing laboratory to the satisfaction of the SO.
S-104
15.11 High Pressure Discharge Lamp (Cont’d)
15.11.3 Performance Characteristics (Cont'd)
15.11.3.2 Notwithstanding Clause 15.11.3.1, the following characteristic curve shall be

submitted on demand:
a A graph showing the variation in starting current and luminous flux for
a period of 5 minutes from switching on.
b A lamp mortality curve for 10 hours per start and for continuous
operation.
c A curve of lumen output plotted against hours of operation.
d A graph showing the spectral energy distribution of the offered

lamps.
e Graphs showing the effect of the variation of mains voltage between

15.12 HPSV Lamp Control Gears
15.12.1 Lamp control gears (ballasts, ignitors, capacitors) of the high pressure
sodium lamp shall be designed to reliably start and operate the lamp in the
ambient conditions and within the limit specified by the lamp manufacturer.
15.12.2 Ballast shall be auto-regulator; precision wound type, with high power factor
and shall have a guaranteed life of 10 years. The ballast shall be
tropicalised and encapsulated in non-melt resin (155°C) to ensure
maximum protection from moisture and corrosion. The noise level shall be
less than 30 dBA at a distance of 1 meter. All ballasts shall reliably operate
the high pressure sodium lamps at mains voltage of 200V to 245V.
15.12.3 Ballast temperature shall not exceed the maximum permissible operating
temperature of the ballast insulating materials. Ballast with known cooler
temperature will be preferred. Ballast offered shall be the low loss type.
15.12.4 Power factor of the lamp circuit shall be maintained above 0.85 lagging.
Power correcting capacitor shall comply with SS 123 and BS 4017 and shall
be of MPP (Metalised Polypropylene) type.
S-105
15.12 HPSV Lamp Control Gears (Cont’d)
15.12.5 Electronic ignitors shall be totally enclosed type. It shall ensure quick
start-up and quick restrike of the high pressure sodium lamp. The ignitor
shall have the ability to sense a failed lamp and switch off to avoid high
voltage stress and high current on the ballast and avoid creating radio
interference.
15.13 Low Pressure Discharge Lamp
15.13.1 Low Pressure Sodium Vapour Lamp (SOX)
15.13.1.1 The lamp shall be rated at between 35W to 90W and shall have a minimum
efficacy of 140 1m/watt. Low pressure sodium lamps shall have BX 22 cap
and shall be suitable for use on the mains voltage of 220V to 245V and
comply to BS 3767 and IEC 192.
output shall be within 6 to 11 minutes and restrike immediately.
failed shall be greater than 15,000 hours. The lumen depreciation factor at
rated average life 15,000 hours shall be 0.9.
15.13.2.1 The performance characteristics of the low pressure discharge lamps shall
be stated and substantiated with all relevant and necessary supporting
documents such as manufacturer's catalogue, and testing reports from
independent testing laboratory, preferably Singapore Institute of Standards
and Industrial Research, to the satisfaction of the SO.
15.13.2.2 Notwithstanding Clause 15.13.2.1, the following characteristic curve shall

be submitted on demand.
a A graph showing the variation in starting current and luminous flux for
a period of 5 minutes from switching on.
b A lamp mortality curve for 10 hours per start and for continuous
operation.
c A curve of lumen output plotted against hours of operation.
S-106
15.13.2 Performance Characteristics (Cont’d)
d A graph showing the spectral energy distribution of the offered

lamps.
e Graphs showing the effect of the variation of mains voltage between

15.14 Low Pressure Sodium Lamp Control Gears
15.14.1 Lamp control gears (ballasts, ignitors, capacitors) of the low pressure
sodium lamps shall be designed to reliably start and operate the lamp in the
ambient condition and within the limit specified by the lamp manufacturer.
15.14.2 Ballast for low pressure sodium lamps shall comply to BS 4782, precision
wound type, with high power factor and shall have a guaranteed life of 10
years. The ballast shall be tropicalised and encapsulated in non-melt resin
(155oC) to ensure maximum protection from moisture and corrosion. The
noise level shall be less than 30 dBA at a distance of 1 meter. All ballasts
shall reliably operate the low pressure sodium lamps at mains voltage 200V
to 245V.
15.14.3 Ballast temperature shall not exceed the maximum permissible operating
temperature of the ballast insulating materials. Ballasts with known cooler
temperature will be preferred. Ballasts offered shall be the low loss type.
The ballast loss anticipated shall be indicated.
15.14.4 Ignitors for low pressure sodium lamps shall be totally enclosed type. It shall
ensure quick start-up and quick restrike of the low pressure sodium lamp.
The ignitor shall have the ability to sense a failed lamp and switch off to
avoid high voltage stress and high current of the ballast and avoid creating
radio interference. The control gear shall ensure immediate re-ignition of the
low pressure sodium lamp when there is momentary interruption of power.
15.14.5 Power factor of the lamp circuit shall be maintained above 0.85 lagging. The
power factor correcting capacitor shall comply with SS 123 and BS 4017
and shall be of MPP (Metalised polypropylene) type.
S-107
15.15 Mirror Optic Fluorescent Fittings (M2)
15.15.1 The luminaire shall come with stepped mirror louver. The body shall be
sheet steel, high grade with stove enamel finish. Parabolic mirror louver
shall be aluminium louver with V shaped longitudinal vanes and stepped
transverse vanes made of chemical brightened and anodised aluminium.
Exceptional precise thickness of transverse vanes minimum 2.3mm in light
control, high visual comfort with a minimum of glare. Additional parabolic
mirror behind the lamps to ensure light output ratio to be greater than 0.8.
Electrical connections shall come with cable entry via grommets, all wiring
using heat resistant (105 deg C) cable. The fitting shall be complete with
aluminium trimming. The attachment itself which can be hinged for simple
lamp replacement. Radio interference suppressed to EEC 76/890.
15.15.2 Performance of the parabolic mirror louver shall not be inferior to the
following:
. CIE Flux Code: 60 97 100 100 66

. Glare limitation quality: Class A at - luminance of 500 lux
. Working plane utilization factor: Better than 0.63 (assuming reflectance
for ceiling, wall and floor to be 0.5, 0.3 & 0.1 respectively).
The construction shall be to IEC 598 and degree of protection to IP20. It

shall provide an excellent degree of light control with a particularly high -
light output ratio and allow easy relamping. Full technical particulars
including luminous intensity diagram, glare limitation curves etc shall be
submitted during tender stage.
15.16 Batten Fluorescent Fitting
Fittings shall be with an enclosed spring of rectangular section housing the

control gear. Lamp holder shall be adequately braced to prevent splaying in
service. The batten, made of sheet steel, shall totally enclose the control
gear and the cover shall be easily detached. Spring loaded lamp holders
which embraces the lamp to prevent any strain and the lamp pins shall be
provided. Fixtures shall be capable of being installed individually or in
continuous row; suspended or surface mounted.
S-108
15.17 Enclosed Batten Fluorescent Fittings
Fittings shall be basically similar to batten fittings but with the addition of a
close fitting wrap around prismatic diffuser and suitable moulded end plates.
15.18 Recessed Down Light
The down light shall be extra low brightness, porcelain ES lamp holder with
adjustable mounting clips, prewired to junction box cable clamp for incoming
cables and black baffle, and complete with 200W ES Par 38 lamp.
15.19 High Bay Light Fitting
The fitting shall be completed with encapsulated ballast housed in an

aluminium extrusion. The large wiring box shall have through wiring with top
and side (20 mm) entry facilities and contains a capacitor and a large
terminal box. The fitting shall be complete with 250W or 400W MBF mercury
vapour or metal halide lamp.
15.20 Exit Lights
The exit lights shall be directional sign fitting, 1 with lettering on 1-2-3 or 4
sides as required and comply to CP 19. The self-contained emergency
lighting unit shall consist of hermetically sealed nickel cadmium secondary
battery, a solid state inverter and charger unit. Solid state switching in
conjunction with 2-20 Watt lamps for normal illumination and 2-6 Watts
lamps for emergency illumination. The unit shall be rated for 1/2 hour to take
up lighting the exit sign and the down light on the bottom of the fixture giving
a spread of light over doorway lighting the means of egress. The fittings
shall have die cast aluminium front with 20 gauge metal housing.
15.21 Weather Fluorescent Luminaires (IP 55)
15.21.1 Luminaires shall be of robust construction which combine excellent

functional and visual design. The fittings shall be dustproof and splash proof
to IP55. Safety standards are to meet Class I meeting IEC 598 and 529.
Housing is to be vandal proof and moulded in matt glass-fibre reinforced
pressed polyester. Durable elastic foam-filled flange shall provide positive
sealing gasket for diffuser. Fixing clips for attachment of diffuser and hinging
diffuser to allow maintenance shall be provided. Watertight cab le entry
gland is also to be provided.
S-109
15.21 Weather Fluorescent Luminaries (IP 55) (Cont’d)
15.21 .2 Electrical unit/reflector shall be white sotre-enamelled steel reflector plate,

zinc plated on rear where electrical control gears are mounted. Contact
terminal block with double inserts for wiring and radio interference
suppression to EEC 76/890 shall be provided.
15.21 .3 Diffuser shall be injection moulded acrylic with internal prising and sharp rim
for excellent seal and is ultra violet stabilized with a guaranteed minimum
life of 10 years.
15.22 Walkway Bollards
Walkway bollard light fittings shall be 1 metre high with one 70W high
pressure sodium vapour (SON) lamp. The control gear, fuse cut-off and
cable looping connectors shall be mounted on a removable carriage within
the luminaries. The column of the bollard light shall be fixed on to a metal
base plate anchored to concrete block. The bollard light fitting shall be
vandal proof, insect proof, dust proof and splash proof to BS 4533 class I
IP55. The light transmitting window of the bollard shall be made of ultra
violet stabilized clear LEXAN. The bollard lights used shall have double
asymmetrical distribution and completely light cut-off at 90o to ensure glare
free performance. The finish of the luminaries shall be satin anodised
bronze colour.
16 EARTHING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
16.1 All metal raceway (conduit, trunking) system, supports, cabinets,

switchboards, equipment cases and motor frames shall be permanently,
solidly and effectively earthed (grounded). The frame of each major piece of
apparatus (in addition to the frame of the cubicle) shall be earthed directly to
the supply distribution board by means of a copper earthing conductor of
adequate size. All earthing busbars shall be provided with adequate number
of spare terminals including cable lugs, bolts and nuts etc.
16.2 Continuity of equipment ground shall be maintained throughout the system.

Minimum sizes of each continuity conductors shall comply with the relevant
regulations. Maximum earth-loop impedance for all Earth Continuity
Conductors shall not exceed 1 Ohm.
16.3 A 25 x 3.2 mm copper tape shall be provided from the main earth point to the
main switchboard.
S-110
16 EARTHING OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
16.4 The Contractor may be required to construct earth pits where good earthing
cannot be obtained from single rod electrodes.
16.5 All earthing materials must be of approved type from the relevant authority.
17 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
17.1 Air Terminations
17.1 Air terminations shall consist of 16 mm diameter 1850 mm long hard drawn
solid copper or Aluminium rods having single discharge point and fixed to
the roof with purpose made base and saddle on concrete blocks.
17.2 Roof Tapes
Roof tapes shall consist of 25 x 3.2 mm high conductivity, Aluminium tape

running 150 mm from the edge of the flat roof by purpose made Aluminium
saddles and approved screws on concrete blocks of 1000 mm intervals. The
tapes shall bond all the air terminations forming a mesh of not more than 15
m side.
17.3 Down Tapes
17.3.1 Down tapes shall consist of 25 x 3.2 mm high conductivity, Aluminium tape
fixed at 1000 mm intervals by means of purpose made Aluminium clips.
Down tapes shall be so routed that there shall be neither sharp bends or
horizontal runs.
17.3.2 Down tape shall be connected to a approved bi- metallic connector and
brass test clamp at a height indicated by SO. Down tape shall be connected
to roof tapes by means of end or ridge air termination clamping device.
Joints in runs of all tapes shall be made by means of double riveted and
sweated overlapping joints. Scaffoldings or staging may have to be erected
to allow work on vertical surfaces of high buildings.
17.4 Earth Ring
17.4.1 An earth ring conductor 25 x 3.2 mm high conductivity, Aluminium copper

tape is to interconnect all down conductors and is to be used for bonding all
structural metal, pipes, window frames, sun breakers, metal door frames etc
to earth.
S-111
17 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
17.5 Earthing Rods
17.5.1 Earthing rods shall consist of 16 mm diameter solid copper clad steel rods in
individual length not less than 1800 mm total and shall be installed at least 2
metres away from the building. Down tapes connections to earth rods shall
be by means of purpose made clamps but tapes shall not be cut off short
until satisfactory tests have been obtained.
17.5.2 Earthing rods shall be driven into the ground by means of hammers with
protection for the screw threads and in locations at a minimum of 2000 mm
away from the building.
17.5.3 A GI inspection pit with cover shall be provided for each electrode
measuring 200 x 200 x 250 mm deep. The concrete cover shall be fixed
flush with the ground level and shall be provided with means for easy
removal for inspection.
17.5.4 Testing of earthing resistance shall be carried out in dry weather conditions
by the Contractor or after a minimum of 3 rainless days. The earthing
resistance shall not be more than 10 ohms.
17.5.5 The Contractor shall also carry out tests to ensure that the structural steel
columns provide a good conducting path in lieu of down tapes and inform
the SO of need to install down tapes where the continuity is unsatisfactory.
18 CLEANING, RE-LAMPING AND REPLACEMENT OF CONTROL GEARS

ANDACCESSORIES OF LIGHTING FIXTURES
18.1 Light Fittings
18.1.1 Lamps, fluorescent tubes, ballasts, capacitors, starters and igniters shall be
of reputable quality. All tubes used shall be 600mm, 1200mm or 1500mm,
26mm diameter, bi-pin cap, warm white/daylight energy saving tube of
colour 84 or equivalent. The tubes shall comply with SS181 and BS 1853
and suitable for use on 240V supply.
18.1.2 All light fittings shall be delivered to the job site completely equipped with
ballasts, capacitors, starters, lamp holders or sockets, diffusing materials,
refractors, reflectors, canopies, brackets, stems, plates and the like (with the
exception of lamps), wired, assembled and tested by the fitting
manufacturer.
S-112
ANDACCESSORIES OF LIGHTING FIXTURES (CONT’D)
18.1.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for the replacement or satisfactory

repair of any damaged or defective fitting, including paint finish, metal work,
lenses, diffusers, etc up to the time of final acceptance. Any deterioration or
discoloration of painted or plated finishes or lenses or diffusers apparent
upon close inspection within the overall six month contractor's guarantee
shall be reason for requiring the Contractor's replacement of the fitting
without charges of any kind.
18.1.4 The Contractor shall submit appropriate certification that the fittings are
covered by a three-year manufacturer's guarantee. The Contractor shall
supply and install the light fittings complete with all necessary suspension
rods of appropriate length if required.
18.1.5 Samples of light fittings shall be submitted to the SO for approval prior to
installation.
18.2 Lamps
18.2.1 All fittings shall be cleaned and fresh lamps before final acceptance.
18.2.2 All lamps shall meet the requirements of Section 13 of the Specification.
18.3 Cleaning, Re-Lamping And Replacement Procedures
The cleaning procedure shall be as follows:
18.3.1 Lamp Fittings using Plastic Shades or Metal Reflector
Remove shade/reflector and wash with soapy water, rinse and dry. Clean
bulb, down rods or brackets and lamp holder with damp cloth, replace
shade/reflector. Wipe clean switch and box/teak block, remove stains with
cleansing powder.
18.3.2 Globe Fittings
Remove Globe and wash thoroughly with soapy water, rinse and dry. Clean
bulbs, down rods or brackets and lamp holder with damp cloth, replace
globe. Wipe clean switch and box/teak block, remove stains with cleansing
powder. Means to protect the lighting fitting from rain, etc shall be provided
by Contractor for the duration the globe is removed.
S-113
18.3.3 Fluorescent Fittings
Remove tube and clean with damp cloth. Remove reflector and/or diffuser
and wash with soapy water, rinse and dry. Wipe clean down rods with damp
cloth. Replace reflector, diffuser and tube. Wipe clean switch and box/teak
block, remove stains with cleansing powder.
18.3.4 Fans
Remove accumulated dirt and clean with damp cloth fan blades, safety
cover and the rest of fan including down rods. The interior of the speed
regulator of ceiling fans is to be cleaned by means of an electric air blower,
and the cover wiped clean with a damp cloth.
18.3.5 Electric Clocks
Wipe clean body and glass of clock with a damp cloth and dust clean face of
clock with dry cloth.
18.3.6 Floodlights
Wipe clean inside and outside of reflector, glass and bulb with a damp cloth
and then with dry cloth. Focusing adjustments shall not be tampered with.
A floodlighting fitting under the terms of this Contract refers to any large
weatherproof enclosed lighting fitting for illuminating the external
surroundings of a building, car park or playground fitted with a lamp rated at
200 watts or more. Fluorescent through fittings used in exposed areas are
classified under this category.
Stage lighting fittings and spotlights in Hall are not classed under
floodlighting fittings nor are dental chair spotlights and other local lighting
fittings attached to equipment and machinery.
18.3.7 Stage Lights
Wipe clean inside and outside of reflector, glass and bulb with damp cloth
and then wipe with dry cloth. All tumbler switches and teak blocks shall be
wiped clean of dust and dirt.
S-114
18.3.8 Deviation from Procedure
If any fitting or fan is found to have been cleaned deviating from the method
indicated, the SO will withhold payment until such fan or fitting is properly
re-cleaned. The Contractor shall further be liable for debarment from future
tendering for a period of not less than one year if he further persists in
carrying out work not strictly in accordance with this whole subsection
herein.
19 FANS
19.1 Ceiling Fans
19.1.1 Ceiling fans shall be 1.5m sweep complete with speed regulator and
approved for FWD use. The fans shall be able to deliver 270 m3/min of air at
full speed and mounted at approximately 2.5m above floor level. They shall
comply with SS 15 and operate at 50 Hz, 230V single-phase AC. Motors of
ceiling fans shall be of the totally enclosed type. No readily flammable
materials shall be used in the construction of fan and regulator. Moulded
parts of use shall be of such materials as will withstand the maximum
temperature attained in the adjacent component parts. Only suitable
materials resistant to moisture shall be used and the fan shall be capable of
withstanding the moisture proof test specified in Clause 17 of SS 15. Electric
fans shall be either of the following two types:
a with functional insulation only; with accessible metal parts designed

to be connected to an earthing terminal or contact;
b with double or reinforced insulation, with the accessible metal parts

not designed to be connected to an earthing terminal or contact.
S-115
19 FANS (CONT’D)
19.1 Ceiling Fans (Cont’d)
19.1.2 The suspension rod of ceiling fan shall be of adequate strength and shall not
be threaded. The down rod shall be supplied with an. adequately strong
shackle capable of carrying the fan motor, blades and canopies where
provided. The shackle shall embody a bush or reel of resilient material. The
down rod shall be of a steel tube through which the cable supplying power to
the fan shall be drawn. The wall thickness of the tube shall not be less than
2.5mm. No screwed connections are allowed in the rod. All surfaces of the
assembly and mechanism of both fan and regulator if any, shall be of
corrosion resisting materials or shall be suitably and durably protected
against corrosion. Bolts used for any joint shall be at least SAE grade E.
Bolts used shall have unthreaded portion if they are inside the suspension
rod. All joints shall have the design as shown in attached sketch. Other type
of joint design shall be submitted for approval.
19.1.3 All fans shall be provided with safety wire. The safety wire shall be properly
secured onto the motor shaft at one end and the fan hook at the other end.
The safety wire shall be made of stainless steel, preferably stainless steel
aircraft cable and shall have a safety factor of at least 20 times the static
load of the fan. An adequate length of safety wire shall be provided such that
failure of the fan components causing the fan to drop shall be easily
observable. Test certificates issued by independent testing authorities
verifying the maximum allowable loading of the safety wire shall be
submitted. The hook shall be made of mild steel rod of minimum 1 cm
diameter. The hook shall be rigidly embedded into the ceiling beam, floor
slab or clamped to the trusses, wherever applicable. It shall be so fitted as to
securely support the whole weight of the fan even under adverse operating
condition. Supports including additional timber blocks for the fixing of the
hook shall be provided where necessary. The various acceptable methods
of installation of fan hooks are illustrated in the schedule of drawings and
shall be followed by the Contractor.
S-116
19 FANS (CONT’D)
19.1 Ceiling Fans (Cont’d)
19.1.4 Regulators shall be capable of reducing the speed of the fan by at least 40%
of the full speed at the test voltage. Fans shall be capable of starting up and
running at any speed step indicated on the regulator at the rated voltage or
voltages or within the whole rated voltage range (whichever applicable). The
regulator shall have an 'OFF' position next to the lowest speed contact, and
shall be provided with running positions, with the speed steps being equal
as far as possible. Where a regulator is provided with a capacitor not
permanently connected across the motor terminals, provision shall be made
so that the capacitor is discharged when the regulator is in the 'OFF'
position. The regulator handle or knob, if of metal, shall be adequately
insulated electrically and thermally. The mechanism of the regulator shall be
so designed to ensure positive contact at each speed position.
19.1.5 In the case of induction type regulators no position of the induction winding
can remain permanently short-circuited in any of the running positions. In
the case of resistance type regulators, the materials used for the casing
must be such, that it is capable of withstanding the maximum operating
temperature for a continuous period without discoloration or distortion.
19.1.6 All ceiling fans installed shall be provided with an approved durable and
heavy duty sticker with the following information:
Date installed:
Company Name:
Company stamp:
In addition, the Contractor shall submit to the SO a certification on all ceiling

fans installed in the format as listed in the following page. Failure to comply
with this requirement will result in deduction from the Schedule of Rates and
withholding of payment for ceiling fan installations.
19.2 Wall Fans
19.2.1 Wall fans shall be either 400mm or 500mm diameter, oscillating type,
intended for use off a 220/230V 50 Hz line.
S-117
19.2 Wall Fans (Cont’d)
19.2.2 The angle of oscillating shall be no less than 80oC (i.e. 40 degrees off both
sides of the "straight-ahead" position). The speed of the fan shall be in the
range of 920 rpm - 520 rpm with a 3-step speed selector. Air velocity shall
be in the range of 3.8m/sec to 13.7m/sec.
19.2.3 The mounting of all wall fans shall be with expansion type anchor bolts with
washer and two locknuts. The bolts shall penetrate into concrete to a depth
of not less than 32mm. In any case the mounting system shall allow for a
factor of safety of not less than 10.
S-118
CERTIFICATION OF SAFETY OF CEILING FAN
INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR
I hereby certify that the following ceiling fans installed are in accordance with
the safety requirements in this term contract specifications and that they are safe for
operation: -
Block No. Room No Oty
Total:
Name and Signature of Supervisor Date
Contractor's Stamp:
S-119
20 T HE RM O G RAP HI C I NF RARE D S URVEY F O R E LE CT RI CAL
INSTALLATION
20.1 Person Conducting Survey
The person conducting the Thermographic Infrared Survey shall be a

qualified or certified thermographer.
The person shall report immediately any abnormally high temperature

indicating overheating or loose connections. The measured temperature
should be below 60°C.
20.2 Equipment
20.2.1 The infrared camera shall be of long wavelength (between 8-12 micrometer)
so that it is immune from false alarm due to solar radiation.
20.2.2 It shall be able to measure image scene temperature ranging from -20°C to
+400°C at humidity expected of local conditions.
20.2.3 It shall have a temperature resolution of less than or equal to 0.1°C.
20.2.4 Image resolution of at least 180 by 200 pixels per image to facilitate
correlation to actual object/equipment that one is looking at.
20.3 Report
Report content shall include the following:
20.3.1 Recommended repair priority.
20.3.2 Summary list of equipment inspected & problems detected.
20.3.3 Clear description of the problem, classification of faults and the condition in
which it was recorded.
20.3.4 Each fault/problem detected shall be supported with colour infrared image
with temperature indication and colour photograph of the faulty equipment.
S-120
1.0 LOW TENSION ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
1.1 ANNUAL SERVICING/MAINTENANCE
1.1.1 It is deemed that the yearly inspection and testing of the electrical
installation shall include the whole electrical installation and as
specified herein.
1.1.2 All the tests and checks as specified in the following paragraphs
shall be supervised by an appropriate grade of LEW (Licensed
electrical worker) under PUB Act & Regulations and the minimum
qualification of this person shall be a diploma holder. The
Contractor shall submit the names of the person with their relevant
qualifications and experience in the submission. Only these
persons named shall sign on the test reports.
1.1.3 Verification/tracing out of all mains and sub mains cables main &
sub-switchboards and final distribution boards fitted on site and
updating of single line drawings (negative) shall be carried out. The
Contractor shall submit one set of single line drawings in tracing A1
size and one set in print and also laminate all the single line
drawings and put one complete set of this updated single line
drawings on site in the enclosures provided. Where there are no
enclosures provided, the Contractor shall supply and install
powder-coated metal enclosures of 400mm(H) x 400mm(W) x
100mm(D) complete with handle at no cost to the Government. If
the existing single line diagrams are in different sizes of negatives,
the Contractor shall redraw all the existing single line diagrams of
the electrical installation into A1 sizes. This shall deem to be
included, as part of the scope of works and no claim for this item
shall be entertained.
1.1.4 The Contractor shall print/type the relevant PUB licence application
form and obtain user's signature on both the test report and the
application form after carrying out the inspection and testing of the
installation. The form E1 shall be submitted to the SO six weeks
before the expiry of the installation. The test reports shall be
submitted together with the monthly report within the first week of
the following month after the test.
1.1.5 The Contractor shall replace all blown indicating bulbs including the
transformer, indicating instruments and other small parts on the
switchboard/sub-switchboards to final distribution boards which are
faulty, missing, broken, etc.
S-121
1.0 LOW TENSION ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION (CONT’D)
1.1.6 All safety regulations are to be strictly adhered to. The Contractor
shall ensure the posting of danger signs, "isolation of power" signs,
shut down signs, "Do not operate" signs etc for the safety of the
workers and the safety of personnel in the premises. Any persons
injured in the course of the testing and checking of the installation
as a result of the Contractor's negligence to prov ide safety
measures shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
1.1.7 The Contractor shall perform the inspection and testing on an
annual basis and submit a full test report on the installation. This
test report shall be endorsed by the Contractor's LEW.
1.1.8 The inspection and testing of electrical installation shall include the
following:
a) Electrical installation (General)
b) Insulation resistance tests using 500V DC Meggar
c) Polarity test of the installation
d) Earth loop impedance test
e) RCCB test and as specified herein
f) Continuity of protective conductor and neutral conductor
1.1.9 The Contractor shall investigate further if the Meggar readings are
below One (1) Mega ohm and submit a report to the SO on the
investigation within one week of the discovery of his low Meggar
readings.
1.1.10 The Contractor shall also check and trace those circuits which have
shared neutral and to submit a report and recommend remedial
actions to be taken.
1.1.11 The above tests shall be conducted for the entire electrical
installation in the locations as listed in Schedule VIII which shall
include from the main switchboards to sub mains switchboards to
final distribution boards and including final sub circuits. A typical
single line diagram of the electrical installation is as attached in
Appendix H.
S-122
1.1.12 Tracing and Labelling

a) The Contractor shall trace out and label all the sub mains cables
which shall include up to the final Dbs. All main, sub and sub-
sub switchboards and final Dbs shall be labelled. The
Contractor shall make use of the circuit tracer to trace out these
sub and sub-sub mains cables.
b) For the mains and sub mains switchboards up to the final Dbs,
the Contractor shall label all circuit protective devices on these
switchboards or Dbs.
c) All cables shall be labelled and identified at both ends. This

identification shall indicate where the supply is taken from and
where the supply is leading.
d) All identification labels shall be engraved with white words and

on black PVC strip and these shall be firmly stuck onto the
boards and shall be tagged onto cables by means of cable ties
for cables which is more than 10mm2. For cables less than
10mm2, these shall be labelled by means of snapped type of
labels with labelling on both sides of these labels or markers.
e) The Contractor shall after tracing out the cables for the entire
electrical installation, verify and authenticate these on the
drawings.
f) The Contractor shall carry out the following works for the LV
switch rooms and cable chambers (including trenches),
electrical risers/closets, etc :
g) Vacuuming and cleaning of the rooms including removing

accumulated water from cable chambers, trenches, etc.
h) Mount one copy of the updated main single line drawing in

plastic laminate, with thickness and lamination of at least 35
micron, using 4 screws with washers on the wall inside the
switch room, repair/replace Power Grid licence holder/frame,
replace rubber mat for all floor standing switchboard, bulbs,
switches, power points and fluorescent tubes including control
gears inside the switch rooms, electrical risers/closets or any
electrical rooms if these are faulty, missing, torn, etc.
S-123
1.1.12 Tracing and Labelling (Cont’d)

i) Inspect for leakage and cracks in floors, walls and ceilings.
j) Replace defaced, damaged or missing "DANGER" signs,
resuscitation signs, etc.
k) Check that fire extinguisher has been serviced and to indicate in

Schedule X.
l) C h e c k t h e following for all LT switchboards/sub-

switchboards/tap off units/final DBs as illustrated in Appendix H:
i) Signs of corrosion
ii) Unusual smell which indicates overheating
iii) Unusual noise indicating wrong discharge
1.1.13 Bus ducts (busbar trunking system)
a) The Contractor shall de-energize the busducts and carry out the
following :
i) Inspect and torgue all electrical joints and terminations using
an approved trogue wrench to the value recommended by
manufacturer.
ii) Check for signs of overheating at joint's terminations, fuse

clips, etc., or deterioration in insulating material or melting of
sealing compound.
iii) Be sure any condition which caused any overheating has
been eliminated.
iv) Check for missing or broken parts, proper spring tension,

free movement, rusting or corrosion, dirt, excessive wear,
arc spatter, sooty deposits, tracking. Clean or replace parts
as required.
S-124
1.1.13 Busducts (busbar trunking system) (Cont’d)

a) The Contractor shall de-energize the busducts and carry out the
following: (Cont’d)
v) Meggar the system before re-energizing. The resistance
shall not be below one mega ohm for 30 metres of busduct.
vi) Submit a condition report on the entire bus-bar trunking

system.
1.1.14 The Contactor shall test the RCCBs as indicated below :
a) Trip test for satisfactory operation
b) RCCB sensitivity test to SS 97
1.1.15 The Contractor shall check and ensure that all earthing conductors
and connections are sound for the entire electrical earthing system.
1.1.16 The Contractor shall check the electrical loading at LT

switchboards, sub switchboards up to final Dbs and carry out
balancing of loading in the event the loading is not balanced.
1.2 THREE YEARLY MAINTENANCE OF SWITCHBOARDS/SWITCHGEARS
1.2.1 The Contractor shall arrange for and schedule a once in three
years shutdown maintenance of all the switchboards including sub-
switchboards and emergency boards. This testing can only be
done after office hours. The Contractor shall make all necessary
arrangements with the User Department of the electrical installation
under test, including shutting down or deenergization of supply,
displaying warning signs, test schedule, and subsequent re -
energization of supply etc. for carrying out the work to avoid
disruptions to the User Department operations. The Contractor
shall also display notices of the intention to shutdown on prominent
locations to inform the users on the date and time of shutdown.
S-125
1.2 THREE YEARLY MAINTENANCE OF SWITCHBOARDS /
SWITCHGEARS
1.2.2 The Contractor's LEW shall also arrange and liase with Power
Supply for the shutdown of the incoming feeder so that the
incoming connections can be checked. This shall include the cost
for shutdown of the incoming feeder(s) and this is payable to Power
Supply directly. Any cost incurred this clause shall not be payable.
1.2.3 The Contractor shall shutdown all Low Tension Switchboards and
carries out the following test/checks on these switchboards :
a) Clean and remove loose external dirt and vacuum internal of

switchboard enclosure.
b) Check and clean insulation. Carry out insulation resistance

tests and record results.
c) Check for proper functioning of auxiliary switches, indicating

devices and interlocks.
d) Check and tighten bulbar connections, clean bushings, busbar

jumpers and orifices.
e) Check and clean cable termination's.
f) Check tautness of all connections and cleanliness of protective

relays. Check operation and carry out secondary injection tests
for all over current and earth fault relays.
g) Carry out reduced high voltage tests for 1 KV for 1 min.
h) Final checks for proper operation and ensure all fastenings are
tight and good contact is made.
1.2.4 The Contractor shall engage authorised agent for the air-circuit
breakers and moulded case circuit breakers, transfer switches, and
isolators to check and test the following items :
a) Check shunt trip mechanism of circuit breakers
b) Clean circuit breaker and arc chutes of air circuit breakers
S-126
1.2 THREE YEARLY MAINTENANCE OF SWITCHBOARDS /
SWITCHGEARS
1.2.4 The Contractor shall engage authorised agent for the air-circuit
breakers and moulded case circuit breakers, transfer switches, and
isolators to check and test the following items: (Cont’d)
c) Check and clean fixed and moving contacts of air circuit

breakers
d) Check phase barriers and main contact drive
e) Check, clean and lubricate operating mechanism
f) Check operation of isolators and transfer switches
g) Check racking mechanism and on and off switch and tension

springs of ACBs
h) Check proper operation of circuit breakers by tripping and

closing
1.2.5 If there is any rectification works to be carried out due to the failure
in the above items, the Contractor shall arrange during the
shutdown to replace the entire circuit breaker, transfer switches or
isolators and to get the authorised agent to repair and subsequent
reinstallation of the faulty breaker, transfer switches or isolators.
This shall be done so as to minimize disruption to the users. This
cost shall deem to be included in the tender and there shall be no
claim by the Contractor for this item.
1.2.6 The Contractor shall supply and install reversible self-adhesive

temperature sensor at all joint of bus bars inside all the low tension
switchboards.
1 .2.7 The Contractor shall fill up all cable trenches for all switchrooms
with sand up to the floor level of the switch room.
S-127
COMMUNICATION
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
The works embraced in this Contract comprises the supply and installation of new,
modification and repairing of existing communication installations. These works shall
include equipment, devices, fittings, accessories, electrical and control panel, brackets
and supports, etc
The Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the Specification in the
best workmanlike manner and commercial practice and shall comply with the
following:
force in Singapore.

The tenderer shall ensure that he is clear of the actual extent and nature of works
required under this Contract and shall clarify any doubt of the same with the SO before
the submission of tender. No Claim arising out of the lack of clarity or availability of
information will be entertained.
Notwithstanding the Technical Specification to be fully complied with, the

complied with. It shall be deemed that the more stringent requirements of the two shall
prevail. It shall be deemed that Contractor has allowed for this provision in his tender
price.
S-128
COMMUNICATION
1.1 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM
1.2 LAN points shall be provided to rooms as ind icated in the Design
Handbooks/Circulars.
1.3 All cable s within c lassroom s shal l run in He a vy -Dut y P VC

skirting-trunking. For other rooms, contractors shall also use skirting
trunking where possible.
1.4 All trunking and conduits passing through/terminating in the LAN and
Central Server Rooms shall be properly sealed internally and externally to
avoid condensation in these rooms.
2.1 TELEPHONES
2.2 Telephone points shall be provided to rooms as indicated in the Design

Handbooks/Circulars such as Principal’s Office, Vice Principal Office,
Administration Manager, General Office, HOD’s Office, Staff Room, Staff
Resource Room, Operation Manager, Audio Visual Room, Commerce
Room, Cookery Preparation Room, Technical Staff Room, Media
Resource Library, Librarian’s Room, Multipurpose Hall Stage, CCA
Rooms, Health & Fitness Room, NCC/NPCC Room, Prefect Room,
Central Server Room, Canteen (public telephones), Bookshop, Meeting
Room, Dental Clinic, etc.
2.3 The internal telephone distribution network shall be conce aled in
conduits.
2.4 Cable trunking (for a dedicated lease line) shall be installed between the
Central Server Room and the Telecom Equipment Room
3.1 SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

3.2 Sound Reinforcement System for each Audio Visual Room shall
comprise 8-channel integrated mixers, microphones, cassette decks, CD
player, speakers and other accessories housed in a console rack.
3.3 The Sound System within the Multi Purpose Hall shall comprise 1 unit
16-channel mixing console, equaliser, microphones, cassette decks, CD
player, speakers and other accessories housed in a console rack located
at the control room.
S-129
3.0 SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM (CONT’D)
3.3 A lockable tabletop cabinet complete with drawers shall be provided in

the control room for safekeeping of microphones, boom arms, etc. The
tabletop space shall be sufficient to cater for the placement of stage
lighting dimmer control desk and sound reinforcement system control
desk.
3.4 The quality of sound in the rooms shall be tested and approved by the
sound specialist.
S-130
SECURITY SYSTEM
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
The works embraced in this Contract comprises the supply and installation of new,
modification and repairing of existing security systems works. These works shall include
equipments, devices, fittings, accessories, electrical and control panels, brackets and
supports, etc
The Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the Specification in the best
workmanship-like manner and commercial practice and shall comply with the following:
a. All current local regulations, safety codes and other relevant statutes in force
in Singapore.
d. Any other relevant codes as specified under the Technical Specifications in

this document
The tenderer shall ensure that he is clear of the actual extent and nature of works
required under this Contract and shall clarify any doubt of the same with the SO before the
submission of tender. No Claim arising out of the lack of clarity or availability of information
will be entertained.

complied with. It shall be deemed that the more stringent requirements of the two
shall prevail. It shall be deemed that Contractor has allowed for this provision in
his tender price.
S-131
SECURITY SYSTEM
1.1 ELECTRONIC SECURITY ALARM SYSTEM
1.2 Electronic Security Alarm shall be provided to rooms as indicated in the Design
Handbooks/Circulars. The system shall comprise dual tech-motion detectors,
magnetic door contacts, siren and strobe lights, panic button at the principal’s
table and key holding services.
1.3 Each room shall be considered as one zone.
1.4 Note that relevant authorities from MHA shall inspect and approve the security
alarm system for the Armoury.
1.5 Consultants shall co-ordinate with the relevant telecommunication companies
and ensure that a dedicated lease line is provided and connected to MHA
approved alarm monitoring company for the key holding services.
S-132
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
SCHEDULE OF MAINTENANCE
A GE NE RAL
1 The Schedule of fire detection and alarm systems shall serve as

indicative purpose only. It is deemed that the maintenance cost priced in
the fixed schedule of rate shall include the whole fire alarm system (the
panel, all sub-panels, all heat and smoke detectors and all manual call
points) installed.
2 The Contractor shall ascertain for himself the type of detectors installed
in the buildings and the rate quoted for the detectors shall deem to be
irrespective of type and the detectors shall be compatible with the
system installed at the respective buildings. The Contractor shall also
replace similar/compatible type of detectors if these are found to be
faulty during servicing.
3 The Contractor shall provide a logbook in the form shown in the latest
CP10 Appendix C. This logbook shall be of hard cover type in A5 size
(210 x 148mm) and shall be kept inside the Main Fire-Indicator-Board
(FIB) for record purposes. The Contractor shall also ensure that their
serviceman record their activities inside the record book (log book).
B WEEKLY SERVICING
1 Notify Fire Brigade or Monitoring Station of intention to test the Fire

Alarm System.
2 Carry out a simulated fire alarm call by operating any alarm zone so as
to transmit a fire alarm signal to the monitoring station and reset the
system.
3 Check the battery voltage and conditions.
4 On completion of the tests ensure that all switches are in the correct
operating condition, and should fault(s) condition exist take immediate
steps to rectify the fault(s).
5 The person carrying out the test shall record in the log any fault(s)
identified and that the above test has been carried out.
6 Notify Fire Brigade or Monitoring Station on completion of tests.
S-133
C MONTHLY SERVICING
1 In addition to the weekly servicing specified above, the fol lowing

inspection and testing procedures shall be carried out each month.
2 Notify Fire Brigade or Monitoring Station of Intention to test the Fire

Alarm System.
3 Simulate fire conditions on all alarm zones and reset the system to
normal. Confirm with the monitoring station when the test has been
completed.
4 Check battery voltage and charging current in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions and record readings in the logbook.
5 Check batteries and their terminals as specified by the manufacturer to

ensure that they are in good serviceable condition. Where applicable,
examine to ensure that the specific gravity and the level of the electrolyte
in each cell are correct and top up to the level as necessary.
6 Check condition of battery cabinet for corrosion and to ensure that

batteries are stored in a secure condition.
7 Check to ensure that all indicating lights are operating correctly and
replace if faulty.
8 Check operation of all alarm sounders/bells.
9 Disconnect the battery supply and ensure that the visual and audible
fault signals are activated at the main alarm panel. Check the battery
voltage by disconnecting the battery from the charger output and ensure
that the operating voltage is correct.
10 Simulate main power supply failure and ensure that the system will
operate correctly with the standby battery power supply.
11 Simulate fire alarm conditions and check the output signals available to
initiate the remote auxiliary functions that are required to be in operation
in the event of fire as in accordance with the appropriate codes. It is
recommended that where the air handling plant shut down facilities are
provided these should be operated at least on a monthly basis. The
persons responsible for maintaining the air handling plant should
however, be notified prior to shutdown and it shall be the responsibility of
the client to provide qualified personnel to be in attendance and to re-
start the plant. The initiation facilities shall also include the lift homing
devices and security/auto doors that are connected to the fire alarm
system. All these initiation facilities shall be tested.
S-134
C MONTHLY SERVICING (CONT’D)
12 Simulate fault conditions on all alarm zones to ensure that the main
alarm panel is operating correctly.
13 Check that the main alarm panel is in a clean and operative condition
and ensure that the enclosure is maintaining a satisfactory dust seal.
14 Visually inspect the condition of components, termination’s and cables.
15 Ensure that faulty parts are replaced and the replacement h as been
carried out satisfactorily. Record in the logbook any circuit fault that
required repair or which are subject to alteration or extension.
16 Check that all switches are returned to their operating position after the
test.
17 Record in the log any fault(s) identified and that the above test has been
carried out including fault response visits if any.
18 Notify Fire Brigade or Monitoring Station on completion of tests.
19 All smoke detectors shall be cleaned every six months, including Beam
master where applicable.
20 The beam master shall be tested in the monthly servicing of the fire
alarm panel, where applicable.
21 The Contractor shall replace the faulty/missing small parts, of LED/panel

indicating lamps, AC/DC fuses, engraved labels, selector swit ches,
toggle switches, push buttons, plastic cable straps, rubber bushes,
rubber mat etc. during the course of routine servicing.
22 The Contractor shall also provide a sticker as below to indicate the date
the detector/manual call point tested. This sticker shall be prominently
displayed for easy checking.
Date tested : At least 13mm

Name & Signature :
Of servicemen
23 All repeater panels shall be checked for proper operation.
S-135
D ANNUAL SERVICING
The annual servicing shall consist of all the weekly and Monthly
servicing as specified above and including the following:
1 The Contractor shall arrange to check the operation of one-third of all the
detectors in the installation each year. The checking shall take the form
of either:
a testing of the detector in situ; or
b the removal of the detector and its replacement by a detector

which has been checked and calibrated by the supplier
2 Circuits requiring automatic voltage regulated supplies shall be checked

to ensure correct operation and voltage output.
3 Where heat sensitive elements of thermal detectors or the enclosure of

other detectors are found to be coated with paint or any other material
likely to affect adversely the operation of the detectors, such material
shall be cleaned off during inspection and maintenance.
4 The insulation resistance of all outgoing circuits shall be tested to earth

and where appropriate between conductors.
5 Record in the log any fault(s) identified and that the above test has been
carried out including fault response visits if any.
6 The Contractor shall spray paint all the panels (including FIBS and SIBs)
at least once for the period of the contract as follow: (touch-up painting
shall be carried out for the interior of the panel as and when necessary
or as directed by the SO, at no extra charge).
a prepare (brush down, sand, etc.) and apply one coat of zinc -
chromate and
b spray a base coat of approved-gloss enamel paint (white).
c spray a coat of approved gloss enamel paint (red) on the surface.
d all the painting works shall be carried out on site. The Contractor
shall bring to site all necessary equipment required for the above
work.
e deductions shall be made according to the schedule of rates for

panels not painted.
S-136
GAS INSTALLATIONS
1 SCOPE OF WORKS
The works embraced in this Contract comprises the supply and installation
of new, modification and repairing of existing gas installations works. These
works shall include equipment, devices, fittings, accessories, electrical and
control panel, brackets and supports, etc
The Contractor shall carry out the works in accordance with the
Specification in the best workmanship-like manner and commercial practice
and shall comply with the following:
a. All current local regulations, safety codes and other relevant
acts in force in Singapore.
b. The latest edition of IEE regulations and appropriate British
Standards

The tenderer shall ensure that he is clear of the actual extent and nature of
with the SO before the submission of tender. No claims arising out of the lack
of clarity or availability of information will be entertained.
1.6 Notwithstanding the Technical Specification to be fully complied

with, the specifications described under this document in the latter
sections shall be fully complied with. It shall be deemed that the
stringent requirements as described in the technical specifications
and that described in this document shall prevail. It shall be
deemed that Contractor has allowed cost provision for this in his
tender price.
S-137
GAS INSTALLATIONS
1 STANDARD OF WORKMANSHIP
1.1 Only the highest standard of workmanship will be permitted and should
it be decided by the SO or his representatives that any section of work
is sub-standard, then the Contractor will remove and replace at no
extra cost to the Government.
1.2 The pipe work must be in accordance with good gas fitting practice and
generally includes cutting, bending and threading of pipes, jointing of
pipes and fittings, fixing of all brackets, cutting of holes on floor, walls
etc and making good when the work is completed.
1.3 All work shall comply with all local regulations, safety codes, codes of
practice and other relevant acts in force in Singapore.
1.4 The gas installation work must comply with the Singapore Standard CP
51: 1990 Code of Practice for Manufactured Gas Installation, Public
Utilities Act (Chapter 261) - revised edition 1992 and Public Utilities
(Gas Supply) Regulation 1992.
1:5 Further to CP51, the Contractor shall also comply with the guidelines in
t h e " Ha n d bo o k o n P u b lic Ut il it ie s B o a rd ' s P ro c e d u re s a n d
Requirements for Gas Supply". This handbook is obtainable from
Power Grid.
2 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS, LABOUR AND TRANSPORT
The successful tenderer shall provide his own labour, transport and
materials required for the installation of gas pipe work.
3 TOOLS, LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING ETC
The successful tenderer must supply his labour force with good quality
tools, ladder etc, in order that no pipes or fittings are damaged during
installation. Suitable scaffolding must also be provided as required.
S-138
4 MATERIALS
Materials used for gas service pipes should comply with the
requirements of the following standards or equivalent.
4.1 Pipes
BS 1387 ) Steel tubes suitable for screwing

Or SS 17 ) to BS 21 pipe threads.
BS 2871 ) Copper and copper alloys. Tubes and fittings.
Part 1: Copper tubes for water, gas and sanitation.
BS 3601 ) Carbon steel pipes and tubes with specified room
temperature properties for pressure purposes.
BS 4772 ) Ductile iron pipes.
For pipe work from the property boundary line up to the building line,
pipe work shall be ductile iron to BS 4772 Class K9.
Pipe work within the building line shall normally be galvanized iron
complying with SS 17 or BS 1387 or copper tube complying with BS
2871: Part 1, Table X. For 15mm copper tube, joints shall be made of
brass compression fittings utilising brass internal gripper rings. For the
following category of gas pipes, the pipe thickness should be of heavy
gauge:
(a) Riser pipes;
(b) Buried and concealed pipes including pipes in channels; and
(c) Pipes of nominal diameter of 80mm and above.
For all pipes other than those listed above, the pipe thickness shall be
of medium gauge.
Half hard and annealed copper tubes complying with Table Y of BS

2871 may be used for chasing in brick walls. Only pipes of 15 mm and
20 mm nominal diameter are allowed to be concealed in this manner.
Only capillary jointing with capillary fittings to BS 864, Part 2 shall be
permitted for copper tubes.
S-139
4 MATERIALS (CONT'D)
4.1 Pipes (Cont’d)
(d) ) D u ctile iron ga te va lve s

BS 5150 Cast iron wedge and double disk gate valves for
general purposes.
(e) ) Solenoid va lve s an d leak detecto rs

BS 5345 Code of practice for selection, installation and
maintenance of electrical apparatus for use in
potentially explosive atmospheres (other than mining
applications or explosive processing and
manufacture)
Part 1: Basic requirements for all parts of the code.
Part 3: Installation and maintenance requirements for electrical
apparatus with type of protection 'd'. Flameproof
enclosure.
(f ) Leak detectors
BS 6020 Instruments for the detection of combustible gases
Part 1: Specification for general requirements and test
methods.
Part 4: Specification for performance requirements for Group II
instruments reading up to 100% lower explosive limit.
(g) ) W elded joints for flanges

BS 2640 Class II oxy-acetylene welding of carbon steel pipe
work for carrying fluids.
BS 2971 Specification for Class II arc welding of carbon steel
pipe work for carrying fluids.
(h) ) T ubular polyethylene f ilm

BS 6076 Specification for tubular polyethylene film for use as
protective sleeving for buried iron pipes and fittings.
Steel pipes to BS 3601 may be permitted for exposed pipe work

in areas where welded flange joints are preferred. Approval from
the relevant authority is necessary. Such steel pipes should be
protected with an anti-corrosive coating.
S-140
4.2 Threads and Fittings
BS 21 Pipe threads for tubes and fittings where pressure -tight

joints are made on the threads (Metric dimensions).
BS 864 Capillary and compression tube fittings of copper and

copper alloy.
For galvanised iron pipes complying with SS 17 or BS 1387, with

nominal diameter 100mm and above, only flanged joints shall be used.
4.3 Flanges
Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves and fittings.
BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves and fittings. Metric
series.
For galvanised pipes complying with SS 17 or BS 1387, with nominal

diameter 100mm and above, only flanged joints shall be used.
4.4 Jointing Materials and Gasket
BS 3063 Dimensions of gaskets for pipe flanges.
BS 4375 Unsintered PTFE tape for thread sealing applications.
BS 4865 Dimensions of gaskets for pipe flanges to BS 4504.
BS 5292 Jointing materials and compounds for installations using

water, low pressure steam or 1st, 2nd and 3rd family gases.
Only PTFE tape to BS 4375 shall be used on threaded joints.

Red steam jointing or an equivalent compressed fibre to BS 5292 as
applicable shall be used for flanged joints.
S-141
4.5 Others
(a) Siphon standpipes

BS 3605 Seamless and welded austenitic stainless steel pipes
and tubes for pressure purposes.
(b) Su rfa ce bo x an d co ve r
BS 5834 Surface boxes, guards and underground chambers
for gas and waterworks purposes.
Part 2: Small surface boxes.
(c) Control plug cocks and ball valves up to 80mm sizes

BS 1552 Control plug cocks for low pressure gases.
5 METHOD OF INSTALLATION
5.1 General
While fitting is in progress and pending extension to completion, pipe

ends should be capped or plugged with the appropriate pipefittings.
Where a pipe passes through a wall or floor, the length of pipe

projecting on each side of the wall or floor should be sufficient to give
access for fitting operations.
Pipe sleeve shall be provided for any pipe passing through a wall or
floor.
Bends are to be preferred to elbows when turning corners and square

elbows should not be used. The bore of an installation pipe should not
be restricted by kinks, burrs, foreign matter or in any other way.
5.2 Slope
All installation pipes should have a fall of at least 1 in 120 towards the
service. Where this is not permissible, a siphon leg should be provided.
This is simply a tee-piece with a tail pipe which is capped or plugged
off and from which condensate can be drained off by loosening the
plug or cap when required.
S-142
5 METHOD OF INSTALLATION (CONT'D)
5.3 Jointing
All joints shall be made with PTFE tape and Power Gas gas jointing
compound. Yarn must never be used on all gas joints.
5. 4 Gas pipes within the basement, air-conditioned area or within ceiling

space, need to use schedule 40API pipe with welded joints. A
radiography test on 100% of the welded joints and submit a copy of the
test results inclusive an as-built drawing showing the location of the
tested joints, duly approved and certified by a Professional Engineer, to
the Gas Department.
5.5 A sleeve with minimum 150mm projection above the floor level needs
to be provided for gas pipe run through the floor slab. In the case of a
wet area the projection needs to be at least 300mm. The gas pipe
within the sleeve needs to be wrapped with petrolatum tape and the
gap between the sleeve and the pipe to be sealed with sealant.
5.6 The Gas pipe needs to be coated with primer for corrosion protection
before the final colour coat. For identification purpose the word “gas”
needs to be printed along the pipe if the colour code used is other than
No. 356 (BS381 C) canary yellow.
5.7 Pipe Supports
General
Pipe supports, anchors and pipe guides shall be as indicated. Where

not so indicated the method of supporting the pipes shall be approved
by the SO prior to fabrication and installation of the supports being
commenced.
Unless otherwise approved or directed, supports shall be of a design

which provides for both longitudinal and lateral movement of the piping.
Where pipe anchors and expansion bends are installed in long runs of
piping an adequate number of pipe guides shall be installed to direct
the movement of the pipe in a longitudinal direction.
S-143
5.7 Pipe Supports (Cont’d)
General (Cont’d)
Supports, except where otherwise specified, shall be fabricated from

substantial mild steel sections and shall be securely fixed in position.
Supports and their fixings shall be of adequate strength to withstand
the hydraulic and/or other forces to be encountered.
Supports for pipes to be vertically racked shall be provided with

adjustable cantilever brackets bolted to the support structure. Unless
otherwise directed, all pipe supports shall be adjusted prior to painting.
Piping shall not be sprung into place but shall hang freely and shall not
transmit vibration to the building structure. Sway bracing shall be
provided where necessary to prevent undue pipe movement under
operating conditions.
Anchors shall be full pipe "D" clamp type formed of flat bar of minimum
width 38mm. The use of "U" bolt anchors for pipe size 65mm and
above shall not be acceptable.
Supports shall be straight, true and aligned, and located where

possible away from fittings. Where lines of piping run as a common
bank, they shall be supported on a common hanger bar of suitable type
to minimise the number of fixings to the building structure.
5.8 Hanger Type Supports
Pipes shall be supported on hanger type supports wherever possible

and unless otherwise approved or directed the pipe support attachment
shall be securely bolted to the piping.
S-144
5.8 Hanger Type Supports (Cont’d)
All hangers shall be of adequate length to suit the particular piping

system and shall hang vertically when the system is in normal
operation. Pipe support attachments for hanger type supports shall be
of the following type:
a For uninsulated or bare pipes and/or for petroleum tape

insulated piping. Clips shall be clamped direct to the pipe. Clips
for steel piping shall be of mild steel and clips for copper piping
shall be of material as specified hereinafter.
Hangers for supporting piping shall be of rolled steel sections

dimensions as follows :-
Pipe Size Hanger Dimensions
up to 40 mm 8 mm dia
50 mm to 65 mm 10 mm dia
80 mm to 150 mm 12.5 mm dia
Straps or clips for securing piping shall be of rolled steel sections of

dimensions as follows: -
Pipe Size Strap Clip Dimensions

up to 40 mm 25 mm wide x 6 mm thick
50 mm to 65 mm 32 mm wide x 3 mm thick
80 mm to 150 mm 40 mm wide x 5 mm thick
Alternatively straps or clips for copper piping may be as follow: -
a. From copper material 25mm wide x 1.6mm thick for piping up to

50mm.
b. From nylon coated steel sections 20mm wide x 5mm thick for
piping up to 150mm.
S-145
5.9 Saddle Type Supports
Where saddle type supports are allowed as a means of supporting

uninsulated small bore piping the saddle shall be of material and
dimensions as specified for straps and clips and the saddle shall be
securely fixed to the building member or supporting structure at each
side of the pipe.
Where the pipe may be subject to vibration or where chafing may

occur, a 1.6 mm thick soft copper packing of dimensions to suit the
saddle shall be securely fixed between the pipe and the building
member or supporting structure and a 1.6mm thick soft copper liner
shall be fitted between the pipe and saddle. Copper liners shall be held
in place by means of flanged edges and shall be of width to suit the
saddle plus flanging. Saddle type supports will not be approved as a
means of supporting pipes 50mm and over.
5.10 Fastening of Supports
Fastening of supports: Where the structure is of masonry or concrete,

the support shall be fastened either by bolts firmly grouted in or by
expanding type bolts.
Explosive power fastening tools will not be approved.
Coach screws shall be used for fastening supports to timber.
Bolts and Nuts: All bolts and coach screws shall be sized to suit the
load but in no case shall the diameter be less than 8mm for fastening
to timber or less than 12mm for fastening to steel, masonry or
concrete.
S-146
5.11 Span of Supports
The distance between pipe supports shall not exceed the following: -
Nominal size of piping (mm) Steel piping (metres)
15 2.5
20 3.0
25 3.0
32 4.0
40 4.0
50 4.0
65 4.5
80 4.5
100 and over 6.0
Where vertical pipes are exposed in rooms, they shall be secured at

floor and ceiling; pipes up to 25mm shall have at least two intermediate
supports.
The distance between common supports for common banks of piping

shall be taken as for the minimum span of an individual pipe.
5:12 Protection Against Corrosion and painting
All buried piping and pipes in channels shall be wrapped complete with
petrolatum tapes. All other piping shall be painted with PWD approved
brand paint to BS 381C Colour No 365 (Canary Yellow) or approved
equivalent standard.
5.13 Painting
All surfaces to be painted shall be properly prepared, prime coated and

undercoated and then finished with two finishing coat. Each coating
(including priming, undercoating and the finishing coat) shall be
allowed to dry and shall be rubbed down and stopped before the next
coat is applied. Painting shall not be done in unsuitable weather.
S-147
5.14 Paint Materials
All paint and other preparations shall be best quality, non-poisonous,

lead-free prepared synthetic products of approved brand, conforming to
the relevant standard, brought onto the site ready mixed in the
manufacturer's sealed containers and used to the manufacturer's
specification.
Surfaces which operate at temperatures in excess of 93°C shall be

primed, undercoated and finish coated with approved heat-resisting
paint suitable for the temperatures to be encountered.
5.15 Finishes
5.15.1General
Each finishing coat shall be of a different shade in selected colour

and shall be either gloss or matt finish as specified herein. The
final coat shall be left smooth, even and free from visible brush
marks and other defects.
For surfaces which shall operate below 93oC, the finishing coat
shall be high grade alkyd enamel.
6 PROHIBITED AREAS FOR GAS PIPING
The installing Contractor shall ensure that gas pipes are not laid
through the following areas for safety reasons: -
a. Electrical intake chambers and transformer rooms.
b. Lift shafts.
c. In the space of a cavity wall or unventilated void space.
d. Above the false ceiling.
e. Any other place where a gas leak would be made more

dangerous to property and human lives.
S-148
7 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING
The completed internal gas pipe installation shall first be tested by the
Contractor for soundness as follows:
7.1 General Inspection
(a) The Contractor shall inform the SO at least 1 week in advance

prior to the inspection and test dates.
(b) All gas pipes installed by Contractors shall be left exposed for
inspection and approval by the relevant authority. The following
will be checked during the inspection:
i) Correct materials used;
ii) Correct sloping; and
iii) Correct method of jointing.
(c) The Contractor shall arrange for the Architect's or Consultant's

representative to be present at each test so that faults that
require to be rectified can be brought to his attention during the
test.
.
7.2 Pressure Testing Of Ductile Iron Pipe
Pipes should be tested in sections if there are more than 50 lengths of

pipe according to the following:
a) The test medium shall be air or a gas such as nitrogen;
b) The air pressure in the mains shall be raised to the test pressure
of about 140 kpa. A pressure gauge range from 0 - 200 kpa
should be used;
c) The tester shall wait for about 10 min to allow the temperature in
the system to stabilize before recording down the pressure-
gauge reading;
d) The installation shall be left for a duration of 24 h;
e) If there is no fall in pressure as registered on the pressure

gauge at the end of 24 h, the system is considered satisfactory;
and
f) If there is a fall in pressure at the end of the test, the leak should
be traced with soap solution, rectified and retested.
S-149
7 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING (CONT'D)
7.3 Pressure Testing Of Service And Internal Installation Pipes
Gas services and installation pipes shall be tested in accordance with

the following procedures;
a) Cap or plug off all outlets of the system leaving only one
opening which shall be fitted with a T-piece having a gas cock
on one end and a manometer (U-gauge) / or a pressure gauge,
on the other;
b) Pump air into the system through the gas cock on the T-piece
until a pressure of 300 mm w.g. is registered on the U-gauge.
For service pipe or installation pipe buried in the ground, the
required test pressure is 2,000 mm w.g.;
c) Shut the gas cock and allow 2 min for stabilization of pressure;
d) If there is no pressure drop after a further 5 min, the installation

may be deemed sound, and
e) If there is a fall in pressure at the end of the test, the leak should
be traced with a soap solution, rectified and retested.
7.4 T esting by Power Gas
Once the installing Contractor is satisfied that his installation is sound,

he may then arrange with Power Gas to carry out the testing in
accordance the authority's regulations as highlighted ab ove. In
addition, a general inspection of the pipe installation will be carried out
to check whether this is according to the proposed pipe route. The cost
to arrange for Power Gas to carry out the testing shall be borne by the
Contractor.
8 REPAIR WORKS
8.1 The successful tenderer shall attend to all repair or breakdown calls
from the appointed Managing Agent. Such attendance shall be made
within 24 hours of the receipt of the call. Any cost incurred by the
Contractor as result of such attendance shall be borne by him and
deemed to be covered by the unit rates.
8.2 Upon attendance, if repairs are required, the Contractor shall submit a
quotation within two (2) days following the attendance of repair call to
the user department and shall extend a copy of the Quotation to the
appointed Managing Agent.
S-150
9 VALVE
The isolation valve shall be accessible for operation and maintenance.

Ball type valve shall be used. Gas control valves for appliance shall be
installed in front of sides of gas appliances (position readily accessible)
but not behind.
Non-return valve shall be installed on the gas line for gas appliances
installed with a blower. Such valves shall be of the diaphragm type and
when installed should not cause a pressure drop of more than 7.5 mm
w. g. in the gas supply pressure.
9.1 Two way Laboratory Bench Tap
The two-way laboratory bench taps must be suitable for use on both: -
a Manufactured gas of 18.63 MJ/m 3 (500 Btu/cu ft) CV and 0.59

specific gravity at 64 mm (2.5") wg.
b LP gas containing 50% Butane, 30% Iso-Butane and 20%

Propane, i.e. 115.51 MJ/cu metre (3,100 But/cu ft) CV and 2.0
specific gravity at 254 mm (10") wg.
The two-way laboratory bench taps are to be made of brass and shall
be in black Epoxy Resin Base surface finish.
Each two-way laboratory bench tap should have two separate hose
nozzle outlets at 90o of movement between the 'on' and 'off' positions.
Both cocks are to be mounted in conical base having mounting flanges
with countersunk screw fixing holes and inlet connection screwed 8mm
(0.3”) BS Taper Pipe Thread-Male or approved equivalent standard.
9.2 Gas Control Cock
The gas control cock shall be ball-type suitable for use to the approval
of Power Gas.
The typical Analysis is as follows: -

Components Vol %
CO2 10.4
CnHm (naptha) 5.3
CO 15.0
CH4 4.4
H2 56.9
N2 8.0
Calorific value 1 B.63 MJ/m3 (500 BTU/ft3)
Specific Gravity 0.59
Operating Pressure 152mm (6") water gauge
S-151
9 VALVE (CONT'D)
9.2 Gas Control Cock (Cont’d)
The gas control cocks shall have either: -
a Two female end connections.
b Connections to be of BSP Threads, tapered in accordance with

BS21 or approved equivalent standard.
Each assembled control cock should be able to withstand an air

pressure of 4 Bar (400 kpa) in both the ON and OFF position. The test
temperature shall range from 20oC to 35oC. All equipment designed for
use with the proposed gas must operate at a minimum supply pressure
of 63mm w.g.
10 PTFE PIPE THREAD SEALING TAPE
PTFE pipe thread sealing tape offered must conform to BS 4375:1968

or approved equivalent standard.
Tenderers must submit at least one roll of tape as sample together with
trade literature and detailed specifications to the Chief Estates
Manager, Development & Management Services Division.
11 METAL GRATING
Metal grating is placed on central service channel of each laboratory

and normally 3 pieces are required in each laboratory.
The metal grating shall be constructed with 10 x 50mm flat steel bar
spaced 50mm apart with 13mm rods passing through the flat steel bar.
Frame shall be provided so that the grating sits in the channel.
12 GAS METER BOX
The gas meter box shall be fabricated from 16 SWG (1.63 mm)
aluminium plate complete with welded seamed joints and secured to
the wall so as to provide the required rigidity. The base of the box shall
be ventilated with grilles at 50mm centres. One (1) padlock with three
(3) sets of keys shall be provided.
S-152
13 LPG GAS METER
The gas meter shall be diaphragm type, low-pressure use with

maximum flow capacity of 2.5 m3/h at volume of 0.6 litre per cycle. The
casing for the upper/lower part shall be aluminium die cast. Front/rear
casing shall be plated steel plate type.
It shall be able to pass a leak test of sealing or air at 6,000mm

Aqueous for 3 minutes. Pressure loss shall not be 15mm Aqueous
2,000 litre/hr. The pressure variation shall be less than 15mm Aq at the
inlet when the outlet pressure is 40mm Aqueous.
The counter shall have a minimum scale reading of 0.2 litres and
maximum scale of 9,999 m3.
The gas meter shall incorporate a flow check.
14 GRILLE
All grilles for the ventilation duct shall be of steel or aluminium

construction of such thickness so as to provide the required rigidity.
The grilles shall have horizontal adjustable blades.
Unless otherwise specified, all grilles shall have a clear opening of 280
x 140 mm approximately.
15 PRESSURE GAUGE
Pressure gauges shall be installed on the pipeline of the LPG

storage/compound or as indicated on drawing. The pressure gauges
shall be of approved design and manufacture and should be of
Bourdan tube type comply with BS 3127 with 100 mm diameter direct
reading dial face and brass/stainless casing or impact resistant plastic
and flanged for attaching to the surface of a backing panel. The dial
shall be calibrated in SI units (KPA) and shall be an accuracy of not
less than 0.5 KPA. Each division of the scale shall not be more than 1
KPA. Pressure gauges suitable for the range of pressure expected and
the indicating needle shall be in mid-range of the scale during normal
use.
S-153
16 PRESSURE TAPPING
Pressure tapping shall be installed as required for pressure gauges,

orifice plates and where indicated. In addition, pressure tapping shall
be installed in all locations as required for commissioning and testing
all the systems. All pressure tapping shall have bronze gauge cocks, in
accessible location.
17 PRESSURE REGULATOR
Pressure regulators shall be equipped with integral relief valves and be

able to reduce the outlet pressure from the LPG containers 400 KPA
(normally 58 PSI) down to burner pressure normally at adjustment
range (203 - 1016 mm W.G.) (8" - 40" W.G.) with a vapour capacity of
1,400,000 min to 10,000,000 max BTU/Hr propane.
S-154
PREAMBLES
1.1 GENERAL
1.1.1 The Fixed Schedule of Rates shall form the basis for valuing all
variations. It is to be read in conjunction with other Contract
Documents and the relevant Preambles in these Sections
1.2 MEASUREMENT AND QUANTITIES
1.2.1 Unless otherwise specified in this Fixed Schedule of Rates, all

measurement shall be based on the Standard Method of
Measurement of Building Works (Second Edition) published by
the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers. In the event of
a n y d i s c r e p a n c i e s b e t we e n t h e S t a n d a r d M e t h o d o f
Measurement of Building Works and this Fixed Schedule of
Rates, the latter shall take precedence.
The following units of measurement shall be adopted throughout

the Fixed Schedule of Rates unless otherwise provided:
i. Items given by cube (volume) - cubic metre (m3)

ii. Items given by super (area) - square metre (m2)
iii.Items given by run (length) - linear metre (m)
iv. Items enumerated - number (No)
v. Items given by weight - kilogramme (kg)
- tonne (t)
vi. Items given by time - man hour (hour)
1.2.2 Dimensions used in calculating quantities shall be taken to the

nearest 10mm (i.e. 5mm and over shall be regarded as 10mm
and less than 5mm shall be disregarded). This rule shall not
apply to any dimensions stated in the discrepancies.
1.2.3 Quantities measured in tonnes and quantities less than half a unit
shall be given to two places of decimals. Other quantities shall be
given to the nearest whole unit (i.e. 0.5 and over shall be
regarded as 1).
1.2.4 Words in the singular shall include the plural and words in the
plural shall include the singular according to the context. Words
importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine or
neuter as the case may require.
1.3 DESCRIPTIONS AND RATES
1.3.1 Dimensions stated in item descriptions are generally in the

sequence of length, width and height.
P-1
1.0 GENERAL (CONT’D)
1.2 DESCRIPTIONS AND RATES (CONT’D)
1.3.2 Headings to groups of items shall be read as part of the

descriptions of the items to which the headings apply.
1.3.3 The descriptions and rates in this document are applicable to

work on or in a new or existing building including working outside
the building but within the Site.
1.3.4 Unless otherwise stated, the terms “as specified” means as

specified in any of the documents forming part of the Contract.
1.3.5 Where an item is described as “Add to (or deduct from) ...... For
each 5mm thickness over (or under)...”, the difference for any
thickness less than 5mm shall be paid/deducted based on 5mm
thick
1.3.6 Where an item is described as “Add to the last item for the
increase in stages of 150mm deep”, the difference of any depth
less than 150mm shall be paid on 150mm depth.
1.3.7 The Fixed Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include for all
cost in connection therewith including equipment, storage, tools,
plant, labour in unloading, transferring, setting, hoisting, fitting of
materials and goods in position, including materials required for
lapping, jointing and the like, preparing surfaces to receive new
finishes and all costs in connection therewith such as
conveyancing, duties and taxes, delivering, unloading, storing,
returning packing, handling, hoisting and lowering; for all cutting
and waste of materials; for all incidental materials such as nails,
screws, spikes, plugs, putty, tow, solder, etc. whether or not
specifically mentioned in the Fixed Schedule of Rates; cleaning
up on completion and making good all work disturbed, for all
establishment costs, overheads and profit; compliance with laws,
regulations and government departments’ requirements, access
such as staging, professional engineer’s certification for safe
access.
1.3.8 The Fixed Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to have included

for all costs in respect of all time delays caused by workmen as
applicable, for annual and public holidays, rest days, travelling
time, expenses, fares and transport, government levies, non-
productive time and other incentive and bonus payments, and
any other costs or disbursement arising from employment of
labour.
P-2
1.2 DESCRIPTIONS AND RATES (CONT’D)
1.3.9 Unless otherwise stated, all items in the Schedule of Rates

specifying materials, fittings etc. are to be read as implying that
such materials, fittings are to be provided and fixed by the
Contractor.
1.3.10 In the event that special scaffolding, machinery and equipment

are required just to execute the variation work, these shall be
paid separately.
1.4 ALTERATIONS
1.4.1 Rates
1.3.1.1 Rates for alteration work shall be held to include for:
(a) executing the work in such a way as to ensure the

safety of, and cause as little inconvenience as
possible to, adjoining properties and occupants, the
public in general, passing vehicles and workmen
(b) wedging and pinning up, cutting to line remaining

portions, making good any component which
collapses or is pulled do wn in excess of
requirements, and preparing surfaces of floors under,
ceiling over, and abutting surfaces of columns or side
walls to receive new finishes, facing up or flushing up
existing surfaces after cutting to match the
surrounding work and cutting back old plaster and
paving etc for joints with new
(c) removing all old materials, debris etc off Site including
paying all dumping fees, charges etc
(d) covering up and protecting the Works from damage

by dust, sun, rain and similar hazards and protecting
the occupants and the general public from dust
nuisance, falling rubbish and the like
P-3
1.3 ALTERATIONS (CONT’D)
1.3.1 Rates (Cont’d)
1.3.1.1 Rates for alteration work shall be held to include for:

(Cont’d)
(e) all other work necessary or implied to complete the
alterations work in a proper and workmanlike manner
in accordance with the Contract Documents and
Drawings
1.3.2 Terms
1.3.2.1 The term "removing" shall mean disconnecting,

dismantling, getting out and removing from the Site of
the component to which it refers, complete with all
associated battens, grounds, brackets, fixings and
supports etc
1.3.2.2 The term "taking down" or "taking up" or "taking out" and
"setting aside for re-use" shall mean the execution
complete by the Contractor of the work of taking down or
taking up, or taking out an existing article, fitting, or
material, and setting same aside on Site for subsequent
re-use and, notwithstanding the requirements of the
Standard Method of Measurement clause 3.01(d), the
rates shall be deemed to include for:
(a) carefully taking down, taking up or taking out of the

article, fitting or material complete with plugs,
holdfasts, lugs, brackets and other fixings including
dismantling if necessary and all cutting out
(b) thoroughly cleaning, maintaining and adjusting the

article fitting or material ready for re-use including
dismantling and re-assembling again as necessary
and moving and stacking or putting into store on Site
(c) making good to all work disturbed at fixings and any

damage to surrounding surfaces including filling all
mortises, holes, etc, or alternatively leaving same
open and clean ready to receive old or new article,
fitting or material
(d) preparing edges, ends, or surfaces of remaining

material to receive junction with new
P-4
1.3 ALTERATIONS (CONT’D)
1.3.2 Terms (Cont’d)
(e) repairing any damage to the article, fitting, or material

caused during taking down, etc
1.3.2.3 Any repairs required to the article, fitting or material
except for cleaning, maintaining, adjusting or making
good damage caused during taking down, etc, and
re-fixing in new positions, will be measured and paid for
separately
1.3.2.4 The term "re-fixing" or "re-hanging" shall mean the

execution complete by the Contractor of the work of
re-fixing and jointing and article, fitting or material and the
rates shall be held to include for:
(a) taking the article, fitting or material from store on Site,

sorting, cutting and fitting, fabricating, assembling,
moving, hoisting, fixing, laying or setting and jointing
in new or existing work, opening or position
(b) providing all fixing and jointing materials such as

nails, bolts, nuts, washers, screws, mastic, adhesive
and mortar
(c) executing all plugging and screwing, jointing, cutting

all mortises and grouting same, executing all cutting,
fitting, easing or adapting necessary to the article,
fitting or material or to the position in which same is to
be fixed, and oiling and leaving in working order
(d) making good any damage caused to the article, fitting

or materials, and to surrounding surfaces
P-5
1.4 RATES TO INCLUDE:-
1.4.1 The penetration of intervening soft material for fixings.
1.4.2 Making final connections to equipment after the general

installation work has been substantially completed.
1.4.3 Preparation work (for painting) and priming of ferrous

frameworks, brackets, hangers and the like.
1.4.4 Obtaining signed receipts for handing over materials and goods
to the Employer.
2.1 MATERIALS
2.2 Except where otherwise stated or contradicted materials are to be

of the best quality consistent with the character of the Works.
Materials are deemed to be specified in the following order of
priority unless otherwise indicated:-
Complying with current Singapore Standards
Complying in general with Singapore Standards
2.3 Branded materials are to be handled, stored and used and

processes are to be carried out strictly in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Such
materials are to be obtained direct from the manufacturers or
through their accredited distributors.
P-6
3.0 WORKMANSHIP
3.1 Except where otherwise stated or contradicted workmanship is to

comply with Singapore Standard Codes of Practice where
applicable.
3.2 Workmanship is to be of a high standard throughout. The

Contractor is to do everything necessary to ensure that the
standard of finish which is hereby demanded by this contract is
achieved.
3.3 Branded materials are to be assembled, constructed and jointed

in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions and
recommendations.
4.1 FORMAT OF DESCRIPTIONS
4.2 In addition to common abbreviations the following symbols have

been adopted:-
m3 - Cubic metre
m2 - Square metre
m - metre
mm - Millimeter
No - Number
N - Newton
kN - Kilonewton
kW - Kilowatt
A m p - A m pe re
kA - Kiloampere
Btu - British Thermal Unit
°C - Degrees Celsius
l - Litre
kg - Kilogramme
dB - De cibe l
Hz - Herz
HVCA - Heating and Ventilating Contractors Association
SMM - Standard Method of Measurement
BS - British Standard
CP - Code of Practice
SS - Singapore Standard
P-7
4.0 FORMAT OF DESCRIPTIONS (CONT’D)
4.3 Descriptions are usually given in the plural but secondary phrases
which qualify or describe work in addition to the main part of a
description are in the singular. These secondary phrases are
defined by the use of colons which take the place of “and”,
“including” and other conjunctions.
4.4 Every description is to be read as if the phrase “and the like” were
incorporated in it.
5.1 DEFINITIONS
5.2 “Approved”, “directed”, “selected” and similar expressions shall

relate to the S.O.’s decision.
5.3 “Extra over”. The price shall be the extra cost of the fittings, etc.,
over the cost of the straight length of pipe or ducting which it
replaces.
5.4 “Ducts”. Horizontal or vertical structural compartments for

housing services but excluding compartments where the
encasing or covering takes place after the services have been
installed.
5.5 “Plant rooms”. Compartments set aside for housing mechanical

or electrical equipment (e.g. Tank Rooms, Calorifier Rooms,
Switch Rooms, etc.).
P-B
6.0 PIPEWORK
6.1 Definitions
6.1.1 “Pipes”. Pipes include the term “Pipes” and “Tubes”.
6.1.2 “Bends”. Bends include elbows, easy bends and slow

bends of varying degrees and radii.
6.1.3 “Reducers”. Reducers include eccentric and concentric

patterns.
6.1.4 “Brackets”. Brackets include standard supports (e.g. clips,

saddles, rings, holderbats, hangers) together with all
compartment parts.
6.2 Rates to include:
6.2.1 Couplers necessary for jointing.
6.2.2 Metric adaptors and conversion pieces between imperial

and differing metric items.
6.2.3 Additional reducers necessary to achieve correct sizes on

reducing fittings.
7.1 INSULATION
7.2 Items description
The largest outlet only has been given in the descriptions of

working sectional coverings around reducing pipe fittings.
7.3 Rates to include:
Using preformed sections for fitting sectional insulation around

pipe fittings.
P-9
8.1 STANDBY GENERATOR
8.2 Rates of servicing and maintenance of standby generator to

include:
8.1.1 All preliminaries, incidentals, implied works for the

execution and performance of servicing and maintenance
of the standby generating sets supporting systems
including response to faults.
P-10
SECTION A
AIR-CONDITIONING AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION

A : AIR-CONDITIONING AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATES
(S$)
A1 00000 AIR-COOLED SPLIT-TYPE ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
Supply, installation, testing, commissioning and thereafter

twelve (12) monthly maintenance and servicing of the air -
cooled split type air-conditioning units, as well as the
following accessories:
a) Electrical wiring, refrigerant piping, insulation and trunking to

condensing unit within 15m from the fan coil.
b) Drainage piping, insulation and trunking to floor trap within

15m from the fan coil unit. The diameter of drain pipes for
various sizes of split units are as follows:
(i) ) Up to 5 .2 kW - 19mm diameter

(ii) ) F r o m 7 . 0 k W to 8 . 8 k W - 2 5 m m d i a m e t
e r (i i i ) From 10.5 kW to 12.9kW - 32mm
diameter
c) Connection to power point (provided by others) within 3m

from the condensing unit.
d) Unless otherwise specified, all air-cooled ceiling cassette

shall come with a 4-way supply throw type with built-in
condensate drain pump and knock-out fresh air intake vent
The cost of refrigerant and drainage piping, pipe insulation,

etc, in excess of the above specified lengths shall be based
on the unit rates indicated in subsequent schedules.
2.6 kW total cooling capacity single split-type airconditioner

with wall-mounted fan coil unit
NON INVERTER
A100001 New No 1,113.00
A1 00002 Replacement No 1,149.75
A1 00003 Replacement of FCU only No 850.00
ME-A1

(S$)

with wall-mounted fan coil unit
INVERTER TYPE (R22/ R410A)

A100004 New No 1,397.00

with floor-mounted or wall-mounted fan coil unit
NON INVERTER
A100007 New No 1,336.50

with ceiling cassette fan coil unit and built-in condensate
pump
NON INVERTER
A1 00010 New No 2,080.25
A100011 Replacement No 2,117.00
A1 00012 Replacement of FCU only No 1,350.00

with floor-mounted or wall-mounted fan coil unit
INVERTER TYPE (R22 / R410A)

A100013 New No 1,582.00
ME-A2

(S$)

with ceiling suspended, floor mounted or wall-mounted fan
coil unit
NON INVERTER
A100016 New No 1,690.50
A100018 Replacement of FCU only No 1,100.00

coil unit

A1 00019 New No 2,328.00

coil unit
NON INVERTER
A100022 New No 1,993.75

coil unit

A1 00025 New No 2,807.00
ME-A3

(S$)

with ceiling cassette (4-way throw) fan coil unit and built-in
condensate pump
NON INVERTER
A100028 New No 2,191.25

with ceiling cassette (4-way throw) fan coil unit and built-in
condensate pump

A1 00031 New No 3,396.60

coil unit
NON INVERTER
A100034 New No 2,179.25
7.0 kW total cooling capacity single split-type airconditioners

with ceiling cassette (4-way throw) fan coils unit and built-in
condensate pump
NON INVERTER
A1 00037 New No 2,629.75
ME-A4
(S$)

coil unit
A1 00040 INVERTER TYPE (R22 / R410A) No 3,656.80
A100041 New No 3,761.00
Replacement of FCU only
8.8 kW total cooling capacity single split-type room

airconditioners with ceiling suspended, floor mounted or wall
mounted fan coil unit
NON INVERTER
A1 00043 New No 2,326.25

airconditioner with ceiling cassette (4-way throw) fan coil unit
and built-in condensate pump
NON INVERTER
A100046 New No 2,911.00


A1 00049 New No 3,456.00
ME-A5

(S$)
10.5 kW total cooling capacity single split -type room

airconditioner with ceiling suspended or floor mounted fan
coil unit
NON INVERTER
A100052 New No 3,173.00

NON INVERTER
A1 00055 New No 3,013.50


A1 00058 New No 4,098.00

airconditioner with ceiling suspended or floor mounted fan
coil unit
NON INVERTER
A1 00061 New No 2,719.50
ME-A6
(S$)
12.9 kW total cooling capacity single split -type room

NON INVERTER
A1 00064 New No 3,416.00


A1 00067 New No 4,419.00
Multi-split airconditioner comprising of one condensing unit

and two wall-mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 2.6
kW total cooling capacity each
NON INVERTER
A100070 New No 2,129.00

and two wall-mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 2.6

A1 00072 New No 2,474.00
ME-A7

(S$)

and three wall-mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 2.6
NON INVERTER
A1 00074 New/ Replacement No 2,750.00

and three wall-mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 2.6
kW total cooling capacity each, (Cont'd)

A100075 New No 3,196.00

and four wall-mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 2.6
NON INVERTER
A1 00077 New No 4,032.00

and two wall mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 3.5
NON INVERTER
A1 00078 New No 2,462.75

and three wall mounted or floor mounted fan coil units of 3.5
NON INVERTER
A1 00081 New No 3,537.00
ME-A8

(S$)
Replacing the Compressor unit complete with filter dryer,

fittings, testing and commisioning
2.6 Kw
A100082 Labour only No 280.00
A1 00083 Labour with compressor replacement No 320.00

fittings, testing and commisioning (Cont'd)
3.5 Kw

4.7 KW
5.2 Kw
7.0 Kw
ME-A9

(S$)

8.8 Kw
10.5 Kw
12.9 Kw
14.07 Kw
21.1 Kw
28.0 Kw
A1 00103 Labour with compressor replacement No 1,250.00
ME-A10

(S$)
Replacing blower belts including all fittings, materials, testing

and commisioning
A100104 A 28 to A 40 No 15.00
A100105 A 41 to A 60 No 20.00
A100106 A 61 to A 80 No 26.00
A100107 B 28 to B 40 No 20.00
A100108 B 41 to B 60 No 26.00
A100109 B 61 to B 80 No 30.00
Replacing fan motor capacitors including all fittings,

materials, testing and commisioning
A100110 1μF to 14μF No 16.00
A100111 15μF to 35μF No 30.00
A100112 36μF to 45μF No 26.00
A100113 46μF to 60μF No 50.00
Ceiling Mounted Cassette 4 way single split unit (New /

Replacement)
A1 00114 Up to 48,500 BtuH / 14.2 kW Set 3,992.00
A1 00115 Up to 60,500 BtuH / 17.73 kW Set 4,928.00

Ceiling Suspended type single split unit (New / Replacement)
A1 00116 Up to 48,500 BtuH / 14.2 kW Set 3,564.00
ME-A11

(S$)
Floor Mounted Type single split unit (New / Replacement)
A1 00117 Up to 48,500 BtuH / 14.2 kW Set 4,150.00
A1 00118 Up to 72,500 BtuH / 21.25 kW Set 8,600.00
A1 00119 Up to 96,500 BtuH / 28.28 kW Set 9,500.00
A1 00120 Up to 125,000 BtuH / 36.63 kW Set 14,000.00

WINDOW TYPE AIRCONDITIONING UNIT
To supply labour, transport and material for installation,

testing and commissioning of window type airconditioning
unit c/w air filter, stainless steel secondary drip tray, stainless
steel drain pipes, stainless steel supporting bracket. DOL
(self-holding) starter, operation manual and frame-up of
drawings and operating instruction. The works shall include
opening of w all except for RC w all and making good
thereafter, and ten (10) metres length of pipew ork for
drainage and electrical cables c/w fittings, conduits and
accessories. The ten metres length refer to the physical
distance from the window unit to the source. Warranty for the
seal compressor shall be 1 year after the commissioning.
A1 00121 Capacity of up to 9,000 BTU/Hr or 2.6 kW No 900.00
A1 00122 Capacity of up to 12,000 BTU/Hr or 3.5 kW No 1,050.00

A1 00125 No 190.00
To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to install (only)
window air-conditioner complete with drip pans (22 gauge
aluminium sheet painted to match the casing of the window air-
conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through 6" brick wall
c/w wooden air-cond frame
ME-A12

(S$)

No 240.00
A1 00126 To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to install (only)
conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through 9" brick wall
c/w wooden air-cond frame
No 155.00
conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through reconstruction
of air-conditioner frame through 6" or 9" brick wall.
No 160.00
conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through window or
vent with Area not exceeding 9 ft2.
No 175.00
vent with Area exceeding 9 ft2.
No 170.00
A1 00130 To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to dismantle
and reinstall window air-conditioner complete with drip pans (22
gauge aluminium sheet painted to match the casing of the window
air-co nditio ner) a nd 20 mm dia. PV C drain pip e throug h
reconstruction of air-con frame on window/vent with Area not
exceeding 9 ft2.
No 195.00
air-co nditio ner) a nd 20 m m dia. PV C drain pip e throug h
reconstruction of air-con frame on window/vent with Area
exceeding 9 ft2.

air-co nditio ner) a nd 20 mm dia. PV C drain pip e throug h
modification of existing air-cond hole
ME-A13

(S$)
WINDOW TYPE AIRCONDITIONING UNIT (Cont'd)
A1 00133 To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to dismantle No 90.00
air-conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through existing air-
conditioner hole equal size to the air-conditioner.
A1 00134 To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to install (only) No 260.00
vent c/w construction of angle iron or rods bracket.
A1 00135 To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to dismantle No 280.00
and reinstall (only) window air-conditioner complete with drip pans
(22 gauge aluminium sheet painted to match the casing of the
window air-conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through
window or vent c/w construction of angle iron or rods bracket.
No 260.00
conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through 6" concrete
wall c/w wooden air-cond frame
A1 00137 To supply labour, materials, tools, transport and etc to install (only) No 340.00
conditioner) and 20mm dia. PVC drain pipe through 9" concrete
wall c/w wooden air-cond frame
ME-A14
(S$)
VRV AIR CONDITIONERS SYSTEM
Rate herein include all wiring, PVC trunking, refrigerant, pipe

works and insulation to no more than 50 meters, stainless
steel bracket or cement casting for condensing unit,
drainage, testing and commissioning
Wall Mounted VRV split unit c/w remote controller, refnet

joints & panel. Rate include all materials, labour and transport
(incl. hoisting)
A1 00138 Capacity up to 9000 BTUH or 2.6 kW No 960.00
A1 00139 Capacity up to 12000 BTUH or 3.5 kW No 980.00
A1 00140 Capacity up to 15000 BTUH or 4.4 kW No 1,000.00
A1 00141 Capacity up to 18000BTUH or 5.2 kW No 1,080.00
A100142 Capacity up to 24000 BTUH or 7.0 kW No 1,150.00
Floor Mounted (Exposed) VRV split unit c/w remote

controller, refnet joints & panel. Rate include all materials,
labour and transport (incl. hoisting)
Floor Mounted (Concealed) VRV split unit c/w remote

ME-A15
(S$)
VRV AIR CONDITIONERS SYSTEM （Cont'd)
Ceiling Suspended (Free Throw) VRV split unit c/w remote

A100149 Capacity up to 12000 BTUH or 3.5kW No 1,320.00
Ceiling Mounted (Built-in) VRV split unit c/w remote

A1 00157 Capacity up to 15000 BTUH or 4.4kW No 1,250.00
Ceiling Mounted (Built-in) VRV split unit c/w remote

labour and transport (incl. hoisting) (Cont'd)
ME-A16

(S$)
VRV AIR CONDITIONERS SYSTEM （Cont'd)
Ceiling Mounted Cassette (4-way) VRV split unit c/w remote

VRV Condensing Unit c/w remote controller, refnet joints &

panel. Rate include all materials, labour and transport (incl.
hoisting)
A100170 Capacity up to 5000BTUH or 1.5kW No 5,024.00
A1 00171 Capacity up to 8000BTUH or 2.4kW No 6,836.00
A1 00172 Capacity up to 10000BTUH or 3.0kW No 7,167.00
ME-A17

(S$)
Supply and replace Hermetic reciprocating compressor

230V/1ph 50Hz including renewal of strainer/filter drier, flush
system with nitrogen, check leak, vacuum, charge refrigerant
gas, refill refrigerant oil, cleaning/painting of mounting etc.
A100173 Up to 0.75kW No 577.00
A100174 Up to 1.5kW No 60.00
A100175 Up to 3.75kW No 900.00
Supply and replace Hermetic rotary compressor 230V/1ph

50Hz including renewal of strainer/filter drier, flush system
with nitrogren, check leak, charge refrigerant gas, refill
refrigerant oil, cleaning/painting of mounting etc.
A100176 Up to 1.1kW No 632.00
A100177 Up to 1.5kW No 814.00
A100178 Up to 2.25kW No 950.00
A1 00179 Up to 3.75kW No 1,200.00

Supply and replace Hermetic compressor 400/415V/3ph 50Hz
including renewal of strainer/filter drier, flush drier, check
leak, c har ge re fr igera nt ga s, refill refri ger an t oil,
cleaning/painting of mounting etc.
A1 00180 Up to 3.75kW No 1,500.00
A1 00181 Up to 5.6kW No 2,000.00
A1 00182 Up to 7.5kW No 2,400.00
A100183 Up to 11.25kW No 2,800.00
A100184 Up to 15kW No 3,600.00
ME-A18
(S$)
A200000 AIR-COOLED DUCTED PACKAGED AIRCONDITIONERS

twelve (12) monthly maintenance and servicing for the
complete installation of the air-cooled ducted packaged (split
type) air-conditioning system
Rates to include the followings:-
a) Electrical control cable and w iring, refrigerant piping,

insulation and trunking to condensing unit within 15m from
the fan coil

15m from the fan coil unit (the size of drain pipe shall be as
recommended by equipment manufacturer)

The cost of additional refrigerant, pipe insulation and

drainage piping in excess of the above specified lengths
(items a, b and c) shall be based on the unit rates indicted in
subsequent schedule of rates.
Note
The Contractor shall also carry out works related to the air-
cooled packaged unit (split type) which shall include, but not
limited to, the installation of ductworks, electronic control
equipment and accessories, electrical trunking, control panel,
air-distribution equipment, fire-damper and incidentals
necessary for the complete operation of the air-cooled ducted
packaged air-conditioning system. The detailed installation
dr aw ing (s) of th e a i r -co ol ed duct e d p ac ka ge d a ir -
conditioning system shall either be issued by the SO or SO's
appointed Consultant(s). The cost for these installation
w or k s s ha l l be ba s e d on t he u ni t r a te s i n d i c a te d i n
ME-A19

(S$)
10.55 kW/3 ton (minimum) total cooling capacity air-cooled

packaged unit with ceiling/floor-mounted fan coil unit
A200001 New No 3,713.00

A200003 New No 3,647.00

A200005 New No 4,865.00

A200007 New No 5,775.00

A200009 New No 8,960.00
ME-A20

(S$)

A200011 New No 11,081.00

A200013 New No 32,500.00

DUCTED TYPE (NEW / REPLACEMENT)
A200015 Supply and install (Ducted Type) Single Split Unit for capacity up Set 6,000.00
to 60,000Btuh. (New / Replacement)
A200016 Set 8,500.00

Supply and install (Ducted Type) Single Split Unit for capacity up
A200017 Set 10,000.00

Supply and install (Ducted Type) Single Split Unit for capacity up
A200018 Supply and install new / replace 400/415V, 3 phase 50 Hz up to No 5,600.00

20KW hermetic compressor for package unit air conditioner,
including renewal of strainer/filter drier, flush system with nitrogen,
check leak, vacuum, charge refrigerant gas, refill refrigerant oil,
cleaning/painting of mounting etc.
ME-A21

(S$)
Supply and install new/ replace 400/415V, 3 phase 50 Hz semi-

hermetic compressor for air-cooled/water cooled package air
conditioner, including renewal of strainer/filter drier, flush
system with nitrogen, check leak, vacuum, charge refrigerant
gas, refill refrigerant oil, cleaning/painting of mounting etc.
A200019 Up to 3.75kW No 2,800.00
A200020 Up to 5.62kW No 4,200.00
A200021 Up to 11.2kW No 6,000.00
A200022 Up to 15.0kW No 7,000.00
A200023 Up to 22.50kW No 9,600.00

A200024 No 1,250.00
Rewinding of 3-phase 400V 50Hz semi-hermatic motor up to 7.5
kW
A200025 Rewinding of 3-phase 400V 50Hz semi-hermatic motor above No 2,650.00

7.5kW but less than 15kW

15kW but less than 40kW

40kW but less than 120kW
A200028 Rewiring of 1-phase primary volts 380/440/415 secondary volts No 310.00

120/240 50Hz 3 kVA transformer
A200029 Rewiring of 1-phase primary volts 380/440/415 secondary volts No 500.00

120/240 50Hz 10 kVA transformer
A200030 No 70.00
3-phase 60A Circuit Breaker TERASAKI Electric Type TL - 1000
or equivalent
A200031 3-phase 150A Circuit Breaker TERASAKI Electric Type TG-225 No 140.00
AC 600V, DC 250V or equivalent
A200032 No 180.00
3- phase 200A Circuit Breaker TERASAKI Electric Type TG-225 or
equivalent
A200033 3ph 30A 3 pole NF - 100S circuit breaker or equivalent No 40.00
ME-A22

(S$)
A200034 panel mounted CELSA Ammeter or equivalent for range of 0 - 1 5A No 47.00
A200035 panel mounted CELSA Ammeter or equivalent for range of 0 - 40A No 50.00
A200036 panel mounted CELSA Ammeter or equivalent for range of 0 - 60A No 55.00
A200037 panel mounted CELSA Ammeter or equivalent for range of 0 - No 60.00

1 00A
No 70.00
A200038 panel mounted CELSA Ammeter or equivalent for range of 0 -
200A
No 100.00
A200039 panel mounted CELSA Ammeter or equivalent for range of 0 -
600A
A200040 panel mounted Crompton Voltmeter or equivalent range 0 - 500V No 44.20
A200041 Kasuga or approved equivalent current transformer for 60A No 10.00
A200042 Kasuga or approved equivalent current transformer for 100A

No 12.00
A200043 Kasuga or approved equivalent current transformer for 200A
No 15.00
ME-A23

(S$)
CHILLED WATER AIR CONDITIONER

twelve (12) monthly maintenance and servicing for the
complete installation of the chilled water air-conditioning
system
Rates to include the followings:-
a) Electrical control cable and w iring, refrigerant piping,

insulation and trunking to condensing unit within 25m from
the fan coil

15m from the fan coil unit (the size of drain pipe shall be as
recommended by equipment manufacturer)

The cost of additional refrigerant, pipe insulation and

drainage piping in excess of the above specified lengths
(items a, b and c) shall be based on the unit rates indicted in
The Contractor shall also carry out works related to the

chilled water unit (split type) which shall include, but not
limited to, the installation of ductworks, electronic control
equipment and accessories, electrical trunking, control panel,
air-distribution equipment, fire-damper and incidentals
necessary for the complete operation of the air-cooled ducted
packaged air-conditioning system. The detailed installation
drawing (s) shall either be issued b y t h e S O o r S O ' s
appointed Consultant(s). The cost for these installation works
shall be based on the unit rates indicated in subsequent
schedule of rates.
A200044 4-way throw chilled water FCU with capacity up to 18,500 BTU or No 2,160.00
5.4kW
A200045 Ditto - 24,500 BTU or 7.2kW No 3,000.00
ME-A24

(S$)
CHILLED WATER AIR CONDITIONER (Cont'd)
A200047 Ducted chilled water FCU with capacity up to 12,500 BTU or No 1,320.00
3.7kW
ME-A25

(S$)
CHILLED WATER AHU (WITH MIXING CHAMBER)
The rate herein shall include testing, commissioing and 12

monthly maintenance and servicing of AHU complete with
filters, filter frame, support brackets, etc as specified (chilled
water piping, valves, electrical conduit, modulating control
valve and wiring shall be counted separately)
Technical specification: Off coil temperature : 13 deg C dry

bulb /12.5 deg C wet bulb, Return air temperature : 23 deg C
dry bulb / 17 deg C wet bulb, Max chilled water in/out
temperature : 6.67 deg C / 12.5 deg C
A200057 Capacity up to 4RT No 4,100.00
A200064 Capacity up to 1 8RT No 7,911.00
ME-A26

(S$)
CHILLED WATER AHU (WITH MIXING CHAMBER) (Cont'd)
ME-A27

(S$)
CHILLED WATER AHU (WITH MIXING CHAMBER) (Cont'd)
CHILLED WATER AHU (WITHOUT MIXING CHAMBER)
The rate herein shall include testing, commissioing and 12

monthly maintenance and servicing of AHU complete with
filters, filter frame, support brackets, etc as specified (chilled
water piping, valves, electrical conduit, modulating control
valve and wiring shall be counted separately)
Technical specification: Off coil temperature : 13 deg C dry

bulb /12.5 deg C wet bulb, Return air temperature : 23 deg C
dry bulb / 17 deg C wet bulb, Max chilled water in/out
temperature : 6.67 deg C / 12.5 deg C
ME-A28

(S$)

(Cont'd)
A2001 10 Capacity up to 32RT No 10,620.00
ME-A29

(S$)

(Cont'd)
Supply all labour, tools, materials, transport, hoisting and etc

for the installation of air-cooled (down throw type) CRAC Unit
(system shall complete with indoor cooling unit and outdoor
condenser as a set matching its capacities, Relative Humidity
controlling by electric reheating or equivalent, high efficiency
filtration media, advance microprocessor control and etc.)
The rate herein include remote control panel, wirings. pipings,

drainage, brackets, testing and commissioning, one year
warranty, 12 monthly servicing during the one year
defects liabilities period and etc. (Power source for the
system not included and will be seperately measured)
A200135 Capacity up to 120,000Btuh/ 35.2kW but not less than Sys 42,450.00
1 00,000Btuh / 29.0kW
A2001 36 Capacity up to 1 92,000BtuH / 56.5kW Sys 51,900.00
A200137 Capacity up to 240,000BtuH / 70.5kW Sys 52,750.00
A200138 Capacity up to 300,000BtuH / 88.0kW Sys 62,900.00
ME-A30

(S$)
A300000
REFRIGERANT PIPES
Rates include all necessary supports, hangers and pipe

fittings e.g elbow, tees, unions etc
Refrigerant pipes
A300001 6.5mm diameter m 9.30
A300003 12.5mm diameter m 12.00
A300004 16.0mm diameter m 13.35
A300005 19.0mm diameter m 14.50
A300006 22.0mm diameter m 15.85
A300007 28.5mm diameter m 17.70
A300008 35.0mm diameter m 10.50
A300009 42.0mm diameter m 12.60
A300010 54.0mm diameter m 15.40
A300011 67.0mm diameter m 18.20
A300012 76.0mm diameter m 21.00
ME-A31

(S$)
A300000
REFRIGERANT PIPES
Pre-insulated (polyurethane complete with jacketing)

refrigerant pipes
A300015 12.5mm diameter m 30.00
A300016 16.0mm diameter m 33.00
A300017 19.0mm diameter m 39.00
A300018 22.0mm diameter m 41.00
A300019 28.5mm diameter m 43.00
ME-A32

(S$)
A400000 COPPER PIPES
Copper pipes complying with BS 2871 and fittings complying

with BS 864 including all elbows, bend tees and socket
15mm diameter pipes
A400001 Fixed to surface of brickwall, etc and concealed by suspended m 4.80

ceilings and the like
A400002 Fixed in chase in brickwork, etc m 6.30
22mm diameter pipes

28mm diameter pipes

35mm diameter pipes

42mm diameter pipes

ME-A33

(S$)
Copper pipes complying with BS 2871 and fittings to BS 864

including all elbows, bend tees and socket (Con't)
52mm diameter pipes
A40001 1 Fixed to surface of brickwall, etc and concealed by suspended m 17.30

GALVANISED STEEL PIPES
A400013 Supply and install 100mm nominal diamater galvanized steel pipe m 63.00
to ApI 5L-1 972 grade A for condenser water piping with
screwed- on or welded on flanges and flanges
A400016 Supply and install 100mm nominal diamater long radius bends for m 20.00
galvanized steel pipes for condenser water piping, flanged jointed
A400019 Supply and install 25mm nominal diameter galvanized steel pipe joint No 8.40
size (shall be the size of the smaller pipe at the joint)
A400020 Supply and install 40mm nominal diameter galvanized steel pipe joint No 12.20
size (shall be the size of the smaller pipe at the joint)
ME-A34

(S$)
GALVANISED STEEL PIPES (Cont'd)
A400021 Supply and install 50mm nominal diameter galvanized steel pipe No 16.20
joint size (shall be the size of the smaller pipe at the joint)
STAINLESS STEEL PIPES

installation
/replaceme
A400028 To supply al materials, labour, transport and tools for the nt of
installation/replacement of stainless steel pipes (B.S. 4127) up to stainless
22 mm nominal diameter with necessary fittings, supports and steel pipes
ha ng ers . Mi ni mum 3m pe r job s h all be gi ven f or th e (B.S.
4127) up
installation/replacement. to
28 mm
nominal
A400029 To supply al materials, labour, transport and tools for the diameter
ME-A35
with necessary fittings, supports and h a n g e r s . M i n i m u m 3 m
p e r j o b s h a l l b e g i v e n f o r t h e installation/replacement.
m 30.00
m 35.00
ME-A36

(S$)
STAINLESS STEEL PIPES (Cont'd)
A400030 To supply al materials, labour, transport and tools for the m 42.00
installation/replacement of stainless steel pipes (B.S. 4127) up to
35 mm nominal diameter with necessary fittings, supports and
h a n g e rs . Mi n i mu m 3 m p e r jo b s ha ll be g i ve n f o r t h e
installation/replacement.
h a n g e rs . Mi n i mu m 3 m p e r jo b s ha ll be g i ve n f o r t h e
hange rs . Mi ni mum 3 m p er job s h al l be gi ven f or the
ME-A37
(S$)
A500000
uPVC CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPES
Unplasticised polyvinyl chloride condensate drain pipes

including solvent cement joints, elbows, tees and sockets:
12.5mm diameter pipes
A500001 Fixed to surface of brickwall, etc and concealed by suspended

ceilings and the like m 4.90
19mm diameter pipes

25mm diameter pipes

38mm diameter pipes

ME-A38

(S$)
A600000
PIPE INSULATION
Close cell polyethylene insulation

A600001 9.5mm thick m 3.90
A600002 13mm thick m 4.20
A600003 9.5mm thick m 3.90
A600004 13mm thick m 4.90
A600005 9.5mm thick m 4.90
A600006 13mm thick m 6.90
A600007 19mm thick m 14.00
A600008 25.5mm thick m 26.00
16mm diameter pipes
A600009 9.5mm thick m 4.80
A600010 13mm thick m 6.00
19mm diameter pipes
A60001 1 9.5mm thick m 5.50
A600012 13mm thick m 8.10
A600013 19mm thick m 17.00
A600014 25.5mm thick m 30.00
ME-A39

(S$)
A600000 PIPE INSULATION
Close cell polyethylene insulation (Cont'd)
A600015 9.5mm thick m 7.85
A600016 13mm thick m 10.55
A600017 19mm thick m 19.00
A600018 25.5mm thick m 23.75
A600019 9.5mm thick m 5.60
A600020 13mm thick m 7.00
A600021 19mm thick m 9.80
A600022 25.5mm thick m 11.20
35mm diameter pipes
A600023 9.5mm thick m 10.00
A600024 13mm thick m 14.00
A600025 19mm thick m 28.00
A600026 25.5mm thick m 55.00
50mm diameter pipes
A600027 9.5mm thick m 13.00
A600028 13mm thick m 19.00
A600029 19mm thick m 36.00
ME-A40

(S$)
A600030 Supply all materials, labour and transport to install/replace 1/4" m2 40.00
thick ARMAFLEX foam rubber thermal insulation sheet for drip
pans, drain pans etc.
A600031 Supply all materials, labour and transport to install/replace 1/2"

thick ARMAFLEX foam rubber thermal insulation sheet for drip m2 50.00
A600032 Supply all materials, labour and transport to install /replace 3/4"
thick ARMAFLEX foam rubber thermal insulation sheet for drip m2 60.00
A600033 Supply and install pipework thermal insulation of fibre -glass

m 20.00
material with factory installed vapour barrier of thickness 25mm
nominal diameter (insulation size shall be the nominal size of the
piping being insulated)

material with factory installed vapour barrier of thickness 37mm m 26.00



A600038 Supply and install pipework thermal insulatio n of fibre-glass


ME-A41

(S$)
m
A600040 Supply and install pipework thermal insu lation of fibre-glass material 63.00
with factory installed vapour barrier of thickness 125mm nominal
diameter (insulation size shall be the nominal size of the
A600041 Supply and install pipework thermal insulation of fibre -glass material m
with factory installed vapour barrier of thickness 150mm nominal
72.00
diameter (insulation size shall be the nominal size of the piping
being insulated)
ME-A42

(S$)
A700000
FRESH AIR GRILLES/LOUVRES
Fresh air louvres complete with insect screens and all

necessary spray painting:
150 x 150mm
A700001 With dampers No 19.60
A700002 Without dampers No 14.00
200 x 150mm
200 x 200mm
200 x 250mm
250 x 250mm
ME-A43

(S$)
A700000 FRESH AIR GRILLES/LOUVRES
ALUMINIUM WEATHERPROOF FRESH AIR GRILLES
A700011 150mm x 150mm No 65.00
A700012 200mm x 200mm No 75.00
A700013 250mm x 250mm No 85.00
A700014 300mm x 300mm No 95.00
A700015 350mm x 350mm No 105.00
A700016 400mm x 400mm No 115.00
A700017 450mm x 450mm No 128.00
A700018 500mm x 500mm No 145.00
A700019 550mm x 550mm No 162.00
A700020 600mm x 600mm No 180.00
ME-A44

(S$)
A800000 FLEXIBLE JOINTS
Flexible joints including modification to pipework complete

with accessories as coupling (for threaded ends connection),
flange (whether built-in or otherwise), limiting rods, bolts and
nuts, metal supporting brackets , etc. (Item 1 to 2):
Rubber bellow with reinforcing fabric flexible joints normal

working pressure rating of 15kgf/cm2 and a minimum bursting
pressure of 42 kgf/cm2 with built-in mild steel flanged ends
and limiting rods or threaded ends.
Up to 26mm
A800001 Flange ends No 78.55
A800002 Threaded ends No 77.00
Up to 40mm
Up to 51mm
Up to 64mm
Up to 80mm
ME-A45

(S$)
Rubber bellow with reinforcing fabric flexible joints normal

working pressure rating of 15kgf/cm2 and a minimum bursting
pressure of 42 kgf/cm2 with built-in mild steel flanged ends
and limiting rods or threaded ends. (Cont'd)
Up to 102mm
Up to 127mm
Up to 153mm
Up to 204mm
Up to 254mm
Up to 305mm
A800015 Flange ends No 1,041.00
Up to 350mm
A80001 6 Flange ends No 1,444.00
Stainless steel bellow with stainless steel inner sleeves and

mild steel flanged ends or threaded ends flexible joint.
(normal working pressure rating of 16 kgf/cm2 (minimum))
Up to 26mm
ME-A46

(S$)

mild steel flanged ends or threaded ends flexible joint.
(Cont'd)
Up to 40mm
Up to 51mm
Up to 64mm
Up to 80mm
Up to 102mm
Up to 127mm
Up to 153mm
ME-A47

(S$)

mild steel flanged ends or threaded en ds flexible joint.
(Cont'd)
Up to 204mm
Up to 254mm
Up to 305mm
A800032 Flange ends No 1,175.50
Single wire braided type flexible connector c/w GI malleable

iron
A800033 40mm nominal diameter No 130.00
ME-A48

(S$)
A900000 MISCELLANEOUS WORKS FOR AIR-CONDITIONING WORKS
Sundry works for split-type conditioners of cooling capacity up

to 12.9 kW
A900001 Rubber pads unit No 3.50
A900002 Filter driers No 35.00
A900003 Sight glass No 24.50
A900004 Stainless steel brackets No 70.00
A900005 Charging of Freon gas R22 kg 6.00
A900006 Charging of Hydrocarbon Blend refrigerants (The hydrocarbon kg 42.00

refrigerant gas shall comply to Australian Standards, AS 1677-
1998)
A900007 Flushing using Nitrogen (7m3/cylinder) m3 1.40
A900008 Compressor terminal wires complete with clips Unit 3.00
Sundry works for window unit
A900009 Timer switch No 30.00
A900010 Selector switch No 30.00
A90001 1 Centrifugal fan blower assembly No 90.00
A90001 2 Propeller fan blade No 90.00
A900013 Fan motor single phase up to 0.5 hp No 160.00

A900014 No 86.00
Chemical clean with approved chemical, weld, service copper
tubing of condensing & cooling coil and clean, touch up/paint
rusty parts of enclosures, compressors, fan motor, fan blade,
mounting etc.
Replacement parts to air conditioning system
A90001 5 Mounting spring/rubber for compressor Set 12.50
A90001 6 Mounting spring/rubber for fan motor Set 8.00

A90001 7 Set 45.00
Bushings/bearings for single phase 230 volts fan motor up to 1.5
hp
A900018 Single phase thermal overload for compressor No 20.00
ME-A49

(S$)
A900019 Single phase protential or current coil relay No 45.00
A900020 Dehydrator or strainer No 12.00
A900021 Capillary tube No 6.00
A900022 Thermostat remote bulb/bi-metallic type No 50.00
A900023 Thermostat IC type No 80.00
A900024 Knob for selector switch or thermostat or timer No 5.00
A900025 Rectifier No 50.00
A900026 Washable netting air filter with permanent plastic frame No 18.00
A900027 Refrigerant gas (R22) Kg 20.00
A900028 Refrigerant gas (R134a) Kg 18.90
A900031 Refrigerant gas (R410A) Kg 25.60
A900032 Nitrogen gas cyc 50.00
A900033 Centrifugal fan blower for unit capacity less than or equal 3 RT No 160.00
A900034 Ditto - Above 3 RT but less than 10 RT No 220.00
A900036 Ditto - Above 20 RT No 460.00
A900037 Propeller fan blade for unit capacity less than or equal to 3 RT No 247.00
A900040 Ditto - Above 20 RT No 468.00
ME-A50

(S$)
A900041 Thermostat remote controller for unit capacity up to 2 RT No 160.00
A900042 Ditto - 3 RT and above No 200.00
Overhauling semi-hermetic compressor including grind

valves, change gaskets and piston rings, replacement of
strainer, filter drier, pressurize system for leak detection,
vacuum, charge gas, reill refrigerant oil, cleaning, painting
etc
A900043 Up to 3 RT No 1,800.00
A900044 Above 3 RT but less than 10 RT No 3,420.00
A900046 Above 20 RT No 6,300.00
A900047 Fan motor for capacity up to 2 RT No 200.00
A900048 Ditto - Up to 4 RT No 300.00
A900049 Ditto - Up to 8 RT No 400.00
A900050 Ditto - Up to 10 RT No 500.00

A900051 Per Job 122.00
Supply all labour, materials, transport, tools, etc for the checking
of leaks (incl. nitrogen), repairing of leaks (including welding,
tightening of all joints & etc), top up compessor oil, charging of
gas recommissioning and to ensure no leakage for split/ package
unit up to 7 RT
A900052 Ditto - Up to 15 BTU/hr Per Job 150.00

A900053 Per Job 140.00
Supply all labour, materials, transport, tools, etc to pressurize
system (incl. nitrogen) and perform leaks test only for air-cooled/
water-cooled package unit up to 20 RT
A900054 Ditto - Up to 50 RT Per Job 170.00
A900055 Ditto - Up to 100 RT and above Per Job 200.00
ME-A51

(S$)
A900056 Supply labour, tools and materials to repair gas leaks, leak test Per Job 180.00
(after repair incl. nitrogen) vacuum system and charge
(labour only) for air-cooled/ water cooled package unit up to 20
RT and above. By tightening of loose parts
A900057 Ditto - By flaring, replacing of flare nuts (incl. copper fittings) Per Job 220.00
A900058 Per Job 340.00
Ditto - By brazing of cracks (incl. copper pipes, copper fittings and
modification of pipe lines)
Expansion Valves including dismantling,vacuuming,

recharging gas and replace drier and re-commissioning the
system
A900059 Up to 17.5kW No 308.00
A900060 Up to 35.1kW No 407.00
A900061 Up to 52.7kW No 506.00
A900062 Up to 70.3kW No 583.00
A900063 Up to 87.5kW No 660.00
A900064 Up to 105.5kW No 693.00
A900065 Up to 122.5kW No 726.00
A900066 Up to 140.6kW No 770.00
A900067 Up to 210.0kW No 968.00
A900068 Expansion valve motor for VRV System No 120.00
Solenoid Valve including dismantling,vacuuming,

recharging gas and replace drier and re-commissioning the
system
A900069 Up to 6.5mm No 88.00
A900070 Up to 12.7mm No 132.00
A900071 Up to 191.mm No 176.00
A900072 Up to 25.4mm No 220.00
ME-A52

(S$)
A900000
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS FOR AIR-CONDITIONING WORKS
Solenoid Valve including dismantling, vacuuming,

recharging gas and replace drier and re-commissioning the system (Cont'd)
A900073 Up to 31.7mm No 330.00
A900074 Up to 38.1mm No 495.00
A900075 Up to 41.3mm No 715.00
A900076 Up to 44.5mm No 990.00
A900077 No 920.00
Fan motor for air-cooled package unit including removal off site and making good
work disturbed
A900078 No 160.00
Fan blade for air-cooled package unit including removal off site and making good
work disturbed
A900079 Inverter PCB for VRV System No 1,650.00
A900080 Power unit board for VRV System No 859.00
A900081 Adaptor card No 310.00
A900082 Condensing printed circuit for VRV system No 504.00
A900083 Pressure sensor - VRV system No 265.00
A900084 Temperature thermistor - VRV system No 70.00
A900085 200V - 240V swing motor for FCU - VRV system No 60.00
A900086 PCB for FCU - VRV system No 530.00
A900087 Condensing unit fan motor up to 0.25kW - VRV system No 350.00
A900088 Condensing unit fan motor up to 0.5kW - VRV system No 410.00
A900089 FCU fan motor up to 0.15kW - VRV system No 250.00
A900090 Ditto - 0.2kW No 300.00
A900091 Ditto - 0.25kW No 350.00
A900092 No 1,650.00
Replacement of Inverter compressor for VRV system up to 4 H.P including installation,
changing filter drier, flushing and vacuuming system, recharging gas,
recommissioning, removal and disposal off faulty unit
A900093 Ditto - 5 H.P No 1,850.00
A900094 Ditto - 6 H.P No 1,980.00
ME-A53

(S$)
A900095 Ditto - 10 H.P No 2,500.00
A900096 Replacement of contant speed compressor for VRV system up to No 1,550.00

4 H.P including installation, changing filter drier, flushing and
vacuuming system, recharging gas, recommissioning, removal and disposal off
faulty unit
A900097 Ditto - 5 H.P No 1,750.00
A900098 Ditto - 6 H.P No 1,880.00
A900099 Ditto - 10 H.P No 2,400.00
A900100 PCB - Split unit system No 128.00
A9001 01 Rain seal - Air cooled packaged unit No 35.00
A9001 02 Bushing - Air cooled package unit No 15.00
A900103 PCB - Ducted FCU blower motor No 187.00
A900104 PCB - Ducted FCU remote control No 105.00
A900105 Damper actuator open closed 16 NM 230V No 176.00
A900106 Thermistor - Split unit air con No 18.00
A900107 No 60.00
Stainless steel remote control holder c/w and key - Split unit air- con
A9001 08 Remote Control - Daikin / Sanyo (not for VRV system) No 137.00
A900109 Ditto - Toshiba / National No 58.00
A900110 Ditto - York No 34.00
A9001 11 Remote Control - VRV system No 230.00
A900112 Thermostat No 159.00
A9001 13 Defrost timer No 52.00
A900114 Thermal fuse No 45.00
A9001 15 Motorised Actuator No 1,260.00
A9001 16 Trane wall mounted type FCU Auto swing Motor No 70.00
A9001 17 Compressor Oil litre 9.00
A900118 No 500.00
Relocate existing fan coil unit inclusive of necessary system operations like pump
down, vacuum, leak test, regrigerant recharge inclusive of any electrical works
ME-A54

(S$)
A900119 No 25.00
Remove window unit air conditioner, seal up air condition hole to match existing and
discard off site
A900120 No 50.00
Remove split unit air conditioner, seal up air condition hole to match existing and
discard off site
A900121 No 144.00
Dismantle air-cooled package unit acoustic panel above fan motor and removal
off site or re-install including staging and/or supporting frame and make good work
to disturbed
A900122 16 gauge galvanised drip-water pan not exceeding 1 m2 No 45.00
A9001 23 Ditto - not exceeding 1.5 m2 No 65.00
Supply labour, transport, materials and tools to dismantle, remove and dispose
AHU or FCU . The rates include removal of unwanted equipment, parts,
rubbish, debris, etc off site
A900124 Up to 5 ton No 250.00
A900125 Up to 10 ton No 300.00
A900126 Up to 15 ton No 350.00
A900127 Up to 20 ton No 400.00
A900128 Up to 30 ton No 450.00
A900129 Above 30 ton No 550.00
Supply labour, tools, material, transport, hoisting and etc for the dismantling
and removing of existing split type of air- conditioner (incl. condensing unit,
pipes, bracket, wiring and trunking at any location) and off site and make
good to disturbed.
A900130 Up to 18,000Btuh or 5.2kW No 60.00
ME-A55
(S$)
A900135 Supply labour, tools, material, transport, hoisting and etc for the dismantling and removing System 80.00
of existing multi-split type of air- conditioner up to 12,000Btuh / 3.5kW x 2 fan coil
units (incl. condensing unit, pipes, bracket, wiring and trunking at any location)
and remove off site and make good to disturbed
Supply labour, tools, material, transport, hoisting and etc for the dismantling,
removing and reinstalling of existing split unit (cost inclusive remove old
refrigerant pipes, drain pipes, changing new refrigerant pipes, drain pipes,
checking of leaks, charging of gas, commissioning, labour, tools and
transportation)
A900136 For capacity 9,000Btuh / 2.6kW and below (single). Set 300.00
A900137 Up to 20,000BtuH / 6.0kW(single) Set 400.00
A9001 39 Up to 40,000BtuH / 11 .7kW(single) Set 480.00
A900141 Up to 96,000BtuH / 28.0kW (single) Set 680.00
Supply labour, tools, material, transport, hoisting and etc for the
A900143 Sys 500.00
dismantling, removing and reinstalling of existing multi -split unit
(cost inclusive remove old refrigerant pipes, drain pipes, changing
new refrigerant pipes, drain pipes, checking of leaks, charging of
gas, commissioning, labour, tools and transportation) for capacity
25,000Btuh / 7.3kW and below (1 CU to 2 FCUs).
A900144 Ditto - for capacity 48,000BtuH / 14.4kW and below (1 CU to 2 Sys 700.00
FCUs)
A900145 Ditto - for capacity 25,000BtuH / 7.3kW and below (1 CU to 3 Sys 750.00
FCUs)
A900146 Ditto - for capacity 48000BtuH / 14.4kW and below (1 CU to 3 Sys 850.00
FCUs)
Supply labour, tools, material, transport, hoisting and etc for the
A900147 Sys 1,150.00
dismantling, removing and reinstalling of existing multi -split unit
(cost inclusive remove old refrigerant pipes, drain pipes, changing new refrigerant
pipes, drain pipes, checking of leaks, charging of gas, commissioning, labour, tools
and transportation) for fan coil capacity up to 9,000Btuh each (1 CU to 4 FCUs).
ME-A56

(S$)
Maintenance and servicing of air-cooled split unit (For additional/deletion

during the contract period, shall be prorated)
A900148 Single Split System Multi Split System Set 72.00
A900149 1 condensing unit to 2 fan coil units

Set 108.00
A900150 1 condensing unit to 3 fan coil units
Set 144.00
A9001 51 1 condensing unit to 4 fan coil units Set 180.00
VRV System

A900156 Maintenance and servicing o f W indow Un i t (Fo r No 60.00

additional/deletion during the contract period, shall be prorated)
A900157 AHU/ FCU & Condensing unit (Only to non contract area) No 20.00
Maintenance and servicing of air -cooled chilled water package unit. Rate
shall be for completed set (incl. starter panels & chilled-water pump sets) (Only
to non contract area)
A900158 less than 20 RT No 35.00
A900159 Above 20 RT but less than 50 RT No 45.00
A900160 Above 50 RT but less than 80 RT

No 55.00
A900161 Above 80 but less than 120 RT No 65.00
Maintenance and servicing of water-cooled packaged airconditoner including 1

no of cooling tower and 2 nos of water pumps including water treatment
A9001 62 Up to 5 RT
No 1,050.00
A900164 Above 10 RT but less than 20 RT

No 1,544.00
A9001 65 Above 20 RT but less than 30 RT No 1,631.00
ME-A57

(S$)
A900169 No 200.00
Supply and install remote sensor-dial type thermometer c/w dust cap installed on
mounting board and labeled as specified
A900170 Supply and install pressure tap with cook rising above insulation No 25.00
(if any) as specified
A900171 No 80.00
Supply and install pressure gauge with dial face installed on mounting board and
connected to pressure taps as specified
A900172 No 350.00
Supply and install differential pressure gauge with dial face
installed on mounting board and connected to pressure taps as
A900173 Supply and install differential pressure flow switch for condenser No 800.00
& chilled water pump syste
A900174 No 146.90
Supply and install pipe mounted dial thermometer TK or
equivalent range -6 deg C to 60 deg C
A900175 No 84.50
Supply and install pipe mounted dial pressure gauge masta or equivalent range 0
kPa to 1000 kPa
ME-A58

(S$)
Flow-meter Sensor
A900176 Pipe 50mm nominal diameter No 365.00
FAN BLOWER
(Materials: Aluminum for fan size below 7" diameter
Galvanised Steel for size above 7" diameter. Wheel size:

Diameter x Length). Rate including alignment balancing & commissioning
A900183 180mm x 180mm (7" x 7"), single wheel No 250.00
A900184 180mm x 180mm (7" x 7"), double wheel No 330.00
A900185 180mm x 250mm (7" x 10"), single wheel No 280.00
A900186 180mm x 250mm (7" x 10"), double wheel No 370.00
A9001 87 230mm x 230mm (9" x 9"), single wheel No 320.00
A9001 88 254mm x 254mm (10" x 10"), single wheel No 360.00
A9001 89 305mm x 305mm (12" x 12") No 420.00
A9001 90 380mm x 380mm (15" x 15") No 520.00
A9001 91 460mm x 460mm (18" x 18") No 640.00
A9001 92 460mm x 610mm (18" x 24") No 700.00
A9001 93 500mm x 500mm (20" x 20“) No 1,200.00
ME-A59

(S$)
FAN BLOWER (Cont'd)
A9001 94 550mm x 550mm (22" x 22") No 1,400.00
A9001 95 625mm x 625mm (25" x 25") No 1,600.00
A9001 96 625mm x 700mm (25" x 28") No 1,700.00
A9001 97 700mm x 700mm (28" x 28") No 1,850.00
A9001 98 700mm x 750mm (28" x 30") No 1,950.00
A900199 750mm x 750mm (30" x 30") No 2,100.00

A900200 No 260.00
To supply and replace steel shaft including machine key, key way and end threads
up to 3/4 " (19 mm) Dia
A900201 No 300.00
up to 1" (25.4 mm) Dia.
A900202 No 350.00
up to 1 1/4" (32 mm) Dia.
A900203 No 420.00
up to 1 1/2" (38 mm) Dia.
A900204 No 490.00
up to 1 5/8" (41 mm) Dia.
A900205 No 560.00
up to 1 3/4" (45 mm) Dia.
A900206 No 620.00
up to 2" (50 mm) Dia
A900207 No 720.00
up to 2 1/4" (57 mm) Dia.
A900208 No 920.00
up to 2 5/8" (70 mm) Dia.
A900209 No 400.00
Supply and install shaft sleeve (316 stainless steel) for centrifugal pump)
ME-A60
A900210 Supply and install shaft sleeve (bronze) for centrifugal pump No 350.00
A90021 1 lb 40.00
Supply and install 1/8" gland packing, asbestos graphite type for air-con and
domestic water centrifugal pump
A900212 lb 35.00
A900213 lb 30.00
ME-A61
UNIT RATES
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION
(S$)
lb 25.00
A900214 Supply and install 5/6" to 1" gland packing, asbestos graphite type
for air-con and domestic water centrifugal pump
A900215 Supply and install 1/8" gland packing, synthetic fibre with graphite, lb 155.00
teflon and silicon oil type for air -con and domestic water centrifugal pump
A900216 Supply and install 3/16" gland packing , synthetic fibre with
graphite, teflon and silicon oil type for air-con and domestic water centrifugal pump lb 140.00
A900217 Supply and install 1/4" gland packing, synthetic fibre with graphite,
teflon and silicon oil type for air -con and domestic water centrifugal pump lb 135.00
A900218 Supply and install 5/16" gland packing, synthetic fibre with
A900219 Supply and install 3/8" to 1" gland packing, synthetic fibre with
A900220 Supply special machined stainless steel stud and stainless steel
nut of any shape and size approximately not exceeding 15mm diameter and
No 10.00
80mm long (as per sample)
ME-A62

(S$)
A1 000000 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER
Volume control dampers for split-type conditioners of cooling

capacity up to 12.9 kW
A1000001 40 x 600mm No 56.00
A1000002 140 x 505mm No 68.60
A1000003 500 x 1310mm No 108.50
A1000004 600 x 1200mm No 147.00
Volume control dampers for ducting system
A1 000005 No 82.00
Supply and install aluminium opposed blade ducted volume
control damper of size 150 mm x 150 mm or equivalent area
A1 000006 No 85.00
A1 000007 No 88.00
A1 000008 No 91.00
A1 000009 No 125.00
A1 000010 No 132.00
A1 000011 No 150.00
A1 000012 No 164.00
ME-A63
Supply and install aluminium opposed blade ducted volume No 175.00
A1 000013 control damper of size 600 mm x 600 mm or equivalent area
ME-A64

(S$)
A1100000 FIRE DAMPER
Note
Rates for other sizes of fire dampers, with effective face area
bigger than the listed sizes above, shall be determined by
combining any sizes to give an approximate size close to the
required damper. Rates for the required damper shall then be
taken as the sum of costs of the combined dampers (round
up to the next dollar).
PSB/ SISIR approved fire dampers at least 150mm thick (4

hours fire rated) with supports and fasteners
A1 100001 100 x 100mm or equivalent area No 54.60
A1 100005 600mm x 300mm or equivalent area No 300.00
A1 100013 2000mm x 600mm or equivalent area No 1,035.00
ME-A65

(S$)
A1100000 FIRE DAMPER
PSB/ SISIR approved fire dampers at least 150mm thick (2

hours fire rated) with supports and fasteners
ME-A66

(S$)
A1 200000 SCAFFOLDING/ ELEVATED PLATFORM AND HIRING OF

TRUCK CRANE
Scaffoldings or staging and elevated platform and crane and

subsequent removal off site on completion
Note
All items mentioned below must have the approval of the S.O.
Scaffolding (wooden/steel type) / metal staging
A1 200001 The Contractor shall refer to the building rates for scaffolding /
staging
Elevated platform
A1 200002 Transportation cost for providing elevated platform on the site and No 220.00
subsequent removing off site on completion of work
A1 200003 Rental of elevated platform for access to high places including all day 340.00
necessary e.g. fuel, operator/drivers, clearance with LTA and
Traffice Police, etc. (transportation cost measured separately)
Hiring of Truck Crane
A1 200004 hour 340.00

Hiring of truck crane of 50 tonnes lifting capacity (telescopic boom
range) and reaching approximately 50m including fuel, operator,
transporting, etc. (minimum 4 hours work)
ME-A67

(S$)
A1 300000 CONDENSATE PUMP
Condensate pump and accessories including all pipe and

c a bl i ng c onne c ti ons a nd fi tti ngs be tw ee n i ns ul a ted
condensate pipe of split type air-conditioners complete with
the aluminium container to house up to two condensate
pumps and overflow sensors and testing and commissions
Condensate pump capable of discharging
A1 300001 Up to 16 litres/min of water at 2.6 metre head

No 182.00
A1 300002 Up to 10 litres/min of water at 0.33 metre head No 196.00
A1 300003 Up to 15 litres/min of water at 6 metre head No 210.00

No 35.00
A1 300004 Aluminium container for condensate pump
Overflow alarm/buzzer complete with reset and indicating

lights, control panel including cabling not exceeding 30
metres to the aluminium container
A1 300005 One condensate pump

Set 245.00
A1 300006 Two condensate pump Set 280.00
No 1,350.00
A1 300007 Supply and replace Condenser and Chilled water pump motor
bearings for all pump at secondary chilled water pump rooms,
work include of alignment of pump & motor, check rotor shaft,
motor winding and coupling and submissioning of report
ME-A68

(S$)
A1 400000 AUTOMATIC ISOLATION SYSTEM FOR WATER COOLED

PACKAGED UNITS
Note
1. The automatic isolation system is designed to shut off the

condenser water to the water -cooled packaged unit
concerned upon detection of water in the plantroom.
2. The requirements specification for the automatic isolation

system is described in the technical specifications.
3. Rates for automatic isolation system shall be based on the

diameter of the supply water pipe to the packaged unit
concerned.
Motorised butterfly valves, water sensors, sensor controllers,

electrical wiring in galvanised conduit, electrical control
components and panels, pipe fittings and accessories for
modification to pipework, etc. necessary to complete the entire
installation.
A1 400001 Up to 64mm Set 5,000.00
A1400002 Up to 100mm Set 6,000.00
ME-A69

(S$)
A1 500000 VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM (VSD)
Variable speed driver (VSD) motor, complete with controller,

testing and commissioning
A1 500001 Up to 1.5kW No 1,225.00
A1 500002 Up to 2.2kW No 1,365.00
A1 500003 Up to 3.5kW No 1,561.00
A1 500004 Up to 5.5kW No 1,505.50
A1 500005 Up to 12.0kW No 2,142.00
A1 500006 Up to 18.6kW No 3,645.00
A1 500007 Up to 22.4kW No 4,212.50
ME-A70

(S$)
A1 600000 MECHANICAL SPRING ISOLATORS
To supply all materials, labour, trans port to install the

following:
Mechanical spring isolators
A1600001 Not exceeding 50 kg No 35.00
A1 600002 Exceeding 50 kg and not exceeding 200kg No 84.00
A1 600003 Exceeding 200kg and not exceeding 500kg No 147.00
ME-A71

(S$)
A1 700000 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPORT BRACKETS
Note
The various types of stainless steel brackets are indicated in

ANNEX (II) of the Technical Specification. The schedule for
the stainless steel support brackets listed herein shall be
applicable for all air-cooled split condensing units up to 14
kW and the air-cooled packaged units (ceiling concealed types
only). The onus is on the Contractor to design the brackets to
support the appropriate condensing units.
Stainless steel brackets (new or in replacement) for

condensing unit or fan coil units
A1 700001 Up to 2.5 kW No 70.00
A1 700002 2.6 - 5.0 kW No 105.00
A1 700003 5.1 - 10.0 kW No 84.00
A1 700004 10.1 to 14.0 kW No 140.00
A1 700005 Stainless tray No 70.00
ME-A72

(S$)
A1 800000 FORM OPENINGS IN FLOORS OR WALLS
Cutting through the concrete floors or walls (any thickness)

to form openings to accommodate ductwork, pipework, fresh
air grilles/louvres of the following sizes and removing debris
off site and making good works disturbed to match existing.
Note
A minimum sum of S$50.00 per job if only one opening is

required
A1 800001 Up to 0.02m2 No 21.00
A1 800002 Up to 0.05m2 No 42.00
A1800003 Up to 0.1m2 No 70.00
A1 800004 Up to 0.2m2 No 140.00
A1 800005 Up to 0.4m2 No 210.00
A1 800006 Up to 0.6m2 No 280.00
ME-A73

(S$)
A1 900000 WINDOW/WALL/CEILING EXTRACT FANS
Extract fans including connecting up to fan points and ready

to operate
Window/wall extract fans
150mm diameter - cord operated shutters

A1 900001 No 173.00
A1 900002 150mm diameter - electric operated shutters No 201.50
A1 900003 230mm diameter - cord operated shutters No 300.00

A1 900006 Darkroom cowl for items (A1 900003) and (A1 900004) No 140.00
A1 900007 Speed controller (single phase) for items (A1900004) and No 110.80
(A1 900005)
Ceiling mounted extract fans
204mm diameter
A1 900008 No 157.60
A1 900009 242mm diameter No 243.00
A1900010 270mm diameter No 271.60
Extract fans including connecting up to fan points and ready

to operate (Cont'd)
Window type extract fans
150mm diameter cord operated shutters (round)

A1 900011 No 70.00
A1 900012 200mm diameter cord operated shutters (round) No 91.00
A1 900013 200mm diameter automatic shutters No 126.00
ME-A74

(S$)
A1 900000 WINDOW/WALL/CEILING EXTRACT FANS
Wall type extract fans
200mm diameter automatic shutters

A1 900014 No 77.00
A1 900015 200mm diameter cord operated shutters, reversible No 98.00
A1 900018 250mm diameter cord operated, reversible No 126.00

Ceiling mounted extract fans
A1 900021 203mm diameter No 84.00
ME-A75

(S$)
A2000000 PROPELLER FANS
Propeller fans with TE motor including supporting brackets,

auto-shutter and all necessary accessories, connecting up to
fan points and ready to operate.
A2000001 250mm diameter, 1350Rpm, ring mounted No 395.25
A2000002 315mm diameter, 900Rpm, with bellmouth No 481.80
A2000009 400mm diameter, 1360 Rpm, with bellmouth No 551.70
A200001 1 450mm diameter, 900Rpm, with bellmouth No 637.80
ME-A76

(S$)
A2000000 PROPELLER FANS
Propeller fans with TE motor including supporting brackets,

auto-shutter and all necessary accessories, connecting up to
fan points and ready to operate.
A2000017 635mm diameter, 700 Rpm, with bellmouth No 933.00
A2000019 712mm diameter, 670Rpm, with bellmouth No 1,005.50
A2000024 Single phase speed controller for items (A2000001) to No 250.90
(A200001 1),( A2000013) and (A2000014)

A2000025 No 325.00
Single phase speed controller for items (A2000012), (A2000015)
to (A200001 9)
A2000026 Single phase speed controller for items (A2000020) and No 368.00
(A2000021)
A2000027 No 683.00
Three phase speed controller for items (A2000002) to (A200001 1),
(A2000013), (A2000014) and (A2000016)
A2000028 Three phase speed controller for items (A2000012) and No 500.50
(A200001 7)
A2000029 Three phase speed controller for items (A2000015), (A2000018), No 612.50
(A2000020) to (A2000022)
ME-A77

(S$)
A21 00000 BIFURCATED FAN
Performance shall be tested in accordance to BS 848 Part 1

1980, ISO 5801 First Edition 1997-06-1, AMCA 210-99 Standard
for air performance and licensed to bear the AMCA seal.
Sound level data is in accordance with BS 848 – 1985: part 2.

and ISO 5136 First Edition 1990-1 2-1 5.
Motors
All fans shall be supplied with totally enclosed, high

efficiency motors of IP 55 degree of protection, foot-mounted
Class F insulation, built to International Standards (IEC)
Balancing Standards
All fan impellers are statically and dynamically balance to ISO

1940-1973 (E) G:6.3 standard.
Single stage bifurcated fans including supporting brackets,

adjusting of pitch angle and connecting up to fan points and
ready to operate:
A2100001 381 mm diameter, 1440 Rpm, 8o - 32o pitch angles No 2,380.00
A2100002 483mm diameter, 1440 Rpm, 8o - 32o pitch angles No 2,520.00
A2100003 610mm diameter, 940 or 1440 Rpm, 8o - 32o pitch angles No 2,660.00
ME-A78

(S$)
A2200000 FUME HANDLING FANS
TE motor fume handling fans including bracket support and

connecting up to fan point and ready to operate:
A2200001 200mm Diameter, 2700Rpm No 2,397.50
A2200005 315mm Diameter, 1380Rpm, No 3,347.00
ME-A79

(S$)
A2300000 FUME CUPBOARD FANS
TE motor fume cupboard fans including bracket support,

neoprene duct connectors (1 piece), neoprene cupboard
connectors (1 piece), hose clamp/clips (3 pieces) and also
connecting fan to the fan points and ready to operate:
TE motor fume cupboard fans
A2300001 153mm diameter, 2550 Rpm No 1,418.50
A2300002 191 mm diameter, 2580 Rpm No 1,602.50
A2300003 241 mm diameter, 1350 Rpm No 1,800.00
ME-A80

(S$)
A2400000 ROOF EXTRACT FANS
Roof extract fans including weather cowls, supporting

wooden sills, roof flashings and connecting up to fan points
and ready to operate:

A240001 1 No 241.00
Add for above items (A2400001) to (A2400005) for single phase
speed controller
A2400012 No 328.50
Add for above items (A2400006) to (A2400008) for single phase
speed controller
A2400013 No 364.50
Add for above items (A2400007) or (A2400008) for single phase
speed controller
A240001 4 No 420.00
Add for above items (A2400001) to (A2400004) and (A2400005)
for three phase speed controllers
A2400015 Add for above item (A2400007) for three phase speed controllers No 490.00
A240001 6 Add for above items (A2400006),(A2400008) and (A2400009) for No 767.00
three phase speed controllers
ME-A81

(S$)
A2500000 SMALL AEROFOIL FLOW FANS
Single stage, long casing small aerofoil axial flow fans

including bracket supports, adjusting to appropriate pitch
angle, connecting up to fan point and ready to operate:
A2500001 152mm diameter, 1400 Rpm No 525.00
A2500003 191 mm diameter, 1380 Rpm No 560.00
ME-A82

(S$)
A2600000 AEROFOIL AXIAL FLOW FANS
Single stage, long encasing aerofoil axial flow fans including

bracket supports, adjusting to appropriate pitch angle,
connecting up to fan point and ready to operate:
A2600001 No 1,056.50
305mm diameter, 1350 Rpm, 8o - 32o pitch angle
A2600002 305mm diameter, 2800 Rpm, 8o - 32o pitch angle No 1,091.50
A260001 1 760mm diameter, 560 Rpm, 8o - 34o pitch angle No 2,251.00
ME-A83
(S$)
A2700000 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS
In-line centrifugal fans including metal bracket supports,

metal hangers, connection to fan and ready to operate:
ME-A84

(S$)
A2800000
CYLINDRICAL SILENCERS
Cylindrical silencers including bracket supports, connection

to fans and ready to operate
Cylindrical silencers
A2800001 150mm diameter, 1 1/2D length No 237.00
A2800005 305mm diameter, 1 D length No 433.50
A2800006 315mm diameter, 1D length No 315.00
A280001 0 450mm diameter, 1 D length No 420.00
ME-A85

(S$)
A2800000 CYLINDRICAL SILENCERS
Cylindrical silencers including bracket supports, connection

to fans and ready to operate (Cont'd)
Cylindrical silencers (Cont'd)
A2800017 765mm diameter, 1D length No 1,193.00
A2800020 915mm diameter, 1 D length No 1,295.00
A2800021 1000mm diameter, 1 D length No 1,400.00
ME-A86

(S$)
CUTTING HOLES ON GLASS/TIMBER PANEL

A2900000
Cutting holes on glass/timber panels
A2900001 Cutting holes on glass for extractor fans No 56.00
A2900002 No 24.60
Cutting holes on timber panel and not timber frames for extractor
fans
A2900003 No 38.60
Timber panels with frames and hole for all window/wall fans and
propeller fans
ME-A87

(S$)
A3000000
DUCTWORK
Ductwork including supports, hangers and brackets

26 SWG (0.46mm) galvanised steel bare duct
A3000001 Unpainted m2 25.40
A3000002 Painted m2 30.60
A3000004 Painted m2 36.50
22 SWG (0.71 mm) galvanised steel bare duct
A3000006 Painted m2 39.20
20 SWG (0.91 mm) galvanised steel bare duct
A3000008 Painted m2 44.65
A3000010 Painted m2 53.20
A3000012 Painted m2 58.30
ME-A88

(S$)
A3000000 DUCTWORK
Ductwork including supports, hangers and brackets (Cont'd)
26 SWG (0.46mm) aluminium bare duct
A3000014 Painted m2 33.85
A3000016 Painted m2 39.80
22 SWG (0.71 mm) aluminium bare duct
A3000018 Painted m2 43.20
20 SWG (0.91 mm) aluminium bare duct
A3000020 Painted m2 48.30
A3000022 Painted m2 53.65
A3000024 Painted m2 64.45
ME-A89

(S$)
A3000000 DUCTWORK
Ductwork including supports, hangers and brackets: (Cont'd)
Flexible connection for duct complete with insulation as

specified
A3000025 150mm diameter m 36.00
A3000026 175mm diameter m 38.00
A3000027 200mm diameter m 40.00
A3000028 225mm diameter m 42.00
A3000029 250mm diameter m 45.00
A3000030 300mm diameter m 48.00
A3000031 350mm diameter m 52.00
A3000032 400mm diameter m 56.00
A3000033 450mm diameter m 60.00
A3000034 500mm diameter m 65.00
A3000035 To supply all materials, labour and transport to install neprene m 28.00
flexible connection for duct
ME-A90

(S$)
A31 00000 DUCT INSULATION & RAISED FLOOR INSULATION
External insulation - fibre glass of specified density and K

value including vapour seal
The insulation shall consist of non-combustible semi-rigid

fiber glass of thickness /25mm / 50mm and density 32kg/m3
or rockwool blanket of thickness 25mm / 50mm and density
32-64 kg/m3 minimum, all with thermal conductivity less than
0.035 W/m0 K. The insulation shall be held in position to the
ductw ork by gluing w ith a la yer of flintcote of 1.0mm
thickness. Where dimension of the ductwork exceeds 50mm,
the insulation shall be held securely with pins or studs
suitably fastened to the duct and retained by washers. The
pins or studs shall be provided at 300mm centres, except to
top of horizontal duct runs.
A3100001 25mm Thick

m2 21.70
m2 36.10
A3100002 50mm Thick
Internal insulation with rockwool, black tissue and perforated

aluminium sheet including fastening studs
The insulation materials shall be rigid rockwool of 25 mm /

50mm thick, 100 to 140 kg/m3 density, faced with perforated
lamination of aluminum sheet of 30% opening area with glass
fibber scrim reinforcement. Aluminum sheet shall be 0.63 mm
thick.
A3100003 25mm Thick m2 49.30

m2 63.95
A3100004 50mm Thick
m2 5.80
A3100005 Removing of old insulation and drying of existing duct before re-
insulation (subject to a minimum of $50.00 per job if the
reinsulated duct area is less than 8 m2)
m2 8.00
A3100006 Dismantling and removing existing ducts and insulations m2 59.00
A3100007 Hybrid plaster only (after insulation)
Fibreglass ductboard complete with foil
A3100008 25mm Thick

m2 23.80
A3100009 50mm Thick m2 46.20
ME-A91

(S$)
A3200000
FLEXIBLE DUCTS
Flexible ducts complete with supporting brackets, hangers,

clips, etc.
150mm diameter
A3200001 With insulation No 24.90
A3200002 Without insulation No 9.50
175mm diameter
200mm diameter
225mm diameter
250mm diameter
Flexible ducts complete with supporting brackets, hangers,

clips, etc. (Cont'd)
300mm diameter
A320001 1 With insulation No 44.70
350mm diameter
ME-A92

(S$)
400mm diameter
450mm diameter
500mm diameter
ME-A93

(S$)
A3300000 AIR DIFFUSION EQUIPMENT
Air diffusion equipment including all necessary spray painting

and air balancing
Supply registers
300 x 150mm
400 x 150mm
500 x 150mm
400 x 200mm
500 x 200mm
600 x 200mm
ME-A94

(S$)
Air diffusion equipment including all necessary spray painting

and air balancing (cont'd)
Ceiling diffusers
150 x 150mm
200 x 200mm
300 x 300mm
400 x 400mm
500 x 500mm
600 x 600mm
ME-A95

(S$)
Air linear slot diffusers complete with adjustable pattern

controllers
0.6m x 1 slot
A3300025 With plenum box No 77.00
A3300026 Without plenum box No 63.00
0.6m x 2 slot
0.6m x 3 slot
0.6m x 4 slot
1.2m x 1 slot
1 .2m x 2 slot
ME-A96

(S$)
Air linear slot diffusers complete with adjustable pattern

controllers (cont'd)
1 .2m x 3 slot
1 .2m x 4 slot
1.8m x 1 slot
1 .8m x 2 slot
1 .8m x 3 slot
1 .8m x 4 slot
ME-A97

(S$)
Return air linear slot diffusers complete with adjustable

pattern controllers
0.6m x 1 slot
0.6m x 2 slot
0.6m x 3 slot
0.6m x 4 slot
1.2m x 1 slot
1 .2m x 2 slot
ME-A95

(S$)
Return air linear slot diffusers complete with adjustable

pattern controllers (Cont'd)
1 .2m x 3 slot
1 .2m x 4 slot
1.8m x 1 slot
1 .8m x 2 slot
1 .8m x 3 slot
1 .8m x 4 slot
ME-A96

(S$)
SWIRL TYPE CIRCULAR CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER (FIXED

BLADE)
A3300073 Neck size of 315mm diameter No 304.00
SWIRL TYPE CIRCULAR CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER

(ADJUSTABLE FLOW PATTERN)
CIRCULAR CEILING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER (FACE SIZE

DIAMETER MM) INCLUDING VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER
AND ADAPTER
INTERNALLY LINED PLENUM BOX C/W SPIGOT

CONNECTIONS AND VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER FOR
A3300080 Air flow up to 400 litre per sec No 180.00
A3300083 Air flow up to 1000 litre per sec and above No 240.00
ME-A97

(S$)
A3300000
AIR DIFFUSION EQUIPMENT
Return/exhaust grilles
Return/exhaust grille without dampers (normal type)
A3300084 300 x 250mm No 34.30
A3300085 450 x 300mm No 44.10
A3300086 600 x 450mm No 68.60
A3300087 1200 x 900mm No 107.80
Egg crated return grilles with galvanised grilles detachable

from frames
A3300088 300 x 250mm No 49.30
A3300089 450 x 300mm No 59.10
A3300090 600 x 450mm No 83.60
A3300091 1200 x 900mm No 122.80
Plastic egg crated return grilles with grilles detachable from

frames
A3300092 300 x 250mm No 34.30
A3300093 450 x 300mm No 44.10
A3300094 600 x 450mm No 68.60
A3300095 1200 x 900mm No 107.80
A3300096 Removing existing grilles/diffuser/supply registers No 4.20
A3300097 Relocating grille/diffuser/supply registers No 4.20
Note
Other sizes of grilles and diffusers with area between any two
sizes above shall be charged on the rate for the larger size.
ME-A98

(S$)
A3300000
AIR DIFFUSION EQUIPMENT
Back-draft dampers
A3300098 300 x 300mm No 56.00
A3300099 400 x 400mm No 84.00
A3300100 500 x 500mm No 140.00
A3300101 600 x 600mm No 224.00
A3300102 800 x 600mm No 280.00
A3300103 1000 x 600mm No 350.00
Note
Other sizes of back-draft damper with area between any two
sizes above shall be charged on the rate for the larger size.
A3300104 To supply all materials, labour and transport to fabricate and install No 150.10
split damper for branch duct (20 BG)
ME-A99

(S$)
A3400000 PREFABRICATED DUCTWORK
Prefabricated ductwork including all necessary spray painting

and air balancing
Galvanised steel round duct (uninsulated)
18SWG (1.2mm) thick
A3400001 710mm diameter m 86.50
A3400002 760mm diameter m 95.60
A3400003 800mm diameter m 100.10
A3400004 900mm diameter m 113.80
A3400005 1000mm diameter m 118.30
A3400006 1120mm diameter m 136.50
20SWG (1.2mm) thick
A3400007 560mm diameter m 52.50
A3400008 610mm diameter m 59.20
A3400009 630mm diameter m 63.70
A3400010 660mm diameter m 68.30
A3400011 710mm diameter m 72.80
A3400012 760mm diameter m 77.40
A3400013 800mm diameter m 81.90
A3400014 900mm diameter m 95.60
ME-A1 0

(S$)
A3400000
PREFABRICATED DUCTWORK

22SWG (1.2mm) thick
A3400015 315mm diameter m 25.60
A3400016 355mm diameter m 27.30
A3400017 400mm diameter m 30.90
A3400018 450mm diameter m 35.40
A3400019 500mm diameter m 39.20
A3400020 560mm diameter m 46.20
A3400021 610mm diameter m 50.20
A3400022 630mm diameter m 56.50
A3400023 660mm diameter m 61.60
A3400024 710mm diameter m 63.70
24SWG (1.2mm) thick
A3400025 80mm diameter m 6.00
A3400026 100mm diameter m 8.40
A3400027 125mm diameter m 10.90
A3400028 140mm diameter m 12.60
A3400029 160mm diameter m 15.40
A3400030 180mm diameter m 17.50
ME-A101

(S$)
A3400000
PREFABRICATED DUCTWORK

24SWG (1.2mm) thick (cont'd)
A3400031 200mm diameter m 18.90
A3400032 224mm diameter m 20.00
A3400033 250mm diameter m 21.70
A3400034 280mm diameter m 44.50
A3400035 315mm diameter m 24.50
A3400036 355mm diameter m 26.30
A3400037 400mm diameter m 29.10
A3400038 450mm diameter m 33.60
A3400039 500mm diameter m 36.40
Elbows, collars, reducers or conical tees to prefabricated

galvanised steel round ducts
Note
Other sizes of ducts or fittings with dimension between any

two sizes above shall be charged on the rate for the larger
size
80mm diameter
A3400040 No 21.00
90o elbows
A3400041 45o elbows No 12.60
A3400042 Reducers No 15.50
A3400043 Collars No 15.50
A3400044 Conical tees No 24.60
ME-A12

(S$)

galvanised steel round ducts (cont'd)
100mm diameter
A3400045 No 26.60
90o elbows
A3400046 45o elbows No 15.40
125mm diameter
A3400050 No 31.50
90o elbows
A3400051 45o elbows No 19.60
140mm diameter
A3400055 No 35.00
90o elbows
A3400056 45o elbows No 22.50
ME-A13

(S$)

160mm diameter
A3400060 No 42.00
90o elbows
A3400061 45o elbows No 25.20
180mm diameter
A3400065 No 49.00
90o elbows
A3400066 45o elbows No 28.00
200mm diameter
A3400070 No 52.50
90o elbows
A3400071 45o elbows No 31.50
ME-A14

(S$)

224mm diameter
A3400075 No 56.00
90o elbows
A3400076 45o elbows No 35.00
250mm diameter
A3400080 No 63.00
90o elbows
A3400081 45o elbows No 38.50
280mm diameter
A3400085 No 70.00
90o elbows
A3400086 45o elbows No 45.60
ME-A15

(S$)

31 5mm diameter
A3400090 No 80.50
90o elbows
A3400091 45o elbows No 49.00
355mm diameter
A3400095 No 91.00
90o elbows
A3400096 45o elbows No 56.00
400mm diameter
A3400100 No 105.00
90o elbows
A3400101 45o elbows No 66.50
ME-A16

(S$)

450mm diameter
A3400105 No 119.00
90o elbows
A3400106 45o elbows No 73.60
500mm diameter
A3400110 No 133.00
90o elbows
A3400111 45o elbows No 77.00
A3400113 Collars No. 105.00
560mm diameter
A3400115 No 147.00
90o elbows
A3400116 45o elbows No 91.00
A3400118 Collars No 119.00
ME-A17

(S$)

61 0mm diameter
A3400120 No 140.00
90o elbows
A3400121 45o elbows No 84.00
630mm diameter
A3400125 No 147.00
90o elbows
A3400126 45o elbows No 87.50
A3400128 Collars No 105.00
660mm diameter
A3400130 No 157.50
90o elbows
A3400131 45o elbows No 98.00
A3400133 Collars No 112.00
ME-A18

(S$)

71 0mm diameter
A3400135 No 175.00
90o elbows
A3400136 45o elbows No 108.50
A3400138 Collars No 119.00
760mm diameter
A3400140 No 189.00
90o elbows
A3400141 45o elbows No 115.50
A3400143 Collars No 126.00
800mm diameter
A3400145 No 196.00
90o elbows
A3400146 45o elbows No 122.60
A3400148 Collars No 133.00
ME-A19

(S$)

900mm diameter
A3400150 No 248.60
90o elbows
A3400151 45o elbows No 154.00
A3400153 Collars No 147.00
1000mm diameter
A3400155 No 273.00
90o elbows
A3400156 45o elbows No 168.00
A3400158 Collars No 161.00
1120mm diameter
A3400160 No 308.00
90o elbows
A3400161 45o elbows No 189.00
A3400163 Collars No 182.00
ME-A110

(S$)
A3500000 PIPEWORK
Galvanised steel pipes Class C complying with SS 17

complete with necessary fittings (i.e. elbows, bends, tees,
reducers and similar pipe fittings) supports, hangers and
painting
A3500001 Up to 20mm diameter m 13.60
ME-A111

(S$)
A3500000 PIPEWORK
Black steel pipes Class C complying with BS 1387 complete

with necessary fittings (i.e. elbows, bends, tees, reducers and
similar pipe fittings) supports, hangers and painting

A3500025 m 10.00
Dismantling uninsulated pipe including fittings, strainers, valves,
metal supports, etc. removing off site (any size)
ME-A112

(S$)
A3600000 PRE - INSULATED CHILLED/CONDENSATE WATER PIPES
Pre-insulated chilled and condensate w ater pipes in

replacement complete with flanges unions, anchors, supports
and necessary fittings including removing off site. All pipes
up to 76mm diameter shall be screwed fittings. Pipes larger
than 76mm diameter shall be flanged.
Pre-insulated chilled water pipes
Black steel pipe Class C complying with BS1387 including

anti-corrosive protection painting pre -insulated w ith
polyurethane and aluminium metal jacketing
A360001 1 Up to 255mm diameter m 352.80
ME-A113

(S$)
Pre-insulated condensate pipes
Black steel pipe Class B complying with BS 1387 including

anti-corrosive protection painting, pre-insulated with
polyurethane and aluminium metal jacketing
Galvanised steel pipe Class C complying with SS 17 with

approved internal linings
ME-A114

(S$)
Pre-insulated condensate pipes (cont'd)

Galvanised steel pipe Class C complying with SS 17 with
approved internal linings (cont'd)
A3600031 Up to 305mm diameter

m 245.00
Black steel pipe Class C complying with BS 1387
ME-A115

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
Valves and strainers (new or in replacement) complete with

flanges, gaskets, bolts and nuts.
Note
a)
Without insulation refers to without insulation but includes
painting
b)
With insulation refers to polyurethane insulation with hyrid
plaster or with aluminium jacketing (to be decided by SO) and
painting
c)
Rate is applicable if only valves, strainers and/or automatic air
vent complete w ith stop cocks is/are replaced. If the
replacement includes dismantling of pipes, the rate shall be
charged under the new installation. Dismantling or pipework
can be found in items (A3800023)
d)
Material used are bronze for size up to 80mm and cast iron for
size 102mm and above
Gate valves
Up to 20mm diameter pipes
A3700001 New (without insulation) No 28.93
A3700002 New (with insulation) No 49.00
A3700003 Replacement (without insulation) No 35.00
A3700004 Replacement (with insulation) No 56.00
Gate valves (Cont'd)
ME-A116

(S$)
A3700000
VALVES
A370001 1 Replacement (without insulation) No 69.50
ME-A117

(S$)
A3700000
VALVES
ME-A118

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
A3700041 New (without insulation) No 1,261.33
A3700043 Replacement (without insulation) No 1,152.00
A3700044 Replacement (with insulation) No 1,078.00
A3700046 New (with insulation) No 1,260.00
Globe valves
ME-A119

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
Globe valves (Cont'd)
ME-A120

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
ME-A121

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
Check valves
ME-A122

(S$)
A3700000
VALVES
Check valves (Cont'd)
A37001 10 New (with insulation) No 273.00
A37001 12 Replacement (with insulation) No 301.00
A37001 13 New (without insulation) No 313.58
ME-A123

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
Check valves (Cont'd)
A37001 29 New (without insulation) No 1,400.67
A37001 32 Replacement (with insulation) No 1,078.00
A37001 35 Replacement (without insulation) No 1,226.80
ME-A124

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
A3700137 No 2,640.00
To supply and replace globe valve include painting for diameter up
to 350 mm
Strainers
ME-A125

(S$)
A3700000
VALVES
Strainers (Cont'd)
ME-A126

(S$)
A3700000
VALVES
Strainers (Cont'd)
Automatic Air Vent complete with Stop Cock
ME-A127

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
Cast iron body-bronze trimmed-stainless steel screen

strainers of 1050 kN/sq m
A3700186 Up to 20mm nominal diameter No 40.00
A37001 97 Up to 254mm nominal diameter No 1,500.00
A3700198 Up to 305mm nominal diameter No 2,210.00

A37001 99 No 160.00
To supply and replace butterfly valve include painting for diameter
up to 65 mm
A3700200 No 170.00
up to 80 mm
A3700201 No 220.00
up to 104 mm
A3700202 No 270.00
up to 127 mm
A3700203 No 320.00
up to 154 mm
ME-A128

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
A3700204 To supply and replace butterfly valve include painting for diameter No 550.00
up to 204 mm
A3700205 To supply and replace butterfly valve include painting for diameter No 935.00
up to 254 mm
A3700206 To supply and replace butterfly valve include painting for diameter No 1,200.00
up to 304 mm
A3700207 To supply and replace balancing valve include painting for No 75.00
diameter up to 20 mm
A370021 1 To supply and replace balancing valve include painting for No 145.00
A3700215 To supply and replace balancing valve include painting for No 1,000.00
ME-A129

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
A3700221 To supply and replace constant flow valve include painting for No 100.00
A3700229 To supply and replace constant flow valve include painting for No 1,380.00
ME-A130

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
Stainless steel water strainer of cooling tower. The works

included disposal of unwanted materials
A3700235 Capacity up to 50 ton Set 110.00
Float valve of cooling tower. The works include disposal of

unwanted materials
A3700244 6.5mm No 50.00
A3700245 13mm No 55.00
A3700246 20mm No 66.00
A3700247 26mm No 77.00
A3700248 39mm No 83.00
A3700249 51mm No 88.00
ME-A131

(S$)
A3700000 VALVES
A3700250 Supply and replace electric actuator valve for size F777-012 or No 1,425.00
equivalent
A3700251 No 1,800.00
Supply and replace electric actuator valve for size F777-018 or
equivalent
A3700252 No 1,903.00
Supply and replace electric actuator valve for size F777-050 or
equivalent
ME-A132

(S$)
A3800000 PRE-INSULATED PIPEWORK
Pre-insulated chilled and condensate water pipes complete

with aluminium metal jacketing, flanges unions, anchors,
supports, necessary fittings and painting. All pipes up to
76mm diameter shall be screwed fittings. Pipes larger than
76mm diameter shall be flanged.
Pre-insulated pipes
Black steel pipes Class C to BS 1387 including anti-corrosive

protection painting, pre-insulated with polyurethane and
aluminium metal jacketing and painting
ME-A133

(S$)
A3800000
PRE-INSULATED PIPEWORK
Pre-insulated Pipe
Black steel pipes Class B to BS 1387 including anti-

corrosive protection painting pre-insulated with polyurethane
and aluminium metal jacketing and painting
Dismantling of pipeworks
A3800023 Dismantling of insulated pipes including fittings, strainers, valves, m 12.00

metal supports, etc. and removing off site
A3800024 To supply and install test plug complete with pipe fitting, insulation No 35.00
(for chilled water pipe) and etc.
A3800025 To supply and install test plug complete with pipe fitting, insulation No 45.00
(for chilled water pipe) and etc. But with extra 13 mm ball valve for
isolation purposes
A3800026 To supply and install test plug complete with pipe fitting, insulation Set 60.00
(for chilled water pipe) and etc. But with "hot tapping" method
A3800027 To supply all material.labour and transport for the install or replace No 100.00
of automatic air vent complete with stop cock without insulation but
include painting for diameter up to 26 mm
A3800028 No 125.10
To supply all labour, materials and transport for the install/replace
of automatic air vent valve complete with stop cock with
polyurethane foam insulation, aluminium jacketing and painting for
ME-A134

(S$)
A3900000
PIPE INSULATION
New pipework insulation or removing existing pipework

insulations to pipes and valves.
Polyurethane insulations
A3900014 Up to 400mm m 299.00
A3900015 Up to 450mm m 349.00
ME-A135

(S$)
A3900000
PIPE INSULATION
Hyrid plaster (after the insulation) with painting
0.46mm (26SWG) aluminium jackets (after the insulation) with
ME-A136

(S$)
A3900000
PIPE INSULATION
0.46mm (26SWG) aluminium jackets (after the insulation) with

jackets (after the
0.46mm (26SWG) galvanised steel
insulation) including painting
ME-A137

(S$)
A3900000
PIPE INSULATION
0.46mm (26SWG) galvanised steel jackets (after the

insulation) including painting (Cont'd)
Dismantling and removing existing insulations
ME-A138

(S$)
Insulations for valves complete with flanges, fittings and

painting
Polyurethane insulations complete with 0.46mm (26SWG)

aluminium jacketing
A3900070 Up to 25mm diameter No 21.30
ME-A139

(S$)
A3900000
PIPE INSULATION
Polyurethane insulations with 0.46mm (26SWG) galvanised

steel jacketing
ME-A140

(S$)
A3900000
PIPE INSULATION
Hyrid plaster (after the insulation)
A39001 10 Up to 400mm diameter No 450.00

A39001 11 m 96.00
Supply and install chilled water pipe up to 50mm daimeter with
chemical (polyurethane) insulation according to standard
specification (M&E) No. 2/95 Air-con Mech. & Vent. Installation
A3900112 m3 500.00
Supply and install polyurethane foam for thermal insulation of
pipework, fittings, equipment surfaces etc. as specified
A3900113 Supply and install galvanized steel casing for use on polyurethane foam m2 40.00
for thermal insulation constucted for split-casing removal of thermal
insulation as specified, measured on area of casing
A3900114 Supply and install 25 mm nominal diameter long radius bends for No 10.00
chilled water piping to API Std. 5l-1972 grade A thermally insulated
ME-A141

(S$)
ME-A142

(S$)
A4000000 COOKER HOODS AND WEATHER COWLS
Note
Rates measured on area of hood or refers to per square metre

of hood or cowl surfaces
A4000001 1.63mm (16 SWG) aluminium hood or cowls m2 119.00
A4000002 1.63mm (16 SWG) galvanised steel hood or cowls m2 101.50
A4000003 1.63mm (16 SWG) stainless steel hood or cowls m2 196.00
A4000005 1.22mm (18 SWG) galvanised hood or cowls m2 94.50
A4000006 1.22mm (18 SWG) stainless steel hood or cowls m2 168.00
A4000008 0.91mm (20 SWG) galvanised steel hood or cowls m2 84.00
A4000009 0.91 mm (20 SWG) stainless steel hood or cowls m2 147.00
A4000010 0.71 mm (22 SWG) aluminium hood or cowls m2 94.50
A400001 1 0.71mm (22 SWG) galvanised steel hood or cowls m2 66.50
A400001 2 0.71mm (22 SWG) stainless steel hood or cowls m2 112.00
ME-A143

(S$)
A41 00000
PVC DUCTS
PVC ducts including all necessary supports, hangers,

brackets
PVC straight ducts including reducers where required
90o or 45o PVC elbows
ME-A144

(S$)
A41 00000 PVC DUCTS
PVC sockets
A4100022 Up to 102mm diameter tees No 32.90
ME-A145

(S$)
A4200000 GREASE FILTERS
Grease filters complete with filter panel frames
Note
Other sizes of grease filters with area between any two sizes
above shall be charged on the rate for the larger size.
A4200001 241 x 241mm

No 47.60
A4200002 241 x 394mm No 53.90
A4200003 241 x 495mm No 55.30
A4200004 394 x 394mm No 65.10
A4200005 394 x 495mm No 65.10
A4200006 394 x 622mm No 68.60
A4200007 495 x 495mm No 66.50
A4200008 495 x 622mm No 84.00
ME-A146

(S$)
A4300000 PAINTING
Spray painting and repainting
A4300001 Painting of new ducts including hangers and supports as specified m2 8.25
A4300002 Repainting of existing ducts with hangers and supports including m2 10.20
scrapping of existing paint and primer as specified
Repainting of existing grilles and diffusers including

removing, collecting from site, scrapping existing paint and
refixing
A4300003 Not exceeding 500 x 500mm No 21.00
A4300004 Exceeding 500 x 500mm but not exceeding 900 x 900mm No 28.00
Repainting of all metal parts of extractor fans including

removing, collecting from site, scrapping of existing paint
and refixing
A4300005 305mm diameter No 56.00

A4300009 No 28.00
Supply labour and tools to cut hole opening on main duct up to 210
mm dia.
A4300010 No 38.00
mm dia.
A430001 1 No 48.00
mm dia and above
ME-A147

(S$)
A4300000 PAINTING
To cut opening on the supply/ return/ fresh air duct and install
access panels.The access panel shall be of double skin
construction with at least 25 mm thick fibreglass insulation
fame and panel shall be constructed by high grade, heavy
grade galvanised sheet complete with approved gasket,
positive sealing latches and hinges
A4300012 150 mm x 240 mm (or equivalent area) of panel size. No 58.00
A4300013 240mm x 375mm (or equivalent area) of panel size No 68.00

A430001 6 Per Job 12.00
To cut hole opening on the supply/ return/ fresh air duct install
instrument test hole fitting (test port).
ME-A148

(S$)
A4400000 CLEANING
Cleaning of grilles and diffusers
A4400001 Face area equal or less than 500 x 500mm No 5.60
A4400002 Face area bigger than 500 x 500mm up to 900 x 900mm No 9.10
Cleaning of extractor fans (all type) as specified complete

with taking down and refixing
A4400003 Up to 305 mm diameter ducted type No 56.00
A4400004 Up to 305 mm diameter non-ducted type No 42.00
A4400005 From 305mm diameter to 610mm diameter No 70.00
Chemical cleaning of cooling units for AHU or FAU or chilled

water fan coil with approved chemical and painting of rusty
parts
A4400006 Cooling capacity up to 17.5kW No 53.00
A4400015 Cooling capacity above 246.1 kW No 123.30
ME-A149

(S$)
A4400000 CLEANING
Chemical cleaning of cooling units for air cooled and VRV

system with approved chemical and painting of rusty parts

Chemical cleaning of condenser coil for air cooled and VRV
ME-A150

(S$)
A4400000 CLEANING
Chemical cleaning of condenser coil for air cooled and VRV

(Cont'd)

Chemical cleaning of shell and tubes conndensers for water-
cooled DX system with approved chemical or brush including
replacement of gaskets and painting of rusty parts
A4400038 Up to 17.5kW No 88.00
A4400039 Up to 35.1kW No 97.00
A4400040 Up to 70.3kW No 132.00
A4400041 Up to 105.5kW No 150.00
A4400042 Up to 140.6kW No 158.00
A4400043 Up to 175.8kW No 176.00

Chemical cleaning of chiller shell and tubes cooler/condenser
with approved chemical or brush up including replacement of
gaskets and painting to rusty parts
A4400044 Up to 100 RT No 484.00
A4400045 Up to 150RT No 528.00
A4400046 Up to 250RT No 572.00
A4400047 Up to 300RT No 660.00
A4400048 Up to 400RT No 748.00
ME-A151

(S$)
A4400000 CLEANING
Chemical cleaning of chiller shell and tubes cooler/condenser

with approved chemical or brush up including replacement of
gaskets and painting to rusty parts (Cont'd)
A4400049 Up to 500RT No 792.00
A4400050 Up to 600 RT No 836.00
A4400051 Up to 700RT No 880.00
A4400052 Up to 800RT No 924.00
A4400053 Up to 900RT No 1,012.00
A4400054 Up to 1000RT No 1,100.00
A4400055 Up to 1100RT No 1,188.00
A4400056 Up to 1200RT No 1,276.00
A4400057 Up to 1300RT No 1,364.00
A4400058 Up to 1400RT No 1,452.00
A4400059 Up to 1500RT No 1,540.00

A4400060 m2 90.10
Supply materials, labour, transport and tools (including scaffolding)
to clean air duct internally as specified. The internally clean air
duct system includes the supply and return air ducts, diffusers,
internal insulation and etc. The unit in sq meter, is based on the
area of the ducting system(s) to be cleaned.
ME-A152

(S$)
A4400000 CLEANING
A4400061 Supply labour, tools, materials and transport to install Electronic cell 1,300.00
Air Cleaner (complete with pre-filter, electronic cells, activated
carbon filter, detectable filter flames structure, internal power
modules and controls, ON/OFF switch and indicator, Alarm signal
indicators, BMS interface Card etc.) for standard dimension of 665
x 610 x 165 mm per filter cell modular (2 cells front loading type,
filtration efficiency: 95% at 1 m/s and 85% at 2m/s, pressure drop:
0.04 inch w.c at 1m/s and 0.10 inch w.c at 2m/s). In the event of
additional odd sizes filter cell module needed, payment shall based
on pro-rated of the standard filter cell area (665 x 610 mm). The
rate herein includes one year warranty from the date of completion
and 4 quarterly servicing during the one year defects liabilities
period. (External power supply and BMS interfacing shall be
separately measured.)
A4400062 Supply labour, tools, materials and tranport for quarterly (3 cell 30.00
monthly) servicing and maintenance for (standard dimension filter
cell modular) Electionic Air Cleaner. The rate herein includes
changing of used cells with clean cells, checking on power pack,
pre-filter and overall checking etc. (Any faulty spare-parts need to
be replaced will be quote separately.)
Supply all labour, tools and chemicals for condenser water

chemical treatment (include submit of monthly water
treatment report for cooling towers)
The rate herein is for per system per month and includes
testing of water qualities, monthly plate test and quarterly LG
test
A4400063 Total capacity less than or equal to 150RT

Sys 70.00
A4400064 Total capacity up to 500RT Sys 100.00
A4400065 Total capacity up to 1 000RT Sys 150.00
A4400066 Total capacity up to 1 500RT Sys 200.00
ME-A153

(S$)
A4500000
DRAWING
Service charges for drawings (tracing drafting etc) on

negatives excluding site inspection
A4500001 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) No 160.00
A4500002 A1 size (610 x 840mm) No 140.00
A4500003 A2 size (594 x 420mm) No 85.00

A4500004 No 60.00
A3 size (297 x 420mm)
Service charges for drawing (tracing drafting etc) on

negatives including site inspections and measurements
A4500005 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) No 250.00
A4500006 A1 size (610 x 840mm) No 220.00
A4500007 A2 size (594 x 420mm) No 160.00
A4500008 A3 size (297 x 420mm) No 130.00
Paper prints of drawing excluding site inspections
A4500009 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) No 4.80
A4500010 A1 size (610 x 840mm) No 4.00
A450001 1 A2 size (594 x 420mm) No 2.60
A450001 2 A3 size (297 x 420mm) No 1.80

Polyester negatives of drawing excluding site inspection
A4500013 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) No 35.00
A4500014 A1 size (610 x 840mm) No 24.50
A4500015 A2 size (594 x 420mm) No 14.00
A4500016 A3 size (297 x 420mm) No 7.10
ME-A154

(S$)
A4500000 DRAWING
Linen-backed prints of drawing excluding site inspection
A4500017 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) No 31.60
A4500018 A1 size (610 x 840mm) No 24.60
A4500019 A2 size (594 x 420mm) No 17.60
A4500020 A3 size (297 x 420mm) No 10.60
ME-A155

(S$)
A4600000
ELECTRICAL CABLES, TRUNKING AND ACCESSORIES
PVC insulated 450/750W grade cables complying with SS 358.

Rates are applicable to green earth cables.
A4600001 1 x 1 mm2 m 0.30
A4600002 1 x 1.5 mm2 m 0.30
A4600003 1 x 2.5 mm2 m 0.40
A4600004 1 x 4.0 mm2 m 0.50
A4600005 1 x 6.0 mm2 m 0.90
A4600006 1 x 10.0 mm2 m 1.10
A4600007 1 x 16.0 mm2 m 1.50
A4600008 1 x 25.0 mm2 m 2.00
A4600009 1 x 35.0 mm2 m 2.80
A4600010 1 x 50.0 mm2 m 3.50
A4600011 1 x 70 mm2 m 4.80
A4600012 1 x 95 mm2 m 6.80
A4600013 1 x 120 mm2 m 7.50
A4600014 1 x 150 mm2 m 9.00
A4600015 1 x 185 mm2 m 12.00
A4600016 1 x 240 mm2 m 15.20
PVC/PVC insulated 450/750W grade cables complying with SS

358. Rates are applicable to green earth cables.
A4600017 1 x 1 mm2 m 0.30
A4600018 1 x 1.5 mm2 m 0.30
A4600019 1 x 2.5 mm2 m 0.40
ME-A156

(S$)
A4600000 ELECTRICAL CABLES, TRUNKING AND ACCESSORIES
PVC/PVC insulated 450/750W grade cables complying with SS

358. Rates are applicable to green earth cables. (Cont'd)
A4600020 1 x 4.0 mm2 m 0.50
A4600021 1 x 6.0 mm2 m 0.90
A4600022 1 x 10.0 mm2 m 1.30
A4600023 1 x 16.0 mm2 m 1.70
A4600024 1 x 25.0 mm2 m 2.20
A4600025 1 x 35.0 mm2 m 3.00
A4600026 1 x 50.0 mm2 m 3.80
Galvanised steel conduit complete with saddles

Conduit complying with SS 100 and shall be of heavy gauge
screwed at both ends, solid drawn or seamed by welding,
show no appreciable uneveness and free from internal burrs,
fins and the like which may cause damage to cables. The
conduit shall be galvanised and of approved rep utable
manufacture. For concealed conduit, works include supply
labour and material including fixing, making good of the
concrete work and painting of wall to original colour.
Up to 20mm diameter

Up to 26mm diameter

ME-A157

(S$)

screwed at both ends, solid drawn or seamed by welding,
show no appreciable uneveness and free from internal burrs,
fins and the like which may cause damage to cables. The
conduit shall be galvanised and of approved reputable
manufacture. For concealed conduit, works include supply
labour and material including fixing, making good of the
concrete work and painting of wall to original colour. (cont'd)
Up to 32mm diameter

Up to 40mm diameter

Up to 52mm diameter

Flexible conduit (Metal Type)
Up to 20mm diameter
A4600037 Conduit type m 3.00
A4600038 Brass termination gland type m 2.20
Up to 26mm diameter
ME-A158
(S$)

screwed at both ends, solid drawn or seamed by welding, show
no appreciable uneveness and free from internal burrs, fins
and the like which may cause damage to cables. The conduit
shall be galvanised and of approved reputable manufacture. For
concealed conduit, works include supply labour and material
including fixing, making good of the concrete work and painting
of wall to original colour. (cont'd)
Up to 40mm diameter
Metal Trunking
Metal trunking 1.22mm (18SWG) shall be fabricated from

galvanised sheet metal complete with removable covers
finished off with two coats of stove grey enamel paint after
priming with anti-corrosive paint.
A4600043 50 x 25mm 3.60

m
A4600044 75 x 50mm m 5.30
A4600045 100 x 50mm m 6.00
A4600046 100 x 75mm m 7.50
A4600047 150 x 50mm m 8.60
A4600048 150 x 75mm m 9.30
A4600049 150 x 100mm m 10.60
A4600050 200 x 100mm m 12.50
ME-A159

(S$)
A4600000
ELECTRICAL CABLES, TRUNKING AND ACCESSORIES
PVC trunking of PSB approved type complete with removable

covers
A4600051 20 x 12mm m 1.00
A4600052 32 x 12mm m 1.20
A4600053 38 x 12mm m 1.40
A4600054 50 x 12mm m 1.60
A4600055 50 x 25mm m 1.90
A4600056 50 x 50mm m 2.40
A4600057 75 x 50mm m 3.40
A4600058 75 x 75mm m 4.00
PVC trunking of PSB approved type complete with removable

covers (cont'd)
A4600059 100 x 50mm m 4.40
A4600060 100 x 75mm m 5.80
A4600061 100 x100mm m 6.10
A4600062 150 x 50mm m 6.40
A4600063 150 x 75mm m 6.90
A4600064 200 x 100mm m 7.80
A4600065 200 x 100mm m 8.90
A4600066 Checking electrical loading at the incoming/submains of electrical

switchboard using current recorder, hooking up and recording the
24 hours ampere reading and removal of recorder
No 150.00
ME-A160

(S$)
Timer
Timers including connecting up to power points and ready to

operate
A4600067 An electric time switch 230V, 50Hz, 10-30 amperes, quartz

reserve (150 hrs) for 24 hours with 15 minutes setting No 84.00
A4600068 An electronic digital programmable time switch for 7 days

operations, single channel, 240V, 50Hz, class of protection
IP42/1 1, with minimum time setting of 1 minute. The timer shall
have at least 24 start/stop functions No 280.00
A4600069
Programmable digital timer as the Central Console for the
automatic start/stop of the refrigeration and all handling units (see
technical specification C20.5 for details) No 3,150.00
Water-proof isolator
Water-proof isolators with minimum protection of IP55.
A4600070 20A DP No 35.00
A4600071 32A DP No 35.00
A4600072 45A DP No 42.00
A4600073 60A DP No 42.00
A4600074 20A TPN No 49.00
A4600075 32A TPN No 49.00
A4600076 45A TPN No 56.00
A4600077 60A TPN No 56.00
ME-A161

(S$)
Control panels for mechanical ventilation fans and

airconditioning systems
1.63mm (16SWG) galvanised mild steel cabinets complete

with necessary purpose made clamps, bolts and nuts, hinged
door, ventilation louvre, water-tight gasket, locks, and
complete with indicating bulbs, push buttons, contactors,
thermal overloads, circuit breakers, etc.
Electrical control panels for fan of motor rating up to 3.75kW

complete with power & RST indicating lights, test lamp on/off
push buttons
A4600078 1 fan No 217.00
A4600079 2 fans No 385.00
A4600080 3 fans No 546.00
A4600081 4 fans No 735.00
A4600082 5 fans No 945.00
Electrical control panels for aircooled type air-conditioning

systems of cooling capacity up to 10.5kW
A4600083 1 system No 525.00
A4600084 2 systems No 980.00
Electrical control panels for aircooled type air-conditioning

systems of cooling capacity above 10.5kW but less than
17.5kW
A4600085 1 system No 1,225.00
A4600086 2 systems No 2,275.00
ME-A162

(S$)
C o n t r o l p a ne l s fo r m e c h a ni c a l v e n t i l a ti o n f a n s a n d
airconditioning systems (Cont'd)
Electrical control panels for air-cooled type air-conditioning

systems of cooling capacity above 17.5kW but less than
53.0kW
A4600087 1 system No 1,890.00
A4600088 2 systems No 3,675.00
Electrical control panels for air-cooled type air-conditioning

systems of cooling capacity above 53.0 kW but less than
90.0kW
A4600089 1 system No 2,590.00
A4600090 2 systems No 4,900.00
Hot-dipped galvanised stand/supports with painting for

evaporator units of cooling capacity:
A4600091 Up to 17.5kW No 140.00
A4600092 Above 17.5kW but less than 35.0kW No 210.00
A4600093 Above 35.0kW but less than 100.0kW No 280.00
A4600094 Stainless steel stand/support for the air-conditioning system or

fan's control panel (for all cooling capacity) No 70.10
ME-A163

(S$)
A4700000 STEEL SUPPORT HANGERS & BRACKETS
Steel support hangers and brackets including spring

isolators, rubber mounting, bolts and nuts, etc. for fans (any
type of fans which are not listed in the Schedule of Rates).

Hot dipped galvanised steel tower support stands of cooling
tower. The works include disposal of unwanted materials
A4700004 Capacity up to 50 ton

Set 385.00
A4700007 Capacity up to 300 ton Set 1,100.00
A470001 1 Capacity up to 700 ton Set 2,200.00
ME-A164

(S$)
A4700000 STEEL SUPPORT HANGERS & BRACKETS
Hot dipped galvanised steel motor support bracket of cooling


Set 330.00

Hot dipped galvansied steel infill support complete of cooling

Set 385.00
ME-A165

(S$)
A4800000 ACCESS DOORS
Double-skin (insulated) access doors including forming door

openings, hinges, rubber linings, etc.
A4800001 500 x 500mm No 84.00
A4800002 600 x 600mm No 105.00
A4800003 800 x 600mm No 140.00
ME-A166

(S$)
A4900000 ELECTRONIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
Electronic control equipment and related accessories (new or

in replacement) including dismantling, refixing, testing and
removing of debris off site.
Electronic control equipment
A4900001 Digital indicating controller (Temp/Humid/Pressure) No 840.00
A4900002 Room/duct temperature sensor (±1oC) No 192.50
A4900003 Room/duct humidity sensor (± 5oC) No 805.00
A4900004 Air flow switch No 112.00
A4900005 Temperature controller complete with sensor No 161.00
Modulating motor actuator for valves
A4900006 Up to 39mm No 339.50
A4900007 Up to 64mm No 493.50
A4900008 Up to 102mm No 563.50
A4900009 Panels for controllers No 151.20
A4900010 Differential pressure sensors No 665.00
A4900011 Modulating motor actuator for chilled water valves for AHU No 1,015.00
A4900012 Room temperature controller with DDC functionality No 315.00
A4900013 Actuator motor to VAV No 189.00
A4900014 Modulating motor actuator for chilled water valve for FCU No 210.00
ME-A167

(S$)
Control valves
A4900015 Up to 26mm diameter x 2 way No 157.60
A4900026 Up to 102mm diameter x 3 way No 1,088.60
Smoke detectors
A4900027 Single stage thermostats complete with speed controls No 140.00
A4900028 Two stages thermostats complete with speed controls No 210.00
Pneumatic control equipment
A4900029 Valve actuators No 210.00
A4900030 Outdoor air temperature sensors No 126.00
A4900031 Off-coil temperature sensors No 399.00
ME-A168

(S$)
Pneumatic control equipment (Cont'd)
A4900032 Temperature controllers No 595.00
A4900033 Room thermostat (± 1oC) No 95.20
A4900034 Duct thermostat (± 1oC) No 175.00
A4900035 Face and bypass actuators No 203.00
A4900036 Static pressure transmitters No 980.00
A4900037 Return air temperature sensors No 315.00
A4900038 Pressure controllers No 630.00
A4900039 Differential pressure transmitters No 910.00
A4900040 Electric to pneumatic relay (solenoid valves) No 77.00
A4900041 Pressure adjustors No 119.00
Cast iron body, aluminium bronze disc, stainless steel stem,

epom seat and flanged valves
Manual butterfly valves with gear operators and handwheels
ME-A169

(S$)
Pneumatic control equipment (Cont'd)

epom seat and flanged valves (cont'd)
Manual butterfly valves with gear operator and handwheels

(Cont'd)

Pneumatic butterfly valve actuators
A4900058 Up to 254mm diameter No 1,000.00

Electric butterfly valve actuators
ME-A170

(S$)
Pneumatic Control Equipment (Cont'd)

epom seat and flanged valves (cont'd)
Electric butterfly valve actuators (Cont'd)
Motorised butterfly valves complete with actuators
ME-A171

(S$)
A4900000
ELECTRONIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
Pneumatic Control Equipment (Cont'd)
PVC or copper tubing complete with saddles
A4900078 Up to 6mm diameter PVC tubing m 2.90
A4900079 Up to 6mm diameter copper tubing m 3.90
A4900080 Up to 12.7mm diameter copper tubing m 9.00

Temperature gauges complete with pockets
A4900081 0oC to 50oC No 28.00

A4900082 30oC to 50oC No
Pressure gauges complete with pockets
A4900083 0 to 14 kgf/cm2 No 35.00

A4900084 0 to 30 kgf/cm2 No 35.00
A4900085 -2.1 kgf/cm2 (-30 psi) to 14 kgf/cm2 No 35.00
A4900086 -2.1 kgf/cm2 (-30 psi) to 30 kgf/cm2 No 35.00
A4900087 Water flow switches complete with pockets No 77.00

A4900088 No 105.00
Calibration of pneumatic/electronic control system for air handling
units as specified in the technical specifiction (any size)
Checking and calibration as specified
A4900089 Variable speed drives (any size) No 161.00
A4900090 Variable air volume boxes (any size) No 15.50
ME-A172

(S$)
Programmable logic control (PLC)
Master control station complete with 10 inch active control

colour touch screen
A4900091 DDC with motherboard, intercom power supply, cabinets, locks No 3,250.00
and BASIC complement of AI, AO, DI and DO points
A4900092 Microprocessor based workstation as specified No 4,250.00
A4900093 Network interface units No 1,250.00
A4900094 Autodial modems No 1,450.00
A4900095 Portable operator terminals No 2,800.00
A4900096 10 inch touch screen panels with built-in processor No 2,650.00
A4900097 10 inch touch screen panels without built-in processor No 2,050.00
Expansion cards
A4900098 A1 (16 A1/Card) No 1,500.00
A4900099 A0 (16 AO/Card) No 1,800.00
A4900100 DI (16 DI/card) No 1,200.00
A4900101 DO (16 DO/Card) No 1,400.00
A4900102 Pulse input (16 PI/Card) No 1,800.00

A4900103 Per Job 1,200.00
Relocation of existing PLC panels include testing and
commissioning - within General Office (irrespectively of the
distance) Rate inclusive of wirings, trunking, etc and make good to
disturbed
ME-A173

(S$)
A5000000 REPAIRS AND REPL ACEM ENT OF ELECTRICAL

ACCESSORIES INCLUDING TESTING
For replacement including testing.
Supply all materials, labour and transport for replacement of

the following starters O/L capacity coils, magnetic contactors,
auto-transformers, change over relays, control relays, time
delays, smoke detectors, capacitors, wiring cables,
galvanised pipe conduit, flexible conduit and metal/PVC
trunking including testing and the removal of defective parts.
Note
All defective electrical parts must be delivered to the SO.
Direct-on-line starters, hand reset, with 2 or more auxiliary

contacts with line and phase protection over-load relay,
suitable for AC 500 V, 3 Phase, 50Hz complying with BS 587
and/or IEC Pub 151-1, 292-1
A5000001 Up to 3.75kW (5 Hp) full load range 0.3 - 9 Amp operating coil 240 No 70.00
volts or 24 volts
A5000002 AC Starter Panel 3 hp DOL Starter BBC or equivalent (Rate per No 140.00
set)
Star-Delta starters, hand reset, with 2 or more auxiliary

contacts over-load relay, suitable for AC 500V, 3 Phase,
complying with BS 587 and or IEC PUB 151-2, 292-1
A5000003 Up to 7.5kW, 10 Hp, full load ranges, 2.5 - 5 Amp, 4.5 - 9 Amp, 6 - No 210.00
12 Amp, 12-18 Amp, operating coil 240 volts or 24 volts
A5000004 Up to 11.2 kW, 15 Hp, full load ranges, 16-24 Amp, operating coil No 245.00
240 volts or 24 volts
A5000005 Up to 15 kW 20 HP, full load ranges, 22-34 amp, operating coil set 350.00
A5000006 Up to 22 kW 30 HP, full load ranges, 32-48 amp, operating coil set 420.00
A5000007 Up to 30 kW 40 HP, full load ranges, 32-48 amp, 45-65 amp set 750.00
operating coil 240 volts or 24 volts
ME-A1 74

(S$)
A5000000 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL

Star-Delta starters, hand reset, with 2 or more auxiliary

contacts over-load relay, suitable for AC 500V, 3 Phase,
complying with BS 587 and or IEC PUB 151-2, 292-1 (Cont'd)
A5000008 AC Starter Panel 10kW Star Delta Starter BBC or equivalent (Rate No 417.00
per set)
A5000009 No 856.00
AC Starter Panel 37kW Star Delta Starter BBC or equivalent (Rate
per set)
A5000010 No 1,378.00
AC Starter Panel 55kW Star Delta Starter BBC or equivalent (Rate
per set)
Auto-transformer 60-65%
A5000011 Up to 5 kW No 126.00
A5000012 Up to 10 kW set 154.00
A5000013 Up to 11.2 kW No 154.00
A5000014 Up to 15 kW set 182.00
A5000015 Up to 20 kW set 224.00
A5000016 Up to 25 kW set 294.00
A5000017 Up to 30 kW set 364.00
A5000018 Up to 35 kW set 448.00
A5000019 Up to 40 kW set 602.00
A5000020 Up to 45 kW set 714.00
A5000021 Up to 50 kW set 980.00

A5000022 No 6,005.00
AC Starter Panel 230kW A/T Starter BBC or equivalent (Rate per
set)
ME-A1 75

(S$)

Magnetic contactor's (open type) 3 poles with 2 or more

auxiliary contacts, suitable for AC 500V, 3 Phase, 50 Hz
complying with BS 775 and/or IEC Pub 158-1/292-1
A5000023 Up to 3.75 kW 9 Amp, operating coil 240 volts or 24 volts No 56.00
A5000025 Up to 11 kW 24 amp, coil voltage 240 V or 24 V No
A5000027 Up to 15 kW 32 amp, coil voltage 240 V or 24 V No 105.00
A5000030 Magnetic contactor (coil voltage AC 240V/ 11 5V/ 24V, 4 poles with No 70.00
2 or more auxiliary contacts, suitable for AC 415/440V, 3 Phase,
50Hz, conform to IEC Pub 158 - 1 / 292 - 1 and BS 775 and with
long life rating) for rating up to 2.25KW
A5000031 Ditto - rating up to 9.0kW No 100.00
Magnetic Contactors (Open type) 4 poles, suitable for AC

500V , 3 Ph, 50 Hz, conform to BS 775 and/or IEC Pub 158-
1/262-1
ME-A176

(S$)

Step down transformer (240 V to 24 V)
A5000042 Up to 50 VA No 63.00
OL Capacity coil 240 volts or 415 volts
A5000043 Up to 10 HP No 56.00
A5000044 Up to 20 HP No 70.00
A5000045 Up to 30 HP No 91.00
A5000046 Up to 40 HP No 105.00
A5000047 Up to 60 HP No 119.00
A5000048 Up to 80 HP No 133.00
A5000049 Up to 100 HP No 154.00
A5000050 Up to 120 HP No 175.00
Control Relay Pin Delay - 8/12 pin c/w socket
A5000051 230 V coil No 49.00
A5000052 110 V coil No 49.00
A5000053 24 V coil No 49.00
ME-A177

(S$)

Time Delay Relay Pin delay - 8 pin c/w socket 1-30 second
delay
A5000054 230 V coil No 56.00
A5000055 110 V coil No 56.00
A5000056 24 V coil No 56.00
A5000057 Change over relay No 63.00
A5000058 Float switch (all types) No/ Set 63.00
A5000059 Starting capacitor up to 150uf (ufarad) No 25.00
A5000060 Starting Capacitor up to 200 ufarad No 42.00
A5000061 Running Capacitor
A5000062 Up to 30 ufarad No 35.00
A5000063 Up to 60 ufarad No 56.00
A5000064 Up to 100 ufarad No 72.50
A5000065 0.30
1 x 1 mm2 PVC insulated cable to S'pore Std 50: 1981 450/750V per m
grade run
A5000066 0.30
1 x 1.5 mm2 PVC insulated cable to S'pore Std 50 : 1981 per m
450/750V grade run
A5000067 0.40
450/750V grade run
A5000068 0.50
450/750V grade run
A5000069 0.90
450/750V grade run
A5000070 1.10
450/750V grade run
A5000071 1.50
450/750V grade run
A5000072 2.00
450/750V grade run
ME-A178

(S$)
A5000000 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENT OF ELECT RIC AL

A5000073 1 x 35.0 mm2 PVC insulated cable to S'pore Std 50 : 1981 per m 2.80
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
A5000076 1 x 95.0 mm2 PVC insulated cable to S'por e Std 50 : 1981 per m 6.80
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
A5000081 1 x 1 mm2 PVC/PVC insulated cable to S'pore Std 50 : 1981 per m 0.30
450/750V grade run
A5000082 1 x 1.5 mm2 PVC/PVC insulated cable to S'pore Std 50 : 1981 per m 0.30
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
ME-A179

(S$)

450/750V grade run
450/750V grade run
Surface
A5000091 Up to 20 mm dia per metre 2.80
Concealed in wall/floor
Conduit Only
A5000101 18 mm dia per metre 1.50
A5000102 25 mm dia per metre 1.80
Brass Termination Gland only (each)
A5000103 18 mm dia No 1.50
A5000104 25 mm dia No 1.90
ME-A180

(S$)

Metal Trunking
Metal trunking shall be fabricated from galvanised sheet

metal 20 SWG complete with removable covers finished off
with 2 coats of stove gray enamel paint after priming with anti-
corrosive paint.
A5000105 50 mm x 25 mm per metre 3.60
A5000106 50 mm x 50 mm per metre 4.50
A5000107 75 mm x 50 mm per metre 5.30
A5000108 100 mm x 50 mm per metre 6.00
A5000109 100 mm x 75 mm per metre 7.50
A5000110 150 mm x 50 mm per metre 8.60
A5000111 150 mm x 75 mm per metre 9.30
A5000112 150 mm x 100 mm per metre 10.60
A5000113 200 mm x 100 mm per metre 12.40
PVC trunking complete with removable cover
A5000114 20 mm x 12 mm per metre 1.00
A5000115 32 mm x 12 mm per metre 1.20
A5000116 38 mm x 12 mm per metre 1.40
A5000117 50 mm x 12 mm per metre 1.60
A5000118 50 mm x 25 mm per metre 1.90
A5000119 75 mm x 50 mm per metre 3.40
A5000120 100 mm x 50 mm per metre 4.40
A5000121 100 mm x 75 mm per metre 5.80
A5000122 150 mm x 50 mm per metre 6.40
A5000123 150 mm x 75 mm per metre 6.90
A5000124 200 mm x 100 mm per metre 7.80
ME-A181

(S$)
A51 00000 CHECKING OF ELECTRICAL LOADING
A5100001 Checking electrical loading at incoming/submains of electrical No 150.00

switchboard using current recorder, hooking up and recording the
24 hours ampere reading and removing of recorder on completion
A5100002 Tracing out of circuits and production of single line drawing of the No 80.00
installation on A4 size tracing paper
A5100003 No 120.00
Tracing out of circuits and production of single line drawing of the
A5100004 No 160.00
Tracing out of circuits and production of single line drawing of the
ME-A182

(S$)
A5200000 REPAIR WORKS
Repairing extractor fans (any type), including collecting from

site and return
Note
Extractor fans having nominal diameters between any two

consecutive diameters shown above shall be charged under
the rate for the next larger diameter fans
Extractor fan motors
A5200001 Rewind 153mm diameter No 56.00
Replace bearings
A5200007 100mm to 305mm extractor fans No 21.00
A5200008 Bigger than 305mm up to 610mm extractor fans No 31.50

A5200009 No 21.00
Despatch servicemen for repair (rates per call during normal
office hours)
FABRICATED HEAVY GAUGE GALVANISED STEEL BG 20

(MINIMUM)
A5200010 To supply and replace fan housing up to 254 mm (10") Dia. No 135.00
A520001 1 To supply and replace fan housing up to 280 mm (1 1") Dia. No 145.00
ME-A183

(S$)
FABRICATED HEAVY GAUGE GALVANISED STEEL BG 20

(MINIMUM) (Cont'd)
A5200022 To supply and replace fan housing up to 915 mm (36") Dia. No 1,210.00
Cooling tower fan motor. The works include disposal of

unwanted materials

Overhaul cooling tower and assembly include replacement of

motor bearings, intermediate bearings and fan bearings
ME-A184

(S$)
A5200038 Aqua-Cool' cooling tower fan bearing regardless of capacity No 550.00

(Ashani S312) including dismantle & install of fan shaft
A5200039 Aqua-Cool' cooling tower fan bearing regardless of capacity No 550.00

(Ashani S311) including dismantle & install of fan shaft
ME-A185

(S$)
Replacing fibreglass or synthetic polyester disposable air

filters complete with frames and all accessories. Extraction
efficiency is based on ASHRAE 52-76 Gravimetric Test.
25mm thick disposable pleated type air filter with holding

frames. ASHRAE test standards of 92% arrestance.
A5300001 406 x 508 mm No 11.30
A5300002 406 x 635 mm No 13.30
A5300003 508 x 508 mm No 13.30
A5300004 508 x 635 mm No 15.40
A5300005 610 x 610 mm No 16.80
A5300006 355 x 508 mm No 11.90
A5300007 355 x 635 mm No 13.30

A5300008 406 x 508 mm No 11.20
A5300009 508 x 508 mm No 12.60
A5300010 406 x 635 mm No 13.30
A5300011 508 x 635 mm No 16.10
A5300012 610 x 610 mm No 17.50
A5300013 305 x 610 mm No 10.50
A5300014 305 x 635 mm No 12.70
A5300015 254 x 610 mm No 7.70
A5300016 355 x 508 mm No 9.80
A5300017 355 x 635 mm No 11.90
A5300018 381 x 508 mm No 10.50
ME-A186

(S$)

frames. ASHRAE test standards of 92% arrestance (cont'd)
A5300019 508 x 610 mm No 15.40
A5300020 457 x 508 mm No 16.10
A5300021 457 x 635 mm No 17.50
A5300022 457 x 610 mm No 12.60

A5300023 406 x 508 mm No 31.00
A5300024 406 x 635 mm No 35.00
A5300025 508 x 508 mm No 29.00
A5300026 508 x 635 mm No 42.00
A5300027 610 x 610 mm No 41.00
A5300028 305 x 610 mm No 28.00
A5300029 635 x 736 mm No 55.00
A5300030 508 x 610 mm No 40.00
A5300031 457 x 610 mm No 35.00
50 mm thick disposable auto roll air filter with adapters and

fixtures. ASHRAE test standards of 92% arrestance.
A5300032 Up to 0.7 metre width m 11.00
ME-A187

(S$)
A5300000
REPAIR WORKS
Disposable high efficiency (secondary) pleated and crimped

aluminium separators with 19mm galvanised steel header
ASHRAE test standards of 90-95% average atmospheric dust
spot
A5300035 610 x 610 x 305mm No 200.00
A5300036 610 x 610 x 152mm No 180.00
A5300037 610 x 305 x 305mm No 160.00
A5300038 610 x 305 x 152mm No 120.00
Disposable absolute filters (HEPA) include board cell sides,

aluminium separators 100% RH, neoprene rubber bone.
Tested individually and certified to have efficiency of not less
than 99.97% tested with 0.3 micron doctyl phthalate particles
A5300039 610 x 610 x 305mm No 315.00
A5300040 610 x 305 x 305mm No 189.00
A5300041 610 x 305 x 152mm No 126.00
A5300042 610 x 610 x 305mm width with bottom, top and below No 315.00
Washable prefilter (primary) ASHRAE test standard of 43%

arrestance
A5300043 610 x 610mm No 35.00
A5300044 508 x 508mm No 24.50
A5300045 915 x 406mm No 35.00
A5300046 508 x 152mm No 7.70
A5300047 610 x 457mm No 25.90
A5300048 660 x 788mm No 49.00
ME-A188

(S$)
A5300000
REPAIR WORKS

arrestance (cont'd)
A5300049 635 x 457mm No 27.30
A5300050 254 x 254mm No 6.30
A5300051 533 x 533mm No 26.60
A5300052 482 x 355mm No 16.10
A5300053 762 x 305mm No 21.70
A5300054 762 x 355mm No 25.20
A5300055 914 x 406mm No 35.00
A5300056 610 x 508mm No 29.40
A5300057 508 x 355mm No 16.80
A5300058 711 x 610mm No 40.60
A5300059 101 x 50mm No 2.10
A5300060 1016 x 355mm No 33.60
A5300061 457 x 406mm No 17.50
A5300062 355 x 203mm No 7.00
A5300063 762 x 355mm No 25.30
A5300064 533 x 431mm No 21.00
A5300065 609 x 381mm No 21.70
ME-A189

(S$)
A5300000
REPAIR WORKS

arrestance (cont'd)
A5300066 736 x 660mm No 45.50
A5300067 686 x 406mm No 25.90
A5300068 787 x 635mm No 46.90
A5300069 AHU filters of average efficiency 82%-87% base on ASHRAE 52- m2 25.00
76 Gravimetric Test of the 18mm thickness
A5300072 Galvanized metal frame c/w filter media of average efficiency 82%- m2 50.00
87% base on ASH RAE 52-76 Gravimetric Test of the 25mm (with
18mm filter media ) thickness
A5300076 Carbon filter for honeywell electronic air filter No 50.00
A5300077 80-85% dust spot efficiency filter size 24" x 24" x 4" for AHU No 38.00
A5300079 AHU filter frame size up to 24" x 1 2" x 4" for AHU No 80.00
ME-A190

(S$)
A5400000 CHILLERS - STANDARD MAINTENANCE
Note
Servicing rate per year
Centrifugal chillers including starter panels (air and water-

cooled) capacity
A5400001 > 250 RT Year 18,000.00
A5400002 >500 RT Year 22,000.00
A5400003 >750 RT Year 25,000.00
Reciprocating chillers (air and water-cooled) capacity
A5400004 > 50 RT Year 5,500.00
A5400005 >150 RT Year 7,200.00
A5400006 >250 RT Year 10,000.00
Screw chillers (air and water-cooled) capacity
A5400007 >200 RT Year 13,500.00
A5400008 >250 RT Year 17,000.00

Sundry Works for Chillers (New / Replacement)
A5400009 NF 100-HA 3-pole 45KA at 415V type Mitsubishi MCCB or No 518.70

equivalent
A5400010 NF 225-S 3-pole 45KA type Mitsubishi MCCB or equivalent No 770.00
A540001 1 AMF type EC71 timer control No 351.00
A540001 2 Sauter (250) timer control or equivalent No 351.00
A5400013 Omron H2A-H 0 - 12 seconds timer control or equivalent No 58.50
A5400014 TDL1 0 - 1 sec type Kasuga transistor timer or equivalent No 75.10
A5400015 MHP NM-608-AC 240V 2 - 70 seconds type Matsushita timer No 87.75
A540001 6 K-4X6 220-240V or equivalent type Hitachi contactor Relay No 26.20
A5400017 S-C12 Mitsubishi contactor relay or equivalent No 32.50
ME-A191

(S$)
Sundry Works for Chillers (New / Replacement) (Cont'd)
A5400018 S-A80 type Mitsubishi magnetic contactor or equivalent No 165.10
A5400019 AC230V Izumi relay or equivalent No 45.50
A5400020 MY4 type Omron relay or equivalent No 10.40

A5400021 No 39.00
600VAC IDA No. 14 AWG S & S 7300 type selector switch or
equivalent
A5400022 CH-4600 type Oltens START-STOP push button or equivalent No 26.00
A5400023 Mitsubishi Transformer Type TR-2K 2KVA Primary Voltage 415V; No 266.60
Secondary Voltage 2000V; Insulation Class A 1 ph 50Hz or
equivalent
A5400024 No 5,369.00
Alsthom-Unelec Air-Circuit breaker Type CN-2 500VAC 1 250A
and interrupting rating 55KA rms.or equivalent (3 poles)
A5400025 No 6,994.00
Alsthom-Unelec Air-Circuit breaker Type CN-2 500VAC 1 250A
and interrupting rating 55KA rms.or equivalent (4 poles)
A5400026 220V 50Hz hour meter (Range : Max 99999 hours) No 110.50
A5400027 SAFT Battery cell Type KPLP 10 (or SLP 1) or equivalent 1 .2V No 37.50
A5400028 Saginomiya pressure regulator or equivalent 8 - 30 kg/sq cm Type No 230.00

DNS-D706M
A5400029 Saginomiya pressure regulator or equivalent 1.0 - 3.5 kg/sq cm No 230.00

Type ONS-C106Q29
A5400030 No 250.00
Saginomiya temperature regulator Type TNS-C1034CQ1 or
equivalent
A5400031 Nisshin pressure gauge or equivalent 0 - 15 kg/sq cm No 24.10
A5400032 JJ056 Saginomiya unloader or equivalent No 220.00
A5400033 0 - 22 psi Honeywell water differential pressure controller No 416.00

A5400034 No 416.00
Honeywell water differential pressure controller Type PP903A or
equivlent 3 - 50 psi
ME-A192

(S$)
A5400035 Honeywell water differential pressure controller Type PP903A or No 416.00

equivlent 6 - 35 psi
A5400036 Michiden Solenoid Valve Type SD20-MNA AC 200V 50Hz - 60Hz No 148.20
A5400037 0 - 30 psi pneumatic air pressure gauge No 18.70
A5400038 Air Dryer air regulator of Max. Air Pressure 21 bar and Max. No 76.70
Operating Air Temp 79 deg C
A5400039 No 2,000.00
Saginomiya Type UCK-5020 or equivalent current temp controller
for Mitsubishi Chiller
A5400040 No 50.00
Time Delay Relay ON - time Mitsubishi type SRT-N 307 or
equivalent
A5400041 No 50.00
Time Delay Relay OFF - time relay Mitsubishi Type SRT-F 307 or
equivalent
A5400042 shape model JBI mirco control for auto tube cleaning system No 960.00
A5400043 No 280.00
plastic drain valve come with solenoid control for auto tube
cleaning system
A5400044 Micro timer 0 - 30 sec/1 10 a/c OMRON Type H2A or equivalent No 50.00
A5400045 Auxilliary Relays OMRON MK 3P or equivalent No 50.00
A5400046 0 - 60 sec/230V OMRON timer or equivalent No 50.00
A5400047 Oil temp switch Saginomiya or equivalent Range 10deg C to No 220.00

20deg C
A5400048 Oil temp switch Nichidon or equivalent Range 10 deg C to 70 deg No 125.00
C
A5400049 No 110.00
Low pressure switch Saginomiya or equivalent Range MP 15kg/sq
cm
A5400050 No 150.00
Dual pressure switch saginomiya or equivalent Range 15kg/sq cm
to 33kg/sq cm
ME-A193
No 350.00
A5400051
Low water temp switch Saginomiya or equivalent Range -15 deg C
to 15 deg C
ME-A194

(S$)
A5400052 Cycling thermo switch Saginomiya or equivalent Range 10 deg C No 150.00

to 20 deg C
A5400053 No 125.00
Saginomiya pressure switch Type WPS12040 Range 0.5kg/sq
cm to 3.5kg/sq cm
A5400054 Saginomiya Suction Gas temp switch Range 10 deg C to 20 deg C No 150.00
A5400055 Saginomiya Vane Close Switch Range 0.5kg/sq cm to 3.5kg/sq cm No 200.00
A5400056 Compressor motor protector Izumi or equivalent No 280.00
A5400057 Chilled water thermostat Honeywell or equivalent No 310.00
A5400058 Penn 3-stage thermostat or equivalent No 280.00
A5400059 1 10V / 240V Izumi transformer or equivalent No 135.00
A5400060 Izumi oil pump contactor or equivalent No 150.00

A5400061 No 65.00
Honeywell or equivalent suction/discharge pressure gauge range 0
to 1 00lb/sq in or 7kg/ sq cm
A5400062 Weskler or equivalent suction/discharge temperature gauge range No 180.00

40 to 160 deg F or -40 to 70 deg C
A5400063 Weskler or equivalent suction/discharge temperature gauge range No 180.00

32 to 212 deg F or 0 to 100 deg C
A5400064 No 150.00
Mitsubishi Osaka Low pressure compound gauge or equivalent
range 76 cmHg - 10kg/ sq cm or -50 deg C to 45 deg C
A5400065 No 150.00
range 76 cmHg - 20kg/ sq cm or -50 deg C to 50 deg C
A5400066 No 65.00
range 76 cmHg - 20kg/sq cm
ME-A195

(S$)
AHU inlet/outlet gauge range 0 -80 psi , 0 - 5kg/sq cm

A5400067 No 65.00
A5400068 AHU temp gauge Teddington or equivalent range 30 to 50 deg C; - No 150.00
20 to 120 deg F
A5400069 0 - 2000 kPA or 0 - 300psi pressure gauge No 80.00
A5400070 0 - 25kg/sq cm or 0 - 350psi pressure gauge No 85.00
A5400071 0 - 11kg/sq cm or 0 - 1 60psi pressure gauge No 70.00
A5400072 Pressure gauge ZHYODA or equivalent range 0 - 2kg/sq cm or 0 - No 40.00

30psi
A5400073 Thermometer; Weskler or equivalent range 0 - 100deg C No 45.00
A5400074 filter-drier for chiller unit with capacity up to 50 RT No 121.00
A5400075 Filter-Drier For chiller unit with capacity above 50 RT and up to No 160.00
250 RT
A5400076 Filter-Drier For chiller unit with capacity above 250 RT and up to No 200.00
450 RT
A5400077 Johnson temperature sensor control or equivalent No 120.00
A5400078 Johnson controllers T-5800-1 or equivalent No 250.00
A5400079 2 pole , 2 position KRAUS selector switch or equivalent No 40.00
A5400080 3 pole , 3 position KRAUS selector switch or equivalent No 40.00
A5400081 240V 50/60Hz Izumi start push button or equivalent No 26.00
A5400082 240V 50/60Hz Izumi pilot light or equivalent No 15.00
A5400083 Myson exhaust fan impeller or equivalent No 198.00
ME-A196

(S$)
A5400084 Maintenance and servicing of exhaust fan as per schedule ( Rate No 90.00
per number per annum )
A5400085 No 25.00
Omron MK 3P' or approved equivalent relay, 3NC contact ,
complete with front connection socket
A5400086 No 25.00
Omron MK 2P' or approved equivalent complete with 2NO, 2NC
contact, 230VAC 50Hz complete with front connection socket
A5400087 No 31.25
Siemens' or approved equivalent contactor relay, 4NO, 2NC, 20A,
415VAC or 230V 50Hz
A5400088 BBC SLA 12 II' or approved equivalent AC block contactor with No 55.00
2NO, 2NC coil rated at 415V 50Hz class AC3
A5400089 No 47.50
415V 50Hz, BBC SLA 16 II, 2NO & 2NC AC block contactor or
equivalent
A5400090 No 112.50
415/230V 50Hz, BBC SLA 32, 2NO & 2NC AC block contactor or
equivalent
A5400091 No 51.25
Omron HK 2P' impulse relay complete with front connection
socket, 230VAC operating coil 50Hz
A5400092 No 50.00
Telemecanique or equivalent thermal overload relay for range (2A
to 4A) up to (7A to 1 0A)
A5400093 No 75.00
Telemecanique or equivalent thermal overload relay for range (9A
to 13A) up to (12A to 18A)
A5400094 Telemecanique or equivalent thermal overload relay for range No 90.00

(16A to 24A) up to (23A to 32A)

(30A to 40A)

(37A to 50A) up to (55A to 70A)

(63A to 80A)

(80A to 104A)
ME-A197

(S$)
A5400099 Control relay c/w socket 8 to 12 pins, coil voltage AC 230V/ 11 5V/ No 50.00
24V
A5400100 Time delay relay c/w socket 8 to 12 pins, coil voltage AC 230V/ No 80.00
11 5V/ 24V Delay time: 1 - 30 sec
A5400101 Telemecanique or equivalent auxiliary contact block 2 contacts No 25.00
A5400102 Telemecanique or equivalent auxiliary contact block 4 contacts No 35.00

A5400103 No 23.00
Telemecanique spare coil for AC contactor LXI-D16220, single
phase 220V or 3 phase 400V
A54001 04 LX1 -D09220 Telecanique spare coil for 220V AC contactor No 17.25
A54001 05 LX1 -D40220 Telecanique spare coil for 220V AC contactor No 34.50
A5400106 Penn or equivalent temperature control main scale - 10 deg C to No 365.00

10 deg C differential -15 degC to 6 deg C
A5400107 Izumi low reference temperature control or equivalent No 310.00

A5400108 No 280.00
Supply only temperature control, Satchwell GXT 3601 or
equivalent (control range -5 deg C to 40 deg C c/w built-in 24V
output transformer, 230V/50Hz power supply
A5400109 No 190.00
Supply only temperature control, Satchwe AXM 1201 or
equivalent 22.3kg in torque, 24V/50Hz power supply
A5400110 No 380.00
Supply only temperature control, Satchwe AXM 1201 or
equivalent 22.3kg in torque, 24V/50Hz power supply
A54001 11 No
Supply only Temperature control, Yamtake Honeywell or 660.00
equivalent M 904E 1382 , 60 second timing , 160 deg stroke
24V/50Hz power supply
A5400112 Dual pressure control Ranco type or equivalent main scale No 400.00
10.5kg/sq m to 31.5kg/sq m differential 0.7kg/sq m to 2.8kg/ sqcm
high event 0.7kg/sq m to 6.3kg/sq cm
A5400113 Penn or equal pressure control cut out/cut in 8.4kg/sq cm to No 170.00

7.0kg/sq cm high pressure cut out 7.0kg/sq cm to 28.0kg/sq cm
A5400114 Penn or equal pressure control cut out/cut in 1.4kg/sq cm to No 135.00

7.0kg/sq cm
A5400115 Penn or equal LO pressure control No 310.00
ME-A198

(S$)
Water Treatment of Chilled Water System
Sys 40.00
A5400116 Supply all labour, tools and chemicals for the water treatment of
chilled water system (including submit of monthly water treatment
report of chilled water system for central chillers) for system total
capacity less than or equal to 250RT. The rate herein is for per
system per month and include testing of water qualities.
A5400117 Supply all labour, tools and chemicals for the water treatment of Sys 50.00
capacity up to 500RT. The rate herein is for per system per month
and include testing of water qualities.
capacity up to 1 000RT. The rate herein is for per system per
month and include testing of water qualities.
capacity up to 2000RT. The rate herein is for per system per
capacity up to 3000RT. The rate herein is for per system per
A5400121 Supply all labour, materials and transport to install Hydroball auto Sys 19,440.00
tube cleaning system model: CS040816 or equivalent for (shell
and tubes) condenser water system of capacity up to 200RT and
condenser pipe diameter 100mm (including pipe works, wiring,
control panel, brackets, hangers, testing and commissioning etc.).
The rate herein include one year warrantly and 4 quarterly
servicing per annum. (Power supply are not included it will be
seperately measured)
ME-A199

(S$)
Water Treatment of Chilled Water System (Cont'd)
and tubes) condenser water system of capacity up to 500RT to
1000RT and condenser pipe diameter 200mm (including pipe
works, wiring, control panel, brackets, hangers, testing and
commissioning etc.). The rate herein include one year warrantly
and 4 quarterly servicing per annum. (Power supply are not
included it will be seperately measured)
ME-A200

(S$)
and tubes) condenser water system of capacity up to 1 500RT to
and tubes) condenser water system of capacity up to 1 500RT to
A5400130 Supply (only) power valve (Model: 2W -500-50 / 230VAC or No 600.00

equivalent) of size up to 51mm diameter for hydroball auto tube
cleaning system
A54001 31 Supply (only) power valve (Model: 1 .5W-500-50 / 230VAC or No 600.00

equivalent) of size up to 40mm diameter for hydroball auto tube
cleaning system
A5400132 Supply (only) motorized power valve (316 grade stainless steel, No 2,500.00
flange mount, 150lbs etc.) of size up to 51mm diameter for
hydroball auto tube cleaning system
A5400133 Supply (only) motorized power valve (316 grade stainless steel, No 2,500.00
flange mount, 150lbs etc.) of size up to 40mm diameter for
hydroball auto tube cleaning system
A5400134 Supply (only) flange joint rubber seal (all sizes) for hydroball auto No 100.00
tube cleaning system
ME-A200

(S$)
A5400135 Supply (only) ball catch sight-glass (all sizes) for hydroball auto No 250.00
tube cleaning system
A5400136 Supply (only) sponge ball of up 23mm diameter (100 pcs per pack) Pack 150.00
for hydroball auto tube cleaning system
A5400137 Supply (only) PLC/GSM Controller (complete with Auto -Manual Set 3,800.00
selection mode) for hydroball auto tube cleaning system
A5400138 Supply labour, tools, materials and transport for maintenance and Hr 2,500.00
servicing of Hydroball auto tube cleaning system (include
comprehensive replacement of static components, spongeballs,
attend to system fault alarms, upgrading of hardware and software
etc.). The rate herein is based on quarterly servicing per annum.
A5400139 Supply labour, tools and transport to replace or install Hydroball Hr 120.00
system components (replacement, installation, testing and
commissioning etc.) for the first one hour without welding works.
commissioning etc.) for subsequent hours after the first one hour
without welding works.
commissioning etc.) for the first three hours with welding works.
commissioning etc.) for subsequent hours after the first three
hours with welding works.
ME-A201

(S$)
A5500000 COOLING TOWER
The cooling tower shall be selected according to the

following technical specifications: Entering Wet Bulb Air
Temp - 27.8 deg C, Approach - 2.7 deg C, Entering Condenser
Temp - 36 deg C and Leaving Water Temp - 30.5 deg
C.Construction of the cooling tower shall have the following:
All steel components & structure shall be hot dip galvanised
except bolts & nuts in stainless steel; Fill, casing panels, air
inlet louvres and drift eliminators shall be PVC; Fan Motor
shall be IP55 rated; Fans shall be multiblade cast aluminium
or fibre glass aerofoil section, adjustable pitch axial; Cast
iron hubs shall be chromium plated and fixings shall be
stainless steel; Fan drives shall be either gear drive with shaft
or belt driven and etc. The rate herein shall include
dismantling and dispose of existing cooling towers, one year
warranty on parts & components, (control panel, power
supply, valves, pipings and accessories shall be measured
separately).
Supply labour, tools, transport and materials (incl. hoisting)

to replace/ install Cooling Tower (Coss flow with square
cellular module type)
A5500001 Capacity up to 60RT Set 4,200.00
A5500002 Capacity up to 1 00RT Set 7,000.00
A5500003 Capacity up to 200 RT Set 14,000.00
A550001 1 Capacity up to 1000RT Set 70,000.00
A5500012 Capacity up to 1 100RT Set 77,000.00
ME-A202

(S$)
Supply labour, tools, transport and materials (incl. hoisting)

to replace/ install Cooling Tower (Coss flow with square
cellular module type) (Cont'd)
A5500017 Supply all labour, materials and transport to loan and install No 20.00
A5500018 Supply all labour, tools, transport and materials to replace original No 2,416.00
Sundry Works for Cooling Tower
PVC air inlet meshes or louvres of cooling tower. The works

include disposal of unwanted materials
Honeycomb infills of cooling tower. The works include

disposal of unwanted materials
ME-A203

(S$)
Honeycomb infills of cooling tower. The works include

disposal of unwanted materials (Cont'd)
Sprinkler pipe c/w stainless steel tension wire and buckles of

cooling tower. The works include disposal of unwanted
materials
Sprinkler heads of cooling tower. The works include disposal

of unwanted materials
ME-A204

(S$)
Sprinkler heads of cooling tower. The works include disposal

of unwanted materials (Cont'd)
Nylon reinforced fan blades of cooling tower. The works

include disposal of unwanted materials
Die cast aluminium alloy fan blades of cooling tower. The

works include disposal of unwanted materials
Fan guard (hot-dipped galvanised netting). The works include

disposal of unwanted materials
ME-A205

(S$)
Fan guard (hot-dipped galvanised netting). The works include

disposal of unwanted materials (Cont'd)
Hot dipped galvanised steel ladder of cooling tower. The

works include disposal of unwanted materials
Drift eliminator of cooling tower. The works include disposal

of unwanted materials

A5500086 No 3.00
100mm stainless steel bolt and nut c/w spring washers for
diameter up to 13mm of cooling tower
A5500087 Ditto - for diameter up to 26mm of cooling tower No 6.00
A5500088 Keystone electronic actuator F777-50 or equivalent No 1,903.00
ME-A206

(S$)
A5500089 Keystone electronic actuator F777-01 2 or equivalent No 1,425.00

A5500090 No 12,000.00
Supply and replace one no. of GRP water tank approx size 7ft x 5
ft complete with necessary accessories to dismantle and dispose

the existing GRP water tank. Inclusive of miscellaneous cost
(Piping, I beam, Tank insulation etc)
A5500091 No 140.00
Supply and replace any size for level type valve handle with 316
stainless steel c/w stainless steel plate and adapter
A5500092 No 60.00
Supply all labour, materials and transport to collect cooling tower water
or fresh water samples to SGH Lab for the testing of Standard
Plate Count (SPC)
A5500093 No 150.00
Supply all labour, materials and transport to collect cooling tower water
or fresh water samples to SGH Lab for the testing of
Legionella Pnuemophila
ME-A207

(S$)
A5600000 WATER COOLER
A5600001 Re-spraying of exterior apron cover of water cooler No 20.00
A5600002 Relocation of water cooler No 25.00

A5600003 No 30.00
Supply labour to dismantle and remove off site water cooler (any
type)
A5600004 Supply labour and material for replacement of compressor No 200.00

(hermatic) for water cooler including vacuuming, charging of gas
and comission system
A5600005 Overload Relay No 16.00
A5600006 Rubber absorber No 2.50
A5600007 Potential relay or current coil relay No 45.00

A5600008 No 950.00
Supply labour and material for installation of free standing water
cooler with fully stainless body
A5600009 No 850.00
Supply labour and material for installation of wall mounted water
cooler with fully stainless body
A560001 0 No 5.00
Supply labour and material for insulation of condensate drain pipes
for water cooler with arm aflex
A560001 1 No 160.00
Supply labour and material for replacement of condenser for water
cooler
A560001 2 No 120.00
Supply labour and material for replacement of ventilation fan for
water cooler
A560001 3 No 70.00
Supply labour and material for replacement of thermostat for water
cooler
A5600014 No 40.00
Supply labour and material for replacement of overload protector
for water cooler
A5600015 Supply and install ELKAY water cooler bubbler No 90.00
A5600016 Supply and install FRIGERIA water cooler bubbler No 95.00
A560001 7 Supply and install SENTRY water cooler bubbler No 65.00
A5600018 Supply and install ELKAY water cooler button for bubbler No 57.00
A5600019 Supply and install FRIGERIA water cooler button for bubbler No 40.00
A5600020 Supply and install ELKAY water cooler glass filler No 170.00
ME-A208

(S$)
A5600000 WATER COOLER
A5600021 Supply and install FRIGERIA water cooler glass filler No 35.00
A5600022 Supply and install FRIGERIA water cooler glass filler press button No 30.00
A5600023 Supply and install SENTRY water cooler glass filler press button No 35.00
A5600024 Supply and install SENTRY water cooler glass filler No 12.00
A5600025 No 350.00
Flushing of water cooler condenser coil (interior) inclusive of
replacement of strainer and capillary tube.
A5600026 No 7.00
Supply labour and material to maintain and service of water cooler
according to specific maintenance standard
A5600027 No 50.00
Supply and install or replace 5 inch water filter including all
fittings, piping and adjustment
A5600028 No 77.00
Supply and install or replace 10 inch water filter Model GE HP-5
including all fittings, piping and adjustment
A5600029 Supply and install or replace 5 inch water filter refill cartridge No 6.00
A5600030 Supply and install or replace 10 inch water filter refill cartridge No 8.00
A5600031 Supply and install or replace 10 inch 'carbon' water filter refill No 40.00
cartridge for Model GE-HP 5
ME-A209

(S$)
A5700000 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
Supervisor/ Engineer (Diploma in Electrical Engineering

from a locally recognised polytechnic with minimum 5
years relevant experience)
Normal Working Hours

A5700001 0800-1830 (Mondays – Fridays) Hr 38.00
A5700002 0800-1300 (Saturdays) Hr 38.00
After Normal Working Hours
A5700004 1300-0000 (Saturdays) Hr 57.00
A5700005 0000-0830 (Saturdays Midnight - Sundays) Hr 76.00
A5700006 0830-1830 (Sundays and Public Holidays) Hr 76.00
A5700007 1830-0000 (Sundays and Public Holidays) Hr 95.00
Technician (ITC or NTC 2 or equivalent with minimum 3 years

relevant
experience)
Normal Working Hours
A5700009 0800-1300 (Saturdays) Hr 32.00
After Normal Working Hours
A570001 0 1830-0000 (Mondays – Fridays) Hr 48.00
A570001 1 1300-0000 (Saturdays) Hr 48.00
A570001 2 0000-0830 (Saturdays Midnight - Sundays) Hr 63.00
A570001 3 0830-1830 (Sundays and Public Holidays) Hr 63.00
A570001 4 1830-0000 (Sundays and Public Holidays) Hr 80.00
ME-A210

(S$)
CENTRAL EQUIPMENT
A5700015 CPU Workstation - HP Desktop D220 No 2,300.00

Microtower
A5700016 CPU Server 1 - HP Proliant ML350T03 No 8,800.00

Tower
A5700017 CPU Server 2 - HP Proliant ML350T03 No 8,800.00

Tower
A5700018 CPU PVCS/SMS - HP Desktop D220 No 2,300.00

Microtower
A5700019 CPU Gateway - HP Desktop D220 No 2,300.00

Microtower
A5700020 CPU I/Net - HP Kayak XM600 No 2,300.00
A5700021 Philips Monitor PHILIPS 201B No 1,100.00
A5700022 I/Net Host Tap CSI 78010 No 6,220.00
A5700023 8KVA UPS - CHLORIDE Power Protection No 8,000.00
A5700024 Batteries for UPS - C&D Technology MPS 12-33 No 245.00
A5700025 56K Fax Modem - 3COM U.S. Robotics No 180.00
A5700026 SMS Modem - WaveCom FASTRACK GSM No 1,800.00
A5700027 Dialogic Telephonic Card - SPECTER D/4PCI No 1,350.00
A5700028 Dot Matrix Printer - EPSON LQ-21 80 No 1,550.00
A5700029 Black & White Printer - HP LaserJet 2100 No 1,800.00
A5700030 Colour Printer - HP Colour LaserJet 4500 No 3,900.00
A5700031 Internal LON Communication Card - PCLTA 20 Card No 1,100.00
A5700032 Network Huh 3COM Superstack II No 120.00
A5700033 Network Switch SMC-EZ651 6TX No 300.00
ME-A211

(S$)
CENTRAL EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
A5700034 CPU Workstation Switch - Master View No 550.00
A5700035 CPU Server Switch - MyPico 2 No 800.00
A5700036 Speakers - Juster AC-691 N No 195.00
A5700037 ECHELON LonPointTM Router - LPR-12, 42102 No 980.00
A5700038 ECHELON LonPointTM Controller - DIO-10, 41500 No 380.00
A5700039 ECHELON LonPointTM Controller - DI-10, 41100 No 380.00

A5700040 No 850.00
ECHELON LonPointTM Controller - SCH-10, 43100
A5700041 ECHELON LonPointTM Router Base Plate Type 2D, 48222 No 40.00
A5700042 ECHELON LonPointTM Controller Base Plate -Type 1D, 48111 No 40.00
A5700043 ECHELON LonPointTM Channel Terminator No 60.00

TP/XF-78 & TP/XF-1 250,
A5700044 ECHELON LonPointTM Topology Terminator TP/FT-10 Bus, 44101 No 60.00
A5700045 CNA LON Controller IEPOINTTM D0004, EC230 No 830.00
A5700046 CNA LON Controller IEPOINTTM D0031, 8DI8DOR No 580.00
A5700047 CNA LON Controller IEPOINTTM D0080, 16DIO No 580.00
A5700048 CNA LON Controller IEPOINTTM D0060, 16UI No 580.00
A5700049 CSI LON Controller LON NP-1 048R No 830.00
A5700050 CNA LON VAV Controller IEPOINTTM Smart VAV W7751 H No 730.00
A5700051 CNA LON VAV Thermostat RK1-ICT No 160.00
A5700052 CSI LON VAV Controller NetpointTM VAV-AX/CSI No 810.00
ME-A212

(S$)
CENTRAL EQUIPMENT (Cont'd)
A5700053 CSI LON VAV Thermostat I/Stat-A No 175.00
A5700054 CSI DCU Controller 7700A DCU No 500.00
A5700055 CSI High Level Interface Unit (Chiller) 7797 ICI No 800.00
A5700056 CSI DCU Expansion Card DI DI8 No 450.00
A5700057 CSI DCU Expansion Card AO AO4 No 450.00
A5700058 CSI DCU Expansion Card AI AI8 No 450.00
A5700059 CSI INET Router A18 No 500.00
A5700060 Smart Control LON EC240 No 980.00
A5700061 Andover BCX Bacnet Router BCX No 500.00
A5700062 B3920-BACnet DDC Controller w/o display No 2,900.00
A5700063 B3800 BACnet 8UI / 8 DO Expansion Module No 1,050.00
A5700064 B3814 BACnet 8UI / 4DO/4AO Expansion Module No 1,500.00
A5700065 B3608 BACnet 8UI Expansion Module No 500.00
A5700066 B3624 BACnet 24UI Expansion Module No 900.00
A5700067 Xp D18 BACnet 8DI Expansion Module No 400.00
A5700068 Xp A004 BACnet 4 AO Expansion Module No 500.00
A5700069 B3850 VAV pressure Independent Controller No 380.00
A5700070 B3887 VAV pressure Dependent No 320.00
A5700071 TTS-SD VAV Space Themostat with 4-buttons & No 120.00

LCD display
ME-A213

(S$)
A5700072 B-LINKAC BACnet LAN Extension No 800.00

A5700073 XP Display BACnet Local LCD Display Unit No 1,200.00
A5700074 Net Controller-Third Party Interface module No 4,800.00
A5700075 Cyber Station – BACnet software per workstation No 5,800.00
A5700076 24 VDC power supply unit No 120.00

A5700077 No 600.00
To supply DDC enclosure c/w internal wiring and
terminal blocks
A5700078 No 200.00
To supply installation materials, wiring, conduits
and metal trunking for BAS points (less than 20m)
A5700079 No 160.00
To provide Engineers for software programming
testing and commissioning for BAS point
A5700080 Conduit 25mm < 300m m 12.80
A5700081 Conduit 25mm > 300m m 9.80
A5700082 0.9mm / 1 pair signal cable m 2.40
A5700083 Data Communication cable m 3.60
A5700084 Andover HVAC System Software No 4,850.00
A5700085 Andover VAV Controller B3865 No 420.00
A5700086 Andover Controller B381 0 No 1,500.00
ME-A214

(S$)
A/C PLANTROOM CONTROL
A5700087 Immersion Temp. Sensor (without thermowell) TDS-D/W/O No 130.00

A5700088 No 3,500.00
Electromagnetic Flow Monitor Endress+Hauser (exclude pipe
work)
A5700089 Differential Pressure Sensor W30-34EIR-15-017 No 980.00
A5700090 Floatless Water Level Switch Omron /61 F No 250.00
A5700091 Water Flow Switch F61 KB-1 1 CA No 160.00
A5700092 Water Detector WD-1 B No 180.00
ME-A215
SECTION B: PUMPING
B: PUMPING
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT RATE

(S$)
B100000 POTABLE AND FLUSHWATER BOOSTER PUMPS
Note: The price for each pumping system shall include the
supply and installation of the equipment (except air pressure
tanks where applicable) as specified in the drawi ng/
specification. This shall include but not limited to the
following:
a) 2 N os. e lec tr ic m otor dri ve n pu m psets.
b) One lot of necessary pipework, pipe fittings, valves,

strainers, pipe supports, gauges, flexible connections etc.
within pumprooms,
c) One lot of electrical equipment, pump controls, control panel

(weather-proof type for outdoor installation), water level
switches, pressure switches, motor starters, power and
control wiring between electrical equipment, underground
armoured control cable where applicable and all necessary
electrical actuation devices.
d) Testing and commissioning
B100001 Potable or flushwater booster pumping system as specified with One lot 800.00
each pump capacity of 2.0 litres/second at a total discharge head
of 15 metres
B100002 Potable or flushwater booster pumping system as specified with One lot 1,000.00
of 25 metres
of 35 metres
B100004 Potable or flushwater booster pumping system as specified with One lot 850.00
of 15 metres
of 25 metres
of 35 metres
of 15 metres
ME-B1
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B100000 POTABLE AND FLUSHWATER BOOSTER PUMPS (CONT'D)
of 25 metres
of 35 metres
of 15 metres
of 25 metres
of 35 metres
of 15 metres
of 25 metres
of 35 metres
each pump capacity of 10 litres/second at a total discharge head
of 15 metres
each pump capacity of 10.0 litres/second at a total discharge
head of 25 metres
each pump capacity of 10.0 litres/second at a total discharge
head of 35 metres
Note: Rates do not include air pressure vessel and pump

operating efficiency must not be less than 55% pump
characteristic curves and technical details shall be
submitted in the schedule of technical data to show this.
ME-B2
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B200000 TRANSFER PUMPING SYSTEM
The price for each pumping system shall include the supply
and installation of the equipment (except air pressure tanks
where applicable) as specified in the drawing/specification.
This shall include but not limited to the following:

within pumprooms,

B200001 Testing and commissioning Transfer pumping system a s One lot 5,390.00
specified with each pump capacity of 4.0 litres/second at a total
discharge head of 30 metres
B200006 Testing and commissioning Transfer pumping system as One lot 7,350.00
Note: Rates do not include control wiring from high level

tank to control panel at lower pump house and pump
ME-B3
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B300000 HOSEREEL PUMPING SYSTEM

within pumprooms,

B300001 Testing and commissioning Ho sereel pumping system a s One lot 4,410.00
B300002 Testing and commissioning Hosereel pumping system a s One lot 4,760.10
Note: Ra tes i ncl ude ai r press ure vess els a nd pump

ME-B4
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B 4 0 0 0 0 0 S U BM E R S I B LE D R AI N AG E AN D S E W AG E P UM P I N G
SYSTEM
a) 2 N os. e lec tr ic m otor drive n pu m pse ts .

within pumprooms,

d) Provision of spares for pumping systems to be handed over

to the Ministry of the Environment.
e) Testing and commissioning
B400001 Testing and commissioning Submersible drainage pumping One lot 3,430.00
system as specified with each pump capacity of 4.0 litres/second at
a total discharge head of 10 metres
B400002 Testing and commissioning Submersible drainage pumping One lot 4,200.00
B400003 Testing and commissioning Submersible sewage pumping One lot 5,740.10
ME-B5
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B400000 SUBM ERSIBLE DRAINAGE AND SEWAGE PUMPING

SYSTEM (CONT'D)
system as specified with each pump capacity of 8.0
litres/second at a total discharge head of 10 metres
system as specified with each pump capacity of 10.0
litres/second at a total discharge head of 10 metres
B400006 Wall mounted weather proof cabinets for control panels in item One lot 455.00
(B4000001) to (B4000005)
Note: Pump operating efficiency must not be less than 55%

pump characteristic curves and technical details shall be
submitted in the schedule of technical data to show this
B400007 1/2 ton chain hoist c/w chain and trolley (I-beam support to be One lot 385.00
provided by others)
ME-B6
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B500000 AIR PRESSURE VESSELS
Air pressure connecting up to pump systems as specified
B500001 100 litres tank No 420.00
B500002 200 litres tank No 490.00
B500003 300 litres tank No 560.00
B500004 500 litres tank No 700.00
B500005 1000 litres tank No 1,500.00
B500006 2000 litres tank No 2,500.00
Replacement of Membrance as specified
B500007 100 litres tank No 252.00
B500008 200 litres tank No 294.00
B500009 300 litres tank No 336.00
B500010 500 litres tank No 420.10
B500011 1000 litres tank No 900.00
B50001 2 2000 litres tank No 1,500.00
ME-B7
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B600000 CONSOLIDATED PANELS
Consolidated panels as specified:
B600001 One pumping system (also known as remote panel) No 280.00
B600002 Two pumping systems No 350.00
B600003 Three pumping systems No 490.00
B600004 Four pumping systems No 595.10
Note: Rates do not include wiring and conduits from various

pump control panels to consolidated panels)
ME-B8
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B700000 PIPE FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
Note: Prices include all charges in the supply, installation,

testing and commissioning of the said items.
B700001 Pressure gauge with 100mm diameter face (listed) No 28.00
Strainers
B700002 32mm diameter No 28.00
Isolating Valves
B70001 1 65mm diameter No 56.00
Check valves
Note: Prices include all charges in the supply, installation,

testing and commissioning
ME-B9
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B700000 PIPE FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES (CONT'D)
Pressure relief valves
B700025 Pressure electrical switch No 63.10
B700026 Two 4-probe electrode complete with holder and relay No 105.00
ME-B10
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B800000 PIPEWORK
Class B galvanised steel pipe PE - Line complying with

SS245 complete with all necessary fittings (I.e. elbows, tees
etc) supports and hangers
B800001 13mm diameter m 3.70
Heavy gauge stainless steel pipe complying with BS 316

heavy gauge complete with all necessary fittings (I.e. elbows,
tees etc) supports and hangers
ME-B11
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B800000 PIPEWORK (CONT'D)
Heavy gauge stainless steel pipe complying with BS 316

heavy gauge complete with all necessary fittings (I.e. elbows,
tees etc) supports and hangers (Cont'd)
Copper pipe to BS EN 1057: 1996 with silver brazing Table X

complete with all necessary fittings (I.e. elbows, tees etc)
supports and hangers
Ductible iron pipework complying with BS 4772 for drainage

system
B800035 80mm diameter pipe m 56.00
ME-B12
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B900000
REPAIRS - MOTORS (REWINDING & REPLACEMENT OF
BEARINGS/ BUSHINGS)
Supply all materials, labour and transport for rewinding and

replacing of bearings/ bushing of motor(s) including
removing, dismantling, servicing, re-installation and re-
commissioning.
Rewinding of single phase 230 volts motor and replacing of

bearing/ bushings
B900001 Up to 0.37 kW No 160.00
B900002 Up to 0.75 kW No 210.00
B900003 Up to 1.5 kW No 229.00
B900004 Up to 3 kW No 262.00
Rewinding of three (3) phase 400 volts motor-stator coils and

replacing of bearings/ bushings
B900005 Up to 1.5 kW No 198.00
B900006 Up to 3 kW No 230.00
B900007 Up to 3.75 kW No 262.00
B900008 Up to 5.6 kW No 313.00
B900009 Up to 7.5 kW No 350.00
B900010 Up to 11.2 kW No 510.00
B900011 Up to 15.0 kW No 652.50
B900012 Up to 18.7 kW No 759.50
B900013 Up to 22.5 kW No 920.00
B900014 Up to 26.2 kW No 1,115.00
B900015 Up to 30 kW No 1,210.00
B900016 Up to 45 kW No 1,370.00
B900017 Up to 60 kW No 1,530.00
B900018 Up to 75 kW No 1,720.00
B900019 Up to 90 kW No 1,927.50
B900020 Up to 132 kW No 3,000.00
ME-B13
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B900000 REPAIRS - MOTORS (REWINDING & REPLACEMENT OF

BEARINGS / BUSHINGS) (CONT'D)
Rewinding of three (3) phase 400 volts motor-stator coils and

replacing of bearings/ bushings (Cont'd)
B900021 Up to 185 kW No 3,480.00
B900022 Up to 200 kW No 6,250.00
B900023 Up to 250 kW No 7,060.00
B900024 Up to 300 kW No 7,560.00
B900025 Up to 350 kW No 8,310.00
B900026 Up to 400 kW No 9,060.00
Rewinding of three (3) phase 400 volts motor-rotor and

replacement of bearings/ bushings
B900027 Up to 11.2 kW No 538.50
B900028 Up to 15 kW No 677.50
B900029 Up to 18.7 kW No 747.50
B900030 Up to 22.5 kW No 884.50
B900031 Up to 26.2 kW No 997.50
B900032 Up to 30 kW No 1,110.00
B900033 Up to 45 kW No 1,252.50
B900034 Up to 60 kW No 1,585.00
B900035 Up to 75 kW No 2,195.00
B900036 Up to 90 kW No 2,800.00
B900037 Up to 132 kW No 4,680.00
B900038 Up to 185 kW No 6,000.00
ME-B14
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B900000 REPAIRS - MOTORS (REWINDING & REPLACEMENT OF

BEARINGS / BUSHINGS) (CONT'D)
Rewinding of three (3) phase 400 volts induction motor and

replacement of bearings/ bushings
B900039 Up to 0.19 kW No 110.50
B900040 Up to 0.37 kW No 119.60
B900041 Up to 0.75 kW No 132.60
B900042 Up to 1.5 kW No 162.50
B900043 Up to 2.2 kW No 193.70
B900044 Up to 3.7 kW No 247.00
B900045 Up to 5.5 kW No 318.50
B900046 Up to 7.5 kW No 370.50
B900047 Up to 11 kW No 487.50
B900048 Up to 15 kW No 599.30
B900049 Up to 18.5 kW No 728.00
B900050 Up to 22 kW No 793.00
B900051 Up to 30 kW No 910.00
ME-B15
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1000000 REPAIRS - MOTORS (REPLACEMENT OF BEARINGS/

BUSHINGS ONLY)

the follow ing bushings/bearings including removing,
dismantling, servicing, re-installation and re-commissioning.
Replacement of bushing in single phase 230 volts motor
B1000001 Up to 0.75 kW No 93.00
B1000002 Up to 1.5 kW No 105.50
B1000003 Up to 2.25 kW No 108.50
B1000004 Up to 3.75 kW No 144.00

Replacement of bearings in three (3) phase 400 volts motor
B1000005 Up to 7.5 kW No 138.00
B1000006 Up to 11.2 kW No 156.75
B1000007 Up to 15 kW No 175.50
B1000008 Up to 18.7 kW No 219.75
B1000009 Up to 22.5 kW No 252.00
B1000010 Up to 26.2 kW No 272.50
B1000011 Up to 30 kW No 315.00
B1000012 Up to 45 kW No 340.50
B1000013 Up to 60 kW No 400.00
B1000014 Up to 75 kW No 502.50
B1000015 Up to 90 kW No 605.00
B1000016 Up to 132 kW No 1,050.00
B1000017 Up to 185 kW No 1,200.00
ME-B16
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1100000 REPLACEMENTS - MOTORS
Supply all materials. labour and transport for replacement of

the following motors installation and commissioning
All defective motors must be delivered to the SO.
Single phase 230V! 50Hz motor c!w starting and running

capacitor Horizontal! Vertical Mounted
B1100001 Up to 0.25 kW No 198.00
B1100002 Up to 0.37 kW No 225.00
B1100003 Up to 0.56 kW No 275.50
B1100004 Up to 0.75 kW No 297.00
B1100005 Up to 1.2 kW No 342.00
B1100006 Up to 1.5 kW No 378.00
B1100007 Up to 2.25 kW No 405.00

Three phase 415V! 50Hz motor Horizontal! Vertical Mounted
B1100008 Up to 1.5 kW No 280.50
B1100009 Up to 2.25 kW No 370.50
B1100010 Up to 3.75 kW No 449.50
B1100011 Up to 5.6 kW No 557.50
B1100012 Up to 7.5 kW No 710.00
B1100013 Up to 11.2 kW No 890.00
B1100014 Up to 15 kW No 1,205.00
B1100015 Up to 18.7 kW No 1,492.50
B1100016 Up to 22.5 kW No 1,852.50
B1100017 Up to 30 kW No 2,302.50
B1100018 Up to 37.5 kW No 2,620.00
B1100019 Up to 45 kW No 3,560.00
B1100020 Up to 52.5 kW No 4,640.00
B1100021 Up to 75 kW No 5,800.00
ME-B17
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1 100000 REPLACEMENTS - MOTORS (CONT'D)

Three phase 415V/ 50Hz motor Horizontal/ Vertical Mounted
(Cont'd)
B1100022 Up to 90 kW No 6,100.00
B1100023 Up to 110 kW No 6,400.00
ME-B18
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1200000 SUNDRY WORKS
B1200001 Dismantling, inspecting, and returning of motor up to 3.75 kW No 15.00

(230V and 415V) back to original location only when the unit is
beyond economical repair.



ME-B19
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1300000 OVERHAUL - WATER PUMPS
Supply all materials, labour and transport to overhaul the

following pumps including dismantling, replacing pump
packings, pump oil, bearings, mechanical seals, gaskets,
polishing shaft and housing, painting, reinstallation and re-
commissioning the pumping system (B1300001 - B1300008).
The cost for overhaul of water pump shall also include the
labour for replacement of shaft when necessary (B1300009 -
B1 300015).
B1300001 Up to 5.6 kW No 189.00
B1300002 Up to 11.2 kW No 210.00
B1300003 Up to 30 kW No 245.00
B1300004 Up to 37.5 kW No 315.00
B1300005 Up to 45 kW No 406.00
B1300006 Up to 60 kW No 490.00
B1300007 Up to 75 kW No 581.00
B1300008 Up to 90 kW No 700.00
B1300009 Shaft size up to 1 " ( 26 mm) dia No 42.00
B1300010 Shaft size up to 1 1/4 " ( 32 mm) dia No 56.00
B1300013 Shaft size up to 2 " ( 50 mm) dia No 105.00
ME-B20
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1400000 REPLACEMENT - VALVES AND STRAINERS

the following valves and strainers c/w flanges, gaskets, bolts
and nuts.
Material : Bronze for size up to 76 mm Cast Iron for size 102

mm and above
Gate Valve
B1400001 Up to 20 mm pipe dia No 38.50
B1400012 Up to 305 mm pipe dia No 1,225.00
Check Valve
ME-B21
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1400000 REPLACEMENT - VALVES AND STRAINERS (CONT'D)

Check Valve (Cont'd)
Globe Valve
Strainer
ME-B22
B: PUMPING

(S$)
Automatic Air Release Valve

Manual Butterfly valve (with gear operator and handwheel)
Materials: Cast iron body, aluminium bronze disc, stainless

steel stem, epom seat and flanged.
B1400046 Up to 51 mm dia No 161.00
B1400047 Up to 65 mm dia No 175.00
B1400048 Up to 77 mm dia No 189.00
B1400049 Up to 102 mm dia No 210.00
B1400050 Up to 127 mm dia No 245.10
B1400051 Up to 153 mm dia No 280.00
B1400052 Up to 204 mm dia No 322.00
B1400053 Up to 254 mm dia No 476.00
B1400054 Up to 305 mm dia No 630.00
Pneumatic Butterfly Valve actuator
B1400055 Up to 51 mm dia No 273.00
B1400056 Up to 65 mm dia No 294.00
B1400057 Up to 77 mm dia No 336.00
B1400058 Up to 102 mm dia No 364.00
B1400059 Up to 127 mm dia No 420.00
B1400060 Up to 153 mm dia No 455.00
B1400061 Up to 204 mm dia No 560.00
B1400062 Up to 254 mm dia No 595.10
B1400063 Up to 305 mm dia No 665.00
ME-B23
B: PUMPING

(S$)
Electric Pneumatic Butterfly Valve actuator
B1400064 Up to 51 mm dia No 350.00
B1400065 Up to 65 mm dia No 364.00
B1400066 Up to 77 mm dia No 385.00
B1400067 Up to 102 mm dia No 406.00
B1400068 Up to 127 mm dia No 434.00
B1400069 Up to 153 mm dia No 476.00
B1400070 Up to 204 mm dia No 560.10
B1400071 Up to 254 mm dia No 595.00
B1400072 Up to 305 mm dia No 665.00
Motorised butterfly Valve (valve c/w actuator)
B1400073 Up to 51 mm dia No 560.00
B1400074 Up to 65 mm dia No 595.00
B1400075 Up to 77 mm dia No 665.00
B1400076 Up to 102 mm dia No 770.00
B1400077 Up to 127 mm dia No 980.00
B1400078 Up to 153 mm dia No 1,050.00
B1400079 Up to 204 mm dia No 1,400.00
B1400080 Up to 254 mm dia No 1,680.00
B1400081 Up to 305 mm dia No 1,820.00
B1400082 Up to 6 mm dia PVC 3 tubing, c/w saddles m 2.90
B1400083 Up to 6 mm dia copper tubing, c/w saddles m 3.90
B1400084 Up to 12.7 mm dia copper tubing c/w saddles m 9.10
B1400085 Pressure gauge with oil damping effect for replacement. No 71.00
B1400086 Water flow switch for replacement No 198.00
B1400087 Water flow switch for repair (max height 3m) No 140.00
ME-B24
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1400088 Automatic pressure switch for replacement No 121.00

B1400089 No 84.00
Water level electrodes come with holder and up to 5 stainless
steel electrodes of length up to 3m long each
Foot Valve
B1400094 Up to 100mm pipe dia No 323.00
Float Valve c/w float
ME-B25
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1500000 REPLACEMENT - PIPEWORKS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND

FLEXIBLE JOINTS
S uppl y ma te r i a l s , l a bo ur a nd tr a n s por t t o r e p l c e the

pipeworks, sprinkler heads and flexible joints. The works
include modification to pipework and supply of all
access ori es s uc h as coupli n g (for thread e d ends
connection), flanges (whether built-in or otherwise), limiting
rods; bolts and nuts, metal supporting brackets for flexible
joints, etc.
Rubber bellow with reinforcing fabric flexible joints with built-

in mild steel flanged ends. The flexible joint shall have a
normal working pressure rating of 14 kgf/m2 and a minimum
bursting pressure of 42 kgf/cm2
B1500001 Up to 25 mm No 70.00
B1500002 Up to 38 mm No 84.00
B1500003 Up to 51 mm No 98.00
B1500004 Up to 64 mm No 119.00
B1500005 Up to 76 mm No 140.00
B1500006 Up to 102 mm No 147.00
B1500007 Up to 127 mm No 182.00
B1500008 Up to 153 mm No 217.00
B1500009 Up to 203 mm No 301.10
B1500010 Up to 254 mm No 420.00
B1500011 Up to 305 mm No 525.00
Rubber bellow with reinforcing fabric flexible joints with built-

in limiting rods or threaded ends. The flexible joint shall have
a normal w orking pressure rating of 14 kgf/m2 and a
minimum bursting pressure of 42 kgf/cm2
B1500012 Up to 25 mm No 52.50
B1500013 Up to 38 mm No 84.00
B1500014 Up to 51 mm No 98.00
B1500015 Up to 64 mm No 119.00
ME-B26
B: PUMPING

(S$)

FLEXIBLE JOINTS (CONT'D)
Stainless steel bellow with stainless inner sleeves and mild

steel flanged ends flexible joint. The flexible joint shall have a
normal working pressure rating of 16 kgf/ cm2 (minimum)
B1500016 Up to 25 mm No 98.00
B1500017 Up to 38 mm No 126.00
B1500018 Up to 51 mm No 140.00
B1500019 Up to 64 mm No 157.50
B1500020 Up to 76 mm No 210.00
B1500021 Up to 102 mm No 262.60
B1500022 Up to 127 mm No 294.00
B1500023 Up to 153 mm No 336.00
B1500024 Up to 203 mm No 441.00

Stainless steel bellow with stainless inner sleeves and
threaded ends flexible joint. The flexible joint shall have a
normal working pressure rating of 16 kgf/ cm2 (minimum)
B1500025 Up to 25 mm No 84.00
B1500026 Up to 38 mm No 112.00
B1500027 Up to 51 mm No 126.00
B1500028 Up to 64 mm No 140.00
B1500029 Up to 76 mm No 182.00
ME-B27
B: PUMPING

(S$)

FLEXIBLE JOINTS (CONT'D)
Sprinkler piping of black steel to SS17 medium quality or

approved alternative including all necessary bends, tees, etc,
as specified.
B1500030 Up to 26 mm nominal dia m 17.50
ME-B28
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1600000 REPLACEMENTS - MECHANICAL SEAL AND GLAND

PACKING
Supply materials, labour and transport to replace mechanical

seal/ gland packing for the pumping system ( Any system)
Replacement of mechanical seal for pumps

B1600001 Up to 26 mm dia shaft set 154.00
Replacement of gland packing for pumps
B1600005 To replace gland packing set 42.00
ME-B29
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1700000 REPLACEMENTS - RUBBER HOSE
Supply materials, labour and transport to replace 3-ply

rubber hose c/w clips.
B1700001 Up to 35 mm m 10.50
B1700002 Up to 55 mm m 12.60
B1700003 Up to 65 mm m 14.70
B1700004 Up to 77 mm m 17.50
B1700005 Up to 82 mm m 21.00
ME-B30
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1800000 REPLACEMENT - POTABLE! TRANSFER HOSEREEL AND

FLUSH WATER PUMPING SYSTEMS
The rate for each pumpset shall include the supply delivery,
installation and commissioning of the equipment as
specified below. This shall include but not limited to the
following :
a) One (1) no of electric motor driven pumpset on common

base plate and mounting.
b) One (1) lot of necessary pipework including any modification,

pipe fittings, pressure gauges and flexible rubber bellow
c) Di s pos a l o f t he ol d p u mps e t a n d a c c e s s or i e s .
Note: Pump operation efficiency must not be less than 55% pump
characteristic curves and the Contractor shall submit
technical details and data to the S.O. for approval before
commencement of work.
Potable ! Transfer ! Flush water pumping system
Supply, install and commissioning of pumpsets with the

following pump capacity and total discharge head.
B1800001 120 litres / min at a total discharge head of between 15 and 35 set 2,100.00
metres 2.2 kW
metres 3.0 kW
metres 3.2 kW
metres 5.0 kW
metres 5.5 kW
Hosereel Water Pumping System

following pump capacity and total discharge head.
B1800006 90 litres / min at a total discharge head of 30 metres ( 1.1 kW)

set 2,100.00
B1800007 90 litres / min at a total discharge head of 40 metres ( 1.3 kW) set 2,170.00
B1 800008 90 litres / min at a total discharge head of 50 metres ( 1.5 kW) set 2,240.00
ME-B31
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B1900000 REPLACEMENT - SUBMERSIBLE DRAINAGE PUMPING

SYSTEMS
The rate for each pumpset shall include the supply, delivery,
following:
a) One (1) no of submersible drainage pumpset with close grain

cast iron shell, stainless steel strainer, cast iron non-
clogging impeller, stainless steel shaft and double
mechanical seal (silicon carbide and ceramic face).
b) One (1) lot of flexible reinforced rubber hose and stainless

steel clips for discharge connection, stainless steel chain for
securing the pump and to facilitate removal from sump pit.
c) Di s pos a l o f t he ol d p u mps e t a n d a c c e s s or i e s .

Note: Pump operating efficiency must not be less than 55% pump
characteristic curves. The Contractor shall have to submit
technical details and data to the S.O for approval before
Supply, install and commissioning of submersible drainage

pumpset w ith the follow ing pump capacity a nd total
discharge head.
B1900001 120 litres/min at a total discharge head of 10 metres (single- set 1,890.00
phase)
B1900002 240 litres/min at a total discharge head of 10 metres (single- set 1,960.00
phase)
B1900003 300 litres/min at a total discharge head of 10 metres (double- set 2,100.00
phase)
ME-B32
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B2000000 REPLACEMENT - SEWAGE PUMPING SYSTEMS
following :
a) One (1) no of submersible sewage pumpset with close grain

cast iron shell, cast iron open, non-clogging impeller,
stainless steel shaft and double mechanical seal. The pump
must be approved by the Ministry of the Environment.
b) One (1) lot of flexible reinforced rubber hose and stainless

steel clips for discharge connection, stainless steel chain for
securing the pump and to facilitate removal from sump pit.
c) Disposal of the old p ump.

Note: Pump operating efficiency must not be less than 55% pump
characteristic curves. The Contractor shall have to submit
technical details and data to the S.O for approval before
Supply, install and commissioning of submersible sewage

pumpset w ith the follow ing pump capacity a nd total
discharge head.
B2000001 200 litres/min at a total discharge head of 8 metres (single-phase) set 2,030.10
B2000002 200 litres/min at a total discharge head of 8 metres (three-phase) set 2,065.00
B2000003 500 litres/min at a total discharge head of 8 metres (three-phase) set 2,450.00
ME-B33
B: PUMPING

(S$)
B2100000 REPLACEMENT - PUMP MOTOR CONSOLIDATED CONTROL

PANEL/ STARTER
The rate for each pump motor control panel/starter shall

include the supply, delivery, installation and commissioning
of the equipment as specified below. This shall include but
not limited to the following :
a) One control panel (metal) c/w starter/contactor, ampere

meter hour, hour-run meter for each pump, change over duty
relay, stop/start push button, auto-manual selector and
run/trip/stop/power on indicating lamp, time delay relays;
control fuses and termination of wiring complete with
busher. (Applicable to B2100001 - B21 00005).
b) Solid state ramp up/down starter c/w initial torque control,

rampe up/down time control, economiser, current trip and
single phas ing pr ote c tion; c ha nge over dul y rela y,
auto/manual change over selection, amphers meter, hour run
meter, stop/start/fuse button; run/trip/stop/power on
indicating pumps. (Panel Box not included) (Applicable to
B21 00006)
B2100001 One pump system (for sump /booster Pump)

Set 420.00
B2100002 Two pump system 0.5 to 2 kW DOL Starter Set 980.00
B21 00003 Two pump system DOL Starter Set 1,085.00
B2100004 Two pump system 2 kW to 4 kW Star / Delta Set 1,190.00
B2100005 Two pump system Star / Delta 4 kW to 16 kW Set 1,120.00

Set 5,600.00
B2100006 Two pump system 50 kW to 75 kW Solid State Starter (refer to
para b above)
ME-B34
SECTION C: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
C: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
BASIC WIRING POINTS
NOTES:
1 For this purpose of this Section, the rate for PVC SURFACE installation of wiring
points shall be taken as the BASE RATE. Percentage increase is allowed for
other type of wiring methods, e.g. GI conduit :full concealed" equivalent under
the "TABLE OF ADJUSTMENT FOR DIFFERENT WIRING METHODS" on next
page. Where multiple adjustment are allowed under this sections, the ultimate
adjustment is taken as the mathematical sum of all the plus/minus adjustments
based on the BASE RATES only i.e. the adjustments will not be compounded.
2 PVC trunking and PVC conduit will be taken as equivalent cost.
3 Star rates will not be considered for RED TOGGLES or SWITCHES instead of
conventional WHITE TOGGLES or SWITCHES or for neon indicators. Instead,
additional cost listed at Item C1 00015 and C1 00016 of this section shall apply.
4 For PVC and GI conduits, 20% increase over the Scheduled Rates wi ll be
allowed for the cost of primer coat and enamel painting to any colour by SO.
5 The following wire sizes shall apply:
Nurse call wiring - 1.5 mm sq

Fire Alarm Point - 2.5 mm sq
5A lightning or fan point - 2.5 mm sq
1 3A socket outlet point - 4.0 mm sq
15A socket outlet point - 4.0 mm sq
20A Equipment point - 4.0 mm sq
6 All wiring points shall be considered not to exceed 20 metre run from the source
of supply to the first immediate wiring point. For subsequent points wiring
distance shall be considered as distance between wiring points on the same
circuit.
7 For multiple wiring points on 2-way switch circuits, only one 2-way switch rate
will be payable. The rest of the points will be treated as that of unswitched
circuits.
8 All socket outlets shall be ivory white for base rate c/w spring shutters on both
Live and Neutral openings. For switches engraved labeling a 10% increase over
the Scheduled Rates for switches will be allowed.
9 For wiring point with corresponding metal clad switch or socket plate c/ w the
necessary metal-clad box as appropriate, a 10% increase over the Scheduled
rates will be allowed.
ME-C1
BASIC WIRING POINTS
DEFINITIONS:
"Full concealed: means that the trunking or conduit protecting the cables are
encased within walls, floor throughout the whole length of t he wiring point.
Normally it would have been necessary to chase and make good (at least rough
patching) of walls, floors, etc. New cast-in-situ conduit wiring will be treated as
"full concealed".
"Part concealed" means that only part of the trunking or conduit protecting the
cables are encased within walls, floors within the whole wiring point. This applies
to the following cases:
i) Concealed installation below false ceiling but surface installation above false
ceiling.
ii) Installation within dry light-weight partition walls.
"Surface" means that the entire length of the trunking or conduit is mounted on
the surface including the case of entire wiring length within false ceiling.
The following table will be used as the basis for adjusting the Schedule of Rates cost for wiring
methods other thanthat of PVC SURFACE TRUNKING/ CONDUIT WIRING:
TABLE OF ADJUSTMENT FOR DIFFERENT WIRING METHODS

Surface Part Concealed Full Concealed
Suffix to Item No: (a) (b) (c )
PVC trunking or Base Rate Add 20% Add 40%

conduit wiring for wiring
point point
Suffix to Item No: (a) (b) (c )
G.I. conduit Add 40% Add 60% Add 80%

wiring point
PLEASE QUOTE THE SUFFIX NO PROVIDED FOR ITEM NO IN QUOTATIONS AND INVOICES.
ME-C2

(S$)
C100000 BASIC WIRING POINTS
Installation of the following including covers, necessary

cables, earth wires, lamp holders, accessories, cutting and
making good of chases, synthetic emulsion painting to
match existing, etc subject to the notes and conditions at
the beginning of the Section
Ceiling/ pendant/ bracket, etc light points complete with

moulded switch plates and moulded boxes
C100001 5 Amp 1-way switch No 27.00
C1 00002 5 Amp 2-way switch No 31.50

C100003 No 27.00
Bracket/exhaust/wall fan points complete with 5 Amp SP moulded
switch plates and moulded boxes
C100004 No 36.00
Ceiling fan points complete with 5 Amp SP moulded switches &
boxes, regulators and mounting teak blocks (switch engraved
with "FAN")
C100005 No 28.80
Water heater points complete with 15 Amp isolator with indicator
lights and 15 Amp 3-plate ceiling rose
C100006 Hand dryer points complete with moulded fuse connection units No 28.80
Power socket outlet points complete with switch socket

outlets and moulded boxes
C100007 13 Amp single gang No 34.20
C100008 13 Amp twin gang No 38.70
C100009 15 Amp round pin single gang for higher capacity equipment or No 46.80
DOL start air-conditioner
C100010 No 68.40
Water heater/equipment points complete with 20 A mp DP
switches with neon indicator lights, fused connection units
Power socket outlet points complete with the following

C100011 No 54.10
20 Amp DP switches and neon indicators, 15 Amp switched
socket outlets adjacent to air-conditioners
C100012 No 68.40
20 Amp DP switches with neon indicators, 15 Amp switched
socket outlets and 3-way connectors on 180 x 200 x 32mm teak
block without starters.
C100013 Nurse call points up to 5 wires without fittings No 28.80
ME-C3

(S$)
C100000 BASIC WIRING POINTS (CONT'D)
Installation the following including covers, necessary cables,

earth wires, lamp holders, accessories, cutting and making
good of chases, synthetic emulsion painting to match
existing, etc subject to the notes and conditions at the
beginning of the Section (Cont'd)
Power socket outlet points complete with the following

(Cond't)
C100014 No 43.20
Fire alarm points with 2 lengths 2.5mm2 PVC cables in GI conduit
up to 20 metres (for ring circuits the notes for "BASIC WIRING
POINTS - NOTES item 7" are applicable.)
Wiring points complete with weatherproof isolators for air-

conditioning
C100015 20 Amp DP No 121.50
C100016 30 Amp DP No 166.50
C100017 30 Amp TPN No 225.00
Additional rates chargeable for deviation from standard

accessories or fittings (Adjustments are not applicable from
item (C100018) onwards)
C100018 No 2.70
Additional neon lights for any moulded socket outlet plates or
switch plates
C100019 Red toggles or switches instead of white toggles or switches No 2.20

(additional cost)
ME-C4

(S$)
C200000 EQUIPMENT POINTS, INDUSTRIAL PLUGS AND MULTIPLE

GANG SWITCHES
Surface mounted conduits or PVC trunking wiring system,

including all necessary accessories, bolts and nuts, cutting
of holes, mounting short lengths of appropriate size cables 2
metres, etc and ready to operate the following:
SPN all insulated pattern splitter units complete with

rewirable/ cartridge fuses
C200001 15 Amp 2-way No 18.00
C200002 15 Amp 3-way No 21.60

C200003 No 43.20
15 Amp metal-clad 2 way splitter units complete with
rewirable/cartridge fuses
TPN metal-clad fuse switches complete with 3 nos HRC

fuses any size up to rated frame sizes
C200004 30 Amp No 57.60
C200005 100 Amp No 180.00
C200006 160 Amp No 234.00
C200007 200 Amp No 324.00
C200008 300 Amp No 432.10
C200009 400 Amp No 504.00
TPN metal-clad isolators
C200010 10 Amp No 90.70
C200011 15 Amp No 49.60
C200012 20 Amp No 105.40
C200013 30 Amp No 67.70
C200014 32 Amp No 99.90
C200015 60 Amp No 123.20
C200016 63 Amp No 133.90
C200017 100 Amp No 248.87
C200018 160 Amp No 341.50
ME-C5

(S$)

GANG SWITCHES (CONT'D)
metres, etc and ready to operate the following: (Cont'd)
TPN metal-clad isolators (Cont'd)
C200019 200 Amp No 575.40
C200020 300 Amp No 838.00
C200021 400 Amp No 1,058.00
C200022 500 Amp No 1,612.00
C200023 600 Amp No 1,993.10
C200024 800 Amp No 2,128.00
DP metal-clad isolators
C200025 15 Amp No 44.00
C200026 30 Amp No 52.00
C200027 60 Amp No 115.00
Metal-clad cutouts complete with rewirable fuses
C200028 15 Amp No 7.70
C200029 30 Amp No 10.80
Metal-clad cutouts complete with HRC fuses
C200030 60 Amp No 28.80
C200031 100 Amp No 36.10
ME-C6

(S$)

600 V HRC fuses complying with BS 88 Class Q1 to suit

make of gears (any type)
C200032 Up to 5 Amp No 3.45
C200033 Up to 15 Amp No 3.90
C200034 Up to 20 Amp No 4.70
C200035 Up to 30 Amp No 6.03
C200036 Up to 60 Amp No 12.13
C200037 Up to 100 Amp No 19.30
C200038 Up to 160 Amp No 24.40
C200039 Up to 200 Amp No 33.80
C200040 Up to 300 Amp No 41.40
C200041 Up to 400 Amp No 52.00
C200042 Up to 500 Amp No 57.60
C200043 Up to 600 Amp No 61.30
C200044 Up to 700 Amp No 66.60
C200045 Up to 800 Amp No 72.10
ME-C7

(S$)

Multi-way bakelite neutral connectors
C200046 15 Amp No 7.20
C200047 30 Amp No 10.80
C200048 60 Amp No 14.40
C200049 100 Amp multi-way metal-clad neutral connectors No 19.80
C200050 Multi-way earth/neutral Brass connectors No 2.30
Supply & install BI connector
C200051 up to 100 Amp c/w termination No 15.00
C200052 101 Amp - 150 Amp c/w termination No 25.00
C200053 200 Amp - 300 Amp c/w termination No 35.00
White rocker plate SP switches complete with moulded

surface mounting boxes
C200054 5 Amp 1-way No 4.90
C200055 5 Amp 2-way No 5.50
C200056 5 Amp 2 gang 1-way No 7.65
C200057 5 Amp 3 gang 1-way No 8.50
C200058 5 Amp 4 gang 1-way No 11.45
C200059 6 Amp 1 gang 1-way No 5.70
C200060 6 Amp 1 gang 2-way No 6.60
C200061 6 Amp 2 gang No 7.35
C200062 6 Amp 3 gang No 9.70
C200063 6 Amp 4 gang No 11.85
ME-C8

(S$)

Industrial plugs and connectors (Male and Female) to BS

4343, IEC 309 and CEE 17
C200064 16 Amp, 2 pole and earth No 90.00
C200066 16 Amp, 3 pole + neutral + earth No 62.15
Weatherproof isolators with minimum protection of IP 55
C200073 15 Amp DP No 45.20
C200074 20 Amp DP No 36.90
C200075 30 Amp DP No 76.00
C200076 32 Amp DP No 45.90
C200077 45 Amp DP No 64.80
C200078 60 Amp DP No 76.00
ME-C9

(S$)

Weatherproof isolators with minimum protection of IP 55

(Cont'd)
C200079 10 Amp TPN No 37.40
C200080 15 Amp TPN No 76.00
C200081 20 Amp TPN No 44.60
C200082 30 Amp TPN No 90.00
C200083 32 Amp TPN No 52.83
C200084 45 Amp TPN No 86.40
C200085 60 Amp TPN No 85.67
C200086 63 Amp TPN No 70.20
C200087 100 Amp TPN No 177.50

C200088 No 72.00
Weatherproof junction boxes with minimum protection of IP 55
and dimensions 150 x 100mm complete with 10 mm sq line taps
and 32A HRC fuses
Switch boxes complete with 5 Amp SP switches (less

installation)
C200089 4-ways grid No 28.80
C200090 8-ways grid No 57.60
C200091 12-ways grid No 86.50
C200092 24-ways grid No 172.80
ME-C10

(S$)


Weather-proof type socket outlets, plug tops and metal

screwed cover in galvanised steel conduit up to 3 x 15
metres run of 1.5 mm2 PVC cables
C200093 13 Amp No 108.00
Extra over for item (C200093)
C200094 13 Amp 2-way No 4.10
C200095 13 Amp 2 gang 1 way No 4.80
C200096 13 Amp 3 gang 1 way No 5.80
C200097 13 Amp 4 gang 1 way No 8.60
C200098 13 Amp 5 gang 1 way No 10.10

C200099 No 72.00
13 Amp but with ivory socket outlets with spring covers and
gaskets in galvanised steel conduit
C200100 No 64.80
13 Amp but with ivory socket outlets with spring covers and
gaskets in PVC conduit
C200101 15 Amp but with 2.5mm2 PVC cables No 108.00
Galvanised steel weather-proof socket outlets complete with

weather proof plug tops and screwed caps
C200102 13 Amp No 75.60
Extra over for item (C20001 02)
C200103 13 Amp 2 gang No 7.00

C200104 No 54.00
13 Amp plastic weatherproof socket outlets complete with spring
gasket covers
ME-C11

(S$)

Weather-proof switched or unswitched socket outlets
C200105 5 Amp 2-way SP No 14.40
C2001 06 5 Amp 2 gang 2-way SP No 21.60

C200107 No 5.60
20 Amp 2 pole switches with indicator lights complete with
moulded boxes
C2001 08 Bell switches complete with moulded boxes No 1.90
C200109 5 Amp 3 pin lighting switch socket outlets (shuttered type) No 3.10
Switch socket outlets complete with moulded surface

mounting boxes
C200110 13 Amp No 6.90
C200111 13 Amp 2 gang No 8.90
C200112 15 Amp No 10.40

C200113 No 3.10
5 Amp metal clad switches SP complete with boxes for surface
mounting
Metal-clad switch socket outlets complete with boxes for

surface mounting
C200114 13 Amp No 10.30
C2001 15 13 Amp 2-gang No 14.30
C200116 15 Amp No 14.83
Cutting concrete floor chase conduits of any size including

making good to match existing
C200117 Up to 1 conduit m 4.40
C200118 Up to 2 conduits m 5.70
C200119 Time switch electric operated 230 volt 10-30 amp Quartz reserve No 60.30
(150 hours) 24 hour dial with 15 minutes interval settings
ME-C12

(S$)

Polycarbonate junction boxes with covers to IP 55
C200120 100 x 100mm No 5.40
C200121 150 x 110mm No 7.20
C200122 180 x 140mm No 13.50
C200123 240 x 180mm No 21.70
C200124 300 x 220mm No 39.70
C200125 380 x 280mm No 54.00
C200126 Galvanised steel junction boxes to IP 55 and of dimensions 160 x No 45.00

160mm complete with hinged doors and cam locks and keys
Plug-tops complete with 13 amp fuse to BS 1363A
C200127 13 Amp high impact No 4.30
C200128 13 Amp ivory No 2.50
Contactors
C200129 20 Amp DP No 27.00
C200130 30 Amp DP No 66.68
C200131 60 Amp DP No 161.30
C200132 30 Amp 4P No 99.50
C200133 60 Amp 4P No 207.50
C200134 100 Amp 4P No 252.00
C200135 100 Amp 4P complete with 'E' stop No 270.00
ME-C13

(S$)

Metal clad contactors
C200136 30 Amp DP No 45.00
C200137 30 Amp TPN No 70.00
C200138 100 Amp TPN No 220.00
Supply and install AC contactor LC1, 4P, (coil rating must be

continuous)
C200139 D093, 12A No 28.00
C200140 D123, 18A No 35.00
C200141 D254, 32A No 75.00
C200142 D408, 50A No 170.00
C200143 D638, 80A No 185.00
Supply & install PVC enclosure IP 65
C200144 100mm x 100mm x 60mm No 10.00
C200145 160mm x 120mm x 75mm No 18.00
C200146 200mm x 150mm x 80mm No 25.00
C200147 250mm x 200mm x 95mm No 35.00

Deduct for re-use of existing isolator for equipment point
DP metal clad
C200148 15A No -44.00
C200149 30A No -52.00
C200150 60A No -115.00
ME-C14

(S$)

Deduct for re-use of existing isolator for equipment point

(Cont'd)
TPN metal clad
C200151 15A No -65.00
C200152 30A No -85.00
C200153 60A No -160.00
C200154 100A No -320.00
C200155 160A No -395.00
C200156 200A No -452.00
C200157 300A No -838.00
C200158 400A No -1,058.00
C200159 500A No -1,612.00
C200160 600A No -1,993.00
C200161 800A No -2,128.00
Deduct for re-use of existing weatherproof isolator for

equipment point
DP metal clad
C200162 15A No -70.00
C200163 30A No -76.00
C200164 60A No -80.00
TNP metal clad
C200165 15A No -76.00
C200166 30A No -90.00
C200167 60A No -90.00
ME-C15

(S$)

Others
C200168 SOB c/w telephone/data module 2 outlet twin gang and twin gang Set 230.00
1 3Amp switched socket outlet with hinged cover
C200169 Floor recessed power supply outlet unit with spring guard cover No 120.00
C200170 Dimmer switch No 70.00
ME-C16

(S$)
C300000 WIRING CABLES IN CONDUIT OR METAL/ PVC TRUNKING
Note: Refer to "C800000 SWITCHGEARS AND

SWITCHBOARDS" for adjustment on all rates for installation
of switchgears into enclosure
Laying wirings in conduits or metal/ PVC trunkings or cable

trays (excluding conduits or trunkings or cable trays)
PVC insulated cables complying with SS 358 450/ 750V grade
C300001 1 x 1mm2 m 0.20
C300002 1 x 1.5mm2 m 0.43
C300003 1 x 2.5mm2 m 0.53
C300004 1 x 4mm2 m 0.73
C300005 1 x 6mm2 m 0.85
C300006 1 x 10mm2 m 1.25
C300007 1 x 16mm2 m 1.85
C300008 1 x 25mm2 m 2.90
C300009 1 x 35mm2 m 3.75
C300010 1 x 50mm2 m 4.85
C30001 1 1 x 70mm2 m 6.20
C300012 1 x 95mm2 m 9.50
C300013 1 x 120mm2 m 12.20
C300014 1 x 150mm2 m 14.60
C300015 1 x 185mm2 m 18.50
C300016 1 x 240mm2 m 24.30
C300017 1 x 300mm2 m 30.20
C300018 1 x 400mm2 m 38.30
ME-C17

(S$)
C300000
WIRING CABLES IN CONDUIT OR METAL/ PVC TRUNKING
(CONT'D)

(Cont'd)
PVC insulated cable to Singapore Std 50: 1971 600/ 1000V

grade
C300019 1 x 1mm2 m 0.20
C300020 1 x 1 .5mm2 m 0.30
C300021 1 x 2.5mm2 m 0.48
C300022 1 x 4mm2 m 0.70
C300023 1 x 6mm2 m 1.20
C300024 1 x 10mm2 m 1.65
C300025 1 x 16mm2 m 2.40
C300026 1 x 25mm2 m 3.60
C300027 1 x 35mm2 m 5.10
C300028 1 x 50mm2 m 6.50
C300029 1 x 70mm2 m 8.80
C300030 1 x 95mm2 m 13.40
C300031 1 x 120mm2 m 15.70
C300032 1 x 150mm2 m 18.55
C300033 1 x 185mm2 m 25.20
C300034 1 x 240mm2 m 33.50
C300035 1 x 300mm2 m 39.00
ME-C18

(S$)
C300000 WIRING CABLES IN CONDUIT OR METAL! PVC TRUNKING

(CONT'D)
Laying wirings in conduits or metal! PVC trunkings or cable

trays (excluding conduits or trunkings or cable trays) (Cont'd)
PVC insulated and sheathed flexible cable BS 2004
C300036 2C x 23/0076 flexible cable BS 2004 m 0.80
4-core telephone PVC insulated cable
C300041 1 x 1.5mm2 m 0.80
PVC! PVC insulated cables complying with SS 358 450! 750V

grade
C300042 1 x 1mm2 m 0.20
C300043 1 x 1.5mm2 m 0.70
C300044 1 x 2.5mm2 m 0.80
C300045 1 x 4mm2 m 0.95
C300046 1 x 6mm2 m 0.80
C300047 1 x 10mm2 m 1.00
C300048 1 x 16mm2 m 1.50
C300049 1 x 25mm2 m 2.30
C300050 1 x 35mm2 m 3.20
C300051 1 x 50mm2 m 4.10
C300052 1 x 70mm2 m 5.50
C300053 1 x 95mm2 m 8.20
C300054 1 x 120mm2 m 9.30
C300055 1 x 150mm2 m 11.10
ME-C19

(S$)
C300000
WIRING CABLES IN CONDUIT OR METAL! PVC TRUNKING
(CONT'D)

(Cont'd)
750V
PVC! PVC insulated cables complying with SS 358 450!
grade (Cont'd)
C300056 1 x 185mm2 m 14.10
C300057 1 x 240mm2 m 18.00
PVC! PVC insulated cable to Singapore Std 50:1971 600!

1000V grade
C300058 1 x 1mm2 m 0.35
C300059 1 x 1 .5mm2 m 0.40
C300060 1 x 2.5mm2 m 0.55
C300061 1 x 4mm2 m 0.75
C300062 1 x 6mm2 m 1.40
C300063 1 x 10mm2 m 1.75
C300064 1 x 16mm2 m 2.70
C300065 1 x 25mm2 m 3.85
C300066 1 x 35mm2 m 5.50
C300067 1 x 50mm2 m 6.85
C300068 1 x 70mm2 m 9.20
C300069 1 x 95mm2 m 14.00
C300070 1 x 120mm2 m 16.00
C300071 1 x 150mm2 m 19.05
C300072 1 x 185mm2 m 26.05
C300073 1 x 240mm2 m 34.50
C300074 1 x 300mm2 m 42.50
ME-C20

(S$)
C300000 WIRING CABLES IN CONDUIT OR METAL! PVC TRUNKING

(CONT'D)

trays (excluding conduits or trunkings or cable trays) (Cont'd)
Fire resistant and flame retardant PVC cables complying with

IEC 331! 332 of 600! 1000V grade
C300075 1 x 1mm2 m 2.50
C300076 1 x 1.5mm2 m 2.90
C300077 1 x 2.5mm2 m 3.10
C300078 1 x 4mm2 m 3.40
C300079 1 x 6mm2 m 3.90
C300080 1 x 10mm2 m 5.20
C300081 1 x 16mm2 m 7.00
C300082 1 x 25mm2 m 9.90
C300083 1 x 35mm2 m 13.00
C300084 1 x 50mm2 m 16.40
C300085 1 x 70mm2 m 21.60
C300086 1 x 95mm2 m 25.20
3 core PVC! PVC multi strand cables
C300087 1 mm2 m 1.20
C300088 1.5 mm2 m 1.40
3 core fire resistant and flame retardant cables
C300089 2.5 mm2 m 3.20
C300090 4.0 mm2 m 4.10
ME-C21

(S$)
C300000 WIRING CABLES IN CONDUIT OR METAL/ PVC TRUNKING

(CONT'D)

trays (excluding conduits or trunkings or cable trays) the
following (Cont'd)
Under carpet wiring system
C300091 30 Amp power flat cables m 71.10
C300092 Steel tapes m 10.80
C300093 10" moisture barriers m 8.10
C300094 Pressure sensitive tapes m 225.00
C300095 Power transition boxes No 90.00
C300096 End cap insulators No 5.40
C300097 3 cond. tap adaptors No 39.60

C300098 No 121.50
Power pedestals complete with telephone/data modules and 2
gang 13 Amp switch socket outlets
ME-C22

(S$)
C400000
TRUN KINGS, CONDUITS AND CABLE TRAYS
Note: Refer to "C800000 SWITCHGEARS AND

Galvanised steel trunking including fixing, making good of

the concrete works, painting of trunkings, and conduits (to
any colour) complete with removable covers and mounting
brackets
0.91mm (20 SWG) Gauges galvanised steel trunkings
C400001 50 x 25mm m 3.90
C400002 50 x 50mm m 4.80
C400003 75 x 50mm m 5.65
C400004 100 x 50mm m 7.00
C400005 100 x 75mm m 8.55
C400006 100 x 100mm m 10.15
C400007 150 x 50mm m 8.75
C400008 150 x 75mm m 9.45
C400009 150 x 100mm m 10.90
C400010 200 x 100mm m 11.50
C400011 250 x 150mm m 12.95
C400012 300 x 150mm m 13.70
1.22mm (18SWG) Gauges galvanised steel trunkings
C400013 50 x 25mm m 4.60
C400014 50 x 50mm m 6.60
C400015 75 x 50mm m 7.97
C400016 100 x 50mm m 9.00
C400017 100 x 75mm m 10.77
C400018 100 x 100mm m 11.20
C400019 150 x 50mm m 10.15
C400020 150 x 75mm m 10.95
ME-C23

(S$)
C400000 TRUN KINGS, CONDUITS AND CABLE TRAYS (CONT'D)
Galvanised steel trunking including fixing, making good of

the concrete works, painting of trunkings, and conduits (to
any colour) complete with removable covers and mounting
brackets (Cont'd)
1.22mm (18SWG) Gauges galvanised steel trunkings

(Cont'd)
C400021 150 x 100mm m 12.30
C400022 200 x 100mm m 13.40
C400023 250 x 150mm m 14.40
C400024 300 x 150mm m 15.00
PVC trunking including fixing, making good of the concrete

work
C400025 12 x 6mm m 0.70
C400026 20 x 10mm m 2.50
C400027 12 x 12mm m 1.00
C400028 25 x 12mm m 1.60
C400029 32 x 12mm m 1.60
C400030 38 x 12mm m 2.00
C400031 30 x 15mm m 2.50
C400032 50 x 12mm m 2.25
C400033 50 x 25mm m 3.10
C400034 50 x 50mm m 3.20
C400035 75 x 25mm m 3.20
C400036 75 x 50mm m 3.90
C400037 59 x 14mm m 3.30
ME-C24

(S$)
Galvanised steel conduits complete with saddles
Surface mounted
C400038 18mm diameter m 2.45
Chase in wall/ floor
PVC conduits complete with saddles
Surface mounted
ME-C25

(S$)

PVC conduits complete with saddles (Cont'd)
Chase in wall/ floor
Flexible conduits complete with saddles
Metal type
C400066 Brass glands for 18mm diameter conduits No 0.90
PVC high impact weatherproof type
C400073 20mm diameter termination gland No 1.40
C400074 25mm diameter termination gland No 1.80
ME-C26

(S$)
Hot-dipped galvanised cable trays fixed onto walls or ceiling

including all factory fabricated bends, junctions, joints and
hot-dipped galvanised supporting brackets etc
C400075 50 x 1.2mm thick m 5.30
C400076 75 x 1.2mm thick m 5.70
C400077 100 x 1.2mm thick m 9.47
C400078 150 x 1.2mm thick m 11.93
C400079 150 x 1.6mm thick m 9.55
C400080 200 x 1.6mm thick m 11.75
C400081 300 x 1.6mm thick m 25.65
C400082 375 x 1.6mm thick m 22.85
C400083 450 x 1.6mm thick m 38.11
C400084 600 x 1.6mm thick m 50.43
Galvanised steel cable ladder c/w support
C400085 150mm No 76.95
C400086 300mm No 81.90
C400087 450mm No 84.75
C400088 600mm No 88.80
C400089 750mm No 93.60
C400090 900mm No 98.80
C400091 1050mm No 102.20
C400092 1200mm No 105.30
ME-C27

(S$)
16G galvanised steel telephone floor duct
C400093 50mm x 25mm m 12.00
C400094 75mm x 25mm m 14.00
C400095 100mm x 25mm m 16.00
C400096 150mm x 25mm m 18.00
C400097 200mm x 25mm m 22.00
Junction box with cover for telephone floor duct
C400098 100mm x 100mm m 20.00
C400099 150mm x 150mm m 28.00
C400100 200mm x 200mm m 32.00
C400101 250mm x 250mm m 36.00
C400102 200mm x 300mm m 40.00
Cutting floor & make good for telephone floor duct
C400103 50mm x 25mm m 8.00
C400104 75mm x 25mm m 10.00
C400105 100mm x 25mm m 12.00
C400106 150mm x 25mm m 16.00
C400107 200mm x 25mm m 20.00
ME-C28

(S$)
C500000 LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION
Note 1: All items listed below shall comply with CP 33
Note 2: Rates for staging - Provided in "C2000000

MISCELLANEOUS"
Lightning protection
C500001 No 128.40
Lightning earth electrodes 3600 x 16mm diameter copper clad steel
rod complete with brass or copper clamps and 20 x 20cm GI
inspection boxes with heavy duty hinged covers, fibre glass
bases and rivetted traffolyte labelling:
"LIGHTNING EARTH ELECTRODE DO NOT REMOVE"
25 x 3.25mm conductor tapes using purpose-made saddles

on purpose-made cement blocks at maximum 1 metre
intervals or vertical runs for down conductors
C500002 Copper m 11.40
C500003 Aluminium m 5.40
300 x 16mm solid finial complete with base plate including

connecting up to interconnecting tapes
C500004 Copper No 24.60
C500005 Aluminium No 13.46
Square tape clamps for forming straight tape clamps for

forming straight through, cross or tee joint in tapes
Note:T or Square clamps are payable only where there is a need
for the lightning conductor tapes to change direction. Mere
straight through jointing using clamps shall NOT be payable.
C500006 Copper No 8.33
C500007 Aluminium No 5.50

C500008 No 16.20
Brass test clamps complete with expansion bolts or ramsets onto
wall
C500009 Taking down of existing galvanised steel wires, tapes or finials m 2.20
C500010 Bi-metallic connectors for joining aluminium to copper tapes No 31.80

including connecting up copper/aluminium tapes and saddles
ME-C29
C50001 1 50 mm UPVC conduits to enclose lightning downconductors m 2.90
ME-C30

(S$)
C500000 LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION (CONT'D)
Lightning protection (Cont'd)
Earth testers and labour for testing of earth electrode

resistance values
C500012 First rod No 28.80

No 3.60
C500013 Subsequent rods
Surge protectors
Lightning! high voltage surge protective devices less

enclosure
C500014 Highly non-linear surge protection of characteristic [a>30], as No 81.00

OBO V20C or equivalent, 0.8 KV impulse breakdown voltage, 75
KA current capacity (8/20 characteristic) for DIN-rail mounting
(replaceable module)
Highly non-linear 3 phase surge protection of characteristic

[a>30], as OBO V25B or equivalent, protection level at 5KA
<0.5KV, 100 KA current capacity (8! 20 characteristic) for DIN-
rail, mounting complete with acoustic signalling
C500015 3 phase 4 modules

No 585.00
C500016 Single phase 2 modules No 315.00
C500017 Single module No 112.50

No 90.00
C5 0 0 01 8 Mo un ti n g mo du l e co mp l et e wit h a co ust ic si g na lli n g f o r
single/three phase
Surge protective plug top, impulse breakdown voltage 0.6

KV, 2.5 KA current capacity (8! 20 characteristics)
C500019 13 Amp
No 43.00
C500020 15 Amp No 69.30
No 69.30
C500021 Surge protection modules for modem lines, PZ -024-HA or
equivalent, impulse breakdown voltage<58.5V DC, current
capacity 10 KA (8/20 characteristics)
C500022 Single phase surge protection module for DB board DIN rail No 105.00
mounting as SP-200-2D or equivalent, impulse breakdown
voltage < 1KV, current capacity 20 KA (8/20 characterisitcs) with
thermal fault indications as an integral unit with Live, Neutral and
Earth connections.
LIGHTNING AND SURGE PROTECTION (CONT'D)
ME-C30

(S$)
Surge protectors (Cont'd)
Supply and install over voltage arrester for lightning/ high

voltage surge protection
C500023 Single phase No 300.00
C500024 Three phase No 450.00
Monir Works
C500025 Supply and install Over voltage arrester module per phase 80.00
C500026 Supply and install television protection protector c/w adaptor No 110.00
C500027 Supply and install surface moulded box c/w 4-6 way DIN rail and No 30.00
teak block for connection of surge arrestors or MCBs/ RCCBs
C500028 Supply & fuse two different metals through cadweld bonding for No 110.00
lightning conductor
ME-C31

(S$)
C600000 EARTHING
N ote : R e fe r t o "C 8 0 0 0 0 0 S W I T C H GE AR S AN D
C600001 Earthing electrodes 16mm diameter copper clad steel rod No 128.33
complete with brass or copper clamps and 20 x 20cm galvanised
steel inspection boxes with heavy duty hinged covers, fibre glass
bases and engraved with words:
"SAFETY EARTH ELECTRODE DO NOT REMOVE"
C600002 5400mm deep No 162.50
Laying the following including excavating, backfil ling,

compacting, making good works disturbed and returfing
C600003 25 x 3.25mm copper tapes

m 12.70
C600004 Earth clips sizes 19mm to 50mm No 1.10
C600005 Earth clips sizes 12mm to 75mm No 2.10
Earth pits complete with 1000 x 1000 x 3mm copper plate,

five 16 mm diameter x 3600mm long copper earth electrodes
connected to concrete inspection pits including excavation,
backfilling, compacting, re-turfings, etc
C600006 Not exeeding 2.0 m deep

No 1,092.50
C600007 Not exeeding 2.0 m deep and not exceeding 4.0m deep No 1,305.00
To supply and install Earth Rod 16mm diameter copper weld

rod mild steel driven in ground c/w bronze coupling
including termination, excavation, backfilling, compacting,
returfing and making good of the surrounding
C600010 1.8m long No 33.00

C60001 1 3.6m long No 44.00
ME-C32

(S$)
C600000 EARTHING (CONT'D)
Miscellaneous
C600012 Supply and install 200 x 200 x 3mm thick hot dipped galvanised No 44.00
hinged lid inspection box c/w plastic moulded pot including
termination, excavation, backfilling, compacting, returfing and
making good of the surrounding
C600013 Supply and install 320mm x 320mm cast concrete inspection pit No 165.00
on the road or carpark in compliance to the requirements and
cover including termination, excavation, backfilling, compacting,
returfing and making good of the surrounding
C600014 Supply and install brass or copper clamp c/w revetted traffolyte No 14.40
labellings
C600015 Supply and fill 300mm x 300mm x 150mm (Depth) inspection box kg 1.50
with fine sand
ME-C33

(S$)
C700000 RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS (RCCB)
Residual current circuit breakers complying with SS 97 less

enclosure
C700001 40 Amp, 0.03 or 0.1, 2-pole, 240V No 66.13
C700002 40 Amp, 0.03 or 0.1, 4-pole, 41 5V No 85.33
C700003 60 Amp, 0.03 - 0.5, 2-pole, 240V No 79.17
C700004 60 Amp, 0.03 - 0.5, 4-pole, 415V No 115.67
C700005 100 Amp, 0.03 - 0.5, 2-pole, 240V No 142.50
C700006 100 Amp, 0.03 - 0.5, 4-pole, 415V No 254.50

C700007 No 21.60
Surface moulded polyester boxes complete with 4-6 way DIN rail
and teak block and short cabling up to 1 metre run for
connection of surge arrestors or MCBs/RCCBs
C700008 Combined RCCB/MCB in-one comprising : No 81.00
RCCB - 10mA 0.1 sec trip 30A

MCB - 5-30A (Type 2 - 4) M6 duty
C700009 No 49.50
Combined RCCB/13A socket in-one installed into 2-gang box
comprising :
RCCB - 10mA 0.1 sec trip 30A

Socket outlet : 1 3A
rectangular pin on ivory plate
C700010 Twin 13A socket outlets complete with RCCB 10mA 0.1 sec trip No 126.00
ME-C34
SWITCHGEARS AND SWITCHBOARDS
NOTES:
1 For the purpose of this section, the BASE RATE will be taken as the rate to
supply and install the switchgear of the stated FRAME SIZE alone without
enclosure, the busbars, labelling, etc. The rate shall be applicable for supply
and installation of switchgears in OG boxes.
2 W here switchgears are required to be housed in type tested enclosures

complete with busbars, connecting cablings/bars, bolts & nuts, labelling etc as
in a complete switchboard as specified, markups will be allowed as per the
TABLE ON ADJUSTMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF SWITCHGEAR INTO
ENCLOSURE shall apply for the erspective FRAME size of the switchgear. In
this case the scheduled rate of the complete switchboard will be the sum of the
applicable rates of the individual switchgears. Separate cost will be allowed for
other components e.g. CTs, meters, indicators, relays etc. All other costs such
as transport, delivery and assembly except testing are included in the schedule
of rates
3 The Mark up table is applicable for switchgear installation only and not
applicable to MCB installation and to other sections of this Schedule
TABLE ON ADJUSTMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF SWITCHGEAR INTO ENCLOSURE
FRAME SIZE AND SWITCHGEAR ADJUSTMENT TO BASE RATE
30 AMPS - 32 AMPS ADD 170%
45 AMPS - 60 AMPS ADD 170%
100 AMPS - 125 AMPS ADD 170%
160 AMPS ADD 150%
200 AMPS - 225 AMPS ADD 150%
225 AMPS - 300 AMPS ADD 130%
400 AMPS ADD 130%
500 AMPS ADD 120%
600 AMPS ADD 100%
800 AMPS ADD 100%
1000 AMPS ADD 100%
ME-C35

(S$)
C800000 SWITCHGEARS AND SWITCHBOARDS
Switchgears
Switchgears as per the notes in the preceding page for the

stated interrupting capacity (3 phase symmetrical)
30 Amp - 32 Amp MCCB DP
C800001 22KA No 81.00
C800002 50KA - 4 pole No 162.00
C800003 22KA No 117.00
C800004 50KA - 4 pole No 189.00
C800005 22KA No 153.00
C800006 50KA - 4 pole No 216.00
30 Amp - 32 Amp MCCB TPN
C800007 22KA No 108.00
C800008 50KA - 4 pole No 162.00
C800009 22KA No 144.00
C800010 50KA - 4 pole No 207.00
C800011 22KA No 171.00
C800012 50KA - 4 pole No 252.00
C800013 22KA No 315.00
C800014 50KA - 4 pole No 405.00
C800015 22KA No 468.00
C800016 50KA - 4 pole No 585.00
ME-C36

(S$)
C800000 SWITCHGEARS AND SWITCHBOARDS (CONT'D)
Switchgears (Cont'd)
Switchgears as per the notes in the preceding page for the
stated interrupting capacity (3 phase symmetrical) (Cont'd)
C800017 22KA No 495.00
C800018 50KA No 1,660.00
C800019 50KA - 4 pole No 630.00
400 Amp MCCB TPN
C800020 22KA No 630.00
C800021 50KA No 2,500.00
C800022 50KA - 4 pole No 756.00
500 Amp MCCB TPN
C800023 22KA No 900.00
C800024 50KA No 3,550.00
C800025 50KA - 4 pole No 1,080.00
600 Amp MCCB TPN
C800026 22KA No 1,179.00
C800027 50KA No 3,630.00
C800028 50KA - 4 pole No 1,368.00
800 Amp MCCB TPN
C800029 50KA No 4,920.00
C800030 50KA - 4 pole No 1,809.00
1000 Amp MCCB TPN
C800031 50KA No 5,050.00
C800032 50KA - 4 pole No 2,668.50
ME-C37

(S$)
Switchgears (Cont'd)
Supply labor, material to install MCCB (w/o metal casing)

including neutral links, protective insulation cover and all
necessary accessories
3-pole 10KA
C800033 5A No 60.90
C800034 10A No 60.90
C800035 15A No 60.90
C800036 20A No 60.90
C800037 32A/ 40A No 60.90
3-pole 25KA
C800038 32A/ 40A No 120.00
C800039 63A No 120.00
3-pole 36KA
C800040 100A No 174.80
3-pole up to 50KA
C800041 150A No 414.00
C800042 200A No 460.00
C800043 250A No 678.00
C800044 300A No 700.00
C800045 400A No 700.00
C800046 500 - 600A No 1,184.00
C800047 800A No 1,651.00
C800048 1000A No 1,716.00
C800049 1200A No 2,002.00
C800050 1400A No 2,340.00
C800051 1600A No 2,574.00
ME-C38

(S$)
Manual transfer switches
Manual Transfer Switches (MTS) (4 poles) and Neutral

consisting of two MCCBs and mechanical linkage interlock
as per the notes in the preceding page for the stated
interrupting capacity (Symmetrical)
100 Amp - 125 Amp MTS
C800052 22KA No 378.00
C800053 50KA No 540.00
C800054 22KA No 666.00
C800055 50KA No 846.00
C800056 22KA No 1,350.00
C800057 50KA No 1,296.00
C800058 22KA No 1,026.00
C800059 50KA No 1,296.00
400 Amp MTS
C800060 22KA No 1,296.00
C800061 50KA No 1,548.00
500 Amp MTS
C800062 22KA No 1,845.00
C800063 50KA No 2,205.00
600 Amp MTS
C800064 22KA No 2,403.00
C800065 50KA No 2,781.00
800 Amp MTS
C800066 50KA No 3,663.00
ME-C39

(S$)
C800000
SWITCHGEARS AND SWITCHBOARDS (CONT'D)
Manual transfer switches (Cont'd)
Manual Transfer Switches (MTS) (4 poles) and Neutral

consisting of two MCCBs and mechanical linkage interlock
as per the notes in the preceding page for the stated
interrupting capacity (Symmetrical) (Cont'd)
1000 Amp MTS
C800067 50KA No 5,391.00
Switchboard accessories
Note: Adjustments are not applicable from item (C800068)

onwards
C800068 No 240.00
DTL Earth Fault relay complete with 105 degree celsius small
wirings
C800069 No 470.00
DTL Over current relay for 3 phase complete with 105 degree
celsius small wirings
C800070 No 655.00
IDMTL Earth Fault relay complete with 105 degree celsius small
wirings
C800071 No 1,300.00
IDMTL Over current relay for 3 phase complete with 105 degree
celsius small wirings
C800072 IDMTL overcurrent and earth fault relay for low tension No 800.00
(Analog/Digital type)c/w 105 deg C small wiring with / without
highset element (complete set w/o highset element)
C800073 IDMTL earth fault relay for high tension (Analog/Digital type) c/w No 2,200.00
105 deg C small wiring(complete set with highset element)
C800074 IDMTL overcurrent relay for high tension (Analog/Digital type) c/w No 4,000.00
105 deg C small wiring(complete set with highset element)
C800075 IDMTL overcurrent and earth fault relay for high tension No 4,000.00
(Analog/Digital type) relay c/w 105 deg C small wiring(complete
set with highset element)
C800076 Indicator lights in set of 3 complete with low voltage transformers No 96.00
& covers, holders
C800077 No 48.00
Fuse holders in set of 3 complete with 2 Amp HRC cartridge
fuses and wirings
C800078 ZCTs complete with adjustable 10 Amp relay No 540.00
ME-C40

(S$)

Switchboard accessories (Cont'd)
Note: Adjustments are not applicable from item (C800068)

onwards (Cont'd)
C800079 m2 640.00
Additional frame space for switchboards (For non-Power Grid
meter compartments)
C800080 Additional frame space for switchboards for three phase Power No 540.00
Grid metering compartments including teak blocks, small wirings
and openings for meter wirings and transparent windows with
viewing perspex
C800081 No 112.50
96 x 96mm flush mounted instantaneous type Class 1 Ammeters
complete with selector switches
C800082 96 x 96mm flush mounted (8 min) maximum demand type Class No 120.00
1 Ammeters
C800083 No 200.00
96 x 96mm flush mounted combined (8 min) maximum demand
and instantaneous type (2 dial) Class 1 Ammeters
C800084 No 160.00
96 x 96mm flush mounted Class 1 500V Voltmeters complete
with 7 way selector switches and wirings
C800085 Castell keys No 80.00
C800086 Ronis keys complete with locks for MCCB No 46.00
C800087 Fire extinguishers No 81.00
C800088 6mm thick rubber mats m2 67.60

C800089 No 90.00
Supply labor, material to install shunt trip coil for MCCB complete
with all the necessary termination
C800090 No 308.00
Supply and install earth leakage relay with sensitivity adjustment
of 0.03A to 10A, time delay 0.0 to 0.5 second c/w current
transformer
C800091 5 Amp fuse No 5.00
C800092 15 Amp fuse No 6.00
ME-C41

(S$)

Current transformers (minimum 1 5VA)
Up to 400 Amp / 5 Amp
C800093 5P5 Protection No 80.00
C800095 Class 1 Metering No 80.00
500 Amp - 1000Amp / 5 Amp
1200 Amp - 2500 Amp / 5 Amp
3200 Amp - 4000 Amp / 5 Amp

C800104 No 225.00
480 x 300 x 120mm polyester box enclosures for Power Grid
metering complete with 2 nos 30A DP MCB Type C M9,
connectors, teak blocks, wirings, and windows with transparent
perspex
Current transformers (20VA)
C800105 Ratio 100/5 or 150/5 No 44.00
C800106 Ratio 200/5 No 52.50
C800107 Ratio from 300 to 500/5 No 63.00
C800108 Ratio from 600 to 800/5 No 84.00
C800109 Ratio from 1000 to 1600/5 No 105.00
C8001 10 Ratio from 2000 to 4000/5 No 105.00
ME-C42

(S$)
Single phase KW-hr metre
C800111 10/60 Amp No 105.00
3 phase 4 wire KW-hr metre
C800112 60 Amp No 300.00
C8001 13 100/5 to 300/5 Amp No 380.00
C8001 14 400/5 to 800/5 Amp No 420.00
C8001 15 1000/5 to 1600/5 Amp No 450.00
Ammeter (100mm2 or 100mm2 dia)
C8001 16 0 - 100Amp (minimum size 100mm2 or 100mm2 dia) No 44.00
C8001 17 0 - 200Amp, ration 100/5 No 44.00
C8001 18 0 - 200Amp, ration 200/5 No 44.00
C800119 0 - 400Amp to 4000Amp No 44.00
C8001 20 0 to 4000/5A Amp c/w demand indicator No 120.00
Voltmeter
C800121 0/500 V (minimum size 100mm2 or 100mm2 dia) No 48.00
Selector switch
C8001 22 Voltmeter, 7 position rotary type No 32.00
C800123 Ammeter, 4 position rotary type No 32.00
Change over switch
C800124 2-pole 30 Amp No 42.00
C800125 4-pole 30 Amp No 70.00
C800126 2-pole 60 Amp No 72.00
C800127 4-pole 60 Amp No 130.00
C800128 4-pole 100 Amp No 180.00
C800129 4-pole 200 Amp No 300.00
ME-C43
(S$)
Neon indicator light
C800130 230V No 6.40
C800131 400V No 6.40
Copper busbar
C800132 Tinned up to 62.5 mm2 m 13.50
C800133 Tinned up to 125 mm2 m 22.50
C800134 Tinned up to 185 mm2 m 36.00
C800135 Tinned up to 250 mm2 m 45.00
C800136 Tinned up to 312.5 mm2 m 57.00
C800137 Tinned up to 626 mm2 m 93.00
Wall-mounted switchboard enclosure
C800138 for 2-outgoing breaker m 660.00
C800139 for 4-outgoing breaker m 880.00
ME-C44
C: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND MCBS
NOTES:
1 For the purpose of Item No. C900001 to C900009 only of this section, the
scheduled rates for TYPE a will be treated as BASE RATE for the purpose of
allowing markups for the other design types. The various tyoes of Distribution
Board configuarations (Design TYPE a to e) are as given below.
2 The table of adjustment for the other design types are listed below:
RATES DESIGN TYPE DESCRIPTION OF DESIGN
BASE RATE a Single row single phase
BASE RATE b Single row three phase with single

phase shorting "comb" busbar
Add 10% c Single row three phase with approved

type three phase shorting "comb"
busbar and accessories
BASE RATE d Three rows of Type a design
Add 80% e Three phase load centres adaptable

for either single phase or three phase
MCBs
PLEASE QUOTE DESIGN TYPE AS SUFFIX TO ITEM NO FOR QUOTATIONS OR INVOICES WHERE
APPLICABLE
ME-C45

(S$)
C900000 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND MCBS
Distribution boards
Metal clad distribution boards complete with hinged doors,
BI connectors, neutral bars, earth bars and internal
connecting wires, including short length cables up to 2
metres run, lugs and terminators, etc. less MCBs or MCCBs
C900001 4 ways No 50.40
C900002 8 ways No 64.80
C900003 12 ways or 3 x 4 ways No 86.40
C900004 16 ways No 115.20
C900005 18 ways or 3 x 6 ways No 129.60
C900006 20 ways No 136.80
C900007 24 ways or 3 x 8 ways No 158.40
C900008 28 ways No 180.00
C900009 30 ways or 3 x 10 ways No 187.20
C900010 36 ways or 3 x 12 ways No 201.60
C900011 42 ways or 3 x 14 ways No 230.40
C900012 48 ways or 3 x 16 ways No 259.20
C900013 54 ways or 3 x 18 ways No 288.00
Supply and install 500V metal clad DB c/w hinged cover and
neutral connectors with the facilities for mounting outgoing
circuit breaker (excluding protecting devices)
Single pole
C900014 4 way No 56.00
C900015 8 way No 72.00
C900016 12 way No 96.00
C900017 16 way No 128.00
ME-C46

(S$)
C900000 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND MCBS (CONT'D)
Distribution boards (Cont'd)

Supply and install 500V metal clad DB c/w hinged cover and
neutral connectors with the facilities for mounting outgoing
circuit breaker (excluding protecting devices) (Cont'd)
Triple pole
C900018 4 way No 96.00
C900019 8 way No 176.00
C900020 12 way No 185.00
C900021 16 way No 288.00
MCBs
1/ 2/ 3 pole MCB (Type 3) M6 duty for DIN - rail mounting at

the distribution MCB boards
Note: Adjustments not applicable from item (C900022)

onwards
C900022 6 Amp - 32 Amp SP No 7.20
C900023 45 Amp SP No 11.50
C900024 20 Amp - 30 Amp DP No 21.60
C900025 45 Amp DP No 28.80
C900026 60 Amp DP No 36.00
C900027 6 Amp - 32 Amp SP, 9KA Type C No 9.00
C900028 45 Amp SP, 9KA Type C No 14.50
C900029 20 Amp - 30 Amp DP, 9KA Type C No 27.00
C900030 45 Amp DP, 9KA Type C No 36.00
C900031 60 Amp DP, 9KA Type C No 45.00
C900032 100 Amp DP, 15KA No 63.00
C900033 15 Amp - 32 Amp TP No 43.20
C900034 45 Amp TP No 57.60
C900035 60 Amp TP No 72.00
C900036 100 Amp TP, 15 KA No 117.00
ME-C47

(S$)

MCBs (Cont'd)
1/ 2/ 3 pole MCB (Type 3) M6 duty for DIN - rail mounting at

the distribution MCB boards (Cont'd)
C900037 30 Amp DP isolators No 17.30
C900040 30 Amp TP isolators No 28.80
C900044 4 pole 63 Amp MCB, 15KA No 113.00
C900045 4 pole 100 Amp MCB, 15KA No 144.00
C900046 4 pole contactor, 30 Amp - 60 Amp mounted on DIN-rails No 54.00
C900047 Moulded cover for 2p/3p MCB No 7.20
Supply labor, material to install MCB type 2/ type3 (w/o metal

casing) including neutral links, protective insulation cover
and all necessary accessories
1-pole
C900048 5 Amp No 11.35
C900049 10 Amp No 11.35
C900050 15 Amp No 11.35
C900051 20 Amp No 11.35
C900052 32 Amp No 11.35
C900053 63 Amp No 13.10
ME-C48

(S$)
MCBs (Cont'd)
Supply labor, material to install MCB type 2/ type3 (w/o metal

casing) including neutral links, protective insulation cover
and all necessary accessories (Cont'd)
2-pole
C900054 5 Amp No 27.80
C900055 10 Amp No 27.80
C900056 15 Amp No 27.80
C900057 20 Amp No 27.80
C900058 32 Amp No 27.80
C900059 63 Amp No 56.70
C900060 100 Amp No 85.10
3-pole
C900061 5 Amp No 29.40
C900062 10 Amp No 33.60
C900063 15 Amp No 42.00
C900064 20 Amp No 42.00
C900065 32 Amp No 47.30
C900066 40 Amp No 57.75
C900067 63 Amp No 63.00
C900068 100 Amp No 85.10
ME-C49

(S$)
Tap-offs
Line taps complete with teak blocks and mounting boxes

(epoxy powder coated steel or polyester to IP 55 )
Note: Cost of enclosures and teak blocks including for set of

4 or more line taps.
Steel
C900069 10 - 16 mm2 No 21.60
C900070 25 - 50 mm2 No 28.80
C900071 70 - 120 mm2 No 36.00
Polyester
C900072 10 - 16 mm2 No 50.40
C900073 25 - 50 mm2 No 64.80
C900074 70 - 120 mm2 No 79.20
Riser 5-bar appropriate sized bus-bar tap-offs 16 SWG metal

boxes complete with 3 pole moulded case circuit breakers of
22 KA rating, bus-bar supports, bolts and nuts and
terminations, etc. (Actual size of box to SO's details)
C900075 60 Amp No 252.00
C900076 100 Amp No 324.00
C900077 160 Amp No 540.00
C900078 200 Amp No 612.00
C900079 300 Amp No 684.00
C900080 400 Amp No 792.00
Tap-off unit consisting of enclosure, breaker, neutral &

ground slab
C900081 60 Amp - 100 Amp No 3,500.00
C900082 150 Amp - 200 Amp No 4,500.00
C900083 300 Amp No 6,000.00
ME-C50

(S$)
Supply and install motor starter Mem
C900084 2 Amp to 8 Amp DOL No 75.00
C900085 2 Amp to 8 Amp DOL No 80.00
C900086 15 Amp to 25 Amp star-delta No 180.00
C900087 Up to 35 Amp star-delta No 210.00
ME-C51

(S$)
C1000000 OUTDOOR, HIGH BAY AND DECORATIVE LIGHTING
C1000001 Termination of outdoor lightting underground cable (any size and No 43.20
core) complete with approved type 3-way looping connectors, 6 to
20A MCB, small wiring to fittings, 2 to 3 sets of cable glands, heat
shrinks, brackets, teak blocks and earth brass connections, etc.
Octagonal hot-dipped galvanised lamp poles complete with

concrete foundations, bolts and nuts as specified less
fittings and termination accessories. Lamp poles shall come
with approved type triangular shape "ALLEN Key" pole
covers
Note: Height indicated is for mounted height. Planted/

flanged mounted less arm
C1000002 3.00m - 3.50m high No 288.00
C1000003 6.00m high No 382.50
C1000004 8.00m high No 463.50
C1000005 10.00m - 12.00m high No 576.00
Planted/ flanged mounted type with single arm
C1000006 3.00m - 3.50m high No 414.00
C1000007 6.00m high No 537.75
C1000008 8.00m high No 589.50

C1000009 10.00m - 12.00m high No 828.00
Planted/ Flanged mounted type with double arm
C1000010 3.00m - 3.50m high No 468.00
C1000011 6.00m high No 587.00
C1000012 8.00m high No 634.33
C1000013 10.00m - 12.00m high No 844.85
ME-C52

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Pole top fittings with spherical globe diffusers complete with

125W HPMV lamps or 70 W HPSV lamps and integral control
gears.
C1000014 400mm diameter acrylic/opal globe diffusers

No 198.00
C1000015 400mm diameter polycarbonate globe diffusers No 238.50
C1000016 500mm diameter acrylic/opal globe diffusers No 288.00

C1000017 500mm diameter polycarbonate globe diffusers
No 346.50
C1 000018 Wall mounting bracket for globe diffusers No 81.00
Pol e t o p fit tin g 600m m di amet er co n e sh ap e lig ht

distributors, opaque covers equipped with reflectors and
polycarbonate prismatic cones complete with integral
control gears and lamps (7P 65) (Philip CPS 200 HP/HS or SO
approved equivalent).
C1000019 70W HPSV lamps

No 355.50
C1000020 125W HPMV lamps
No 270.00
C1000021 150W SON lamps
No 315.00
C1000022 GS spotlight fittings complete with 80-120 watt PAR 38 parabolic
reflector lamps (any design) No 43.20
High bay fittings with rugged, heavy duty die cast aluminium
housings and either upright or direct high purity heavy gauge
aluminium reflectors complete with lamps, control gears and
mounting arms, safety chains and dust covers.
C1000023 250W mercury lamps
C1000024 250W mercury lamps with IP65 rating

No 270.00
C1000025 400W mercury lamps
No 522.00
C1000026 400W mercury lamps with IP65 rating
No 288.00
No 522.00
ME-C53
(S$)

(CONT'D)
High bay fittings with rugged, heavy duty die cast aluminium
housings and either upright or direct high purity heavy
gauge aluminium reflectors complete lamps, control gears
and mounting arms, safety chains and dust covers (Cont'd)
C1000027 250W halide lamps No 288.00
C1000028 250W halide lamps with IP65 rating No 522.00
C1000029 250W induction lamp No 650.00
C1000030 400W induction lamp No 950.00
Street light fittings with reinforced polyester housings in

blue-grey and high purity anodized aluminium mirrors (The
bowl hinges automatically on the housing when the clip has
been unfastened) complete with lamps and control gears &
mounting arms
C1000031 70W HPSV lamps No 238.50
C1000032 125W HPMV lamps No 238.50
C1000033 150W HPSV lamps No 301.50
Mercury/ sodium street lantern of PMMA acrylic bowl

diffuser, anodised faceted aluminium reflector, die cast
aluminium mounting spigot c/w control gear and lamp
Fiberglass reinforced polyester housing
C1000034 1 x 70W/ 80W/ 125W No 240.00
C1000035 1 x 150W/ 250W No 300.00
C1000036 1 x 250W/ 400W No 360.00
Die cast aluminium light alloy housing
C1000037 1 x 70W/ 80W/ 125W No 400.00
C1000038 1 x 150W/ 250W No 440.00
C1000039 1 x 400W No 500.00
ME-C54

(S$)
C100 0000 OUTDOOR, HIGH B AY AND DECORATIVE LI GHTI NG

(CONT'D)
Mercury/ sodium post top lantern, 400/500mm acrylic clear or

opal globe, with fiberglass mounting base, aluminium anti
glare step louvre c/w control gear and lamp.
C1000040 1 x 80W/ 125W No 200.00
Sodium post top lantern, 400/500mm acrylic clear or opal

globe, with fiberglass mounting base, aluminium anti glare
step louvre c/w control gear and lamp.
C1000041 1 x 70W No 240.00
Mercury/ sodium post top lantern of acrylic PMMA diffuser,

anti-glare collar with aluminium top shade c/w control gear
and lamp.
C1000042 1 x 80W/ 125W No 360.00
Sodium post top lantern of acrylic PMMA diffuser, anti-glare

collar with aluminium top shade c/w control gear and lamp.
C1000043 1 x 70W No 380.00
Mercury/ sodium post top lantern of polycarbonate cone

diffuser enclosed with top aluminium cover, aluminium anti
glare step louvre c/w control gear and lamp.
C1000044 1 x 80W/ 125W No 260.00
Sodium post top lantern of polycarbonate cone diffuser

enclosed with top aluminium cover, aluminium anti glare
step louvre c/w control gear and lamp.
C1000045 1 x 70W No 285.00
Metal halide post top lantern of diameter 500mm semi -

coated globe with anti-glare louvers c/w control gear and
lamp
C1000046 1 x 100W
No 400.00
ME-C55

(S$)

(CONT'D)
C1000047 Bracket fittings consisting of one vandal resistant luminaires with No 126.00
integral control gears and one 18W sodium lamps and brackets.
Black polymide housings and black carbonate covers with clear
prismatic refractor windows
C1000048 Street light fittings with reinforced polyester housings in blue-grey No 301.50
and high purity anodized aluminium mirrors, high-pressure die-
cast aluminium housings for electrical control gears. (The bowl
hinges automatically on the housing when the clips have been
unfastened) complete with 60mm OD mast-arm or 76mm OD
mast-top mounting and 150W sodium bulbs and control gears and
mounting arms
C1000049 Pole top fittings, 500mm diameter striped spherical diffusers in No 301.50
borosillicate with aluminium casting supports and heat deflectors
and aluminium casting baseplates complete with 125W mercury
lamps & control gears
C1000050 Wall mounted fittings with removable one piece injection moulded No 270.00
polycarbonate doors and prismatic lens hinges for full front
access. (Lens is UV stabilised and interior door surfaces finished
in bronze). One piece, heavy duty die cast aluminium housings
complete with 80W or 125W mercury lamps and control gears
C1000051 Wall mounted fittings with prism glass refractors mounted on No 256.50
hinged frames with weatherproof gaskets (IP 555 protection)
complete with 70W HPSV lamps and control gears housed in
aluminium beige finished base
C1000052 Wall mounted fittings with prismatic polycarbonate refractors and No 202.50
one piece injection moulded bronze polycarbonate housings
(interior surface is vacuum metalized aluminium for maximum
reflectivity and secularity). All weather gaskets is provided and
using vandal resistant screws to retain refractors and protect
lamps complete with 70W high pressure sodium lamps and
control gears
C1000053 Enclosed polycarbonate wall mount lumin aires with 70W No 171.00
SON/80W MBF lamps and gears, giving IP65 protections and
using vandal resistant fixings
C1 000054 Heavy duty dust-tight jetproof bulkhead fittings complying with BS No 171.00
4533:2.1 IP65 complete with 80W mercury lamps and control
gears
ME-C56

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Note: Item (C1000055) onwards shall include mounting

brackets if mounted on lamp poles.
Tungsten halogen floodlight fittings complete lamps and

brackets
C1000055 100W/ 200W lamps No 40.00
C1000056 300W lamps No 83.30
C1000057 500W lamps No 104.50
C1000058 1000W lamps No 114.50
Floodlight fittings complete with tubular HPSV lamps and

control gears
C1000059 70W lamps No 274.50
C1000060 100W lamps No 288.00
C1000061 150W lamps No 301.50
C1000062 250W lamps No 315.00
C1000063 400W lamps No 367.20
Floodlight fittings complete with metal halide lamps and

control gears
C1000064 70W lamps No 283.50
C1000065 150W lamps No 297.00
C1000066 250W lamps No 310.50
C1000067 400W lamps No 337.50
IP65 metal halide floodlight of die cast aluminium housing

and frame, anodised aluminium asymmetrical reflector
enclosed with tempered glass cover c/w control gear and
lamp
C1000068 1 x 70W/ 150W No 360.00
C1000069 1 x 250W/ 400W No 500.00
C1000070 1 x 1000W No 1,220.00
ME-C57

(S$)
C1 0 0 0 0 0 0 OUT DO OR, HI GH B AY AN D DE C OR AT I V E LI GHT I N G

(CONT'D)
Wall mounted bulkhead fittings with adaptor boxes for

column mounting either singly or in pairs, pressure die-cast
aluminium canopy with integral cast reflector housings
separate gear trays, ES lamps holders and Opal vandal
resistant diffusers complete with lampss.
C1000071 1 x 80W HPMV lamps No 270.00
C1000072 2 x 80W HPMV lamps No 337.50
C1000073 Luminaires fitted with opalescent methacrylate bowls complete No 144.00

with 80W mercury lampss, caps in beige polypropylene, body
impregnated with white polyester and E27 lamps holders base
mounted with 20º inclination on tube.
Decorative aluminium casted uplighters complete with

control gears
C1000074 70W metal halide lamps with IP20 rating No

495.00
594.00
C1000076 70W HPSV lamps with IP20 rating No
495.00
C1000077 No 594.00
70W HPSV lamps with IP65 rating
Decorative aluminium casted uplighters complete with

control gears

495.00
594.00
495.00
594.00
C1000082 150W halogen lamps with IP20 rating No 432.00

C1000086 No 189.00
Decorative bollard fittings complete with lamps, lampholders,
control gears, etc of 1 metre height
C1000087 No
Decorative wall recessed step lights of 1 x 9W or 18W complete 207.00
with guards, base & control gears with IP65 rating
ME-C58

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Spot light complete with die-cast aluminium housing to IP 55
C1000088 50W Tungsten halogen No 80.00
C1000089 100W Tungsten halogen No 80.00
C1000090 60W PAR Lamp No 80.00
C1000091 80W PAR Lamp No 80.00
Mercury/ sodium luminaire of die cast aluminium gear

housing, anodised aluminium reflector enclosed with concial
optical lens cover or tempered glass cover c/w control gear
and lamp
C1 000092 Low bay 1 x 250W/ 400W No 260.00
C1000093 High bay 1 x 250W/ 400W No 360.00
Metal halide/ SON luminaire of die cast aluminium gear

and lamp
C1000094 Low bay 1 x 70W/ 150W No 260.00
C1000095 High bay 1 x 70W/150W No 300.00
C1 000096 Low bay 1 x 250W/ 400W No 300.00
C1000097 High bay 1 x 250W/ 400W No 400.00
Metal halide/ Son IP65 luminaire of die cast aluminium gear

and lamp
C1000098 Low bay 1 x 70W/ 150W No 380.00
C1000099 High bay 1 x 70W/150W No 470.00
C1000100 Low bay 1 x 250W/ 400W No 400.00
C1000101 High bay 1 x 250W/ 400W No 500.00
ME-C59

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Wall mounted cylindrical wall light with up and down lighting

effect of extruded aluminium housing with aluminium
reflector enclosed glass cover c!w compact lamp
C1000102 2 x 15W No 100.00
Wall mounted up! down luminaire compact fluorescent lamp

fitting, satin polyacrylic diffuser in matt silver finished c!w
conventional ballast and lamp
C1000103 1 x PL11W No 680.00
Halogen recessed downlight of aluminium alloy housing with

stainless steel retaining clip c!w conventional transformer
and lamp.
C1000104 1 x 12V, 50W No 80.00
SON wall mounted security luminaire IP65 of die cast

aluminium housing, borosilicate glass cover, anodised
aluminium reflector c!w control gear and lamp
C1000105 1 x 70W/ 150W No 360.00
Wall mounted security light fitting c!w metal halide lamp and
gear with prismatic polycarbonate diffuser
C1000106 1 x 100W No 300.00

Mercury! Sodium outdoor bollard of 1 metre tall, extruded
aluminium post, die cast aluminium top cap and louvre,
frosted glass cover c!w control gear and lamp
C1000107 1 x 70W/ 80W No 300.00
Mercury! sodium outdoor bollard of 1 metre tall, extruded

aluminium post, die cast aluminium top cap and louvre,
polycarbonate cylindrical cover c!w control gear and lamp
C1000108 1 x 80W No 290.00
ME-C60

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Compact flourescent outdoor bollard of 1 metre tall,

extruded aluminium post, die cast aluminium top cap and
louvre, polycarbonate cylindrical cover
C1000109 1 x 9W/ 18W/ 26W No 170.00
Stage light fitting c/w bulb only, cable and mounting

bracket to be measured separately
C1000110 500W No 280.00
C1000111 650W No 480.00
C1000112 1000W No 350.00
Others
C1000113 No 120.00
Revolving warning light, dual face reflector, IP23 (weatherproof)
c/w bracket
C10001 14 28w 2D light fittings (round type) No 54.00
C10001 15 85w energy saving bulb No 26.00
C1000116 105w energy saving bulb No 35.00
C1000117 SL 60W lamp No 15.00
C10001 18 L Bar Bracket for flood lighting No 145.00
C1000119 "IN USE' light fitting No 215.00
C1000120 Warning alert light No 357.60
C1000121 LED revolving light No 207.60
C1000122 8" revolving light No 145.00
C1000123 Bracket for mouting Revolving light No 130.00
C1000124 Power pack for 28w 2D light fittings (round type) No 42.00
C1000125 Pole top fitting with spherical diffuser 600mm No 420.00
ME-C61

(S$)
C1100000 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FITTINGS
Note: For the purpose of this Section, the Scheduled rates

for fluorescent lighting fittings with multiple accessories e.g.
nigh-light, battery packs, etc shall be build up from the
schedule of rates of the individual items. All lighting fittings
shall be fitted with electronic ballast, capacitor and starter
unless otherwise specified. Where non-standard components
are required as directed by the SO, the schedule of rates
for addition and omission as detailed in the respective
Sections shall apply for the deviation of the components
from the standard configuration. STAR RATES will not be
considered due to the mere fact that the a minor component
of the whole fitting is non-standard or non-
scheduled.
Note: All fluorescent tube (T8 and T5) shall have colour
rendering index level of greater than 85, colour temperature
of 4000 K and minimum 3250 lumens.
Batten fluorescent luminaires complete with T8 tubes
C1100001 1 x 18W, 625mm long No 24.20
C1100002 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 35.30
C1100003 1 x 36W, 1235mm long No 26.10
C1100004 2 x 36W, 1235mm long No 40.20
C1100005 1 x 58W, 1540mm long No 39.80
C1100006 2 x 58W, 1540mm long No 57.70
Batten fluorescent luminaires complete with metal reflectors

and T8 tubes
C1100007 1 x 18W, 625mm long No 31.30
C1100008 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 42.00
C1100009 1 x 36W, 1235mm long No 32.80
C1100010 2 x 36W, 1235mm long No 43.30
C1100011 1 x 58W, 1540mm long No 64.00
C1100012 2 x 58W, 1540mm long No 74.00
ME-C62

(S$)
C11 00000 FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FITTINGS (CONT'D)
Open end blackboard type batten fluorescent luminaires for

wall or surface mounting complete with angle reflectors and
T8 tubes
C1100013 1 x 36W, 1235mm long No 23.40
C1100014 1 x 58W, 1540mm long No 32.40

Wire-guard and hinge lockable type batten fluorescent
luminaires complete with T8 tubes, locks and master keys
C1100015 1 x 18W, 625mm long No 31.80
C1100016 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 42.00
C1100017 1 x 36W, 1235mm long No 33.20
C1100018 2 x 36W, 1235mm long No 43.00
C1100019 1 x 58W, 1540mm long No 64.00
C1100020 2 x 58W, 1540mm long No 74.00
667mm Weatherproof fluorescent luminaires with IP55

protection complete with T8 tubes
C1100021 1 x 18W No 53.80
C1100022 2 x 18W No 59.40
1267mm Weatherproof fluorescent luminaires with IP55

protection complete with T8 tubes
C1100023 1 x 36W No 66.90
C1100024 2 x 36W No 96.34
Dust proof and jetproof battens and luminaires complete

with T8 tubes
C1100025 1 x 18W, 660mm long No 54.00
C1100026 1 x 36W, 1270mm long No 72.00
C1100027 2 x 36W, 1270mm long No 90.00
ME-C63

(S$)
Recessed mounting for suspended ceiling board type

including hinged aluminium frames and prismatic acrylic
diffusers for bat-wing light distributions complete with T8
tubes
C1100028 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 63.00
C1100029 3 x 18W, 625mm long No 85.50
C1100030 2 x 36W, 1245mm long No 130.50
C1100031 3 x 36W, 1245mm long No 144.00
C1100032 4 x 36W, 1245mm long No 166.50
Down rods for lighting fittings

C11 00033 No 6.50
Down rods not exceeding 2 x 1 m including conduit boxes and
covers
C1 100034 Additional length of down rods (for fluorescent fitting) m 2.70
Surface mounted fluorescent luminaires including prismatic

acrylic diffusers and two white metal end caps complete
with T8 tubes
C1100035 1 x 18W, 625mm long No 31.95
C1100036 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 41.83
C1100037 1 x 36W, 1235mm long No 37.43
C1100038 2 x 36W, 1235mm long No 48.15
C1100039 1 x 58W, 1540mm long No 57.50
C1100040 2 x 58W, 1540mm long No 73.15

Surface mounted fluorescent luminaires including prismatic
acrylic diffusers with hinged cover complete with T8 tubes
C1100041 2 x 18W No 58.50
C1100042 3 x 18W No 67.50
C1100043 2 x 36W No 108.00
C1100044 3 x 36W No 117.00
C1100045 4 x 36W No 126.00

ME-C64

(S$)
C11 00000
FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FITTINGS (CONT'D)
Surface mounted fluorescent luminaires including 5-sided

wrap-around prismatic acrylic diffusers complete with T8
tubes
C1100046 1 x 18W, 625mm long No 36.00
C1100047 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 46.80
C1100048 1 x 36W, 1235mm long No 49.50
C1100049 2 x 36W, 1235mm long No 63.00
Reed diffuser fittings complete with two white metal end

caps and T8 tubes
C1100050 1 x 18W, 625mm long No 28.80
C1100051 2 x 18W, 625mm long No 37.80
C1100052 1 x 36W, 625mm long No 43.20
C1100053 2 x 36W, 625mm long No 54.00
Recessed mounted for suspended ceiling board type

complete with M2 mirror optic diffusers and T8 fluorescent
tube
C1100054 2 x 18W , 300 x 600mm No 117.00
C1100055 3 x 18W, 600 x 600mm No 153.00
C1100056 4 x 18W, 600 x 600mm No 198.00
C1100057 2 x 36W, 300 x 1200mm No 126.00
C1100058 2 x 36W, 600 x 1200mm No 144.00
C1100059 3 x 36W, 600 x 1200mm No 171.00
C1100060 4 x 36W, 600 x 1200mm No 207.00
ME-C65

(S$)
Surface or pendant mounted type complete with M2 mirror

optic diffusers and T8 fluorescent tube
C1100061 2 x 18W , 300 x 600mm No 90.00
C1100062 3 x 18W, 600 x 600mm No 126.00
C1100063 4 x 18W, 600 x 600mm No 162.00
C1100064 2 x 36W, 300 x 1200mm No 117.00
C1100065 3 x 36W, 600 x 1200mm No 162.00
C1100066 4 x 36W, 600 x 1200mm No 180.00
Surface mounted channel fitting of white coated sheet steel

housing c/w low loss ballast, capacitor, starter and T8
fluorescent tube
Aluminium mirror reflector
C1100067 1 X 18W No 36.00
C1100068 2 X 18W No 44.00
C1100069 1 X 36W No 37.00
C1100070 2 X 36W No 45.00
C1100071 1 X 58W No 62.00
C1100072 2 X 58W No 72.00
Aluminium mirror angle reflector
C1100073 1 X 18W No 36.00
C1100074 2 X 18W No 44.00
C1100075 1 X 36W No 37.00
C1100076 2 X 36W No 45.00
C1100077 1 X 58W No 62.00
C1100078 2 X 58W No 72.00
ME-C66

(S$)
Surface mounted fluorescent fitting box type of white coated

sheet steel housing, steel hinged frame and c/w low loss
ballast, capacitor, starter and T8 fluorescent tube
Prismatic diffuser
C1100079 1 X 18W No 52.00
C1100080 2 X 18W No 57.00
C1100081 3 X 18W No 62.00
C1100082 4 X 18W No 67.00
C1100083 1 X 36W No 57.00
C1100084 2 X 36W No 62.00
C1100085 3 X 36W No 67.00
C1100086 4 X 36W No 72.00

sheet steel housing c/w low loss ballast, capacitor, starter
and T8 fluorescent tube
Mirror louvre with ribbed cross blade
C1100087 1 X 18W No 57.00
C1100088 2 X 18W No 62.00
C1100089 3 X 18W No 67.00
C1100090 4 X 18W No 72.00
C1100091 1 X 36W No 62.00
C1100092 2 X 36W No 67.00
C1100093 3 X 36W No 72.00
C1100094 4 X 36W No 77.00
ME-C67

(S$)

sheet steel housing c/w low loss ballast, capacitor, starter
and T8 fluorescent tube (Cont'd)
Matt parabolic louvre and cross blade
C1100095 1 X 18W No 57.00
C1100096 2 X 18W No 62.00
C1100097 3 X 18W No 67.00
C1100098 4 X 18W No 72.00
C1100099 1 X 36W No 72.00
C1100100 2 X 36W No 77.00
C1100101 3 X 36W No 82.00
C1100102 4 X 36W No 87.00
Recessed mounted fluorescent fitting box type of white

coated sheet steel housing, steel hinged frame c/w low loss
ballast, capacitor, starter and T8 fluorescent tube
Prismatic diffuser
C1100103 1 X 18W No 57.00
C1100104 2 X 18W No 62.00
C1100105 3 X 18W No 67.00
C1100106 4 X 18W No 72.00
C1100107 1 X 36W No 62.00
C1100108 2 X 36W No 67.00
C1100109 3 X 36W No 72.00
C1100110 4 X 36W No 77.00
ME-C68

(S$)

coated sheet steel housing, steel hinged frame c/w low loss
ballast, capacitor, starter and T8 fluorescent tube (Cont'd)
C1100111 1 X 18W No 57.00
C1100112 2 X 18W No 62.00
C1100113 3 X 18W No 67.00
C1100114 4 X 18W No 72.00
C1100115 1 X 36W No 62.00
C1100116 2 X 36W No 67.00
C1100117 3 X 36W No 72.00
C1100118 4 X 36W No 77.00
C1100119 1 X 18W No 62.00
C1100120 2 X 18W No 67.00
C1100121 3 X 18W No 72.00
C1100122 4 X 18W No 77.00
C1100123 1 X 36W No 67.00
C1100124 2 X 36W No 72.00
C1100125 3 X 36W No 77.00
C1100126 4 X 36W No 87.00
ME-C69

(S$)

housing c/w HF electronic ballast and T8 fluorescent tube.
(Ballast and tube from the same manufacturer) (1 year
warranty for ballast)
C1100127 1 X 18W No 59.00
C1100128 2 X 18W No 67.00
C1100129 1 X 36W No 60.00
C1100130 2 X 36W No 71.00
C1100131 1 X 58W No 100.00
C1100132 2 X 58W No 120.00

Suspended mounted tubular fluorescent lamp fitting with
suspended rod c/w prismatic diffuser, HF electronic ballast
and T8 fluorescent tube . (Ballast and tube from the same
manufacturer) (1 year warranty for ballast)
C1100133 1 x 36w No 135.00

Prismatic diffuser
C1100134 1 X 18W No 67.00
C1100135 2 X 18W No 78.00
C1100136 1 X 36W No 68.00
C1100137 2 X 36W No 79.00
C1100138 1 X 58W No 112.00
C1100139 2 X 58W No 132.00
ME-C70

(S$)

warranty for ballast) (Cont'd)
Wired Guard
C1100140 1 X 18W No 67.00
C1100141 2 X 18W No 78.00
C1100142 1 X 36W No 68.00
C1100143 2 X 36W No 96.00
C1100144 1 X 58W No 112.00
C1100145 2 X 58W No 132.00
Metal Reflector
C1100146 1 X 18W No 67.00
C1100147 2 X 18W No 78.00
C1100148 1 X 36W No 68.00
C1100149 2 X 36W No 79.00
C1100150 1 X 58W No 112.00
C1100151 2 X 58W No 132.00
Aluminium mirror reflector
C1100152 1 X 18W No 69.00
C1100153 2 X 18W No 80.00
C1100154 1 X 36W No 70.00
C1100155 2 X 36W No 81.00
C1100156 1 X 58W No 110.00
C1100157 2 X 58W No 130.00
ME-C71

(S$)

warranty for ballast) (Cont'd)
Aluminium mirror angle reflector
C1100158 1 X 18W No 69.00
C1100159 2 X 18W No 80.00
C1100160 1 X 36W No 70.00
C1100161 2 X 36W No 81.00
C1100162 1 X 58W No 110.00
C1100163 2 X 58W No 130.00

sheet steel housing, steel hinged frame c/w HF electronic
ballast and T8 fluorescent tube. (Ballast and tube from the
same manufacturer) (1 year warranty for ballast)
Prismatic diffuser
C1100164 1 X 18W No 85.00
C1100165 2 X 18W No 93.00
C1100166 3 X 18W No 123.00
C1100167 4 X 18W No 128.00
C1100168 1 X 36W No 90.00
C1100169 2 X 36W No 98.00
C1100170 3 X 36W No 128.00
C1100171 4 X 36W No 133.00
ME-C72

(S$)
C11 00000
FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FITTINGS (CONT'D)

sheet steel housing c/w HF electronic ballast and T8
fluorescent tube. (Ballast and tube from the same manufacturer)
(1 year warranty for ballast)
C1100172 1 X 18W No 90.00
C1100173 2 X 18W No 98.00
C1100174 3 X 18W No 128.00
C1100175 4 X 18W No 133.00
C1100176 1 X 36W No 95.00
C1100177 2 X 36W No 103.00
C1100178 3 X 36W No 133.00
C1100179 4 X 36W No 138.00
C1100180 1 X 18W No 90.00
C1100181 2 X 18W No 98.00
C1100182 3 X 18W No 128.00
C1100183 4 X 18W No 133.00
C1100184 1 X 36W No 105.00
C1100185 2 X 36W No 113.00
C1100186 3 X 36W No 143.00
C1100187 4 X 36W No 148.10
ME-C73

(S$)

coated sheet steel housing, steel hinged frame c/w HF
electronic ballast and T8 fluorescent tube. (Ballast and tube
from the same manufacturer) (1 year warranty for ballast)
Prismatic diffuser
C1100188 1 X 18W No 90.00
C1100189 2 X 18W No 98.00
C1100190 3 X 18W No 128.00
C1100191 4 X 18W No 133.00
C1100192 1 X 36W No 95.00
C1100193 2 X 36W No 103.00
C1100194 3 X 36W No 133.00
C1100195 4 X 36W No 138.00
C1100196 1 X 18W No 90.00
C1100197 2 X 18W No 98.00
C1100198 3 X 18W No 128.00
C1100199 4 X 18W No 133.00
C1100200 1 X 36W No 95.00
C1100201 2 X 36W No 103.00
C1100202 3 X 36W No 133.00
C1100203 4 X 36W No 138.00
ME-C74

(S$)

coated sheet steel housing, steel hinged frame c/w HF
(Cont'd)
C1100204 1 X 18W No 95.00
C1100205 2 X 18W No 103.00
C1100206 3 X 18W No 133.00
C1100207 4 X 18W No 138.00
C1100208 1 X 36W No 100.00
C1100209 2 X 36W No 108.00
C1100210 3 X 36W No 138.10
C1100211 4 X 36W No 145.00

IP65 weatherproof fluorescent fitting of fibreglass reinforced
polyester housing, sheet steel gear tray, PMMA acrylic
diffuser with stainless steel retaining clip c/w low loss
ballast, capacitor, starter and T8 fluorescent tube.
C1100212 1 X 18W No 56.00
C1100213 2 X 18W No 76.00
C1100214 1 X 36W No 68.00
C1100215 2 X 36W No 88.00
C1100216 1 X 58W No 125.00
C1100217 2 X 58W No 155.00
ME-C75

(S$)
IP65 weatherproof fluorescent fitting of fibreglass reinforced

polyester housing, sheet steel gear tray, PMMA acrylic
diffuser with stainless steel retaining clip c/w HF electronic
C1100218 1 X 18W No 81.00
C1100219 2 X 18W No 104.00
C1100220 1 X 36W No 93.00
C1100221 2 X 36W No 116.00
C1100222 1 X 58W No 165.00
C1100223 2 X 58W No 205.00
Surface mounted fluorescent fitting of aluminium base

housing, both end cap of ABS material, mirror pastic louvre
with aluminium top reflector c/w HF electronic ballast and T8
f l u o r e s c en t u b e ( B al l a st an d t u b e f r o m t h e s a m e
manufacturer) (1 year warranty for ballast)
C1100224 1 X 18W No 95.00
C1100225 2 X 18W No 98.00
C1100226 1 X 36W No 100.00
C1100227 2 X 36W No 103.00
Recessed fluorescent fitting of white powder coated sheet

steel housing with parabolic matt louvre and cross blade c/w
HF electronic ballast and T5 fluorescent tube. (Ballast and
tube from the same manufacturer) (1 year warranty for
ballast)
C1100228 1 X 14W No 140.00
C1100229 2 X 14W No 150.00
C1100230 1 X 28W No 150.00
C1100231 2 X 28W No 160.00
ME-C76

(S$)
Surface mounted fluorescent fitting of white powder coated

sheet steel housing with parabolic matt louvre and cross
blade c/w HF electronic ballast and T5 fluorescent tube.
C1100232 1 X 14W No 145.00
C1100233 2 X 14W No 155.00
C1100234 1 X 28W No 155.00
C1100235 2 X 28W No 165.00

Recessed fluorescent fitting Cat 2 parabolic louvre satin
finish, white powder coated housing c/w HF electronic
C1100236 2 X 36W No 160.00
C1100237 3 X 18W No 180.00

Recessed fluorescent fitting Cat 2 parabolic louvre satin
finish, white powder coated housing c/w HF dimming
C1100238 2 X 36W No 230.00
C1100239 3 X 18W No 250.00
Down light fittings complete with PLC lamps
C1100240 1 x 7W No 67.60
C1100241 2 x 7W No 81.00
C1100242 1 X 9W No 90.00
C1100243 2 X 9W No 108.00
C1100244 1 X 13W No 103.60
C1100245 2 X 13W No 117.00
C1100246 1 X 18W No 108.00
C1100247 2 X 18W No 126.00
ME-C77

(S$)
Recessed downlight of white aluminium ring, with ballast

box c/w conventional ballast and compact lamp
Anodised aluminium reflector
C1100248 1 X 10W/ 13W No 85.00
C1100249 2 X 10W/ 13W No 95.00
C1100250 1 X 18W/ 26W No 95.00
C1100251 2 X 18W/ 26W No 105.00

Anodised aluminium reflector enclosed with frosted glass
C1100252 1 X 10W/ 13W No 90.00
C1100253 2 X 10W/ 13W No 100.00
C1100254 1 X 18W/ 26W No 100.00
C1100255 2 X 18W/ 26W No 110.00
Anodised aluminium reflector and anti glare cross lovre

enclosed with frosted glass
C1100256 1 X 10W/ 13W No 105.00
C1100257 2 X 10W/ 13W No 105.00
C1100258 1 X 18W/ 26W No 115.00
C1100259 2 X 18W/ 26W No 115.00

box c/w HF electronic ballast and compact lamp. (Ballast
and tube from the same manufacturer) (1 year warranty for
ballast)
Anodised aluminium reflector
C1100260 1 X 10W/ 13W No 120.00
C1100261 2 X 10W/ 13W No 140.00
C1100262 1 X 18W/ 26W No 130.00
C1100263 2 X 18W/ 26W No 150.00
ME-C78

(S$)

box c/w HF electronic ballast and compact lamp. (Ballast
and tube from the same manufacturer) (1 year warranty for
ballast) (Cont'd)
Anodised aluminium reflector enclosed with frosted glass
C1100264 1 X 10W/ 13W No 125.00
C1100265 2 X 10W/ 13W No 150.00
C1100266 1 X 18W/ 26W No 135.00
C1100267 2 X 18W/ 26W No 160.00
Anodised aluminium reflector and anti glare cross lovre

enclosed with frosted glass
C1100268 1 X 10W/ 13W No 140.00
C1100269 2 X 10W/ 13W No 150.00
C1100270 1 X 18W/ 26W No 150.00
C1100271 2 X 18W/ 26W No 160.00
Metal halide recessed downlight of die cast aluminium ring,

anodised aluminium reflector enclosed with tempered glass
cover c/w control gear and lamp
C1100272 1 X 70W/ 150W No 250.00
C1100273 1 X 250W No 300.00
Surface mounted cylindrical downlight of aluminium

housing with aluminium reflector c/w conventional ballast
and compact lamp
C1100274 1 x 18w/26w No 95.00
ME-C79

(S$)
Surface mounted square/ circular light fitting of

polycarbonate housing and acrylic prismatic diffuser and
galvanised steel gear tray c/w conventional ballast and lamp
C1100275 2 X 9W No 78.00
C1100276 2 X 11W No 85.00
C1100277 1 X 18W/ 26W No 85.00
C1100278 2 X 18W/ 26W No 95.00

Surface mounted square/ circular light fitting of die cast
aluminium housing and frame, acrylic prismatic diffuser,
with aluminium reflector c/w conventional ballast and lamp
C1100279 2 X 9W No 130.00
C1100280 2 X 11W No 140.00
C1100281 1 X 18W/ 26W No 130.00
C1100282 2 X 18W/ 26W No 140.00
Surface mounted triangle fitting wall light IP65 of

polycarbonate housing and diffuser c/w conventional ballast
and lamp
C1100283 2 x 9W No 110.00
C1100284 2 x 13W No 130.00
C1100285 2 x 18W No 140.00
C1100286 2 x 26W No 150.00
ME-C80

(S$)

Exit lights with self-contained battery packs complete with
LED charging indication lights, fluorescent lamps and test
discharge buttons (slim-line design) on surface mounted
(maintained type) with silk-screen letterings to FSB
requirement
C1 100287 1 x 8W single face exit lights No 126.00
C1 100288 1 x 8W double face exit lights No 162.00
C1 100289 1 x 8W single face with arrow exit lights No 135.00
C1 100290 1 x 8W double face with arrow exit lights No 180.00
C1 100291 2 x 8W double face with arrow exit lights No 175.00

C1100292 No 112.50
Non-maintained rectangular box design "Mains-fail" emergency
lighting luminaires complete with minimum 2 hours duration Ni -
Cd batteries, LED Indicating lights and test buttons and 1 x 8W
fluorescent tube and opal diffusers
Exit light fitting with fluorescent lamp and self-contained

battery unit c/w LED charging indicating light and test
discharge button (slimline design) on surface mounted
(maintained type) with silk-screen letterings to FSB
requirement
C1 100293 1x1 0W single face with or without arrow No 85.00
C1 100294 1x1 0W double face with or without arrow No 90.00
LED type Exit light fitting and self-contained battery unit c/w
LED charging indicating light and test discharge button
(slimline design) on surface mounted (maintained type) with silk-
screen letterings to FSB requirement
C1 100295 Single face with or without arrow No 110.00
C11 00296 Double face with or without arrow No 120.00
Weatherproof Type Exit light fitting and self-contained battery

unit c/w LED charging indicating light and test
discharge button (slimline design) on surface mounted
(maintained type) with silkscreen letterings to Fire
Regulation
C1100297 2 x 8W No 120.00
ME-C81

(S$)
Power pack(or retrofit into any fitting) including wirings and

connecting up ready to function complete with LED
indicating lights, test buttons
Power pack suitable for fluorescent tubes complete with

minimum 2 hours duration with Ni-Cd batteries
C1100298 8W No 81.00
C1100299 18W No 99.00
C1100300 36W No 135.00

High abuse surface mounted fluorescent fittings complete
with highly polished anodised symmetrical reflectors
C1100301 1 x 18W lamps No 180.00
C1100302 1 x 18W lamps and minimum 2 hours duration Ni-cd batteries No 315.00
C1100303 1 x 36W lamps No 274.60
C1100305 2 x 36W lamps No 288.00
Pre-wired modular fluorescent fittings complete with control

gears, silver louvres, joints and all accessories
C1100307 1 x 18W No 189.00
C1100308 1 x 36W No 207.00
C1100309 2 x 36W No 261.00

Increase safety emergency fluorescent fittings complete with
all accessories and mounting brackets Ex "de" IIC-T4 (IEC)
C1100310 1 x 40W No 540.00
C1100311 1 x 58W No 585.00
C1100312 1 x 65W No 585.00
ME-C82

(S$)
Flameproof cylindrical metal glass fluorescent fittings

complete with all accessories and mounting brackets Ex "d"
IIC-T6 to T4 (IEC)
C1100313 1 x 40W No 720.00
C1100314 1 x 58W No 855.00
Emergency light fitting with fluorescen t lamp and self-

contained battery unit c/w LED charging indicating light and
test discharge button (slimlime design) on surface mounted
(maintained type)
C1100315 1x10W No 90.00
Supply and install Electronic Fly Killer, dimension

620x500x150mm ,steel with enamel and zinc protective
coating
C1 100316 4 x 20w blacklight tube. No 450.00
Supply and install Electric insect killer
C1 100317 2x10w 1 ft ultra violet light bulb No 200.00
Others
C11 00318 Half white diffusion for Par 64 Film No 950.00
C1 100319 PLC downlight Fitting c/w electronic ballest / Equivalent. No 184.00
C1100320 PLC downlightt Fitting c/w dimming electronic ballest / No 200.00

Equivalent.
C1100321 14W Recessed Fluorescent Fitting c/w dimming electronic ballest No 332.00
/ Equivalent.
C1 100322 2 x 11W IP65 Weather Proof PL compact flourescent light fitting No 76.00
C1100323 1 X 36W Batten Fluorescent Luminaries c/w mirror reflector with No 80.00
Tubes
C1 100324 Toughened glass diffusers light fitting No 188.00
C1100325 light fitting for 18w PLC M2 including mirror optic surface mount No 48.00
(300 x 300mm)
C1100326 2 x 18W PL light No 58.00
C1 100327 T5-2 Feet Fluorescent Light fitting No 68.00
ME-C83

(S$)

Others (Cont'd)
C1 100328 22/ 32/ 40w Circular light fitting c/w low loss ballast, capacitor, No 60.00
starter and colour rendering index level of greater than 85, colour
temperature of 4000 K and minimum 3250 lumens fluorescent
tube
ME-C84

(S$)
C1 200000 OFFICE EQUIPMENT
General purpose monitoring boards (using electro-magnetic

relay control system)
Indicator boards complete with manual reset
C1200001 6-way No 180.00
C1200002 12-way No 288.00

C1 200003 No 18.00
Mains bell wiring points 230V complete with switches, ECC similar
to lighting points with switches
C1 200004 No 14.40
Mains wiring points for bell transformers (same as lighting point
without switch)
C1 200005 Bell push poins complete with bell push 30 metre run bell wires No 18.00
and mounting blocks from transformers to bells in PVC trunkings
C1 200006 240 to 6-24V bell transformers 1 2VA No 10.80
C1 200007 6-24V (AC or DC) electric bells, 75mm diameter No 7.20
C1 200008 6-24V (AC or DC) electric buzzers No 7.20
230 volt electric bells with gongs
C1 200009 150mm diameter No 48.70
C1 200010 225mm diameter No 72.00

C1 200011 No 36.00
300mm diameter Quartz type battery operated clocks with red
seconds hand
24 volt electric bells with gongs
C1200012 150 mm dia No 57.00
ME-C85

(S$)
C1 300000 REMOVALS
Note: This section is only applicable when the removing of a

particular fitting or accessory or wiring is not for the purpose
of shifting, adjustment or replacement.
Removing, making good/ touch up including removing of

methods of fixing, mountings, screws, expansion bolts, etc
and disposal (on direction by SO) up to 5 metres height
Removing existing points including wiring fittings, battens,

conduits etc and making good wall or ceiling surfaces but
excluding touching up
C1 300001 Existing lighting points

No 3.50
C1 300002 Existing power points No 2.90
C1 300003 Existing power points, up to 10 No. No 4.00
C1 300004 Existing power points, above 10 No. No 2.00

No 5.20
C1 300005 Removing existing brackets, exhaust or ceiling oscillating fan
points including wirings, fans, battens, or conduits mounting
blocks and making good works disturbed.
No 4.30
C1 300006 Removing existing ceiling fan point including wiring, batten,
fan/hook, regulator and making good works distrubed
C1 300007 Taking down existing ceiling fans, wall bracket fans, oscillating No 3.30
fans
C1 300008 Taking down existing fluorescent/tungsten or discharge lighting No 2.60

fittings (whether ceiling, pendant or recessed)
C1300009 To take down one tungsten light fitting (ceiling, pendant or No 3.00
recessed) Contractors are not allowed to claim for cost where the
removal of a particular fitting/accessory is for the purpose of
shifting, adjustment or replacement.
C1 300010 To touch up light point/power point including plastering & painting No 2.00
etc to match existing wall surface. Contractors are not allowed to
claim for cost where the removal of a particular fitting/accessory is
for the purpose of shifting, adjustment or replacement.
C1 300011 To remove electric clock point including wiring and make good No 5.00
wall/ceiling surface (excluding touch up). Contractors are not
allowed to claim for cost where the removal of a particular
fitting/accessory is for the purpose of shifting, adjustment or
replacement.
ME-C86

(S$)
C1 300000 REMOVALS (COND'T)
C1 300012 To take down perimeter & security light fitting c/w arm & bracket No 7.00
(any type) Contractors are not allowed to claim for cost where the
removal of a particular fitting/accessory is for the purpose of
shifting, adjustment or replacement.
C1 300013 To remove TV antenna. Contractors are not allowed to claim for No 30.00
cost where the removal of a particular fitting/accessory is for the
purpose of shifting, adjustment or replacement.
C1300014 To remove DB-4 way to 18-way. Contractors are not allowed to No 60.00
C1 300015 To remove DB-24 way to 48-way. Contractors are not allowed to No 80.00
C1 300016 To remove alarm bell/electric bell point. Contractors are not No 6.00
allowed to claim for cost where the removal of a particular
fitting/accessory is for the purpose of shifting, adjustment or
replacement.
C1300017 To remove telephone/fax point. Contractors are not allowed to No 6.00

ME-C87

(S$)
C1 400000 INSTALLATION
Note: This section is only applicable when the installation of

a particular fitting or accessory or wiring is not part of
shifting, adjustment or replacement works.
Installing only including connecting up to existing wiring

points (excluding fittings)
C1 400001 Lighting fittings (any type)

No 5.20
No 6.90
C1 400002 1500mm or 1200mm sweep ceiling fans and speed regulators
complete with safety wires
C1 400003 Wall brackets, ceiling oscillating or exhaust fans (all sizes) No 4.30
C1 400004 Electric clocks (all sizes) No 1.80
No 7.60
C1 400005 Perimeter and security light fittings (any type)
No 4.00
C1 400006 Install only socket outlet of any type (ceiling, pendant or
recessed) up to 10 nos. including connecting up to existing wiring
point (excluding socket outlet)
C1 400007 Install only socket outlet of any type (ceiling, pendant or No 3.00
recessed) above 10 nos. including connecting up to existing
wiring point (excluding socket outlet)
C1 400008 Install only wall bracket or exhaust fan (all sizes) including No 6.00
connecting up to existing wiring point (excluding fan)
C1 400009 Install only ceiling oscillating fan (all sizes) including connecting No 8.00
up to existing wiring point (excluding fan)
C1 400010 Install only task light point for system furniture including No 6.00
connecting up to existing wiring point (excluding fittings)
C1400011 Install only DB 4 way to 18 way including connecting up to No 40.00

existing wiring point (excluding DB)
C1 400012 Install only DB 24 way to 48 way including connecting up to No 50.00

existing wiring point (excluding DB)
C1 400013 Install only isolator of any rating including connecting up to No 10.00

existing wiring point (excluding isolator)
C1400014 Install only wall mounted hand-dryer including connecting up to No 8.00

existing wiring point (excluding hand-dryer)
C1 400015 Install only fan regulator including connecting up to existing wiring No 5.00
point (excluding fan regulator)
ME-C88

(S$)
C1500000 SHIFTING
Note: These rates are only applicable for shifting of existing

fittings or points.
Shifting not exceeding 5 metres including wiring, junction

box, conduits and other materials all ready to operate
C1500001 Tungsten light points with simple shades

No 9.00
C1500002 Lighting points (any type) No 6.00
No 6.90
C1500003 Lighting points with fittings (any type)
No 17.20
C1500004 Ceiling fan points and fans complete with fan hooks, regulators
and teak blocks
C1500005 Bracket fan points complete with fan mounting blocks and fans No 9.50
C1500006 Switch points complete with switches and teak blocks or metal No 6.00
boxes
C1500007 13A or 15A switch socket outlet points No 7.75
No 35.00
C1500008 To shift air-con thermostat point including all necessary labour,
material etc. c/w maximum of 5 metres of cable length. (Cable will
be calculated separately if the length exceeds 5 m)
C1500009 To shift telephone outlet point including all necessary labour, No 30.00
C1500010 To shift computer outlet point including all necessary labour, No 70.00
C1500011 To shift alarm/electric bell push point c/w bell wire and mounting No 25.00
block including all necessary labour, material etc. c/w maximum
of 5 metres of cable length. (Cable will be calculated separately if
the length exceeds 5 m)
C1500012 To shift wall mounted hand-dryer including all necessary labour, No 15.00
C1500013 To shift clock point with electric clock including all necessary No 10.00
labour, material etc. c/w maximum of 5 metres of cable length.
(Cable will be calculated separately if the length exceeds 5 m)
C1500014 To shift isolator of rating up to 60A including all necessary labour, No 75.00
ME-C89

(S$)
SHIFTING (CONT'D)
C1500000
Shifting not exceeding 5 metres including wiring, junction
box, conduits and other materials all ready to operate
C1500015 (Cont'd)
To shift microphone point including all necessary labour, material No 40.00

etc. c/w maximum of 5 metres of cable length. (Cable will be
calculated separately if the length exceeds 5 m)
ME-C90

(S$)
C1 600000 REPLACEMENT OF CONTROL GEARS, ACCESSORIES AND

LAMPS
Removing faulty as-fitted accessories and disposal including

replacing and connecting up
Filament lamps
C1600001 15W - 40W No 1.80
C1600002 60W - 80W No 2.10
C1600003 100W -150W No 2.60
C1 600004 300W No 4.50
C1 600005 500W No 5.00
PAR 38 energy saving reflector lamps
C1600006 80W -100W No 6.95
C1600007 120W - 150W No 7.93
C1 600008 300W No 33.00
Fluorescent tubes
C1 600009 13W, 300mm long No 5.00
C1 600010 14W, 600mm long (T5) No 6.00
C1600011 14W or 28W, TL5/ FH 5 No 9.00
C1600012 16W/ 32W No 15.00
C1600013 18W, 600mm long No 3.70
C1 600014 20W for electrical insect killer machine No 15.00
C1 600015 30W, 900mm long No 5.20
C1 600016 40W, rapid start, colour rendering index 83/84 No 3.50
C1 600017 28W, 1200mm long (T5) No 6.60
C1 600018 36W, 1200mm long No 4.09
C1 600019 58W, 1500mm long No 5.30
C1600020 80W, 1524mm long No 8.50
C1 600021 Fluorescent starter, 18W - 80W No 1.20
C1 600022 Fluorescent starter, any sizes No 0.60
ME-C91

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

replacing and connecting up (Cont'd)
Fluorescent tubes (Cont'd)
C1 600023 Fluorescent starter, any sizes, electronic type c/w reset button No 4.50
C1 600024 Fluorescent starter holder No 1.50
C1 600025 Pre-heat transformer for dimmable 40W fluorescent lamps No 42.00
C1 600026 Weather-proof cover for 1 x 18w weatherproof light fitting No 9.50

C1 600027 No 10.00
Weather-proof cover for 1 x 36w or 2 x 36w weatherproof light
fitting
C1 600028 Stainless steel clip for weather-proof light fitting No 1.20

C1 600029 No 4.30
Polypropylene power factor capacitors for 18W - 80W fluorescent
fittings
C1 600030 6.5W low loss ballasts for 18W fluorescent lamps No 8.10
C1 600031 6.8W low loss ballasts for 36W fluorescent lamps No 8.50
C1 600032 11W low loss ballasts for 58W fluorescent lamps No 14.40
C1 600033 22W/ 32W Daylight circular fluorescent tubes No 3.50
C1 600034 40W Daylight circular fluorescent tubes No 4.50
C1 600035 22W/ 32W Warmwhite circular fluorescent tubes No 6.50
C1 600036 40W Warmwhite circular fluorescent tubes No 6.00
C1 600037 22W/ 32W Extra Daylight circular fluorescent tubes No 3.50
C1 600038 80W HPMV ballasts No 11.60
C1 600039 Ceiling roses with 3-plate No 2.40
C1 600040 Batten holders/lamp holders No 2.40
C1 600041 8W fluorescent lamps for exit lights, etc No 2.20
C1 600042 8W/ 1 0W for exit/ emergency light fitting No 2.00
ME-C92

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

LPSV lamps
C1600043 18W No 30.05
C1 600044 35W No 34.60
Ballasts for LPSV lamps
C1600045 18W No 33.55
C1 600046 35W No 37.90
Ignitor for LPSV lamps
C1600047 18W/ 35W No 35.00
Capacitor for LPSV lamps
C1600048 18W/ 35W No 4.00
High pressure sodium lamps
C1600049 70W No 21.93
C1600050 100W No 31.20
C1600051 150W No 37.27
C1600052 250W No 41.30
C1600053 400W No 42.70
C1600054 1000W No 95.00
Ballasts for HPSV lamps
C1600055 70W No 24.10
C1600056 100W No 37.63
C1600057 150W No 44.27
C1 600058 250W No 55.67
C1600059 400W No 61.20
C1600060 1000W No 120.00
ME-C93

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

Mercury vapour lamps
C1600061 80W No 10.47
C1600062 125W No 10.97
C1 600063 250W No 25.87
C1600064 400W No 30.43
Ballasts for high pressure mercury vapour lamps
C1600065 80W / 125W No 29.23
C1600066 70W - 250W No 36.97
C1600067 400W No 49.53
Capacitor for mercury vapour lamps
C1600068 50W/ 80W/ 125W No 9.00
C1600069 250W/ 400W No 11.00
Metal halide lamps
C1 600070 70W/ 1 00W Type 2 pin, E27 or double-ended No 45.00
C1600071 70W - 250W No 57.35
C1600072 150W/ 175W No 50.00
C1 600073 250W Type E27/ E40 or double-ended No 40.00
C1600074 400W No 41.00
C1 600075 400W Type E40 No 42.00
C1 600076 400W Double-ended No 83.00
C1600077 1000W Type E40 No 110.00
ME-C94

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

Ballasts for metal halide lamps
C1600080 70W/ 150W No 50.00
C1 600081 250W No 46.70
C1600082 400W No 48.50
C1600083 1000W No 125.00
C1600084 2000W No 185.00
Capacitor for metal halide lamps
C1600085 70W/100W/150W/175W/ 250W No 10.00
C1600086 400W No 10.00
C1600087 1000W No 10.00
C1600088 2000W No 10.00
Igniter for the following lamps
C1600089 70W/100W/150W/175W metal halide No 18.00
C1 600090 250W / 400W metal halide No 22.50
C1 600091 1000W metal halide No 55.00
C1 600092 2000W metal halide No 85.00
C1600093 18W / 35W LPSV No 23.00
C1600094 70W / 100W HPSV No 25.00
C1600095 150W HPSV No 27.00
C1600096 250W HPSV No 29.00
C1600097 400W HPSV No 31.00
C1600098 1000W HPSV No 35.00
ME-C95

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

High frequency fluorescent tubes
C1600099 18W No 5.87
C1600100 32W No 5.25
C1600101 50W No 7.80
Electronic ballasts for HF tubes
C1600102 1 x 14W No 28.00
C1600103 1 x 18W No 30.00
C1600104 1 x 28W No 32.00
C1600105 1 x 32W No 34.00
C1600106 1 x 36W No 36.00
C1600107 1 x 50W No 38.00
C1600108 1 x 58W No 40.00
C1600109 2 x 14W No 45.00
C1600110 2 x 18W No 47.00
C1600111 2 x 28W No 50.00
C1600112 2 x 32W No 52.00
C1600113 2 x 36W No 54.00
C1600114 2 x 50W No 58.00
C1600115 2 x 58W No 60.00
ME-C96

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

Dimming ballasts for HF tubes
C1600116 1 x 18W No 71.00
C1600117 1 x 32W No 74.00
C1600118 1 x 36W No 75.00
C1600119 1 x 50W No 80.00
C1600120 1 x 58W No 85.00
C1600121 2 x 18W No 82.10
C1600122 2 x 32W No 83.00
C1600123 2 x 36W No 85.00
C1600124 2 x 50W No 90.00
C1600125 2 x 58W No 95.00
C1 600126 18W SL lamp (bayonet/ screw type) of approved make No 18.00
Electronic ballasts
C1600127 1 x 55W No 42.00
C1600128 2 x 55W No 52.00
PL lamps
C1600129 9W No 5.80
C1600130 11W No 6.50
C1600131 13W No 20.20
C1600132 18W No 25.90

C1 600133 No 180.00
250W / 400W HPMV integral ballasts complete with ignitors,
capacitors and holders
C1 600134 500W double ended quartz halogen lamps No 4.30
ME-C97

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)

Tungsten halogen lamps
C1600135 300W No 2.90
C1600136 500W No 4.30
C1 600137 600W/ 204V Bi-pin base, GKV600 No 70.00
C1 600138 650W/ 750W double ended quartz No 8.00
C1600139 650W No 6.90
C1600140 750W No 6.90
C1600141 1000W No 7.20
C1600142 1200W No 10.80
C1600143 1500W No 10.80
C1600144 1000W/ 240V Bi-pin base, P2/ 7 No 40.00
C1600145 1000W/ 240V Bi-pin base, CP61 No 90.00
C1600146 1200W/ 240V Bi-pin base, T29 No 80.00
C1600147 2000W/ 240V/ G22 Bi-pin base, CP92 No 90.00
C1600148 2500W/ 240V/ G22 Bi-pin base, CP91 No 100.00
C1 600149 E17 lamp holder No 9.00
Double ended halogen lamps
C1600150 100W/ 150W/ 200W No 6.50
C1600151 300W/ 500W No 6.50
C1600152 1000W No 12.00
C1600153 1000W No 25.00
ME-C98

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
including replacing and connecting up (Cont'd)
Halogen lamp
C1 600154 10w 6v G4 halogen lamp No 3.00
PLC lamps
C1600155 10W No 6.60
C1600156 13W No 8.25
C1600157 18W No 11.30
C1600158 26W No 15.20
Ballast for PLC lamps
C1600159 5W/ 7W/ 9W/ 10W/ 11W/ 13W/ 18W/ 26W No 4.00
Prismatic acrylic diffusers
C1600160 600 x 600mm No 7.20
C1600161 600 x 1200mm No 14.40
Acrylic diffusers for recessed fluorescent fitting
C1600162 2ft x 2ft No 12.00
C1600163 4ft x 2ft No 19.00
Induction lamp
C1600164 85W No 90.00
Ballast and generator for induction lamp
C1600165 85W No 315.00
ME-C99

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Compact lamp (2-pin base)
C1600166 5W or 7 W No 3.80
C1600167 9W or 11 W No 3.80
C1600168 10W, 13W or 18W No 6.50
Compact lamp (4-pin base)
C1600169 10W, 13W or 18W No 10.00
C1600170 26W No 12.00
C1600171 32W/ 42W No 19.00
Compact lamp
C1600172 9W/ 13 W No 12.50
C1600173 18W/ 20 W No 13.50
C1600174 25W No 17.00
Compact lamp (fully electronic)
C1600175 5W/ 7W/ 9W No 13.00
C1600176 11W/ 15W/ 18W/ 20W/ 23W No 14.50
Ballast for compact lamp
C1600177 1 x 18W No 47.00
C1600178 1 x 26W No 50.00
C1600179 1 x 42W No 66.00
Dimmable ballast for compact lamp
C1600180 1 x 26W No 83.00
C1600181 1 x 42W No 95.00
C1600182 2 x 26W No 88.00
C1600183 2 x 42W No 100.00
ME-C10

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Bulb for stage light
C1600184 1000W, CP 61 No 70.00
C1600185 1200W, T-29 No 55.00
C1600186 2000W, CP92 No 95.00
C1600187 2500W, CP91 No 98.00
5 Amp surface mounting light swiitch
C1600188 2 way, 1 gang No 5.50
C1600189 2 way, 2 gang No 7.50
C1600190 2 way, 3 gang No 11.00
C1600191 2 way, 4 gang No 16.00
C1600192 2 way, 6 gang No 29.00
5 Amp surface mounting light swiitch (red rocker)
C1600193 2 way, 1 gang No 8.50
C1600194 2 way, 2 gang No 11.50
C1600195 2 way, 3 gang No 12.50
C1600196 2 way, 4 gang No 23.50
C1600197 2 way, 6 gang No 31.50
ME-C11

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
5 Amp flush mounting light swiitch
C1600198 2 way, 1 gang No 5.50
C1600199 2 way, 2 gang No 7.50
C1600200 2 way, 3 gang No 11.00
C1600201 2 way, 4 gang No 16.00
C1600202 2 way, 6 gang No 29.00
5 Amp flush mounting light swiitch (red rocker)
C1600203 2 way, 1 gang No 10.50
C1600204 2 way, 2 gang No 11.00
C1600205 2 way, 3 gang No 12.50
C1600206 2 way, 4 gang No 23.00
C1600207 2 way, 6 gang No 31.00
5 Amp metal-clad light switch
C1600208 2 way, 1 gang No 10.00
C1600209 2 way, 2 gang No 14.00
C1600210 2 way, 3 gang No 18.00
C1600211 2 way, 4 gang No 22.00
C1600212 2 way, 6 gang No 32.00
C1600213 2 way, 8 gang No 36.00
ME-C12

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
5 Amp metal-clad light switch (red rocker)
C1600214 2 way, 1 gang No 13.00
C1600215 2 way, 2 gang No 15.00
C1600216 2 way, 3 gang No 17.00
C1600217 2 way, 4 gang No 25.00
C1600218 2 way, 6 gang No 35.00
C1600219 2 way, 8 gang No 45.00
SP&N surface moulded switch
C1600220 5 Amp No 8.00
C1600221 13 Amp No 9.60
C1600222 15 Amp No 13.20
Twin SP&N surface moulded switch
C1600223 13 Amp No 16.00
Surface moulded switch c/w pilot lamp
C1600224 13 Amp No 15.00
C1600225 2 x 13 Amp No 20.00
SP&N surface moulded switch (red rocker)
C1600226 5 Amp No 8.50
C1600227 13 Amp No 9.00
C1600228 15 Amp No 19.00
Twin SP&N surface moulded switch (red rocker)
C1600229 13 Amp No 21.00
ME-C13

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Surface moulded switch c/w pilot lamp (red rocker)
C1600230 13 Amp No 13.00
C1600231 2 x 13 Amp No 25.00
SP&N surface metal clad switch
C1600232 5 Amp No 8.00
C1600233 13 Amp No 16.80
C1600234 15 Amp No 16.00
Twin SP&N surface metal clad switch
C1600235 13 Amp No 20.00
Surface metal clad switch c/w pilot lamp
C1600236 13 Amp No 20.00
C1600237 2 x 13 Amp No 30.00
SP&N surface metal clad switch (red rocker)
C1600238 5 Amp No 13.00
C1600239 13 Amp No 15.00
C1600240 15 Amp No 19.00
Twin SP&N surface metal clad switch (red rocker)
C1600241 13 Amp No 23.00
Surface metal clad switch c/w pilot lamp (red rocker)
C1600242 13 Amp No 18.00
C1600243 2 x 13 Amp No 23.00
ME-C14

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
SP&N flush mounted switch
C1600244 5 Amp No 8.00
C1600245 13 Amp No 9.60
C1600246 15 Amp No 16.00
Twin SP&N flush mounted switch
C1600247 13 Amp No 18.00
Flush mounted switch c/w pilot lamp
C1600248 13 Amp No 15.00
C1600249 2 x 13 Amp No 26.00
SP&N flush mounted switch (red rocker)
C1600250 5 Amp No 8.50
C1600251 13 Amp No 9.00
C1600252 15 Amp No 19.00
Twin SP&N flush mounted switch (red recker)
C1600253 13 Amp No 23.00
Flush mounted switch c/w pilot lamp (red rocker)
C1600254 13 Amp No 13.00
SP&N Weatherproof switch
C1600255 5 Amp No 70.00
C1600256 13 Amp No 100.00
C1600257 15 Amp No 110.00
ME-C15

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Weatherproof IP54 1-way lighting switch
C1 600258 5A No 24.00
Others
C1 600259 No 9.00
60W induction light bulb E.S Crompton for Zebra & Aircraft
warning light
C1 600260 40/ 60W R63 E27 reflector bulb No 2.80
C1 600261 100W ES silicia bulb No 5.50
C1600262 20W neon ball No 24.00
C1 600263 250W Halalux lamp No 16.00
C1 600264 1 2V 50W reflector lamp No 4.00

C1 600265 No 15.00
Table lamp retractable pulley devices with string 1.5mm and
spiral power supply cable (max.500w)
C1 600266 Service and repair table lamp pulley devices No 5.00
C1 600267 Base block for pendant fluorescent fitting No 6.00
C1 600268 Mains bell wiring pt 230 volts c/w tumbler switch No 31.00
C1 600269 No 60.00
6 volts DC door bell either operated by AA, AAA or C batteries
c/w 30 m wiring in PVC casing and bell push button
C1 600270 Tesing of new DC bell up to 30 m wiring in PVC casing. No 28.00

C1 600271 No 36.00
6 volts DC door bell either operated by AA, AAA or C batteries to
existing system
C1 600272 Bell push button to existing system No 4.00
C1 600273 240/12/8 or 240/24/12 volts bell transformer 1 2VA make No 18.00
C1 600274 12/8 volts electric bell, 75 mm dia No 13.00
C1 600275 12/8 volts electric buzzer No 13.00
ME-C16
C1 600276 Vortice PC board for hand dryer (VAHD PBC) No 80.00
C1 600277 250V 20A weather-proof plug No 50.00
ME-C17

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Others (Cont'd)
C1 600278 Wire guard for Bulb head fitting No 10.00
C1 600279 500mm dia semi-coated sphere for post-top light fitting No 180.00
C1 600280 No 240.00
500mm dia semi-coated sphere c/w cylindral lens for post-top
light fitting
C1 600281 20 amp PDL/56PA320 weatherproof power socket No 30.00
C1 600282 13 Amp flush mounted fuse connection box No 8.50
C1600283 Metal box for single 13A SSO No 10.00
C1 600284 Metal box for twin 1 3A SSO No 16.00
C1 600285 Weather proof cover for single 1 3A SSO No 7.00
C1 600286 Recessed mounted telephone outlet No 8.00
C1 600287 Box type telephone outlet No 5.00
C1 600288 Cooker unit power switch No 40.50
C1600289 4 x 18W electronic dimmer ballast No 195.00
C1 600290 300mm dia analog slave clock No 255.00
Dimmer
C1 600291 400W, 1 gang No 60.00
C1 600292 500W, 1 gang No 93.00
C1600293 450W, 2 gang No 168.00
C1 600294 850W, 1 gang No 140.00
ME-C18

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Timer
C1 600295 No 70.00
24hrs time switch with spring assist, metal clad surface mounting
c/w bypass switch
C1 600296 No 45.00
24hrs time switch w/o spring assist, metal clad surface mounting
c/w bypass switch
C1 600297 No 120.00
24 hrs 7 day time switch with spring assist, metal clad surface
mounting c/w bypass switch
C1 600298 1 3A timer socket outlet No 30.00
C1 600299 15A timer socket outlet No 55.00
C1 600300 Multifunction relay timer 0.05s to 1 0days No 85.00
Slave clock, synchronous electric clock with red seconds

hand 230V 50Hz AC
C1 600301 225mm dia No 70.00
C1 600302 300mm dia No 108.00
C1600303 450mm dia No 178.00

1 .2v NiCad battery for HT battery charger (rating:20 to 30AH)
C1 600304 1 cell No 75.00
C1 600305 23 cells No 1,650.00
ME-C19

(S$)

Teak blocks
C1 600306 75mm diameter x 25mm thick No 2.20
C1 600307 75 x 75 x 32mm thick No 2.20
C1 600308 75 x 100 x 32mm thick No 2.90
C1 600309 75 x 150 x 32mm thick No 4.30
C1 600310 75 x 225 x 32mm thick No 8.60
C1600311 100 x 150 x 32mm thick No 10.80
C1600312 150 x 150 x 32mm thick No 18.00
C1600313 150 x 225 x 32mm thick No 25.20
C1600314 150 x 300 x 32mm thick No 32.40
C1 600315 225 x 225 x 32mm thick No 43.20
C1 600316 225 x 300 x 32mm thick No 57.60
38mm thick teak block
C1600317 0.1m2 No 72.00
C1600318 In excess of 0.1m2 - 0.2m2 No 86.50
C1 600319 In excess of 0.2m2 - 0.3m2 No 115.20
Deduct for reuse
5 Amp surface mounted switch
C1 600320 2 way, 1 gang No -5.50
C1 600321 2 way, 2 gang No -7.50
C1600322 2 way, 3 gang No -11.00
C1600323 2 way, 4 gang No -16.00
C1 600324 2 way, 6 gang No -29.00
ME-C20

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Deduct for reuse (Cont'd)
5 Amp flush monuted switch
C1 600325 2 way, 1 gang No -5.50
C1 600326 2 way, 2 gang No -7.50
C1600327 2 way, 3 gang No -11.00
C1600328 2 way, 4 gang No -16.00
C1 600329 2 way, 6 gang No -29.00
5 Amp metal clad switch
C1600330 2 way, 1 gang No -10.00
C1600331 2 way, 2 gang No -14.00
C1600332 2 way, 3 gang No -18.00
C1 600333 2 way, 4 gang No -22.00
C1 600334 2 way, 6 gang No -32.00
C1 600335 2 way, 8 gang No -36.00
SP&N surface moulded switch
C1600336 5 Amp No -8.00
C1600337 13 Amp No -9.60
C1600338 15 Amp No 13.20
Twin SP&N surface moulded switch
C1600339 13 Amp No -16.00
Surface moulded switch c/w pilot lamp
C1600340 13 Amp No -15.00
C1600341 2 x 13 Amp No -20.00
ME-C110

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
SP&N surface metal clad switch
C1600342 5 Amp No -8.00
C1600343 13 Amp No -16.80
C1600344 15 Amp No -16.00
Twin SP&N surface metal clad switch
C1600345 13 Amp No -20.00
Surface metal clad switch c/w pilot lamp
C1600346 13 Amp No -20.00
C1600347 2 x 13 Amp No -30.00
SP&N flush mounted switch
C1600348 5 Amp No -8.00
C1600349 13 Amp No -9.60
C1600350 15 Amp No -16.00
Twin SP&N flush mounted switch
C1600351 13 Amp No -18.00
Flush mounted switch c/w pilot lamp
C1600352 13 Amp No -15.00
C1600353 2 x 13 Amp No -26.00
SP&N Weatherproof switch
C1600354 5 Amp No -70.00
C1600355 13 Amp No -100.00
C1600356 15 Amp No -110.00
ME-C111

(S$)

LAMPS (CONT'D)
Weatherproof IP54 1-way lighting switch
C1600357 5A No -24.00
Dimmer
C1600358 400W, 1 gang No -60.00
C1 600359 500W, 1 gang No -93.00
C1600360 450W, 2 gang No -168.00
C1 600361 850W, 1 gang No -140.00
C1 600362 13 Amp flush mounted fuse connection box No -8.50
C1600363 Metal box for single 13A SSO No -10.00
C1 600364 Metal box for twin 1 3A SSO No -16.00
Stage luminaires
C1 600365 500W No 70.00
C1600366 650W No 120.00
C1600367 1000W No 170.00
C1 600368 1200W high beam spot light for performance theater light No 950.00
C1 600369 Lighting console at stage lighting control panel No 2,650.00
ME-C112

(S$)
C1700000 CLEANING AND PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL FITTINGS, ETC
Note 1: The Fixed Schedule of Rates below shall be taken to

include all labour, materials, use of tools, overhead charges,
profits and everything else necessary for the taking down,
cleaning and reinstallation of each item.
Note 2: All fittings and replacements from items (C1700001)

to (C1700011) are at height up to and BELOW 5 metres.
Note 3: For heights ABOVE 5 metres, scaffolding rates will

be applicable provided one is actually erected and there
exist a need on the site to do so. The mere fact that site of
installation is over 5 metres does not constitute ground for
claims for scaffolding rates. Failure on the part of the
Contractor to erect proper scaffolding or staging to carry out
work safely will render the Contractor solely responsible for
any accidents. Therefore, it is entirely the Contractor's own
loss for failing to provide proper means of safe access in
carrying out the Works.
Note 4: For service call rates, please refer to the "C2200000

SERVICE CALLS"
C1700001 Lamp fittings with plastic shades or metal reflectors complete with No 2.15
1 or 2 lamp shades
C1700002 Globe fittings complete with 1 or 2 lamps No 3.00
C1700003 Fluorescent fittings complete with 1 or 2 tubes and diffusers No 2.15
C1 700004 Fluorescent fittings complete with 3 or 4 tubes and diffusers No 2.60
C1700005 Fans (all types) No 2.60
C1700006 Road/security light fittings No 2.60
C1700007 Outdoor park light fittings (all types) No 2.60
C1700008 Electric clocks (any size) No 0.70
C1700009 Floodlights No 1.70
C1700010 High bay light fittings No 4.30
C170001 1 Spotlights or stage lights No 2.60
ME-C113

(S$)
C1 800000 UNDERGROUND CABLES
Cabling works
Note: For items (C1800006) and (C1800007), $5.00 per m run

will be deducted for failure of Contractor to haunch the pipes
as specified. In this case re-excavation and making good to
comply with this requirement will be at Contractor's own
cost.
C1 800001 Excavating cable pits for fault location 1.50 x 1.50 x 1 .50m deep on No 108.00
ground including backfilling, compacting, making-good and
returfing (Other size pits will be pro-rated according to volume)
Excavating on turf, backfilling and compacting including

returfing
C1 800002 300 x 750mm deep trenches m 8.60
C1 800003 600 x 750mm deep trenches m 8.40
C1 800004 300 x 750mm deep gravel roads m 57.70

C1 800005 Excavate 300 x 750mm deep gravel roads on metalled/concrete m 86.40
surfaces using diamond cutters and patching/milling
UPVC pipe with concrete haunchings and jointing
C1 800006 100mm diameter pipe with 300 x 300mm haunching m 25.05
C1 800007 150mm diameter pipe with 450 x 450mm haunching m 45.10
C1 800008 Cable warning tiles (yellow colour) m 4.87

C1800009 No 34.40
150 x 100 x 5mm cast-iron cable markers with engraving and
painting
ME-C114

(S$)
C1 800000 UNDERGROUND CABLES (CONT'D)
Cabling works (Cont'd)
Note: For XLPE/ SWA/ PVC cables of the same cross-

sectional area, a 10% increase on the scheduled rates will be
applicable.
PVC/ SWA/ PVC cables 600V/ 1000V grade complying with BS

6346
1 core
C1800010 10mm2 m 5.83
C1800011 16mm2 m 7.50
C1800012 25mm2 m 9.80
C1800013 35mm2 m 13.00
C1800014 50mm2 m 16.86
C1800015 70mm2 m 20.95
C1800016 95mm2 m 28.30
C1800017 120mm2 m 32.80
C1800018 150mm2 m 44.03
C1800019 185mm2 m 60.70
C1 800020 240mm2 m 86.90
C1800021 300mm2 m 118.20
C1800022 400mm2 m 158.40
C1800023 500mm2 m 210.60
2 cores
C1800024 1.5mm2 m 3.30
C1 800025 2.5mm2 m 5.39
C1800026 4.0mm2 m 6.70
C1 800027 6.0mm2 m 6.23
C1800028 10mm2 m 9.60
C1800029 16mm2 m 12.00
ME-C115

(S$)


6346 (Cobt'd)
2 cores (Cont'd)
C1800030 25mm2 m 15.45
C1800031 35mm2 m 25.13
C1 800032 50mm2 m 25.50
C1800033 70mm2 m 38.15
C1 800034 95mm2 m 50.20
3 cores
C1800035 1.5mm2 m 3.90
C1 800036 2.5mm2 m 6.60
C1800037 4.0mm2 m 6.10
C1 800038 6.0mm2 m 8.20
C1800039 10mm2 m 11.37
C1800040 16mm2 m 18.35
C1 800041 25mm2 m 25.05
C1 800042 35mm2 m 34.87
C1 800043 50mm2 m 43.92
C1 800044 70mm2 m 57.00
C1 800045 95mm2 m 72.65
C1800046 120mm2 m 86.50
C1800047 150mm2 m 109.20
C1800048 185mm2 m 133.76
ME-C116

(S$)

6346 (Cobt'd)
4 cores
C1800049 1.5mm2 m 4.55
C1 800050 2.5mm2 m 6.36
C1800051 4.0mm2 m 10.07
C1 800052 6.0mm2 m 9.52
C1800053 10mm2 m 13.88
C1800054 16mm2 m 21.10
C1 800055 25mm2 m 27.70
C1 800056 35mm2 m 36.80
C1 800057 50mm2 m 45.70
C1 800058 70mm2 m 75.40
C1 800059 95mm2 m 94.50
C1800060 120mm2 m 121.20
C1800061 150mm2 m 144.34
C1800062 185mm2 m 174.30
C1800063 240mm2 m 219.46
C1800064 300mm2 m 266.18
C1800065 400mm2 m 297.15
C1800066 500mm2 m 335.15
ME-C117

(S$)

6346 (Cont'd)
5 cores
C1800067 1.5mm2 m 5.90
C1800068 2.5mm2 m 7.10
C1800069 4.0mm2 m 10.05
C1800070 6.0mm2 m 12.00
C1800071 10mm2 m 17.90
C1800072 16mm2 m 26.55
C1 800073 25mm2 m 36.00
ME-C118

(S$)
Terminations of underground cables
Note: For the purpose of this Sub-setion, the BASE RATE shall be taken as the basis for markups
using the TABLE OF ADJUSTMENT FOR VARIOUS TERMINATION METHODS for the various other
types of terminations defined as follows:
These rates are applicable for ALL types of underground or surface cables
CATEGORY RATES TYPE OF TERMINATION/ SCOPE
OF WORKS
a BASE RATES The supply of all labour, resins, tapes,

braided earth wires, clamps, lugs,
ferrules, solder and other jointing
materials, etc to TERMINATE the
cables of the stated cross-sectional
area and number of cores using heat-
shrink Raychem sleeving.
b 4 Time BASE RATES The supply of all labour, resins, tapes,

ferrules, sodler and other jointing
materials, etc to do a STRAIGHT-
THROUGH JOINT of the cables of the
stated c ross -sectio nal area and
number of cores using dry-cast cold-
pour resin.
c BASE RATES The supply of all labour, resins, tapes,

ferrules, solder and other jointing
materials, etc to POT-END cables of
the stated cross-sectional area and
number of cores using dry-cast resin.
ME-C119

(S$)
Terminations of underground cables (Cont'd)
Cable terminations/ jointings/ pot-endings (underground or

surface) including attendance by qualified jointers
1 core
C1800074 10 mm2 - 16 mm2 m 34.20
C1800075 25 mm2 - 35 mm2 m 40.50
C1800076 50 mm2 - 70 mm2 m 47.70
C1800077 90 mm2 - 120 mm2 m 54.00
C1800078 150 mm2 - 185 mm2 m 61.20
C1800079 240 mm2 - 300 mm2 m 67.50
C1800080 300 mm2 - 400 mm2 m 73.80
2 - 3 cores
C1800081 Up to 6mm2 m 34.20
C1800082 10 mm2 - 16 mm2 m 47.70
C1800083 25 mm2 - 35 mm2 m 67.50
C1800084 50 mm2 - 70 mm2 m 108.00
C1800085 90 mm2 - 120 mm2 m 135.00
C1800086 150 mm2 - 185 mm2 m 175.50
C1800087 240 mm2 - 300 mm2 m 200.50
C1800088 300 mm2 - 400 mm2 m 229.50
ME-C120

(S$)

Cable terminations/ jointings/ pot-endings (underground or
surface) including attendance by qualified jointers (Cont'd)
4 - 5 cores
C1800089 Up to 6mm2 m 47.70
C1800090 10 mm2 - 16 mm2 m 74.70
C1800091 25 mm2 - 35 mm2 m 108.00
C1800092 50 mm2 - 70 mm2 m 135.00
C1800093 90 mm2 - 120 mm2 m 202.00
C1800094 150 mm2 - 185 mm2 m 243.00
C1800095 240 mm2 - 300 mm2 m 270.00
C1800096 300 mm2 - 400 mm2 m 315.00
Note: Adjustment not applicable from item (C1800097)

onwards
Tinned copper cable lugs only
C1800097 Up to 4 mm2 No 2.40
C1800098 6 mm2 - 10 mm2 No 3.60
C1800099 16 mm2 - 25 mm2 No 6.20
C1800100 35 mm2 - 50 mm2 No 9.05
C1800101 75 mm2 - 95 mm2 No 11.90
C1800102 120 mm2 - 150 mm2 No 15.95
C1800103 185 mm2 - 240 mm2 No 21.40
C1800104 300 mm2 - 400 mm2 No 27.50
C1800105 500mm2 No 32.00
C1 800106 Breaking down and melting down of end-box (any size) No 90.00
C1 800107 Hour 27.00
Attendance by qualified jointer per hour (Applicable only for stand-
by jobs. For jointing and terminations, the costs would have been
included in the various schedules)
ME-C121

(S$)
Brass armoured cable gland complete with locknut suitable

for PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, steel wire armoured cable
600/ 1 000V complying with BS6346
1 core
C1800108 35 mm2 - 50 mm2 m 4.75
C1800109 75 mm2 - 95 mm2 m 9.50
C1800110 120 mm2 - 150 mm2 m 18.05
C1800111 185 mm2 - 240 mm2 m 24.70
C1800112 300 mm2 - 400 mm2 m 38.00
2 - 4 cores
C1800113 Up to 4 mm2 m 5.70
C1800114 6 mm2 - 10 mm2 m 9.50
C1800115 16 mm2 - 25 mm2 m 11.50
C1800116 35 mm2 - 50 mm2 m 24.70
C1800117 75 mm2 - 95 mm2 m 36.10
C1800118 120 mm2 - 150 mm2 m 41.00
C1800119 185 mm2 - 240 mm2 m 70.00
C1800120 300 mm2 - 400 mm2 m 117.00
C1800121 500mm2 m 130.00
ME-C122

(S$)
Supply of jointing materials and labor for cable pot-ending/

straight through joints c/w lead inner sleeves, cable link
including attendance by qualified jointer
1 core
C1800122 10 mm2 - 16 mm2 No 26.00
C1 800123 25 mm2 - 35 mm2 No 35.00
C1 800124 50 mm2 - 70 mm2 No 53.00
C1 800125 90 mm2 - 120 mm2 No 60.00
C1800126 150 mm2 - 185 mm2 No 68.00
C1 800127 240 mm2 - 300 mm2 No 75.00
C1800128 400 mm2 - 500 mm2 No 90.00
2 - 3 core
C1800129 6 mm2 No 26.00
C1800130 10 mm2 - 16 mm2 No 40.00
C1 800131 25 mm2 - 35 mm2 No 65.00
C1 800132 50 mm2 - 70 mm2 No 120.00
C1800133 90 mm2 - 120 mm2 No 150.00
C1800134 150 mm2 - 185 mm2 No 195.00
C1 800135 240 mm2 - 300 mm2 No 225.00
C1800136 400 mm2 - 500 mm2 No 290.00
ME-C123

(S$)

Supply of jointing materials and labor for cable pot-ending/
straight through joints c/w lead inner sleeves, cable link
including attendance by qualified jointer (Cont'd)
4 - 5 core
C1800137 6 mm2 No 35.00
C1800138 10 mm2 - 16 mm2 No 60.00
C1 800139 25 mm2 - 35 mm2 No 100.00
C1 800140 50 mm2 - 70 mm2 No 170.00
C1 800141 90 mm2 - 120 mm2 No 250.00
C1800142 150 mm2 - 185 mm2 No 300.00
C1 800143 240 mm2 - 300 mm2 No 400.00
C1800144 400 mm2 - 500 mm2 No 500.00
ME-C124

(S$)
Others
C1800145 No 35.00
Supply and lay 100mm or 150mm dia heavy duty PVC pipe in
prepared trench for underground cable
C1 800146 Supply and lay 50mm dia GI pipe in prepared trench No 40.00
C1 800147 No 60.00
Supply all labor remove and breakup cable and box and
connection
C1800148 Supply and install tee joint No 66.25
C1 800149 Supply and install PVC brass gland termination of any size No 16.60
C1 800150 To supply labour and test equipment to locate faulty underground No 2,000.00
LV cables by licensed cable detector c/w test report.
C1 800151 To supply labour and test equipment to locate faulty underground No 2,500.00
HV cables by licensed cable detector c/w test report.
C1 800152 To engage licensed cable detector to detect underground LV and per job site 700.00
HV cables per job site. Thereafter, submit a certified test report
complete with site drawings endorsed by Licensed Cable Detector
C1800153 No 130.00
Supply and install 300mm x 300mm three compartments metal
junction boxes with all necessary services compartments and
brackets panels for power, networks and AV
ME-C125

(S$)
C1 900000 FANS
Note: For item (C1900001), $20.00 will be deducted from this

scheduled rate in case of failure of Contractor to supply
necessary certification on the safety of the fans as specified.
Connection up to fan points and ready to operate
C1 900001 Ceiling fans 1.5/1.2 metres sweep complete with up to 1.5 metres No 92.18
down rods, safety wires, speed regulators and certifications
Bracket wall fans
C1900002 300mm oscillating No 113.50
C1900003 400mm oscillating No 152.20
C1 900004 500mm oscillating No 358.95
Ceiling oscillating fans
C1900006 400mm No 240.00
C1 900007 500mm No 260.00
Industrial grade wall/ stand fans

C1900010 No 228.00
400mm oscillating ceiling fans complete with brackets and
regulators
C1 900011 400mm oscillating pedestal fans No 171.00
C1 900012 Additional length of down rod for ceiling fans m 5.70
C1 900013 300mm diameter box fans complete with mounting brackets No 81.00
Exhaust fans
C1900014 200mm No 80.00
C1900015 200mm, 20 WHA No 160.00
C1900016 250mm No 90.00
C1900017 300mm No 115.00
ME-C126

(S$)
C1 900000 FANS (CONT'D)
Connection up to fan points and ready to operate (Cont'd)
Industrial exhaust fans
C1900018 300mm No 265.00
C1900019 400mm No 335.00
C1 900020 500mm No 420.00
Axial flow exhaust fans
C1 900021 Single phase, <2kw No 620.00

C1 900022 Retrofitting approved safety wires, bolts and nuts assembly No 13.30
complete with safety pins and washers (spring and non-spring
type) to existing ceiling fans includingf taking down and
reinstallation of the fans and submission of fan safety certificates
C1 900023 Rental of 400mm pedestal stand fans per day No 30.00
C1 900024 No 18.00
Fan hooks above beam complete with through bolts and safety
anchor points
C1 900025 No 45.00
Fan hooks welded on galvanised plates complete with expansion
bolts mounting and safety anchor points
C1 900026 Paint existing ceiling or wall fan hooks No 9.00

C1 900027 No 9.00
Inspection of fan mounting systems including supports, bolts, for
impending corrosions, fatigue failures, etc and submission of fan
safety certifications
C1 900028 Fan blades in set of 3 for 1.2 metres or 1.5 metres ceiling fans No 36.00
C1 900029 Capacitors for 1.2 metres or 1.5 metres ceiling fans No 8.55
C1 900030 Ceiling fan regulators of any type and make No 15.73

C1 900031 No 9.00
Submission of fan safety certificates in conjunction with repair
works on fans being carried out (excludes cost of repair)
C1 900032 No 75.00
Open a concrete hole for exhaust fan including providing wooden
frame
C1 900033 No 18.00
Remove existing window glass & cover back by wooden block c/w
painting
ME-C127
C1 900034 Supply and install/ replace lourve shutters No 15.00
ME-C128

(S$)
C1 900000 FANS (CONT'D)
C1 900035 To supply and install/ replace fan regulator knob. No 6.50
Painting (include sand down & clean) & repair including

collection from site and return
C1 900036 Painting of ceiling fan 1.2 or 1 .5m sweep c/w speed regulator
No 10.00
C1 900037 Supply and replace complete no of bearings for ceiling fan No 10.50
C1 900038 Paint 300mm oscillating fan C1 900039 Paint No 6.30
400mm oscillating fan C1 900040 Paint 500mm oscillating No 7.00
fan C1 900041 Paint 600mm oscillating fan C1 900042 No 7.70
Replace bearings 400mm to 600mm oscillating fan No 9.00
C1 900043 Supply and replace oscillating gear to 400mm oscillating fan No 14.00
C1 900044 Supply and replace oscillating gear to 500/ 600mm oscillating fan No 10.00
No 12.00
C1 900045 Servicing and cleaning of fan (all type)
C1 900046 Cleaning and painting of fan (all type) No 4.50
C1 900047 Repair and make good to faulty fan and circuit No 4.00
No 5.00
Hand dryer
C1 900048 Supply and install sensor hand dryer with low noise ( <60DB),
safety cut-off, vandal proof features of 1600W to 1800W capacity.
The air temperature shall be less than 55 degree. No 225.00
C1 900049 Supply and install aluminium Alloy Cover with Powder Coated
Finish Automatic Hand Dryer including dismantling, adjustment,
connection and removal off site making good work disturbed. No 263.00
C1 900050 Supply and install Stainless Steel in Satin or Mirror Finish

Automatic Hand Dryer including dismantling, adjustment,
connection and removal off site making good work disturbed. No 538.00
C1 900051 Supply and install Stainless Steel chrome finish Automatic Hand
Dryer including dismantling, adjustment, connection and removal
off site making good work disturbed. No 472.00
ME-C129

(S$)
C2000000 MISCELLANEOUS
Note: Item (C2000001) does not apply to new installation and

item (C2000002) and (C2000003) do not apply in cases of
rewiring.
C2000001 Expansion type of anchor bolts and nuts No 2.60
C2000002 Arranging for PUB testing and installation of lighting/power KWH No 43.00
meters for first consumer including all related LEW services
C2000003 Arranging for subsequent consumer unit within the same No 6.90
premises
C2000004 Scrapping and repainting O/G boxes or feeder pillars with one No 48.80
under coat of anti-rust paint and two coats of enamel paint
Scrapping and repainting with one undercoat of anti-rust

paint and two coats of enamel paint
No 51.30
C2000005 Street lightings, perimeter lightings or O/H distribution steel poles
No 43.20
C2000006 Outdoor park lighting pole
No 36.00
C2000007 Breaking up concrete foundations, excavating, backfilling,
removing and disposing lighting poles complete with pole top
fittings
No 72.00
removing lighting poles complete with pole top fittings and
reinstall same to new position including making new concrete
foundations and collars (including transportation)
No 51.30
C2000009 Scrapping and repainting street lighting, perimeter lighting or
overhead distribution RC poles with two coat of synthetic
emulsion paint
No 30.20
straighten street light poles, or overhead mains, mild steel poles
and including making new concrete foundations and collars
(including transportation)
No 30.00
C200001 1 Breaking up concrete foundation, excavate, backfill, straighten
bollard or garden light pole, remake concrete foundation
(Height<3m)
C2000012 Breaking up concrete foundations, excavating, backfilling, No 40.00

(including transportation) (3m<=Height<=8m)
ME-C130

(S$)
C2000000 MISCELLANEOUS (CONT'D)
C2000013 Breaking up concrete foundations, excavating , backfilling, No 60.00

(including transportation) (Height=>8m)
C2000014 Breaking up concrete foundation, excavate, backfill and remove No 30.00

bollard or garden light pole c/w pole top fitting and dispose
including provision of labor and transport (Height<3m)
C2000015 Breaking up concrete foundation, excavate, backfill and remove

street or carpark light pole c/w pole top fitting overhead mains No 80.00
pole and dispose including provision of labor and transport
(3m<=Height<8m)
C2000016 Breaking up concrete foundation, excavate, backfill and remove

street or carpark light pole c/w pole top fitting overhead mains No 160.00
pole and dispose including provision of labor and transport.
(Height=>8m)
C2000017 Supply all labor and material to break concrete foundation,

remove street or carpark light pole c/w pole top fitting and backfill No 30.00
and relocate same pole to new position including making good
new concrete foundation and collar. (Height<3m)

new concrete foundation and collar. (3m<=Height<8m)

new concrete foundation and collar. (Height=>8m)
C2000020 Supply all labour and materials to break concrete foundation,

remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new 12m No 2,366.00
concrete pole c/w lantern including making of new concrete
foundation
C2000021 Supply all labour and materials to break con crete foundation,
remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new 10m No 2,275.00
concrete pole c/w lantern including making of new concrete
foundation
C2000022 Supply all labour and materials to break concrete foundation,

remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new 10m hot No 1,400.00
dipped galvanised steel pole c/w single bracket arm with lantern
including making of new concrete flange mounted foundation
inclusive
ME-C131

(S$)
C2000023 Supply all labour and materials to break concrete foundation, No 1,000.00
remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new 12m hot
dipped galvanised steel pole less arm including making of new
concrete foundation c/w termination and testing.
C2000024 Supply and insatll 10m steel pole c/w single bracket arm with No 1,000.00
lantern mounted on existing concrete flange mounted foundation
c/w termination and testing
including making of new concrete foundation c/w termination and
test
C2000026 Supply and install 2.5m Zebra crossing steel pole without lantern No 730.00
with norminal mounting height planted or flange mounted type,
hot- dip galvanised with bitumen coating c/w rotaflash time flasher
unit.
dipped galvanised steel pole c/w double bracket arm with lantern
test
C2000028 Supply all labour and materials to break concrete foundation, No 900.00
test
test
ME-C132

(S$)
test
testi
remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new 6 m hot
testi
testi
remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new 3-3.5m hot
t
t
remove the existing lamp pole and reinstate the new bollard
lighting fitting c/w control gear and lantern including making of
new concrete foundation c/w termination and testing.
C2000041 Supply labour, tools, vehicle and crane to replace street lamp per per day 350.00
day
ME-C133

(S$)

C2000042 No 12.20
75mm galvanised steel pipes for mounting of high bay light
fittings
C2000043 No 36.00
Brass type cam locks complying with specification, complete with
straight cam and 90º cam turn with key removable in locked
position only
C2000044 Approved type heavy duty brass hasps and staples of at least No 18.00
3mm thickness
C2000045 Heavy duty brass padlocks No 25.20
KWHr meters
C2000046 Single phase No 138.00
C2000047 Three phase No 228.50
C2000048 Read KWHr meters No 2.90

C2000049 No 90.00
Checking electrical loading at the incoming or sub mains of
electrical switchboards using current recorders, hooking up and
recording the 24 hours ampere reading for 3 days and removal of
recorders (recorder to be supplied by Contractor)
Note: For item (C2000050) to (2000059), Contractor can only

claim for multiple erections provided there exists in the work
site a necessity to remove and re-erect staging and this was
physically carried out. Multiple claims for item (C2000055)
and (C2000059) for merely shifting an erected staging on site
will not be entertained.
Indoors/ outdoors temporary staging works (including

subsequent removal)
C2000050 Exceeding 3.50m but not exceeding 5.00m high No 128.00
C2000054 Exceeding 9.50m but not exceeding 11 .00m high No 294.40
ME-C134

(S$)
Dismantling and re-erecting of indoors/ outdoors temporary

staging works
C2000059 Exceeding 9.50m but not exceeding 11 .00m high No 52.10
Rental of elevated platforms for access to high places

including all necessary e.g. fuel, operator/driver, parking,
ALS, clearance with Traffic Police etc.
C2000060 On per hour basis (minimum 4 hrs) Hour 57.60
C2000061 On per day basis Day 460.80
Signboards at switchrooms
C2000062 Danger signboard No 6.70
C2000063 Safety signboard No 4.70
C2000064 Danger sticker in 4 languages No 1.60
C2000065 Ripple control receivers No 68.80

C2000066 No 720.00
Underground cable detection services by qualified or licensed
person
Arranging with Authorities for injection testing of circuit

breakers
C2000067 First primary injection testing No 324.00

C2000068 No 108.00
Subsequent breakers at the same time for primary injection
testing
C2000069 First secondary injection testing No 252.00

C2000070 No 72.00
Subsequent breakers at the same time for secondary injection
testing
C2000071 No 108.00
Rental of mobile generator (min 10KVA) for primary and
secondary injection testing of circuit breakers
ME-C135

(S$)

Riveting traffolyte labels (engraved with black/white
letterings on backgrounds)
C2000072 Up to 150 x 40mm

No 4.30
C2000073 Above to 150mm x 40mm No 6.90
Ther mographic scan ning of the follow ing using

t h er m o g r a p h i c s c a n n i n g i n s t r u m e n t s t o s c a n t h e
switchboard enclosures, busbars, cable and busbar
terminations, etc for hot spots. Colour thermographic visual
display of the measurements shall be provided as well as a
report of the findings, analysis and recommendations and
conclusion complete with photographic slides.
C2000074 Switchboards, sub-boards and risers/DBs m2 63.00

No 142.50
C2000075 Transformers
Arranging with Authorities for lightning protection earthing

tests and endorsement of certifications
C2000076 First test No 405.00

No 405.00
C2000077 Subsequent retest
Use of computerised Estate Management System (EMS)
C2000078 Provide, install and maintain (or hiring) personal computers, Month 400.00
communication equipments and all related hardwares and
softwares excluding EMS, arrange for a leased network
communication line with an approved firm and pay for all fees and
charges for connections and usages, all to comply with
requirements as set forth in the Preliminaries (minimum 2 months
operation) (Rates shall not be subject to tendered percentage
adjustment)
Comprehensive maintenance of Uninterruptible Power

Supply
C2000079 per KVA per month No 36.00
Preventive maintenance of High Tension Electrical System
C2000080 per panel per year No 1,000.00
ME-C136

(S$)
C2000081 Supply and install 1400VA Powerware Tower based UPS No 850.00
C2000082 Central backup UPS system No 4,500.00
C2000083 Undervoltage relay No 255.00
C2000084 Phase protector No 500.00
C2000085 DC/ AC converter No 700.00
C2000086 Potential meter No 145.00
ME-C137

(S$)
C2100000 DRAWINGS
Note: The size of negatives or paper prints to be used is

dependent on the extent of the diagrams to be traced. The
size of the letterings and diagrams shall be reasonably big to
be legible but not too big so as to occupy more space. When
in doubt, contractors are advised to consult the SO.
Service charges for drawing, tracing, drafting etc on

negatives
C2100001 1189 x 841mm (AO size) No 352.70
C2100002 841 x 594mm (A1 size) No 213.30
C2100003 594 x 420mm (A2 size) No 129.30
C2100004 420 x 297mm (A3 size) No 46.80
C2100005 297 x 210mm (A4 size) No 29.70
Provide paper print of drawings
C2100006 1189 x 841mm (AO size) No 3.30
C2100007 841 x 594mm (A1 size) No 2.30
Provide polyester negative of drawings
C2100008 1189 x 841mm (AO size) No 22.50
C2100009 841 x 594mm (A1 size) No 15.30
Provide linen-back prints of drawings
C2100010 1189 x 841mm (AO size) No 12.60
C2100011 841 x 594mm (A1 size) No 9.90
ME-C138

(S$)
C2200000 SERVICE CALLS
Note 1: These rates are chargeable for all days of the week
when urgent or emergency works (without schedule of rates)
are executed. These rates are not applicable for items where
the installation cost has been included.
Note 2: The time stated below is for the time the service call
made by the SO, his representative, the PowerGrid Fault
Reporting Centre or the user department and the time at which
the Contractor attends to the site.
Note 3: For works requiring less than one (1) man hour a
minimum labour charge of one man hour shall apply.
Note 4: For item (C2200001) to (C2200003), the service call is

for response to faults and services only is inclusive of labour
equivalent to one (1) man hour. If the labour quantity has
exceeded one man hour, the hourly rates will be applicable.
However, it is not payable for works where other rates are
applicable.
Note 5: For Sundays and Public Holidays, the rates are

double (2 times) the stated rates - applicable for item
(C2200004) to (C2200009) only.
Despatch electrician
C2200001 Between 8am to 6pm Call 24.00
C2200002 Between 6pm to midnight Call 32.40
C2200003 Between midnight to 8am Call 36.00
Labour charges for attending electrical work
C2200004 Electrician rate (between 8am to 6pm) Hour 18.00
C2200005 Electrician rate (between 6pm to midnight) Hour 24.00
C2200006 Electrician rate (between midnight to 8am) Hour 24.00
C2200007 Unskilled labour rate (between 8am to 6pm) Hour 4.50
C2200008 Unskilled labour rate (between 6pm to midnight) Hour 6.80
C2200009 Unskilled labour rate (between midnight to 8am) Hour 9.00
ME-C139

(S$)
C2200000 SERVICE CALLS (CONT'D)
Labour charges for providing standby services to attend to

functions at designated locations, including attendance to
breakdown and emergency calls
C2200010 Electrician rate (between 8am to 6pm) Hour 18.00
C220001 1 Electrician rate (between 6pm to midnight) Hour 24.00
C2200012 Electrician rate (between midnight to 8am) Hour 24.00
ME-C140

(S$)
C2300000 OG BOXES
2.3 mm (14SWG) Aluminium Over Ground (OG) box with the

following specifications and accessories :
1. Light grey colour epoxy powder coated for

hot dipped galvanised iron OG boxes only.
2. Hinged door, heavy duty brass hash and
staple and master key lock.
3. Ventilation louvres and netting, watertight
gasket
4. Painted logo and appropriate painted
letterings (to SO details) indicating the
purpose of the OG Box, etc
5. Pre-casted concrete plinth foundation base
and collar
6. Packing of soil to prevent condensation
inside OG Box
7. Sufficient nos of 150 mm diameter HDPVC
cable entry pipes
8. Locks as per specifications requirement
9. Teak wood block (as and when required) to
match OG Box size
10. Transparent
opening for PUB meter reading (as
and when required)
C2300001 1300 x 700 x 350mm (external size) OG box No 990.00
C2300002 1300 x 1120 x 350mm (external size) OG box No 1,980.00
C2300003 1540 x 1650 x 450mm (external size) OG box No 2,700.00
C2300004 Concrete collar, plinth and foundation for OG box only No 324.00
ME-C141

(S$)
C2400000 SCHEDULE OF LEW SERVICES
Note 1: The rates in this Section is for the LEW services for
the duration of the project or Works and 1 (one) year defects
liability period including the submission of all applications,
drawings etc to PowerGrid and all necessary professional
a nd l ic e nce fe es . T hes e r a te s i ncl ude pr ofe s s i onal
attendance to all site work co-ordination and with PowerGrid
on all requirements pertaining to the Works such as timing
for switchboard delivery, all testing (less cost of injection
tests), metering, turn on of installation, etc. The rates
indicated are for the frame size of the main incoming
switchgear of Low Tension installations.
Note 2: These rates are only chargeable for those projects

and works which require professional responsibility and
mandatory submission of drawings by LEW to PowerGrid
and for approval, clearance and subsequent licensing of the
installation as required by PowerGrid
Note 3: These rates are not payable for the purpose of

submission to relevant authorities after repair or rewiring
works have been completed as this cost is deemed to be
included in the various Schedules.
Installation size
C2400001 Not exceeding 45 KVA No 360.00

C2400004 Not exceeding 1 MVA No 1,350.00
C2400005 Exceeding 1 MVA No 2,070.00
ME-C142

(S$)
C2500000 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL

INSTALLATION
The rates for the inspection and testing of additional

electrical installations shall be as specified in the contract.
(Power Grid licence fee will be borne by the Government)
For licensed installations, the rates shall be based on Power

Grid approved loads. For unlicensed installations, the rates
shall be based on electrical loads in kVA for the size of the
incoming breaker. These rates per installation are as
follows:
Inspection and testing of electrical installations as specified

in the Contract of the following range of electrical loads
Three phase unless otherwise specified
C2500001 Not exceeding 23 KVA (100A single phase) No 450.00
C2500003 Exceeding 70 KVA but not exceeding 210 KVA No 960.00
C2500004 Exceeding 210 KVA but not exceeding 350 KVA No 1,200.00
C2500005 Exceeding 350 KVA but not exceeding 490 KVA No 1 ,440.00
C2500010 3000 KVA and above No 3,840.00
ME-C143

(S$)
C2600000 TESTING OF OVERCURRENT (OC) AND EARTH FAULT (EF)

RELAYS
The following rates are for the testing using PI (Primary

Injection) and SI (Secondary Injection) tests of th e
overcurrent (OC) and earth-fault (EF) relays of the electrical
installations
These rates shall include temporary connections, shutting

down of the board, arrangement with users, labour and other
incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of the
above tests
Secondary injection
C2600001 For the first relay No 350.00

No 125.00
C2600002 For the subsequent relays of the same installation
Primary Injection (up to 4000A)
C2600003 For the first relay No 450.00
C2600004 For the subsequent relays of the same installation No 175.00

No 450.00
C2600005 Arrange with EMA or LEW (approved by EMA) for the primary
injection test including adjustment for 6.6/22KV board (IDMTL,
DTL or other make) Rate shall include all materials, transport,
labor charge, etc. necessary for the test by ASIT
C2600006 Arrange with EMA or LEW (approved by EMA) for the primary No 150.00
DTL or other make), subsequent breaker at the same time. Rate
shall include all materials, transport, labor charge, etc. necessary
for the test by ASIT
C2600007 Arrange with EMA or LEW (approved by EMA) for the secondary No 250.00
DTL or other make) Rate shall include all materials, transport,
labor charge, etc. necessary for the test by ASIT
C2600008 Arrange with EMA or LEW (approved by EMA) for the secondary No 100.00
DTL or other make), subsequent breaker at the same time. Rate
shall include all materials, transport, labor charge, etc. necessary
for the test by ASIT
ME-C144

(S$)
C2700000 LEW'S ENDORSEMENT ON LICENSED DRAWINGS AND PUB

LICENCE APPLICATION FORMS
Rates are for the licensed Electrical Worker's endorsement

on the relevant forms/certificates and drawings for
submission to Power Grid to obtain or renew licences to use
or operate the installation. Power Grid licence fee will be
borne by the Government. Rates are based on the Power
Grid approved load of installation in terms of KVA per
installation
C2700007 Exceeding 4000 KVA No 1,800.00
ME-C145

(S$)
C2800000 CHECKING & SERVICING OF SWITCHBOARD
Rates are for the shutting down of switchboard, checking and

tightening of busbar and cable connections, insulation testing
of busbars and cables, cleaning of switchboards including
vacuuming up the dust, servicing of switchgear (ACB's etc)
contacts and the cleaning up of the switchroom. It also
include the changing of blown indication lamps including
transformers and other small parts, faulty meters and all
other necessary materials, labour and transport to execute the
above works. (Testing of the O/C & EF relays are excluded).
The rates shall be in terms of per m2 of the front vertical area
of the switchboard
C2800001 Checking and servicing of switchboard as specified m2 280.00
ME-C146

(S$)
C2900000 MINOR WORKS
Rates shall include black PVC strip with white engraved

labels stickers for marking of ACB's & DB naming and length
up to 15cm
C2900001 1 cm width No 3.00
C2900002 2 cm width No 4.00
C2900003 3 cm width No 5.00
C2900004 4 cm width No 6.00
Rates are for tracing out of circuits and production of single

line drawing as per fitted on installation and the single line
shall be on tracing (clearly and distinctly drawn out). Rates
are based on KVA per installation
C2900005 Below 150 KVAS No 150.00
C2900007 Exceeding 501 KVA No 200.00
Lamination of single line drawing
C2900008 A0 size No 30.00
C2900009 A1 size No 25.00
C2900010 A2 size No 18.00

C290001 1 Item 75.00
Checking and producing the following details of the incoming
switchboard by licensed Technician
Number of Power Grid incoming feeds

Make/Model, Ampere frame/ trip sizes, OC/ EF Relays settings of
the incoming switchgears for all Power Grid incoming feeds
Type and size of Incoming Power Grid cables
Type and general condition of final distribution Board and final

circuits wiring
A simple single-line sketch of the main incoming switchboard
General condition of the incoming switchboard and switchgears

and submains cables
ME-C147

(S$)
C2900000 MINOR WORKS (CONT'D)
C2900012 Supply & lay 6.6 KV or 22KV 300sqmm 3-core XLPE/SWA/PVC & m 150.00
10 pairs pilot cables
C2900013 no 360.00
Opening up of existing 6.6 KV or 22KV cable straight through joint
of any size, clearing the joint boxes, testing of the cables and
providing all necessary materials, using 3M jointing kit or

equivalent to reinstate the cable joint by Licenised Jointer
C2900014 HT straight and end joint for any size of cables no 480.00
C2900015 To break up only HT end joint no 200.00
ME-C148

(S$)
C3000000 INFRARED THERMOGRAPHIC SCAN FOR ELECTRICAL

INSTALLATION
Note: The Contractor shall engage a specialist for the

infrared thermographic scanning of the entire electrical
installation and this specialist shall obtain the following
equipment for the thermographic scan :
a) The camera shall be of long wavelength (between 8 - 12

micrometer)
b) The temperature range shall be between 0 to 300 degree C
c) The accuracy of the equipment shall be better than 0.1

degree C
d) The resolution of the equipment (monitor) shall be at least

180 by 200 pixel per image
The report submitted shall contain the following item :

a) Repair priority rating
b) The summary list of equipment inspected and problems

detected.
c) A clear description of the problem classification of faults and

the condition in which it was recorded.
d) A visual and infrared image of each and every problem

detected. Both visual and infrared image should be in colour
Themographic scan as specified
C3000001 Transformers No 150.00
C3000002 For switchboards/ sub-switchboards and distribution boards m2 77.60
ME-C149

(S$)
C3100000 INSTRUMENT AND MEASURING EQUIPMENT
C3100001 Digital "Tong" meter (up to 1000A) No 150.00
C31 00002 RCCB testers No 300.00
C3100003 Meggar (500V - 1000V) DC No 300.00
C31 00004 Earth leakage meter (measure MA) No 500.00
C31 00005 Earth loop impedance testers No 300.00
C3100006 Three phase polarity testers No 100.00
C31 00007 Harmonics meters No 3,800.00

C3100008 Digital multimeter (Ω up to 1MΩ, V up to 1000V AC, A up to 12A) No 150.00
C31 00009 1 3A socket testers No 50.00
C31 00010 Three phase current recorders No 3,500.00
C31 00011 Single phase current recorders No 1,200.10
C31 00012 Three phase current recorder papers in box of 10 rolls No 400.00
C31 00013 Single phase current recorder paper in box of 10 rolls Set 300.00
C31 00014 No 30.00
Voltage tester with diodes & three step indicator for 11 0V, 230V,
400V AC by flourescent lamp
ME-C150

(S$)
C3200000 MOBILE SOUND PROOF EMERGENCY GENERATOR
Rates are for the rental of mobile sound proof emergency

generator as and when directed by the SO.
Rental for the mobile sound proof emergency generator at

the rented KVA shall include the transportation of the mobile
generator set to and from site, cost of fuel, engine oil,
manning of the mobile sets, all temporary cables for the
co n n e ct i o n a n d t h e l ab o u r f o r t h e c o n n ec t i n g u p ,
commissioning operating and maintenance of the mobile
soundproof emergency generator.
Mobile soundproof emergency generator as specified
C3200001 35KVA per day 365.00
C3200002 35KVA per week 1,100.00
C3200003 35KVA per month 3,900.00
C3200004 75KVA per day 380.00
C3200005 75KVA per week 1,145.00
C3200006 75KVA per month 3,975.00
C3200007 100KVA per day 384.00
C3200008 1 00KVA per week 1,220.00
C3200009 1 00KVA per month 4,050.00
C3200010 200KVA per day 562.00
C320001 1 200KVA per week 1,750.00
C3200012 200KVA per month 5,700.00
C3200013 500KVA per day 1,212.00
C3200014 500KVA per week 4,825.00
C3200015 500KVA per month 12,675.00
C3200016 750KVA per day 1,125.00
C3200017 750KVA per week 6,840.00
C3200018 750KVA per month 8,250.10
ME-C151

(S$)
C3200000 MOBILE SOUND PROOF EMERGENCY GENERATOR

(CONT'D)
Mobile soundproof emergency generator as specified

(Cont'd)
C320001 9 950KVA per day 1,425.00
C3200020 950KVA per week 7,980.10
C3200021 950KVA per month 9,750.00
ME-C152

(S$)
C3300000 MAINTENANCE OF ADDITIONAL STANDBY GENERATING

SETS
Note: ON-LOAD transfer test shall be defined as activating

the generator on load by switching "OFF" the breaker to the
generator thereby causing a break in the power supply by
simulating a power failure and letting the generator take
over. For those systems without automatic transfer switch
(ATC), the contractor shall make sure that the correct switch
(Moulded Case Circuit Breaker, Air Circuit Breaker or fuse-
switch) is operated to provide generator supply to the
building. For this on-load transfer test, the Contractor shall
be allowed to add fifteen percent (15%) to the above rates for
the necessary arrangement with the user department and
any other costs that may arise from this on-load transfer This
applies only to the monthly Rates and does not apply to the
quarterly and annual Rates.
Maintenance of generators of the following KVA as specified
50 KVA & below
C3300001 Monthly servicing Month 240.00
C3300002 Quarterly servicing Quarter 440.00
C3300003 Yearly servicing Year 1,200.00
51 - 100 KVA
101 - 150 KVA
151 - 200 KVA
C330001 1 Quarterly servicing Quarter 620.00
C330001 2 Yearly servicing Year 1,500.00
ME-C153

(S$)
C3300000 MAINTENANCE OF ADDITIONAL STANDBY GENERATING

SETS (CONT'D)
Maintenance of generators of the following KVA as specified

(cont'd)
201 - 300 KVA
301 - 500 KVA
501 - 750 KVA
751 KVA and above
Maintenance of the following to specific maintenance

standard
6.6 KV oil circuit breaker or vacuum type of any make
C3300026 Yearly servicing Year 580.00
22 KV oil circuit breaker or vacuum type of any make
ME-C154

(S$)
C3300000
MAINTENANCE OF ADDITIONAL STANDBY GENERATING
SETS (CONT'D)
Maintenance of the following to specific maintenance

standard (Cont'd)
6.6 KV or 22KV ring main unit (RMUs)/ transformer fuse unit

(bulk oil type) of any make
C3300029 Servicing No 450.00

6.6 KV/ 433V or 22KV/ 433V transformer of 1 MVA and above

- 2200A for two incoming
LT main switchboard 1200A
sources with bus coupler

- 4000A for two incoming
LT main switchboard 2500A
sources with bus coupler
ME-C155

(S$)
C3400000 PARTS AND COMPONENTS OF THE STANDBY GENERATING

SETS
C3400001 Oil filters No 82.50
C3400002 Fuel filters No 67.60
C3400003 Fan belts No 95.00
C3400004 Air cleaner element No 250.00
C3400005 Relays No 30.00
C3400006 Thermo switches No 150.00
C3400007 Radiator Hoses Set 110.00
C3400008 Fuel solenoids Set 350.00
C3400009 Starters Set 800.00
C340001 0 Rectifier for AVR Set 1,400.00
C340001 1 Surge absorbers Set 200.00
C3400012 Timer relays Set 100.00
C3400013 Top up diesel fuel Liter 0.95
C3400014 Top up new lubrication oil including dispose old lubrication oil Liter 1.10
C3400015 Ethylene glycol Anti-rust inhibitor coolant Litre 15.00
C340001 6 AVR complete sets Set 1,400.00
C3400017 Complete control panel with battery 12V 200AH Item 15,000.00
C3400018 Radiator c/w guard & canvas ducting Set 3,000.00
Note: The Contractor shall note that the above list is not an
exhaustive list and shall provide additional list for the
different type and makes of generator as deemed necessary,
if there is no additional list provided, the rates herein shall be
deemed to be for all generators as listed in Schedule I and
there shall be no claim for adjustment of prices in this
schedule.
ME-C156

(S$)

SETS (CONT'D)
For all the battery and battery charger and the control panel,
the rates used here shall be as specified in the Contract.
For 12 Volts battery banks of similar Ampere hour(AH)

capacity, applicable rates shall be fifty percent (50%) of the
stated unit rates.
C3400019 Plante battery complete with battery rack 24V (100AH) Set 2,200.00
C3400020 Plante battery complete with battery rack 24V (1 25AH) Set 2,500.00
C3400021 Plante battery complete with battery rack 24V (1 50AH) Set 2,800.00
C3400025 Heavy duty locomotive battery 1 2V 200AH X 2 Set 150.00
C3400026 Heavy duty locomotive battery 1 2V 250AH X 2 Set 300.00
C3400027 Battery charges (5 Amps) up to 24V Set 500.00
C3400028 Battery charges (10 Amps) up to 24V Set 800.00
C3400029 Battery charges (15 Amps) up to 24V Set 1,200.00
ME-C157

(S$)

SETS (CONT'D)
Minor Repairs/ Other Works for Generators
C3400032 Provision of standby heavy duty locomotive lead acid batteries for No
the starting of generators as and when required (per lot - n200 x 2 2
pcs)). This shall include the locomotive lead acid battery 00.00
including the connection and disconnection of the existing battery.
C3400033 Minor repair to radiator leaking including all of welding on site as

required (per radiator)
Item
5
Checking of ATS/ Contactors including coil resistance, 00.00
cleaning of contracts, checking of pitting of contacts and the
taking out & putting back of the ATS/Contactors (per ATS or
per contactor pair).
The setting up of test load (resistive load bank) including the

transportation of test load, necessary cabling, disconnection
from existing supply, and connection up to existing
generator for the purpose of testing the generator for 2 hours
on 100% load continuously and immediately after that one
hour on 110% load.
Rates shall be on a per generator basis:

C3400034 10-50 KVA
No 400.00
No 650.00
C3400035 51-100 KVA
C3400036 101-200 KVA No 900.00
C3400037 201-300 KVA No 1,200.00
C3400038 301-500 KVA No 1,500.00
C3400039 501-750 KVA No 1,700.00

C3400040 Above 750 KVA No 2,000.00
ME-C158

(S$)
C3500000 REPLACEMENT OF ALTERNATORS
Rates are for the replacement of alternators as and when

required and as directed by the SO, the works involved in
this schedule shall be as follows :
Dismantling and assembling of the alternator from the engine

mounting including lifting equipment necessary for the
works.
The same make and model of the alternator as the existing

shall be used and where the existing make and model of the
alternator is obsolete or not available, an alternative make
and model shall be proposed by the Contractor and subject
to the SO's approval. All effort shall be made by the
Contractor to source for an alternator that shall be almost
equal or equivalent to match the existing one if the existing
make and model is not available. There shall be no claim of
additional cost with respect to this item if any modification
need to be done to the existing frames, realignment of engine
shafts, cabling works, etc to put the alternator back into its
proper operating conditions.
Testing and Commissioning of the whole generating set

pertaining to the above works. These works include the
labour, equipment etc. necessary to carry out full load test on
site for at least one hour and to commission the generating
set as soon as possible.
Rates for the replacement of the alternator (in the range of

KVAs) as specified.
Replacement of the alternators of existing generators 380 -

415V/ 50Hz/ 1500 Rpm JP21/ Single Bearing Class H
C3500001 Below 50 KVA No 10,000.00

C3500002 50 -100 KVA No 11,700.00
C3500003 101-150 KVA No 13,800.00
C3500004 151-200 KVA No 16,100.00

C3500005 201-300 KVA No 18,400.00
C3500006 301-400 KVA
No 22,500.00
C3500007 401-500 KVA
No 26,599.00
C3500008 501-750 KVA
No 32,000.00
ME-C159

(S$)
C3500000 REPLACEMENT OF ALTERNATORS (CONT'D)
Replacement of the alternators of existing generators 380 -

415V/ 50Hz/ 1500 Rpm JP21/ Single Bearing Class H (Cont'd)
C3500009 751-1000 KVA No 40,000.00
Schedule of rates for painting the generators and exhaust

system
Rates for painting the generators and exhaust system and

when required as directed by the SO. The works involved in
this schedule shall be as follows:
a)
The vast surfaces shall be sand papered and thoroughly
clean.
b)
The dismantling and assembling at the exhaust system from
the engine mixing including lighting equipment necessary for
the works.
c)
The generator shall be coated with a double coating high
temperature paint.
Painting at generators and exhaust systems as specified
C350001 0 100 KVA and below No 1,800.00
C3500011 101-200 KVA No 2,200.00
C3500012 201-300 KVA No 2,600.00
C3500013 301-500 KVA No 2,900.00
C3500014 501-1000 KVA No 3,500.00
C3500015 1001-1250 KVA No 40,000.00
Painting of day tank
Rates are for painting the day tank and when required as
directed by the SO.
C3500016 No 2,800.00
The day tank shall be coated with 2 coats of anti corrosive paint
and 2 coats of primer. The painting shall be including sand
papered rust surfaces and thoroughly clean.
ME-C160

(S$)
C3600000 NITROGEN PRESSURE CHECK ON UNDERGROUND BULK

STORAGE FUEL TANK FOR LEAKAGES
Note: Rates shall include the provision of pumps and spare

fuel tank for draining out the fuel from the underground bulk
fuel storage tanks and making good works disturbed
C3600001 Performing nitrogen pressure check for leakages in underground Item 4,500.00
bulk fuel storage tank
ME-C161
(S$)
C37 00000 MISCELLANEOUS (LED LIGHT)
C37 00001 20W LED Ceiling Light No 66.00
C37 00002 6W LED Wall Light No 100.00
C37 00005 2 x 18W 4ft T8 LED Tube c/w mirror louvre fitting No 73.00
C37 00009 LED driver or equivalent brand No 40.00
C37 00010 18W 4ft LED tube No 20.00
C37 00011 10W 2ft LED tube No 16.50
C37 00012 50W LED Floodlight No 176.00
C37 00013 100W LED Floodlight No 443.50
ME-C162
(S$)
C38 00000 MISCELLANEOUS (NEON LIGHT)
Supply labour and materials to install Neon sign and

removal of existing Neon sign. The above rate shall
include the cost for disposal and installation of
Neon Sign shall comply with CP 5 1998
C38 00001 To install a length (not excluding 4ft) of neon tubing Length 95.00
C38 00002 To install one metre length of 15KV High Tension m 45.00
weather resistant cable
C38 00003 To install Neon transformer (not exceeding 450VA No 200.00

rating)
C38 00004 Additional neon light for any moulded socket outlet plate or switch No 4.00
plate
ME-C163
SECTION D: LIFT INSTALLATION
D: LIFT INSTALLATION

(S$)
D100000 LIFT
Transom panels (Based on 2.70 - 3.00m ceiling height)
D100001 Spray painted mild steel No 180.00
D100002 Hairline stainless steel No 180.00
Landing door frame to one landing or one lift car
D100003 Spray painted mild steel No 300.00
Landing door panels to one landing or one lift car
D100005 spray painted mild steel No 380.00
Car door panels to one landing or one lift car
Car front panels (door panels measured separately) to one

landing or one lift car
Car rear and side panels to one landing or one lift car
D100011 Mild steel spray painting No 1,700.00
D100012 Hairline stainless steel No 2,200.00
Car landing digital position indicator complete with "UP" and

"DOWN" direction indication
D100013 Horizontal display No 210.00
D100014 Vertical display No 210.00

D100015 No 130.00
Stainless steel car landing hall lantern "UP" and "DOWN" only
direction indicator
D100016 Stainless steel micro movement landing operating call button No 150.00
D100017 Stainless steel car operating panel No 950.10
D100018 Stainless steel lift car handrail No 450.00
ME-D1

(S$)
D100000
LIFT (CONT'D)
Car landing digital position indicator complete with "UP" and

"DOWN" direction indication (Cont'd)
D100019 Stainless steel kick plate in hairline finish No 100.00
Lift car flooring
D100020 Hard rubber floor tiles or approved equivalent m2 180.00
D100021 20mm Thick granite floor finishes m2 680.00
D100022 Carpet flooring m2 540.00
D100023 Lift car protection canvas No 600.10
Others
D100024 Replacement of power transistor No 275.00
D100025 Replacement of chemical condenser No 450.00
D100026 Replacement of BASE PCB No 1,250.00
D100027 Replacement of linear power supply No 1,350.00

D100028 No 3,500.00
Provide labour , tools and materials to replace lift car door
assembly
D100029 No 640.00
Replace hall position indication (HPI) including dismantle and
dispose existing faulty part
D100030 No 1,100.00
Repair Car Door, chanels & shoe mounting brackets c/w welding
including dismantle
D100031 Replace Slim Line Panal 40 Plus detector No 1,200.00
D100032 Replace PCB for lift No 3,050.00

D100033 No 200.00
Replace guide shoes for counterweight (top=2pcs and bottom 2
pcs)
D100034 Landing door lock roller No 215.00
D100035 Replace ARD set for lift No 9,200.00
D100036 Replace EBOP for lift No 3,960.00
D100037 ARD, EBPOS & car top battery No 770.20
D100038 Brake module No 845.00
ME-D2

(S$)
D100000 LIFT (CONT'D)
Others (Cont'd)
D100039 Contactors for lift No 330.00
D100040 Tacho & tacho roller No 1,575.00 D100041
Replacement of door detector including troubling shooting No 1,200.00 D100042 EBOPS
PCB Card No 200.00
D100043 Automatic Rescue Device Battery No 1,650.00
D100044 Car top fan No 550.00
D100045 key switch at 1st floor landing No 250.00
D200000 LIFT MAINTENANCE
Comprehensive maintenance of lift
D200001 Monthly servicing No 650.00
D200002 Annual no load testing No 300.00

D200003 No 500.00
Full load test including PE's certification and permit clearance with
authority
Non-Comprehensive maintenance of lift
D200004 Monthly servicing No 500.00
D200005 Annual no load testing No 350.00

D200006 No 550.00
Full load test including PE's certification and permit clearance with
authority
Comprehensive maintenance of escalator
D200007 per month No 700.10
Comprehensive maintenance of dumbwaiter
D200008 per month No 250.00
ME-D3
SECTION E: COMMUNICATION INSTALLATION
E: COMMUNICATION INSTALLATION

(S$)
E1 00000 INTERCOM SYSTEM
Intercom Station
E100001 Desk top type No 510.00
E100002 Wall-mounted type No 585.00
E100003 Master (Repeater) intercom stations No 930.00
E100004 Entrance intercom systems No 805.00
E1 00005 Microprocessor base intercom set No 750.00
E200000 TELEPHONE SYSTEM

E200001 No 99.00
Wiring of telephone outlets from terminal block or IDF including
surface/concealed galvanised steel conduits, cables, fittings,
terminations, etc.
E200002 No 160.00
Wiring of 10-pair telephone terminal blocks from the nearest
telecom risers including surface/concealed galvanised steel
conduits and/or trunkings, cables, fittings, terminations, etc.
Supply and installation of telephone wiring points including

IDA's approved cables, surface! concealed galvanised steel
conduits and! or trunkings, cables, fittings, terminations, etc.
E200003 By 2 Pair Cable No 72.50
IDA's approved accessories
E200008 5 Pair block terminal box No 51.00
E20001 0 20 Pair block terminal box No 121.60
E20001 1 30 Pair block terminal box No 167.60
ME-E1

(S$)
E200000 TELEPHONE SYSTEM (CONT'D)
IDA's approved IDF frame
E200013 6 Rings type pair block terminal box No 905.00
E200014 10 Rings type pair block terminal box No 955.00
E200015 Intercom handset No 517.50
E200016 Telephone cable m 2.25

E300000 PUBLIC ADDRESS AND SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
For microprocessor based PA controllers
E300001 Mixer pre-amplifier No 985.00
E300002 Chime generator modules No 390.00
For hard wiring type PA controllers
E300003 Mixer pre-amplifier No 875.00
E300004 Chime generators No 538.00
E300005 Public address controller No 3,050.00
E300006 Wireless microphone complete with transmitter No 1,050.00

Speaker zone selection panels and relay panels complete
with cables and cable supporting system as required
E300007 10 zones speakers zone No 830.00
E300008 20 zones speakers zone No 1,425.00
ME-E2

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Power amplifiers
E300012 50W No 775.00
E300013 100W No 835.50
E300014 200W No 1,280.00
E300015 250W No 1,330.00
E300016 300W No 2,272.50
E300017 400W No 2,300.00
E300018 Radio FM/AM tuners No 557.50
E300019 CD/ DVD disc player No 195.00
E300020 Blu-ray disc player No 350.00
E300021 PA equipment rack No 2,500.00
Ceiling recess mounted speakers
E300022 Flush-mount type, up to 6W power rating, switchable No 75.00
E300023 High ceiling type, over 3.5m height No 237.50
Surface mounted speakers
E300024 Wall-mount speaker, up to 6W power rating, switchable No 83.50
E300025 Wall-mount weatherproof speaker, 30W to 40W power rating No 202.50

E300026 No 167.50
Wall-mount weatherproof horn speakers, 30W to 40W power
rating
E300027 Wall mounted column speaker, 20W to 30W power rating No 145.00
E300028 No 2,232.00
Microphone stations complete with cables and cable supporting
system as required
Wiring of one speaker point for installation of any speaker

type including concealed or surface conduits, trunkings,
fittings, accessories, terminations, etc.
E300029 PVC insulated signal cable from speaker to control station No 142.60
E300030 Fire rated insulated signal cable from speaker to control station No 180.00
ME-E3

(S$)

(CONT'D)
Others
E300031 Weatherproof microphone point No 167.60
E300032 Custom made speaker bracket No 175.00

E300033 No 1,550.00
Supply labour, equipment & material to install the full range loud
speaker at high level
E300034 Re-programming PA system period chime per trip 150.00

E300035 Relocate intercom set & speaker c/w necessary wiring & casing Lot 725.00
E300036 Signal horn 105db/m, 8 channel EWS-M IP65 (weatherproof) No 190.00
E300037 Electronic timer to control horn timing No 550.00
E300038 Single sound siren No 185.00
E300039 Handheld wireless microphone No 227.50
E300040 MG Mixer No 1,150.00
E300041 Dual Channel 31 Band Equalizer No 1,050.00
E300042 Full range 400w/8 ohms loudspeaker No 2,050.00
E300043 Full range 400w/8 ohms floor monitor loudspeaker No 450.00
E300044 PA System back-up battery chip No 3,500.00
E300045 XLR Microphone receptacle No 160.00
E300046 24 zone paging console No 1,200.00
E300047 Rostrum gooseneck microphone No 350.00
E300048 Replace intercom PCB card No 275.00
E300049 Repair existing amplifier No 1,025.00
E300050 230V siren No 216.70
E300051 Call & chime adapter unit No 682.60
E300052 Weather proof microphone receptacle No 155.00
E300053 Microphone receptacle plate No 257.60

E300054 No 2,125.00
Supply material and equipment to calibrate & tuning of sound
system
ME-E4

(S$)
E300000
PUBLIC ADDRESS AND SOUND REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
(CONT'D)
Others (Cont'd)
E300055 PA central controller No 4,500.00
E300056 100 zone paging console No 1,065.00
E300057 20 AWG speaker cable No 1.95
E300058 PA Pre-Amp Card No 450.10
E300059 Intercom PCB Board No 195.00
E300060 Circular Wave guide and grille No 992.00

E300061 No 2,900.00
Mobile PA System complete with 2 nos cordless handheld
microphone
E300062 logic line for the additional horn speaker and decoder card m 1.20
E300063 Integration with exisitng PA System for zonning and chime No 200.00
E300064 System Controller for Chime System No 1,760.00
E300065 Repair station line card for intercom system No 1,050.00
E300066 Repair Intercom PCB Board No 160.00
E300067 Supply and install UPS System for PA System No 1,980.00
E300068 2 way compact speaker No 250.00
E300069 8 channel mixer amplifier No 1,400.00
ME-E5

(S$)
E400000 IT NETWORK SYSTEM
Equipment/ devices for the local area network system
Work area sub-systems
E400001 No 49.50
Work station patch cords (3.0m) and information outlets including
faceplate and Cat. 6 modular jack
Horizontal sub-systems
E400002 Cat 5 E cable m 2.40
E400003 Cat. 6 FTP cable (not exceeding 90m) No 80.00
Backbone sub-systems
E400004 30 core 50/12 5 um multimode F.O cable m 53.60
Administrative sub-systems
E400005 24 Port fiber optic patch panel complete with couplers No 522.60
E400006 Termination of SC connectors No 80.00
E400007 Duplex fiber optics patch cord (3m) No 115.00
E400008 Duplex fiber optics patch cord (5m) No 125.00
E400009 24-port patch panels No 397.50
E400010 3m Patch cord (RJ45-RJ45) No 25.50
E40001 1 Cable management rings No 52.50
E40001 2 19" 42U Equipment rack (800 x 600mm) No 1,875.00
Testing and commisioning
E400013 Cat. 6 FTP testing No 27.50
E400014 50/125um multimode F.O. testing No 40.00
Documentation
E400015 For FTP cabling pints (1 to 500) No 1,250.00
ME-E6

(S$)
E500000 CABLE TV SYSTEM
E500001 TV outlets (IDA's approved type) No 47.50
E500002 Booster amplifier No 2,807.50
Splitter
E500003 4-way type No 192.50
E500004 6-way type No 257.50
E500005 8-way type No 330.00
E500006 12-way type No 385.00
Directional couplers
E500007 4-way type No 290.00
E500008 6-way type No 295.00
E500009 8-way type No 305.00
E500010 Bridge amplifier No 317.50
Cables - Belden
E500011 QR 540 m 8.00
E500012 RG 6 m 2.00
E500013 RG 11 m 6.10
Others
E500014 Reprogramming the PLC smartscreen No 750.00
E50001 5 Supply and install TV antenna No 1,350.00

E500016 No 1,950.00
TV signal with digital receiver, digital antenna, TV sock et, RG6
cable, testing and commissioning
E500017 No 6,690.00
MATV system for digital channel - Ch5, Ch8 and CNA e tc (free to
air)
E500018 Supply and install HF/ VHF antenna No 650.00
ME-E7

(S$)
E600000 VISUAL PROJECTION SYSTEM
E600001 2000W Projection lamp bulb (set of 2 nos.) No 300.00
E600002 Replace 650W Projector Lamps No 462.50
E600003 LCD Projector (Wireless) No 2,300.00
E600004 MPX Media Presentation Matriz Switcher No 2,640.00
E600005 LCD Projector (1024×768 pixels, brightness 3200 ansi lumens) No 2,100.00
E600006 Video Selector System No 5,560.00
E600007 Mediamatrix processor No 890.00
E600008 Touch screen panel No 3,600.00
E600009 Table charging station No 900.00
E600010 Mio Modero IR Receiver No 550.00
E60001 1 Touch screen rechargeable battery No 138.00

E600012 No 165.00
Power supply cord for touch screen,12VDC, 2.8A view point,
regulated, 110/ 220VAC input, 2.1mm barrel plug
E600013 Electronic projector up/ down switch No 10.00
E600014 VGA cables with audio jack m 10.80
E600015 4 input video scalers No 3,275.00
E600016 No 33,500.00
7000 Lumens Multimedia projector complete with bracket,
installation and testing
E600017 No 2,400.00
2600 Lumens ultraprotable short range Multimedia projector
complete with bracket, installation and testing
E600018 Draper rolleramic heavy duty motorised projection screen, No 6,200.00

fiberglass matte white size: 16" x 16" with standard installation
ME-E8
SECTION F: SECURITY SYSTEM
F: SECURITY SYSTEM

(S$)
F1 00000 CARD ACCESS SYSTEM
F100001 Card readers No 329.40
F100002 Card reader controllers No 2,385.00
F100003 Smart cards No 11.40
F100004 Electromagnetic locks with L/Z Bracket No 140.00
F100005 Exit buttons No 50.00
F100006 Breakglass units No 53.40
F1 00007 Biometrics reader 1,800.00

F1 00008 PS21 smartcard door access system (single leaf wooden door) No 1,175.00
F1 00009 PS21 smartcard door access system (double leaf wooden door) No 1,725.00
F100010 PS21 smartcard door access system: press to exit No 825.00
F100011 Lot 3,500.00

PS21 smartcard door access system: software and
communication link, for cabling between CPU and reader with
interface software
Cables including all cable support system and wiring

termination etc.
F1 00012 Control and transmission cable m 11.00
F100013 Power cable m 13.00
F100014 Control cable, twisted pair, PVC screeded, up to 1mm / 1 pair m 3.00
F100017 Data communication cable, screened, 0.9mm/ 1 pair m 3.60
ME-F1
F: SECURITY SYSTEM

(S$)
F200000 WATCHMAN TOUR SYSTEM
F200001 Report units No 1,100.00
F200002 Data collectors No 1,750.00
F200003 PC interfaces No 2,642.00
F200004 Printer interfaces No 275.00

F200005 No 350.00
System connection and cabling at central control for reporter unit,
PC interface, printer interface
F300000 BURGLAR AND SECURITY ALARMS
Control panels
F300001 No 1,001.00
32 zone (main panel) complete with housing cabinet and
transformer
F300002 4 zone complete with housing and panels No 505.00
8 zone expander modules
F300003 Without cabinet No 758.50
F300004 With cabinet No 930.00
F300005 LCD keypad complete with backlight No 295.00
F300006 LED keypad complete with lid up light No 353.00
Motion detector dual tech
F300007 Wall mounted No 144.80
F300008 Ceiling mounted No 204.30
Magnetic door contact
F300009 Surface or concealed type No 40.00
F30001 0 Heavy duty for armoury use No 91.70
F30001 1 For roller shutter use No 93.40
F300012 Panic button No 61.70
ME-F2
F: SECURITY SYSTEM

(S$)
F300000 BURGLAR AND SECURITY ALARMS (CONT'D)
Surge arrestors
F30001 3 For AC (single phase) No 267.00
F300014 For DC (data) No 346.00
F300015 Keystorage complete with tamper proof switch No 250.00
F300016 Electric sirens No 225.00
F300017 Electronic siren complete with abloy locks No 442.00
Wiring
F300018 PVC pipe, 20mm m 10.50
F300019 Galvanised steeI conduit, 20mm m 14.50
Backup battery
F300020 4.5AH No 154.00
F300021 7AH No 159.00

F300022 No 329.50
Power supply pack complete with transformer housing and
cabinets (12VDC)
F300023 Rebrief session for staff session 410.00
F300024 Relocation works (except wirings) Hour 180.00
Relocation of accessories
F300025 No 275.00
Door contact, motion detector or security sensor (excluding
cabling)
F300026 Sirens (excluding wiring) No 250.00
F300027 Control panels (excluding wiring) No 475.00
F300028 False alarm attendance No 265.00

F300029 No 350.00
10 Amp power supply unit complete with transformer housing
cabinet (12VDC)
ME-F3
F: SECURITY SYSTEM

(S$)
F300000 BURGLAR AND SECURITY ALARMS (CONT'D)
Transmitter card
F300030 Leased lines No 1,500.00
F300031 PSTN lines No 1,500.00

F300032 No 850.00
Expandable control alarm panels up to 500 zones (main panel)
complete with housing cabinets and transformers
24 hour alarm monitoring service via
F300033 Leased lines Year 700.00
F300034 PSTN lines Year 330.00
F300035 24 hour key holding services Year 1,100.00

F400000 SECURITY CAMERAS (DIGITAL TYPE) AND TELEVISIONS
CCD low light cameras
F400001 Black and white No 260.00
F400002 Colour No 285.00
F400003 Pin hole type complete with lens and housing No 300.00
Lens
F400004 1/3" Format 2.6mm lens (Auto iris) No 82.50
F400010 1/2" Format 4.5-10mm Vari-Focal lenses (Auto iris) No 160.00
Manual panning complete with control
F40001 1 Indoor type (Tamper-proof, w/o night vision) No 2,750.00
F40001 2 Outdoor type (Tamper-proof, w/o night vision) No 3,000.00
F400013 Infra-red night vision type No 3,300.00
ME-F4
F: SECURITY SYSTEM

(S$)
F400000 SECURITY CAMERAS (DIGITAL TYPE) AND TELEVISIONS

(CONT'D)
Automatic pan/tilt complete with control
F400014 Indoor type (Tamper-proof, w/o night vision) No 2,772.33
F40001 5 Outdoor type (Tamper-proof, w/o night vision) No 3,405.67
F400016 Infra-red night vision type No 5,166.67
Camera housings
F400017 Semi-recessed translucent dome type No 158.50
F400018 Indoor box type (Tamper-proof) No 254.50
F400019 Outdoor box type (Tamper proof) No 350.00
Mounting brackets
F400020 Indoor type No 143.50
F400021 Outdoor type No 202.00
CCTV LCD monitors (Flat Screen)
F400022 9" Screen (Black and white) No 300.00
F400025 9" Screen (Colour) No 625.00
F400026 14" Screen (Colour) No 675.00
F400027 21" Screen (Colour) No 1,083.40
F400028 Video cassette recorders No 750.00
F400029 Video controllers No 2,700.00
F400030 Keyboard No 1,000.00
F400031 Split screen controllers (Multiplexer) No 1,250.00
F400032 Motion detection controllers No 800.00
F400033 Position preset control units No 700.00
F400034 Video switcher cards No 475.00
F400035 Video switcher chasis No 1,900.00
ME-F5
F: SECURITY SYSTEM

(S$)
F400000
SECURITY CAMERAS (DIGITAL TYPE) AND TELEVISIONS
(CONT'D)
CCTV LCD monitors (Flat Screen) (Cont'd)

F400036 Monitoring points at central control console inclusive of cables, No 850.00
cable supporting system such as concealed or surface conduits,
trunkings, trays, fittings, accessories, terminations, etc
F400037 Control points at central control console inclusive of cables, cable No 850.00
supporting system such as concealed or surface conduits,
trunkings, trays, fittings, accessories, terminations, etc
F400038 Alarm interface points at central control console inclusive of No 850.00

cables, cable supporting system such as concealed or surface
conduits, trunkings, trays, fittings, accessories, terminations, etc
F400039 CCTV adapter No 190.00
ME-F6
SECTION G: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
G: FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM

(S$)
G100000 FIRE FIGHTING WORK
Fire extinguishers including brackets:
G100001 9.00 Litres Foam (AFFF) Fluoro Protein No 108.00
Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers (Standard colour code:

Black with white top)
G100002 2.30 kg No 124.67
G100003 4.50 kg No 230.00
G100004 5.0 kg No 152.70
G100005 6.8 KG No 366.00
Pressurised fire extinguishers complete with gauge
G100006 1.00 kg No 27.90
G100007 2.50 kg No 30.60
G100008 4.50 kg No 39.60
G100009 9.00 kg No 48.60
G100010 9.00 litres water/pressurised type with gauge No 54.00

ABC dry chemical extinguishers complete with wall bracket
G100011 1.50 kg No 50.20
G100012 1.50 kg No 52.80
G100013 2.50 kg No 64.20
G100014 4.50 kg No 79.30
G100015 6.00 kg No 92.00
G100016 9.00 kg No 94.40
Refilling 68 kg dry chemical type fire extinguisher
G100017 Replacing cartridge and powder No 45.00
G100018 Refilling cartridge with CO2/N2 No 4.50
ME-G1

(S$)
G100000 FIRE FIGHTING WORK (CONT'D)
Refilling fire extinguisher
Dry chemical, ABC Class, refilling powder
G100019 Not exceeding 1.00 kg No 3.65
G100020 Exceeding 1.00 kg and not exceeding 2.00 kg No 4.30
Dry chemical, ABC Class, refilling CO2 gas/N2 gas
G100027 Not exceeding 1.00kg No 1.80
G100028 Exceeding 1.00 kg and not exceeding 2.00kg No 1.80

Dry chemical, ABC Class, replace cartridge complete with gas
G100035 Not exceeding 1.00kg No 1.80
G100037 Exceeding 2.00kg and not exceeding 2.50kg No 2.70
ME-G2

(S$)
G100000
FIRE FIGHTING WORK (CONT'D)
Refilling fire extinguisher (Cont'd)
Dry chemical, ABC Class, replace cartridge complete with gas

(Cont'd)

G100043 No 3.60
Chemical foam type, single or dual seal, portable and wall
mounted (any capacity)
G100044 No 9.00
Chemical foam type, single or dual seal, 150 to 153 litres
extinguisher, wheeled trolley unit
G100045 Carbon dioxide type, any capacity per kg No 1.80
Water/ CO2 type, 9 litres
G100046 Refill gas cartridges No 3.60
G100047 Recharge anti-rust No 3.60
G100048 Water/pressured - N2 pressurising No 2.70
Chemical foam type spares single seal/ dual seal
G100049 Top cap rubber packing No 0.20
G100050 Top cap dual seal mechanism spring No 0.20
G100051 Top cap assembly No 1.80
G100052 Inner containers No 1.40
G100053 Discharge nozzle brass type No 0.30
G100054 E96 9 litres foam charge complete with CO2 cartridge No 27.00
G100055 E96 foam bag No 9.00
G100056 E87 and E96 cartridge sealing unit No 9.00
G100057 9 litres air foam cartridge for extinguisher (any brand or type) No 18.00
G100058 9 litres air pressure charge cartridge (any brand or type) No 18.00
ME-G3

(S$)
Foam tube extinguisher spares
G100059 AFF Foam charge double strength 3% No 4.50
G100060 Discharge hose complete with coupling No 4.50
G100061 Discharge trigger complete with lances No 4.50
G100062 Head caps No 4.50
G100063 Dip tubes No 0.50
G100064 Dip tube filters No 0.30
G100065 CO2 cartridge 60/80 gram No 13.50
G100066 Discharge hose fibre washers No 0.20
Carbon dioxide type extinguisher spares
G100067 Safety disc No 0.20
G100068 Snow horn assembly No 1.80
G100069 Discharge hose fibre washer No 0.20
G100070 Snow horn assembly complete with swivel arm No 12.80
G100071 Hose and snow horn assembly No 27.00

G100072 Trigger valve complete for cap 1.10 kg to 4.50 kg CO2 No 15.30
extinguisher
G100073 Trigger valve complete for capacity 4.50 kg to 6.80kg No 16.20
G100074 Screw type operating head CO2 cylinder No 7.20
G100075 Siphon tube for capacity 1.10kg to 6.00kg No 3.60
G100076 Siphon tube for capacity 6.80kg and above No 3.60
Water/ CO2 and pressured water type
G100077 Brass adaptors No 0.30
G100078 Operating plungers No 0.90
G100079 Hose and nozzle assembly No 12.60
G100080 Operating head for pressurised type No 22.50
ME-G4

(S$)
Water/ CO2 and pressured water type (Cont'd)
G100081 Operating head for water/CO2 type No 2.70
G100082 Discharge trigger controls No 13.50
G100083 Discharge hose complete with coupling No 10.80
G100085 Dip tube filters No 9.00
G100086 CO2 cartridge for water/CO2 type 60/80 gram No 9.00
G100087 Top cap rubber washers No 0.20
G100088 Top cap "O" Rug No 0.20
G100089 Discharge hose fibre washers No 0.20
G100090 9 litres pressurised extinguisher nozzles No 0.20
G100091 Pressures gauge with 8 to 15 Bar indications No 6.30
Dry powder (Cartridge operated and pressured type)
G100092 Brass adaptors No 0.30
G100093 Operating plungers No 0.30
G100094 Head cap assembly "O" seal No 0.30
G100095 Valve spindle washers No 0.30
G100096 Head cap hose assembly "O" Seal No 0.30
G100097 Head cap assembly for cartridge operated type No 9.00
G100098 Head cap assembly for pressurised type No 16.20

G100099 Discharge hose complete with coupling for cartridge operated type No 10.80
G100100 Discharge hose complete with discharge nozzle for pressurised No 9.00
type
G100101 Discharge trigger nozzles No 3.60
G100103 Bursting discs No 0.30
ME-G5

(S$)
Dry powder (Cartridge operated and pressured type) (Cont'd)
G100104 Pressurised portable extinguisher valve central shaft and seal No 0.30
G100105 Pressure gauge with 0 to 20 Bar indication No 6.90
Water-gel fire blankets
G100106 750 x 900mm No 27.00
G100107 1500 x 2400 No 45.00
Glass fibre fire blankets complying with BS 476 Part 4 and 7

Class
G100108 900 x 900mm No 18.00
G100109 1800 x 900mm No 72.00
ME-G6

(S$)
Fire hosereel
G100116 No 313.90
Wall mounted double swivel and recessed hosereel complying with
BS 5274 complete with 30m long x 25mm diameter non-
kinkable reinforced rubber hose, a jet or spray type shut-off nozzle,
gunmetal control valves, wall brackets and fittings including
painting
G100117 No 270.00
Wall mounted fixed type hosereel c/w 30m long 25mm non -
kinkable reinforced rubber hose, a jet or spray type shut off nozzle,
gunmetal control valve, wall brackets and fittings
G100118 No 110.00
Replace hosereel complete with accessories and connections but
without hose, nozzle, stop cock, piping and cabinet
G100119 Replace non-kinkable double reinforced hosereel hose ( 30m of No 72.00

25mm diameter.) complete with stainless steel clip and connection
G100120 Replace controllable discharge nozzle c/w stainless steel clip No 30.00
G100121 No 70.00
Replace metal hosereel nozzle box with red epoxy coating
complete with breakglass key holder, lock and key
G100122 Hosereel nozzle bracket No 5.00
Fire hydrant
G100123 No 454.60
Approved 100mm diameter pillar fire hydrant complying with Code
of Practice with double outlets, flanged ends, three coats of paint
including all necessary excavation and backfill
G100124 Take out existing fire hydrant and removing off site No 12.20
G100125 No 350.00
100mm x 2-way cast iron breaching inlet c/w rubber blankcap and
chain inclusive of pressure testing and painting
G100126 No 500.00
150mm x 4-way cast iron breaching inlet c/w rubber blankcap and
G100127 No 200.00
63.5mm brass dry riser landing valve c/w plastic blankcap and
G100128 Dry riser standby hose c/w cabinet or tray No 450.00
G100129 Dry riser standby hose No 300.00
ME-G7
G100130 25mm brass air release valve No 60.00
G100131 Cabinet for 2-way breaching inlet c/w wired glass and spring lock. No 220.00
Finishes of cabinet will be red epoxy powder coated
ME-G8

(S$)
Fire hydrant (Cont'd)

G100132 No 570.00
Stainless steel cabinet for 2W breaching inlet c/w wired glass and
spring lock
G100133 Cabinet for 4-way breaching inlet c/w wired glass and spring lock. No 220.00
Finishes of cabinet will be red epoxy powder coated
G100134 No 770.00
Stainless steel cabinet for 4W breaching inlet c/w wired glass and
spring lock
G100135 Metal cabinet c/w wire mesh glass for breeching inlet for Dry/ Wet No 210.00
Riser.
G100136 Dry/ Wet Riser inlet box wired glass panel No 30.00
G100137 Hand wheel cast iron for Dry/ Wet Riser No 45.00
G100138 Brass chain for Dry/ Wet Riser Main No 18.00
G100139 Brass chain for Dry/ Wet Riser landing valve cap No 8.00
G100140 Supply and fix blank brass cap with chain for Dry/ Wet Riser main. No 40.00
G100141 Brass blank cap c/w chain for Dry/ Wet riser landing valve No 8.00
G100142 No 120.00
Conduct pressure testing for piping up to 200 psi for 2 hours
regardless of pipe size
G100143 Repaint pipe regardless of size with 'signal red' paint c/w labelling m 10.00
G100144 Leather strap for control valve No 8.00
G100145 Landing valve cap w/o chain No 15.00
G100146 500mm dia x 2m depth hydrant valve concrete chambering No 2,600.00
Fire extinguisher cabinets
Mild steel fire extinguisher cabinet complete with brackets, locks

and faced with glass panel in fronts
G100147 150 x 200 x 650mm No 63.00
G100148 200 x 250 x 650mm No 63.00
G100149 225 x 300 x 750mm No 72.00

ME-G9

(S$)

Fire extinguisher cabinets (Cont'd)
G100150 700 x 250 x 250mm higher kapoh fire extinguisher cabinet

complete with glazed casement door including hinges, small lock No 124.70
with keys, fixed to brickwork or concrete work or timberwork etc.
and 3 coats of enamel paint
G100151 Protective metal cabinet for 1.5kg fire extinguisher complete with
plastic lock/ key lock (include keys and glazing key holder), No 60.00
brackets and faced with glass panel in fronts
plastic lock/ key lock (include keys and glazing key holder),
brackets and faced with glass panel in fronts No 77.00
brackets and faced with glass panel in fronts No 82.00
brackets and faced with glass panel in front No 97.00
Hosereel cabinet
G100155 Galvanised sheet hosereel cabinet with red epoxy coating

completed with visual glass, break-glass key holder, aluminium
handle, hinges lock and keys including fixing to wall with all the
necessary accessories No 209.30
G100156 Standard hosereel cabinet constructed of wrought kapoh frames

rebated to receive and including 6mm thick clear glass panels and
complete with glazed framed door, cabinet lock with keys, hinges
and painted with three coats of oil paint and mounted onto the wall No 170.10
G100157 Stainless steel hosereel cabinet complete with visual glass, break-
glass key holder, aluminium handle, hinges, appropriate notice on
the operation of hosereel, lock and key
G100158 Hosereel sign of approx.dimension 400mm x 130mm complete No 450.00
with reflective vinyl cut-out letterings
G100159 Relocation of hosereel c/w inclusive of painting up to 6m

No 60.00
G100160 Relocation of hosereel c/w inclusive of painting for exceeding 6m
No 135.00
No 300.00
ME-G10

(S$)
Painting to existing fire extinguisher
Touching up rust surface with red lead oxide and apply one
undercoat and one finishing coat of enamel paint wall
mounted/portable extinguisher (any make and type)
G100161 less than 9.00 kg No 5.40
G100162 More than 9.00 kg No 13.50
Accessories and spare for hose reel irrespective any type and
make
G100163 Replacing glass panel of hose reel cabinets No 18.00
G100164 Replacing hose reel cabinet door handles No 0.20
G100165 Replacing glass panel of hosereel stop cock cabinets No 0.20

G100166 Replacing 20mm or 25mm elbow joints for hosereel central shafts No 72.00
G100167 Replacing bracket for 20mm or 25mm hosereels No 13.50
G100168 Replace "O" Ring for hosereels No 0.20
G100169 20mm/25mm hose clips No 0.20
G100170 5 x 75mm handle wheel No 10.80
G100171 Replacing 20mm/25mm brass stop cock including fixing No 36.00
G100172 20mm/25mm universal coupling joints No 13.50
G100173 20mm/25mm hose guides No 2.70
Other Works/ services

G100174 No 9.00
Replacing wall mounted brackets (any type) of extinguishers
including renewing of screws and wall plugs (rate per set)
G100175 Replacing transport bracket (rate per set) No 9.00
G100176 Supply lead plates No 0.30
G100177 Replacing sealing plug for BCF Fire extinguisher No 0.20
G100178 Replacing safety pin/clip with seal No 1.90
G100179 Replacing retaining ring for safety clip No 0.20
G100180 Supply and fix instruction labels No 2.70

ME-G11

(S$)

Other Works/ services (Cont'd)
G100181 Aluminium plate for testing indications No 3.60
G100182 CO2 control valve with pressure at 250kg/cm2 No 12.60
G100183 Control valves for fixed BCF fixed cylinders No 45.00

G100184 No 15.00
Provide hydrostatic testing of portable fire extinguisher to 25kg/sq
cm
G100185 No 13.00
Provide hydrostatic testing of portable high pressure fire
extinguisher cylinder to 25kg/sq cm
G100186 No 5.00
Relocate fire extinguisher with existing bracket and make good
affected areas
G100187 No 10.00
Relocate fire extinguisher with new bracket and make good
affected areas
G100188 Replacing valve seating for CO2 fire extinguisher No 3.00
G100189 Replacing short horn for CO2 fire extinguisher No 10.00
G100190 Refilling CO2 gas for CO2 fire extinguisher Kg 3.00
G100191 Refilling BC dry chemical for dry chemical fire extinguisher Kg 1.60
G100192 Refilling ABC dry chemical for dry chemical fire extinguisher Kg 1.80
G100193 No 15.00
Replacing top-cap valve assembly for dry chemical fire
extinguisher
G100194 Replacing top-cap gasket for dry chemical fire extinguisher No 2.00
G100195 Replacing pressure gauge for dry chemical fire extinguisher No 6.50
G100196 Replacing hose & nozzle for dry chemical fire extinguisher No 8.00
G100197 Heavy duty vehicle bracket for extinguisher (New/ Replacement) No 18.00
G100198 Plastic lock for fire extinguisher box (New / Replacement) No 5.00
G100199 No 5.00
Approved breakglass with wording for key holder of extinguisher /
hosereel cabinet
G100200 Approved breakglass with wording for extinguisher No 8.00

ME-G12
G100201 Compressed air regulator with pressure gauge No 200.00
ME-G13

(S$)

Other Works/ services (Cont'd)
G100202 Key for fire extinguisher box, hosereel nozzle box or fire panel No 2.00
G100203 No 6.00
Camlock c/w key for fire extinguisher box, hosereel nozzle box or
fire panel
G100204 No 150.00
To excavate trial hole of 1m x 1m x 1m to determine the location of
underground services
G100205 Breakglass plastic key box No 15.00

G100206 No 3.00
Servicing charges for portable fire extinguisher (any brand & type)
based on the maintenance standard specific in contract (exclude
parts replacement)
G100207 No 6.00
Servicing charges for fire hosereel based on the maintenance
standard specific in contract (exclude parts replacement)
G100208 No 10.00
Servicing charges for fire hydrant based on the maintenance
G100209 No 60.00
Servicing charges for fire alarm panel (regardless of capacity)
based on the maintenance standard specific in contract (exclude
parts replacement)
G100210 No 70.00
Servicing of hosereel/sprinkler/hydrant panel based on the
maintenance standard specific in contract (exclude parts
replacement)
G100211 No 78.00
Servicing of smoke vent/curtain/gas panel based on the
maintenance standard specific in contract (exclude parts
replacement)
G100212 No 78.00
Servicing of PA communication panel based on the maintenance
ME-G14

(S$)
Supply and replace galvanized steel piping (approved type)

including fittings, jointing, fixing, supports, testing and
painting
G100213 15mm m 20.00
G100214 20mm m 25.00
G100215 25mm m 30.00
G100216 32mm m 39.00
G100217 38mm m 46.00
G100218 51mm m 62.00
G100219 64mm m 72.00
G100220 76mm m 78.00
G100221 100mm m 108.00
Supply and replace copper alloy gate valves to BS 1952 class

150 with screwed ends complete with painting
G100222 20mm No 14.00
G100223 25mm No 16.00
G100224 32mm No 22.00
G100225 40mm No 28.00
G100226 50mm No 40.00
G100227 65mm No 60.00
G100228 75mm No 100.00
G100229 100mm No 350.00
G100230 150mm No 460.00
G100231 200mm No 720.00
ME-G15

(S$)
Sprinkler system
Sprinkler piping of black steel to SS17 medium quality or
G100232 Up to 26 mm nominal dia m 17.50
Sprinkler of 15 mm nominal size installed complete with

suitable drop/riser pipe as specified, work shall include
making opening in ceiling for the sprinkler
G100242 Pendant / Upright Spray Pattern No 29.00
G100243 Sidewall Pattern No 39.30
G100244 Ceiling (flush) pattern c/w approved removable rosette No 37.50
G100245 Sprinkler head chrome cover No 30.00
G100246 Sprinkler dry pendant pattern No 60.00
G100247 Ceiling rosette for sprinkler head No 6.00
G100248 Sprinkler head stainless steel guard No 24.00
ME-G16

(S$)
Sprinkler system (Cont'd)
Cut into pipe, take out length not exceeding 6m, remove off
site and prepare surface to receive new sections :
G100249 Up to 26 mm diameter No 14.00

Cut into pipe, installed new pair flange joints including new
gaskets, bolts, nuts, brackets, painting, pressure test etc
ME-G17

(S$)
Sprinkler system (Cont'd)
Dismantle existing sprinkler point and shift to new locations,

including droppers! armpiece, brackets, painting, pressure
test etc
G100265 within 300 mm radius No 79.25
G100266 exceeding 300 mm but less than 1000 mm radium No 101.25
G100267 Plugged off sprinkler point No 40.00
G100268 Plugged off sprinkler point above 5 points No 75.00
G100269 New sprinkler point c/w pipes and fittings inclusive painting No 130.00
G100270 No 180.00
New sprinkler point c/w pipes and fittings inclusive painting more
than 5 points
Draining and recharging the sprinkler system including all

incidental works etc
G100271 per control valve No 170.00
G100272 Water borne fee to sprinkler system for A&A works Job 200.00
Sundry works (Replacement ! Repair works)
G100273 Alarm gong for replacement No 250.00
G100274 Sprinkler control valve for replacement No 1,000.00
G100275 Sprinkler alarm valve for replacement No 1,800.00
G100276 Sprinkler main stop valve for replacement No 1,000.00
G100277 Sprinkler orifice plate for replacement No 280.00

G100278 No 90.00
Replace 2 inch rubber expansion joint and make good affected
areas
ME-G18

(S$)
G200000 NON COMPREHENSIVE WEEKLY SERVICING AND

MAINTENANCE OF FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
Rates include for periodic servicing and maintenance of

additional fire detection and alarm systems (not listed in
schedule) as and when ordered by the SO including
response to faults as specified in the Scope of Contract and
in accordance to Schedule of Maintenance.
Manual fire alarm systems
G200001 Not more than 10 zones No 40.00
G200002 11 zones to 20 zones No 60.00
G200004 (above 30 zones) – for every additional zone No 2.50
Automatic fire alarm systems
G200005 not more than 10 zones No 65.00
G20001 0 (Above 50 zones) – every additional zone No 3.50
ME-G19

(S$)
G3 0 0 0 0 0 R E P AIRIN G AN D R E PL ACE M ENT W OR KS OF FIR E

DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
These rates are for the supply of all materials, labour and
transport for periodic servicing and main tenance of
additional fire detection and alarm systems (not listed in
schedule) as and when ordered by the SO including
response to faults as specified in the Scope of Contract and
in accordance to Schedule of Maintenance.
G300001 Toggle switches No 9.10
G300002 4-ways selector switches No 25.00
G300003 LED indicators/Panel indicator lamps No 8.00
G300004 Rubber mats No 5.00
G300005 24V DC relay (11 pins type) No 25.00
G300006 24V DC alarm bells No 45.30
G300007 24V DC sounders No 90.00
G300008 Break glass manual call-points No 35.80
G300009 Break glass (glass only) No 4.50

G300010 No 72.50
Heat detectors (fixed temp cum rate of rise type) (complete
with/without LED indicators)
G300011 Ionisation smoke detectors (complete with/without LED indicator) No 115.00
G300012 Photo electrical smoke detectors (complete with/without LED No 137.00

indicator)
G300013 Heat detector bases complete with LED indicators No 47.00
G300014 Smoke detector bases complete with LED indicators No 92.00
G300015 Remote detector LED indicators No 17.50

G300016 No 45.00
Remote detector LED indicators complete with mounting bases
and connecting from relevant detector bases (FR cable in flexible
metal conduit and termination gland etc.)
G300017 Heat detector zone cards No 200.00
G300018 Ionisation smoke detector zone cards No 200.00
G300019 Photo electric smoke detector zone cards No 200.00
ME-G20

(S$)
G300000 REPAIRING AND REPLACEMENT WORKS OF FIRE

DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS (CONT'D)
Charger cards
G300020 1 Amp type No 135.00
G300021 2 Amp type No 252.00
G300022 3 Amp type No 180.00
G300023 5 Amp type No 240.00
G300024 10 Amp type No 300.00
Transformers
G300025 230/30VAC, 100VA No 70.00
G300026 230/30VAC, 150VA No 90.00
G300027 230/30VAC, 300VA No 110.00
G300028 230/30VAC, 400VA No 140.00
G300029 230/30VAC, 500VA No 170.00
G300030 DC Volt-meter No 30.00
G300031 DC Ammeter No 30.00
G300032 Panel buzzer No 50.00
G300033 Panel lock No 8.50
24V maintenance free lead acid batteries
G300034 1 – 5 AH No 80.00
G300035 6 – 8 AH No 150.00
G300036 9 – 14 AH No 200.00
G300037 15 – 20 AH No 250.00
G300038 21 – 30 AH No 450.00
ME-G21

(S$)

24V maintenance free nickel cadmium batteries
G300039 1 – 5 AH No 300.00
G300040 6 – 8 AH No 500.00
G300041 9 – 14 AH No 600.00
G300042 15 – 20 AH No 1,000.00
G300043 21 – 30 AH No 1,500.00
Main Fire Indicator Boards with all necessary auxiliary

facilities and power supply unit (24V maintenance free Nickel
Cadmium batteries and charger)
G300044 8 zone cards No 1,800.00
G300045 16 zone cards No 2,500.00
G300046 20 zone cards No 3,000.00
G300047 24 zone cards No 3,400.00
G300048 32 zone cards No 4,000.00
Sub-fire Indicator boards with all necessary auxiliary facilities

complete with the followings:
G300049 8 zone cards No 1,300.00
G300050 16 zone cards No 2,000.00
Repeater panels complete with wiring
G300051 8 zone No 500.00
G300052 16 zone No 600.00
G300053 20 zone No 700.00
G300054 24 zone No 800.00
G300055 32 zone No 1,800.00
ME-G22

(S$)

Silkscreen zone charts, up to 4 colours
G300056 Without LED indication No 380.00
G300057 With LED indication No 800.00

G300058 1 3A plug tops complete with surge arrester, impulse breakdown No 40.00
voltage 0.6KV, 2.5KA current capacity (8/20 characteristic)
G300059 150 x 170 x 70mm metal boxes with locking eyes and hinges fixed No 30.00
to wall for 13 Amp socket outlet (measured separately)
G300060 No 50.00
13A power points complete with 13Amp switched socket outlets and
moulded boxes and not more than 20m surface run PVC
insulated copper wiring in PVC trunking
G300061 Manual call points/detector points complete with not more than No 115.00
20m surface run PVC insulated copper wiring in galvanized steel
conduit (Red)
G300062 Alarm bell points complete with not more than 20m surface run No 117.50
PVC insulated copper wiring in galvanized steel conduit (red)
PVC insulated copper wire
G300063 1 x 1.0mm2 m 0.40
G300064 1 x 1.5mm2 m 0.60
G300065 1 x 2.5mm2 m 0.80
G300066 1 x 4.0mm2 m 1.00
1.02mm (19 SWG) Gauges metal trunking
G300067 50 x 25 mm m 5.60
G300068 50 x 50 mm m 7.60
G300069 50 x 75 mm m 8.50
ME-G23

(S$)

PVC trunking
G300070 25 x 12 mm m 1.80
G300071 50 x 12 mm m 2.00
G300072 50 x 12 mm m 2.40
Galvanized steel conduit, painted red
G300073 18mm m 3.50
G300074 25mm m 4.00
G300075 32mm m 5.20
Fire resistant and flame retardant cable complying with IEC

331/332 of 600/1 000V grade
G300076 1 x 1.0mm2 m 3.50
G300077 1 x 1.5mm2 m 7.00
G300078 1 x 2.5mm2 m 8.10
G300079 1 x 4.0mm2 m 8.90
G300080 1 x 6.0mm2 m 13.00
G300081 1 x 10.0mm2 m 15.00
G300082 1 x 16.0mm2 m 17.00
G300083 1 x 25.0mm2 m 21.00
G300084 1 x 35.0mm2 m 26.00
G300085 1 x 50.0mm2 m 30.00
G300086 1 x 70.0mm2 m 38.00
G300087 2 x 1.5mm2 m 13.00
G300088 2 x 2.5mm2 m 17.00
G300089 2 x 4.0mm2 m 21.00
G300090 Panel painting as specified in Schedule II m2 3.20
G300091 Key boxes No 15.00
ME-G24

(S$)

G300092 Weatherproof call points No 123.00
G300093 Base control boards No 325.00
G300094 Front control boards No 165.00
G300095 Zone control module No 80.00
G300096 4 zone PCB cards No 305.00
G300097 8 zone PCB cards No 355.00
G300098 24V relay cards No 155.00
G300099 Key pads No 80.00
G300100 Weather resistant gasket No 15.00
G300101 6V 4AH DC battery No 15.00
G300108 Weatherproof bell c/w box for fire alarm system No 120.00
G300109 Alarm bell c/w intergal strobe light and mounting base No 132.00
G3001 10 220V AC smoke detector with relay contacts No 240.00
G3001 11 Actuator for Halon System No 240.00
G3001 12 Repair of Zone Card inclusive of parts replacement No 48.00
G300113 Repair of PCB (motherboard) inclusive of parts replacement No 78.00
G300114 Repair of battery charger card inclusive of parts replacement No 65.00
G3001 15 24V DC rotating light only No 70.00
ME-G25

(S$)

G3001 16 24V DC rotating light c/w cable and conduit work < 5m No 150.00
G3001 17 1 to 3A transformer No 35.00
G300118 24V DC 1A 8 pins relay No 35.00
G3001 19 Mother board No 250.00
G300120 Control card No 320.00
G300121 Charger card compatible to mother board No 150.00
G300122 Earth fault relay card No 60.00
G300123 AC switch card for power supply unit No 45.00
G300124 Fire alarm flasher DC 24V c/w mounting and cables No 130.00
G300125 Earth fault card inclusive parts replacement No 20.00
G300126 Metal box 400 x 200 x 150mm with perspex cover and wording No 100.00
G300127 Aluminium plate 750 x 500 x 3mm c/w reflective text vinyl cut out No 108.00
lettering
G300128 No 60.00
3/10W ceiling speaker flush-mounted c/w black box enclosure
with mounting and cables
G300129 No 91.00
10 - 15W ceiling speaker (a ny brand) c/w FR cables and
enclosure (first 5 points)
G300130 No 150.00
10 - 15W ceiling speaker (any brand) c/w FR cables and
enclosure (subsequent point)
G300131 S1 DC 24V motor for smoke vent control system No 2,000.00
G3001 32 Charger card for smoke vent/ curtain system No 1,600.00

G300133 No 1,970.00
Smoke beam detector for smoke vent/ curtain system c/w testing
and modification
G300134 No 700.00
450 - 650N of gas spring for smoke vent/ curtain system c/w
testing, calibration and modification
ME-G26

(S$)
G 3 0 0 0 0 0 R E P A I R I N G A N D R E PL A C E M EN T W O R K S O F F I R E
G300135 200 - 300N of gas plunger for smoke vent/ curtain system c/w No 750.00
testing, calibration and modification
G300136 4 zone fire alarm panel inclusive of system commissioning and No 960.00
testing and removal of existing panel and make good
G300137 6 zone fire alarm panel inclusive of system commissioning and No 1,200.00
G300140 Relocation of smoke/heat detector or call point c/w all wiring, No 75.00
conduits of max 3m and making good of existing
G300141 Relocation of LED, concealed heat detector c/w wiring and No 20.00
conduit (up to 3m and less than 5 points)
G300142 Relocation of LED, concealed heat detector c/w wiring and No 100.00
conduit (exceed 3m and more than 5 points)
G300143 Relocation of speaker c/w wiring and conduit up to 3m No 30.00
G300144 Enclosure door for emergency fire intercom c/w bracket No 42.00
G300145 Fireman intercom handset c/w lockable compartment No 210.00
G300146 Remote fireman intercom handset No 150.00
G300147 PA line card for Public Address System No 185.00
G300148 RED strobe light No 120.00
G300149 Line card for firemen intercom system No 80.00
G300150 Master handset CPU card No 385.00
G300151 Common trouble indicator card No 320.00

No 550.00
G3 0 0 1 5 2 I n t e rn a l g a s d e t e c t o r a n d s e n s o r i n c l u d i n g t e s t i n g a n d
commissioning
G300153 Repair Internal gas detector and sensor including testing and No 200.00
commissioning
G300154 Solenoid valve include calibration, testing and commissioning the No 400.00
board to its operation
ME-G27

(S$)

G300155 No 20.00
Gas detection level indicator include calibration, testing and
commissioning
G300156 No 20.00
Gas leak warning device include calibration, testing and
commissioning
G300157 Gas sensor include calibration, testing and commissioning No 20.00

G300158 No 150.00
Re-programming of the console panel include calibration, testing
and commissioning
G300159 No 150.00
UPS at the console panel include calibration, testing and
commissioning
ME-G28

(S$)
G400000 REPLACEMENT - FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS
installation and commissio ning of the equipment as
following :
a)
One (1) no of electric motor driven pumpset on common
base plate and mounting.
b)
One (1) lot of necessary pipework including any modification,
pipe fittings, pressure gauges and flexible rubber bellow
joints.
c)
Disposal of the old pumpset and accessories.
d)
Testing and commissioning
Note: The pumps must have a minimum discharge rate and

minimum discharge free throw pressure plus friction head
loss to comply with statutory requirement, Singapore
Standard or equivalent standard. The pumps and motors
must be certified and rated according to international
recognised body like the UL and NFPA etc where such
certification is recognised by local authorities.

following pump capacity.
G400001 Hosereel Water Transfer Pump, 4.0Kw set 8,600.00
G400002 Hosereel Booster Pump, 1.1Kw set 1,300.00
G400003 Wet Riser Transfer Pump, 110Kw set 30,000.00
G400004 Wet Riser Pump, 110Kw set 30,000.00
G400005 Wet Riser Pump, 132Kw set 35,000.00
G400006 Wet Riser Jockey Pump, 2.2Kw set 1,800.00
G400007 Wet Riser Jockey Pump, 3.0Kw set 6,800.00
G400008 Sprinkler Transfer Pump, 45Kw set 25,000.00
G400009 Sprinkler Pump, 45Kw set 25,000.00
G400010 Sprinkler Jockey Pump, 1.1Kw set 1,800.00
G40001 1 Sprinkler Pump, 11Kw set 16,000.00
G400012 Sprinkler Jockey Pump, 0.55Kw set 900.00
ME-G29
SECTION H: GAS INSTALLATION
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H100000 PIPING
Note: Rates for piping shall include all necessary fittings and
supports. However, excavation, painting and wrapping with
petrolatum tape measured separately
B complying with SS17
Galvanised steel pipes Class
including screw joints
H100001 15mm diameter m 8.10

Class C complying with SS17
Galvanised steel pipes
including screw joints
H 100015 65 mm diameter m 35.70
ME-H1
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H100000 PIPING (CONT'D)
Copper pipe complying with BS 2871 Part 1 with silver

brazing, Table Y
Heavy gauge steel pipe compl ying with BS 3601 or of

Schedule 40 complying with API standard 5L grade B
including full circumferential radiography checks
H100032 100mm diameter m 129.50
H100033 150mm diameter m 199.50
H100034 200mm diameter m 245.00
Heavy gauge stainless steel pipe complying with BS 3605 for

siphon standpipes capping
ME-H2
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H100000 PIPING (CONT'D)
Ductile iron bolted gland pipes Class K9 complying with BS

47721 complete with polythene sleeve complying with BS
6076 wrapping 1.5 time around the surface of the pipe as
specified
H100038 150mm diameter m 133.00
H100039 200mm diameter m 168.00
H200000 VALVES
Ball isolating valves complying with BS1 552
H200007 65 mm diameter m 91.00
H200009 100mm diameter m 171.60
Diaphragm non-return valves as specified
Laboratory gas taps
H200012 Single tap No 31.50
H200013 Double tap No 52.50
ME-H3
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H300000 CAST IRON BOLTED GLAND FITTING
Piping
No 84.00
H300001 Cast iron siphon to BS5834 (4 Quarter)
Cast iron bolted gland siphon complying with BS5834

c omp l e te w i th a c c e s s c l e a ni ng hol e pi p e i nc l u di n g
connection and fitting
H300002 100mm diameter (standard)

No 280.00
H300003 150mm diameter (standard) No 385.00
No 126.00
H300004 Gas valve chambers complete with cast iron surface boxes to
BS5834
Cast iron sluice valves with bolted gland joints complying

with BS3464
H300005 80mm diameter

No 182.00
H300006 100mm diameter No 245.00
H400000 PRESSURE GAUGES
H400001 Below gauges (standard) 612:100.1000mm H/20 (0-40" W.G.) No 105.00

complete with 1/4" NPT Bottom connections and all associated
fittings
H400002 Pressure gauges (stainless steel) 111.100 1 kg/cm3 (0-20 PSI) No 59.50
fittings
No 45.50
H400003 Pressure gauges (bronze casing) 111.100 7 kg/cm3 (0-100 PSI)
fittings
H500000 PRESSURE REGULATOR
H500001 Single (one) stage regulator complete with adaptors and all No 133.00
associated fittings
H500002 Second stage low pressure regulator complete with adaptors and No 112.00
associated fittings
H500003 Stainless steel Teflon hose 13mm diameter complete with LPG No 56.00
cylinder head adaptors to match and associated fittings not
exceeding 500mm in length
ME-H4
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H600000 TRENCH EXCAVATION
Excavating, backfilling, removing surplus excavated material

off site, re-instatement of ground and re-turfing.
H600001 Less than 450mm deep m 7.00
H600002 Exceeding 450mm but not exceeding 600mm deep m 10.00
H600003 Exceeding 600mm but not exceeding 800mm deep m 12.00
H600004 Exceeding 800mm but not exceeding 1 .00m deep m 14.00
H600005 Exceeding 1 .00m but not exceeding 1 .50m deep m 18.00
H700000 PETROLATUM TAPE WRAPPING
Petrolatum tape wrapping around pipes
H700007 65 mm diameter m 10.50
ME-H5
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H800000 METER CONNECTION
Meter connections including collection of the meter from

Power Gas including cutting into existing gas pipes,
provision of two isolating valve fittings and connections
1.0 to 1.4 m3/hr
H800001 Meter box No 140.00
H800002 Meter connection No 84.00
2.8 - 8.5 m3/hr
8.5 - 11.0 m3/hr
20.0 - 30.0 m3/hr
51.0 - 85.0 m3/hr
170.0 - 312.0 m3/hr
H800013 LPG gas meter (MC-2500) No 192.50
H800014 LPG gas meter (MC-3000) No 224.00
Approved Licensed Gas Worker

H800015 No 3,000.00
Engagement of approved Licenced Gas Worker to manage,
supervise, apply, prepare and submit any gas works to Authorities
t o o bt ai n pe r m i t a n d c l e ar a nc e ac c or di n g t o s t at ut o ry
requirements.
ME-H6
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H900000 TESTING OF EXISTING INSTALLATIONS
H900001 No 21.00
Soundness testing of piping in a room/laboratory/workshop with a
main isolation valve
H900002 No 35.00
Locating leakages in piping in a room/laboratory/workshop with a
main isolation valve
H1000000 DISMANTLING EXISTING PIPING

H1000001 Dismantling piping, fittings and supports and removing dismantled m 4.20
items off site. (Rate includes patching of existing holes and
painting to original conditions) (excavation measured separately)
H1100000 CUTTING OF HOLES THROUGH CONCRETE WALLS OR

BRICK WALL OR OTHER MATERIALS FOR PIPES
H1100001 50mm diameter and below No 4.20
H1100002 50mm diameter and above No 10.50
H1100003 100mm diameter and above No 17.50
H 1200000 FIXING APPLIANCES
Fixing appliances including removing debris off site and

making good works disturbed to match existing
H 1200001 Cookers/burners/hotplates No 21.00
H 1200002 Bath/sink heaters No 28.00
H 1200003 Brazing health/soldering stoves No 21.00

H1200004 No 7.00
Servicing of two-way laboratory bench tap (including dismantling
and re-installation )
H 1200005 280 x 140mm grilles No 80.00
H 1200006 Flue pipes and ventiles/terminals No 60.00
H1200007 Metal gratings m2 300.00
H 1200008 380 x 600mm metal gratings No 68.40
ME-H7
H: GAS INSTALLATION

(S$)
H1300000 DRAWINGS
As and when instructed by the SO the Contractor shall undertake

the following :
a) Prepare as Fitted Drawings for gas piping installed by him
b) Reproduce drawings prepared by others
c) Drawings shall be made on paper prints, negatives (polyester

type) or linen-backed prints in any quantity as instructed by the SO
d) The Schedule of Rates for the provision of drawings including

service charge for tracing, drafting etc. shall be according to
Schedule of Rates 22. Drawings smaller in area than A1 size shall
be priced according to the rate for A1. Drawings larger in area
than A1 (610 x 840mm) or A0 (1,108 x 840mm) size shall be
priced according to the rate for A0 size. The sizes of drawings to
be provided shall be as directed by the SO
e) Provide one negative and two linen-backed A1 size drawings for

gas piping system
Example:
Service charges 55.00
Negative 25.00
Linen-backed prints 50.00
130.00
Service charge for drawing (tracing drafting etc.)
H 1300001 A1 size (610 x 840mm) negative No 38.50
H1300002 A0 size (1,108 x 840mm) negative No 45.50
Provide paper print drawings
H 1300003 A1 size (610 x 840mm) paper print drawings No 3.20
H 1300004 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) paper print drawings No 3.90
H 1300005 A1 size (610 x 840mm) polyester negative drawings No 21.00
H 1300006 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) polyester negative drawings No 28.00
H 1300007 A1 size (610 x 840mm) linen-backed print drawings No 17.50
H 1300008 A0 size (1108 x 840mm) linen-backed print drawings No 21.00
ME-H8
SECTION J: CARPARK & AUTO-BARRIER SYSTEM
J: CARPARK & AUTO-BARRIER SYSTEM

(S$)
J100000 CARPARK & AUTO-BARRIER SYSTEM
J100001 Supply and install remote receiver for carpark barrier no 218.00
J100002 Supply and install remote transmitter for barrier no 206.00
J100003 Supply and install articulated arm (3m) no 660.00
J100004 Supply and install loop detector no 396.00
J100005 Supply and install controller no 847.00
J100006 Supply and install straight arm 3m no 385.00
J100007 Supply and install intercom (3 channel) no 363.00
J100008 Supply and install Iitercom Power adaptor no 60.00
J100009 Supply and install 2x20 LCD display no 242.00
J100010 Supply and install CC keypad no 198.00
J10001 1 Supply and install L-shape key no 14.00
J100012 Supply and install 101 key no 10.00
J100013 Supply and install push button key housing no 68.00
J100014 Supply and install lock housing (L-key type) no 40.00
J100015 Supply and install magnetic cleaning card no 94.00
J100016 Supply and install reader for entry no 1,815.00
J100017 Supply and install reader for exit no 1,650.00
J100018 Supply and install roller cleaning card no 20.00
J100019 Supply and install proximity - box (standalone) no 6,600.00
J100020 Supply and install complete proximity - box no 4,400.00
J100021 Supply and install 1.5m range module no 1,243.00
J100022 Supply and install 1.5m range reader no 2,310.00
J100023 Supply and install 1.5 m range antenna no 1,045.00
J100024 Supply and install I/F module no 1,210.00
J100025 Supply only transponder plastic Holder no 3.00
J100026 Supply only transponder suction pad no 2.00
J100027 Supply only transponder w/o artwork c/w suction pad no 25.00
ME-J1

(S$)
J100000 CARPARK & AUTO-BARRIER SYSTEM (CONT'D)

J100028 Supply and install barrier motor (4P) no 891.00
J100029 Supply and install barrier spring no 72.00
J100030 Supply and install power supply 12v 5A no 149.00
J100031 Supply and install power supply 12v 1.3A no 66.00
J100034 Supply and install power supply 12v & 5v no 125.00
J100035 Supply and install limit switch no 55.00
J100036 Supply only tranceiver no 9.00
J100037 Supply only IC-Single Timer no 4.00
J100038 Supply and install thermal paper for cashcard system no 50.00
J100039 Supply only barrier rubber stopper no 6.10
J100040 Supply and install exhaust cooling fan no 23.00
J100041 Supply and install spring post no 250.00
J100042 Supply and install rubber road hump lot 800.00
J100043 Supply and install LED display unit no 2,500.00
J100044 Supply and install web camera no 1,300.00

J100045 m 200.10
Provide material and labour to excavate 200mm wide x 300mm
deep trench on turf including re-turfing
J100046 m 180.00
Provide material & labour to cut tarmac road 25mm wide x 300mm
deep using saw machine including making good with approved
sealant
J100047 no 1,880.00
Supply and install cash card reader (for terminal controllers of
payment station)
J100048 no 365.00
Supply and install cash card reader power supply unit (for terminal
controllers of payment station)
J100049 no 2,360.00
Supply and install motherboard (for terminal controllers of
payment station)
J100050 no 480.00
Supply and install I/O card (for terminal Controllers of payment
station)
ME-J2

(S$)
J100000 CARPARK & AUTO-BARRIER SYSTEM (CONT'D)

J100051 no 1,280.10
Supply and install Digital Inter-com card (for terminal controllers of
payment station)
J100052 Supply and install Hub (for terminal controllers of payment station) no 530.00
J100053 Supply and install station base (square mild steel hollow section) no 1,500.00
flanged mounted onto floor and terminal controller.
J100054 Supply and install thermal receipt printer no 1,730.10
J100055 Photocell Housing for Auto barrier/ gate including trouble shooting no 815.00
& Commission
J100056 no 400.00
Supply & install photocell sensor c/w magnetic contactors for Auto
barrier/ gate
J100057 Supply and replace auto barrier motor no 950.00
J100058 Operation switch for carpark no 210.00
J100059 Mild Steel Carpark Barrier with counter weight and chain, including no 900.00
1 undercoat primer and 2 finishing coat enamel paint (length

5000mm)
J100060 no 2,400.00
Supply & install Car Barrier (5.5m arm with black rubber strip
underside) including 1 unit push button (open/close) and 2 remote
transmitter
J100061 no 2,200.00
Supply & install Car Barrier (4m arm with black rubber strip
underside) including 1 unit push button (open/close) and 2 remote
transmitter
J100062 no 600.10
Supply & replace CO level detector for enclosed basement
carpark
ME-J3

SMM - Sor - Me - Vol 2 - 2018

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SMM - Sor - Me - Vol 2 - 2018

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

FIXED SCHEDULE OF RATES

MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS

General Specification and Preambles S-1 to S-10

Air-Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation Works S-11 to S-22

Pumping S-23 to S-59

Electrical Installation S-60 to S-127

Communication Installation S-128 to S-130

Security System S-131 to S-132

. Fire Protection System S-133 to S-136

Gas Installation S-137 to S-154

Preambles P-1 to P-10

Fixed Schedule of Rates

Air-Conditioning and Mechanical Ventilation A1 A215–

. Fire Protection System G1 G27 –

Carpark and Auto-Barrier System J1 J3

2.1 GENERAL FACILITIES

3.1 SCAFFOLDING, STAGING, HYDRAULIC PLATFORM, GONDOLAS, HEAVY

4.1 CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DUTIES

5.1 WORKS TO CONFIRM WITH REGULATIONS

b. The latest edition of Singapore Standards and the appropriate British

6.3 If the Operation and Maintenance Manual is found to be inadequate or inaccurate

6.4 Binding Details

i A brief description of the installation.

ii A general description of the operation of the installation.

i Detailed description of all controls and displays and their functional

6.4 General (Cont’d)

ii Detailed description of all operation procedures including start up, shut

down, mode changing, etc;

iv All emergency procedures relating to equipment breakdown, power

The instructions shall provide sufficient information to enable a trained

i Preventive maintenance schedule to indicate the inspection required at

ii Lubrication list containing locations, type of lubricant, method and

iii Fully detailed trouble-shooting guide to assist maintenance staff in

iv The entire testing and adjustment procedure for the installation of

v Detailed description of special test equipment operation and

vi List of recommended spare parts, special tools, etc;

6.4 General (Cont’d)

d Recommended Spare Parts List

e Contents and indexing

The arrangement of information in the Operation and Maintenance

All materials in the" Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be

All materials shall be labelled with sequentially numbered index tabs to

For those Operation and Maintenance Manuals which comprise more

f Subsequent Submission of Date

7.2 Handover To User Department

8.2 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS

8.3 GAS SERVICES

10.1 TESTING ON COMPLETION

11.1 PREAMBLES FOR ALL TRADES

11.2 FIXED SCHEDULE OF RATES (Cont’d)

Schedule of Rates, Volume I, 2010, unless otherwise specified herein.

11.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

11.4 LABOUR RATES

b The latest edition of lEE regulations and appropriate British Standards.

c The standard of construction of ductwork and grilles set out by

1.5 Notwithstanding the Technical Specification to be fully complied with, the

2 SPECIFICATION FOR OTHER MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

2.1 Extractor Fans

2.1.1 Window/Wall Extract Fans

Fans shall be window/wall mounted type suitable for operation on 230V/1

2.1.2 Ceiling Extract Fans

2.2 Fume Handling Fans

This shall be of glass fibre material and aerofoil section in construction to